Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D18-0042 - BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL 018-0042 Parcel No: Address: Project Name: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov 9202470130 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D18-0042 Issue Date: 4/3/2018 Permit Expires On: 9/30/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD, WA, 92013 STEPHEN SILVA 2333 THIRD AVE , SEATTLE, WA, 98121 SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONSTRUCTION 160 DRY CREEK RD , SEDONA, AZ, 86336-4307 SHRADMC070BC BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS PO BOX 1908 , SEATTLE, WA, 98111 Phone: (206) 903-0575 Phone: (602) 282-7554 Expiration Date: 1/12/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: WORK INCLUDES DEMOLITION OF EXISTING INTERIOR SPACE AT SOUTHCENTER MALL. INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDES NEW CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS PER PLANS Project Valuation: $550,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: IIB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $9,118.93 Occupancy per IBC: M Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2017 2017 2017 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: 0 Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: 4--s--( I ` -s -- I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and :gree • the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name. Date: / _ 13 /e? This This per it shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 3: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 5: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1010.1.9) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 9: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1010.1.9.1) 10: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1013.1) 11: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1013.6.1) 12: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1018.1) 13: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1013.6.3) 14: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1008.3.5) 18: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 16: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 15: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 19: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 20: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 21: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 22: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. r1 23: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 24: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.11 of the International Building Code. 25: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 17: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 26: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 27: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 28: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 29: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 30: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 31: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, Table 1705.3. 32: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 33: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 34: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 35: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 36: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 37: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 38: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 39: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 40: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 41: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 42: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 43: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 44: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 45: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall be removed from spaces to be occupied by concrete. 46: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 47: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 1400 FIRE FINAL 0201 FOOTING 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 4037 SI -CAST -IN-PLACE 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 4028 SI-REINF STEEL -WELD 4025 SI -STEEL CONST 4004 SI -WELDING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING 0 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. IN Lf) Project No. Date Application Accepted: f /5 Date Application Expires: 6_1(, `-(g (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Tenant Name: BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS PROPERTY OWNER Name: STEPHEN SILVA Name: WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: 98121 Address: 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Email: SSILVA@SKBARCHITECTS.COM City: TUKWILA State: WA Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: STEPHEN SILVA Address: 2333 3RD AVE City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 903-0575 Fax: Email: SSILVA@SKBARCHITECTS.COM GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc Address: 160 DRY CREEK RD City: SEDONA State:Az Zip: 86336 Phone: (928) 282-7554 Fax: (928) 852-3730 Contr Reg No.:ccshradmc070bc Exp Date: 01/12/2019 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0992723 H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 920247-0130 Suite Number: 740 Floor: 1 New Tenant: ❑ Yes m..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: SKB ARCHITECTS Architect Name: BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS Address: 2333 3RD AVE City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 903-0575 Fax: Email: BCollins@SKBArchitects.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: HENDERSON ENGINEERS Engineer Name: ADAM MACKENZIE Address: 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 City: LENEXA State: KS Zip: 66214 Phone: (913) 742-5721 Fax: Email: adam.mackenzie@hendersonengineers.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: et o' vy, too Address: ? 0 rkx rn6UDKu.LK City: cv.Nyc1 i State: , `06,c1 Zip: QM ( I Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIO 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 550,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): WORK INCLUDES DEMOLITION OF EXISTING INTERIOR SPACE AT SOUTHCENTER MALL. INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT INCLUDES NEW CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS PER PLANS. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes m.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Floor 2,862 Interior' Remodel 2,862 Addition to Existing Structure 0 0 Type of Construction per IBC 2B Type of Occupancy per IBC M rd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Floor area of accessory dwelling: Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: VI Sprinklers Z Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ►1I No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material S. -ty D.ta Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ApplicationsTorms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑...Water District #125 O ... Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate O .. Highline ❑ ...Valley View ❑ .. Renton ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided O .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") 0 ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond 0 .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Geotechnical Report O .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone 0 .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor O ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 .. Curb Cut 0 .. Channelization 0 ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control 0 .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding 0 ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ Private 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public ❑ Private 0 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) O ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 • PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OB ..LITH IZED AGENT: Signature: Date: 02/16/2018 Print Name: STEPHEN SILVA Day Telephone: (206) 903-0575 Mailing Address: 2333 3RD AVE H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh SEATTLE WA 98121 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila ACCOUNT 1 QUANTITY PAID 138.70 D18-0042 Address: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 69.87 Credit Card Fee $2.04 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $2.04 DEVELOPMENT $67.83 ADDITIONAL PLAN REVIEW R000.345.830.00.00 1.00 $67.83 PG18-0056 Address: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $68.83 Credit Card Fee $2.00 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $2.00 PLUMBING $66.83 ADDITIONAL PLAN REVIEW TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14476 R000.345.830.00.00 1.00 $66.83 $138.70 Date Paid: Monday, May 14, 2018 Paid By: MICHAEL W READING Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 063412 Printed: Monday, May 14, 2018 9:34 AM 1 of 1 CRWSYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID A59.7 D18-0042 Address: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL pn: 9202470130 ,459.7 DEVELOPMENT $5,191.68 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $5,187.18 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.S0 TECHNOLOGY FEE $268.07 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14140 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $268.07 $5,459.75 Date Paid: Tuesday, April 03, 2018 Paid By: SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONSTRUCTIO Pay Method: CHECK 63358 Printed: Tuesday, April 03, 2018 11:59 AM 1 of 1 ,rSYSTEMS Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK I ACCOUNT 1 QUANTITY PAID 3,659:18 D18-0042 Address: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $3,659.18 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEE PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R13819 R000.322.100.00.00 R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 0.00 $3,659.18 $174.25 $3,484.93 $3,659.18 Date Paid: Friday, February 16, 2018 Paid By: BEN BRIDGE Pay Method: CHECK 414239 Printed: Friday, February 16, 2018 1:06 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro ect: be, ar, c T � Ty a of inspection: t3 Id i„3. Fw Address: 81ieexvi.ele M4,11 Date Called: Spetia nstructions: Date Wanted:7.-l6 _ 2-D18” -aJ8" Requester: Phone No: `yproved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • ST- Fmtm, -ori 4e L,iLcncer+ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit DM -009.. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Projec . rB� -Br e J Type of Inspection: �f gzwJc Address: KA Date a led: Spe'semilvcreedeie ia Instition-s:- IRequester: f j d a Date Wanted: a rrt 7-I Z-Zv/C p.m. Phone No: pproved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Date: 7' /z,- zo/( REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 G.Jr Type , _of Inspection s S trma ddr Address: g ( g met/ Date Calle Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.rri. 7-5 . Zeta- Requester: Phone No: er applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: Inspector: 3 oa2_, Date: 7. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection, D (g—do /a INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: B, 'CI cA.y., Type 9.ftnspection. 1---vAnovIt li Addr ss: Not Date Called: ( J Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (0—/2-2'/i a m; Requester: Phone No: ,, Appr• licabie codes. Corrections required prior to approval. .41111.110111.1b -- M InspectorrX Date:/_(2—z/v REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project:—e. Type of Inspect on: ?i' 1Sa Address: e.,4 MA I I Date Cal drrehn 1 Date ''''rr �� Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (J 5- 2...- � - a.m. P.m. Requester: MiCe Phone No: gOf20z1 , I/y pproved per applicable codes. :orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Mireel S")PC-f- 0,4 sfriex izmoyvi 14-4-041.1xl Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. -Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro'e�cpt�:� d Type of spectio Address: a/44::.cn w Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: .2,0 am: Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: 21—/8 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPE, TIgN RECORD Retain a copy with permit PIERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: geivi /e3.6........... Type of Inspection: Fire Alarm: Address: Suite Of s e.- /04 4 ti_____r Contact Person: Pre -Fire: Special Instructions: --- Phone No.: Approved Approved per applicable codes. riCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i Get la p c p y • \A Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: f11/7<-0.-- Date: -11)1// i Hrs.: C $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: (Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER ,PERMIT NUMBERS F - CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMEN 206-575-4407 Project: 7 Type of Inspection: I 4-. 9-/,,h g Hrs.: Fire Alarm: Address:v Suite #: .56 47 a t ( Contact Perso : ; kfita/J Special Instructions: 0- - Phone No.: riApproved per applicable codes. nCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: f//q- 444-ppivik?A ivy $pgi ./ tat72-S Needs Shift Inspection:, 7 Sprinklers: yr 9-/,,h g Hrs.: Fire Alarm: V Hood & Duct. 0- - Monitor: 14142-10 1 /y,1 Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: ni Inspector: ci44 54- Date: 9-/,,h g Hrs.: / 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record.Form.Doc 3/14/14 Form F.P. 113 Z INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit t-Ooft /&-S-653 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project' 1,,,,.A- Type of Inspection: CO v' '4/— k kck Address: Suite #: C I U,»( 3 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per a COMMENTS: Iicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. pK �o t1 v A-YA / ;^'S -64(4.1 4 ` (, • - Needs Shift Inspection: • Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: P FM S'-3 Date: 6,16// fj Hrs.: 7 ` 0 m(,v+ f , $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip:: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit bv- 4 Z PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:,---7Type 44 e -i (015-e---- of Inspection: C. 6l/ -e7` Address: „ / Suite #: ( SC nt 47i(___- Contact Persop; - J 1 or - Special Instructions: Phone No.: pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: `,e 5 , Hood & Duct: )) 1 Monitor: 6 c/t c,t C1 Pre -Fire: NLee U'(') 6 &G- C &ve- - ?'TI �- C f I 4-(2- 10 £ r 05 C i... -c - (14 KT e tNi Pt- . Needs Shift Inspection: `1-e '' Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: `,e 5 , Hood & Duct: )) 1 Monitor: 6 c/t c,t C1 Pre -Fire: NLee U'(') Permits: Occupancy Type: A Inspector: ¶4.. Date: 572_0 t{ H $: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip:: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 SAFETY/BURGLARY RESISTANT LAMINATED GLASS Guide Specifications for USA and Canada The specifications below are offered as desirable inclusions in glass and glazing specifications but are not intended to be complete. All specifications are subject to change without notice. An appropriate and qualified design professional must verify suitability of a particular product for use in a particular application as well as review final specifications. SECTION 08 81 00 GLASS GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Monolithic two-ply laminated glass for safety and/or burglary resistance, insulating glass units with laminated glass lite(s) for safety and/or burglary resistance. B. Related Sections 1. Drawings, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, Division 1 and the following Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 2. Section 08 41 00 — Entrances and Storefronts 3. Section 08 42 00 — Entrances 4. Section 08 43 00 — Storefronts 5. Section 08 44 00 — Curtain Wall and Glazed Assemblies 6. Section 08 50 00 — Windows 7. Section 08 60 00 — Roof Windows and Skylights 1.02 REFERENCES (Note: Delete all reference standards that are not actually required and add any additional standards required by the municipality and/or state where the project is located. The Contracting Requirements or Division 1, Section 01420 - References, may establish the edition date of standards not otherwise indicated. Division 1 may include full names and addresses of the organizations whose standards are referenced.) A. United States 1. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test. 2. ASTM C162 - Standard Terminology of Glass and Glass Products. 3. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 08 81 00-1 4: ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat -Treated Flat Glass -- Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 5. ASTM C1172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass. 6. ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Glass. 7. ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining the Minimum Thickness and Type of Glass Required to Resist a Specified Load. 8. ASTM E2188 - Standard Test Method for Insulating Glass Unit Performance. 9. ASTM E2189 - Standard Test Method for Testing Resistance to Fogging in Insulating Glass Units. 10.ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation. 11. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. 12. Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (IGMA)- Glazing Guidelines. B. Canada 1. CAN/CGSB-12.1-M - Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass. 2. CAN/CGSB-12.2-M - Flat, Clear Sheet Glass. 3. CAN/CGSB-12.3-M - Flat, Clear Float Glass. 4. CAN/CGSB-12.4-M - Flat, Heat Absorbing Glass. 5. CAN/CGSB-12.8-M - Insulating Glass Units. 6. CAN/CGSB-12.10-M - Light and Heat Reflecting Glass. 7. Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC) - Glazing Guidelines. C. United States & Canada 1. GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America. 2. GANA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America. 3. GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide; Glass Association of North America. 4. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope® - Glazing Instructions. 5. UL972 - Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Two-ply laminated glass: Two sheets of monolithic glass bonded together with a plastic interlayer by heat and pressure. B. Sealed Insulating Glass Unit Surfaces & Coating Orientation: 1. Surface 1 - Exterior surface of outer pane (surface facing outdoors of outboard lite). 2. Surface 2 - Interior surface of outer pane (surface facing indoors of outboard lite). 3. Surface 3 - Exterior surface of inner pane (surface facing outdoors of inboard lite). 4. Surface 4 - Room side surface of inner pane (surfacing facing indoors of inboard lite). C. Performance Characteristics 08 81 00-2 1. Center -of -Glass - Performance values that take only the center portion of a glass makeup into account and not the framing members. Customarily found in Sweets catalogs and Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope® GlasSelect® and used in 08800 architectural specifications. 2. Glass thermal and optical performance properties shall be based on data and calculations from the current LBNL WINDOW 5.2 or 6.3 (please specify which version) computer program. 3. Fenestration Performance - Performance values that take into account the total fenestration (center -of -glass and framing members). Normally identified with building energy codes such as ASHRAE-IESNA 90.1 and the IECC. These values can also be tested and certified by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movements, windloads and impact loads, without failure, including loss due to defective manufacture, fabrication and installation; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. 2. Provide glass products in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat- treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria based on project loads and in-service conditions per ASTM E1300. a. Minimum thickness of annealed or heat-treated glass products is selected, so the worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following: 1) 8 breaks per 1000 for glass installed vertically or not over 15 degrees from the vertical plane and under wind action. 2) 1 break per 1000 for glass installed 15 degrees or more from the vertical plane and under action of wind and/or snow. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 12 -inch (305mm) square samples of each type of glass indicated (except clear monolithic glass products), and 12 -inch (305mm) long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. B. Submit manufacturer's product data sheet and glazing instructions. C. Glazing contractor shall obtain compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer, indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealant, as well as other glazing materials including insulating units. D. Glazing Contractor shall provide test reports showing that the glass meets the requirements of any security test reports specified on drawings. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE 08 81 00-3 A. Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this section or referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications 2. AAMA Publications 3. IGMA/IGMAC Publications B. Safety glass products in the US are to comply with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. C. Safety glass products in Canada are to comply with the testing requirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 1 for Laminated Glass and Type 2 for Tempered Glass. 1. Provide safety glass permanently marked with the company name or logo and CAN/CGSB-12.1-M if the product meets categories 1 and 2, or mark as CAN/CGSB 12.1-M-1 if the product meets the requirements of Category 1 only. D. Insulating Glass products are to be permanently marked either on spacers or at least one insulating unit component with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 1. US - Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) 2. Canada - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (IGMA) or Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC) E. Single -source fabrication responsibility: All glass fabricated for each type shall be processed and supplied by a single fabricator. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's instruction for receiving, handling, storing and protecting glass & glazing materials. B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. D. Exercise exceptional care to prevent edge damage to glass, and damage/deterioration to coating on glass. E. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with insulating glass fabricator's recommendations of venting and sealing. 1.08 PROJECT / SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Installation of glass products at ambient air temperature below 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) is prohibited. 08 81 00-4 B. Field Measurements: When construction schedule permits, verify field measurements with drawing dimensions prior to fabrication of glass products. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide a written 10 -year limited warranty from date of manufacture for insulating glass. Warranty covers deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. B. Provide written 5 -year warranty from date of manufacture for PVB laminated glass. Warranty covers deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling installing, protecting and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. C. Provide a written warranty from date of manufacture for tempered glass. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer is used in this section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced standards. Examples of manufacturers (but not limited to): 1. Guardian Industries 2. Pilkington 3. PPG Industries 2.02 MATERIALS A. Monolithic Two -Ply Laminated Glass 1. Laminated Glass Makeup a. Outer Ply 1) Glass Type: 2) Glass Tint: 3) Nominal Thickness: 4) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) 5) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #1 or 2) b. Interlayer 1) Interlayer Type: 2) Interlayer Tint: 3) Nominal Thickness: Note: (0.030" Minimum for Safety, 0.060" Minimum for Burglary Resistant) c. Inner Ply 1) Glass Type: 2) Glass Tint: 3) Nominal Thickness: 08 81 00-5 4) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) 5) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #3 or 4) 2. Performance Characteristics (Center of Glass) (Note: Verify that the glass type and thickness specified matches the Performance Characteristics listed below.) a. Visible Transmittance: b. Visible Reflectance: 0/0 c. Winter U -factor (U -value): d. Shading Coefficient (SC): e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 3. Laminated glass products to be fabricated in autoclave with heat, plus pressure, free of foreign substances and air pockets. 4. Interlayer material: Polyvinyl Butyral sheets. 5. US Requirements: a. Laminated glass shall comply with ASTM C1172 and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). 6. Canadian Requirements: a. Laminated glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 1 -Laminated Glass, Class B -Float Glass and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). B. Sealed Insulating Glass (IG) Units with Two -Ply Laminated Glass Inboard Lite 1. Insulating Glass Unit Makeup a. Outboard Lite 1) Glass Type: 2) Glass Tint: 3) Nominal Thickness: 4) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) 5) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #1 or 2) b. Spacer 1) Nominal Thickness: 2) Gas Fill: (Air or 90% Argon) c. Laminated Inboard Lite 1) Outer Ply: a) Glass Type: b) Glass Tint: c) Nominal Thickness: d) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) e) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #3 or 4) 2) Interlayer: a) Interlayer Type: b) Interlayer Tint: c) Nominal Thickness: Note: (0.030" Minimum for Safety, 0.060" Minimum for Burglary Resistant) 3) Inner Ply: a) Glass Type: b) Glass Tint: c) Nominal Thickness: 08 81 00-6 d) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) 2. Performance Characteristics (Center of Glass) (Note: Verify that the glass type and thickness specified matches the Performance Characteristics listed below.) a. Visible Transmittance: b. Visible Reflectance: c. Winter U -factor (U -value): d. Shading Coefficient (SC): e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 3. Laminated glass products to be fabricated in autoclave with heat, plus pressure, free of foreign substances and air pockets. 4. Interlayer material: Polyvinyl Butyral sheets. 5. IG units with dehydrated airspace, dual sealed with a primary seal of polyisobutylene (PIB) and a secondary seal of silicone or an organic sealant depending on the application. 6. US Requirements: a. Insulating glass units are certified through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) to ASTM E2190. b. Annealed float glass shall comply with ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality -Q3. c. Heat -Strengthened float glass shall comply with ASTM C1048, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality Q3, Kind HS. d. Tempered float glass shall comply with ASTM C1048, Type 1, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality Q3, Kind FT. e. Laminated glass shall comply with ASTM C1172 and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). 7. Canadian Requirements: a. The Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (IGMA) sponsors two certification programs in Canada. Insulating glass units are certified either through the Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC) to CAN/CGSB-12.8, or through the IGMA Certification Program to ASTM E2190. b. Annealed float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.3-M, Quality, Glazing. c. Tinted annealed float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.4-M. d. Heat -Strengthened float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.9-M, Type 2 -Heat -Strengthened, Class A -Float Glass. e. Tempered float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 2, Tempered Glass, Class B -Float Glass. f. Laminated glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 1 -Laminated Glass, Class B -Float Glass and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). C. Sealed Insulating Glass (IG) Units with Two -Ply Laminated Glass Outboard Lite 1. Insulating Glass Unit Makeup a. Laminated Outboard Lite 1) Outer Ply: a) Glass Type: b) Glass Tint: 08 81 00-7 c) Nominal Thickness: d) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) e) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #1 or 2) 2) Interlayer: a) Interlayer Type: b) Interlayer Tint: c) Nominal Thickness: Note: (0.030" Minimum for Safety, 0.060" Minimum for Burglary Resistant) 3) Inner Ply: a) Glass Type: b) Glass Tint: c) Nominal Thickness: d) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) e) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #3 or 4) b. Spacer 1) Nominal Thickness: 2) Gas Fill: (Air or 90% Argon) c. Inboard Lite 1) Glass Type: 2) Glass Tint: 3) Nominal Thickness: 4) Glass Strength: (Annealed, Heat -Strengthened or Tempered) 5) Coating Orientation: (N/A, Surface #5 or 6) 2. Performance Characteristics (Center of Glass) (Note: Verify that the glass type and thickness specified matches the Performance Characteristics listed below.) a. Visible Transmittance: b. Visible Reflectance: c. Winter U -factor (U -value): d. Shading Coefficient (SC): e. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 3. Laminated glass products to be fabricated in autoclave with heat, plus pressure, free of foreign substances and air pockets. 4. Interlayer material: Polyvinyl Butyral sheets. 5. Provide hermetically sealed IG units with dehydrated airspace, dual sealed with a primary seal of polyisobutylene (PIB) and a secondary seal of silicone or an organic sealant depending on the application. 6. US Requirements: a. Insulating glass units are certified through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) to ASTM E2190. b. Annealed float glass shall comply with ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality -Q3. c. Heat -Strengthened float glass shall comply with ASTM C1048, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality Q3, Kind HS. d. Tempered float glass shall comply with ASTM C1048, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Class 2 (tinted), Quality Q3, Kind FT. e. Laminated glass shall comply with ASTM C1172 and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). 08 81 00-8 7. Canadian Requirements: a. The Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (IGMA) sponsors two certification programs in Canada. Insulating glass units are certified either through the Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC) to CAN/CGSB-12.8, or through the IGMA Certification Program to ASTM E2190. b. Annealed float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.3-M, Quality, Glazing. c. Tinted annealed float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.4-M. d. Heat -Strengthened float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.9-M, Type 2 -Heat -Strengthened, Class A -Float Glass. e. Tempered float glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 2, Tempered Glass, Class B -Float Glass. f. Laminated glass shall comply with CAN/CGSB-12.1-M, Type 1 -Laminated Glass, Class B -Float Glass and with other requirements as specified (UL 972, ASTM F1233, etc.). D. Glazing Products 1. Select appropriate glazing sealants, tapes, gaskets and other glazing materials of proven compatibility with other materials that they contact. These include glass products, insulating glass unit seals and glazing channel substrates under installation and service conditions, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification and Conditions 1. Verify that site conditions are acceptable for installation of the glass. 2. Verify openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. 3. Verify that a functioning weep system is present. 4. Verify that the minimum required face and edge clearances are being followed. 5. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection 1. Handle and store product according to manufacturers' recommendations. B. Surface Preparation 1. Clean and prepare glazing channels and other framing members to receive glass. 2. Remove coatings and other harmful materials that will prevent glass and glazing installation required to comply with performance criteria specified. 3.03 INSTALLATION 08 81 00-9 A. Install products using the recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in the "GANA Glazing Manual". B. Verify that Insulating Glass (IG) Unit secondary seal is compatible with glazing sealants. C. Install glass in prepared glazing channels and other framing members. D. Install setting blocks in rabbets as recommended by referenced glazing standards in GANA Glazing Manual and IGMA Glazing Guidelines. E. Provide bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances and glazing material tolerances recommended by GANA Glazing Manual. F. Provide weep system as recommended by GANA Glazing Manual. G. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow and similar characteristics. H. Distribute the weight of the glass unit along the edge rather than at the corner. I. Comply with manufacturer's and referenced industry recommendations on expansion joints and anchors, accommodating thermal movement, glass openings, use of setting blocks, edge, face and bite clearances, use of glass spacers, edge blocks and installation of weep systems. J. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. K. Prevent glass from contact with contaminating substances that result from construction operations, such as weld spatter, fireproofing or plaster. L. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked or damaged in any way. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean excess sealant or compound from glass and framing members immediately after application, using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers. B. Glass to be cleaned according to: 1. GANA Glass Informational Bulletin GANA 01-0300 - Proper Procedures for Cleaning Architectural Glass Products. 2. GANA Glass Information Bulletin GANA TD -02-0402 - Heat -Treated Glass Surfaces Are Different. C. Do not use scrapers or other metal tools to clean glass. END OF SECTION 08 81 00-10 44 - NATIONAL GLASS ben lig- cot'? 9/1/15 NATIONAL GLASS LAMINATED GLASS LIMITED WARRANTY LIMITED WARRANTY During a period of five ( 5 ) years from date of manufacture, Laminated Glass ("LAMINATED GLASS") manufactured by National Glass, is warranted, to its immediate customer only, subject to the terms and conditions of this Laminated Glass Warranty ("Warranty"), not to contain manufacturing defects resulting in edge separation that materially obstructs vision through the glass surfaces. In the event that the LAMINATED GLASS product fails to conform to the Limited Warranty as described above, National Glass must be notified in writing of such failure at the plant from which the purchase was made. Liability under this Warranty for defective LAMINATED GLASS product is limited, at National Glass' exclusive option, to replacing such LAMINATED GLASS product without charge F.O.B. nearest shipping point of National Glass' to place of original delivery or, in the alternative, a refund of 100% of National Glass' original selling price for such LAMINATED GLASS product. Labor costs are not covered by this warranty. This warranty does not apply to replacement LAMINATED GLASS beyond the Warranty period applying to the original LAMINATED GLASS. National Glass reserves the right to inspect any LAMINATED GLASS product which is alleged to be defective prior to its removal from the glazing system, installation or fabrication location. National Glass' liability shall be limited solely to its responsibilities under the Warranty. In no event shall National Glass be liable to any person or entity for indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages or charges for any reason. NATIONAL GLASS INDUSTRIES, INC. 17030 WOOD -RED RD. WOODINVILLE, WA 98072 (425) 488-8126 1-800-521-7061 FAX (425) 488-3712 NATIONAL GLASS INDUSTRIES, INC. 18659 N.E. SANDY BLVD., PORTLAND, OREGON 97230 (503) 650-0161 1-866-650-0161 FAX (503) 650-9448 CONDITIONS WHICH WILL VOID THE WARRANTY If any of the following events have occurred, National Glass will have no liability under this Warranty: 1. If the Glass surfaces or panes are broken or fractured. 2. If the Laminated Glass is subjected to standing water or other liquids. 3. If the Laminated Glass product is damaged or altered by handling, storage, fabrication, or installation contrary to National Glass' written instructions attached and incorporated by reference or industry standards GANA — Glass Association of North America, which includes these former independent associations: FGMA, LSGA, and GTA; SIGMA — Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association; (GMAC — Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada; NAAMM — North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers; and AAMA- American Architectural Manufacturers Association or equivalent. 4. If the Laminated Glass is attacked by incompatible glazing lubricants, glazing soaps, incompatible glazing gaskets, glazing sealants, incompatible cleaning fluids, moisture or building runoff, gluing or attachment of non - National Glass applied films, direct contact with paints, adhesives, solvents or insulation, or exposure to solvent or chemical fumes. 5. If the Laminated Glass was discarded or destroyed. 6. If the Laminated Glass is installed in water craft, solar collectors, or commercial refrigeration products. 7. If the Laminated Glass PVB Interlayer is cut with the assistance of flammable liquids, either ignited or non -ignited. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY DESCRIBED ABOVE, THERE ARE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE LAMINATED GLASS OR ANY PART OR COMPONENTTHEROF AND NO WARRANTY SHALL BE IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE. No variation or change from this warranty will be binding upon National Glass unless made in writing and signed by an officer of National Glass. OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 370652 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: Job Number: Client Address: D18-0042 18-0334 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Other (specify): Other (specify): Ernest Leimkuhler 5/10/2018 At Custom Steel for periodic visual inspection of steel welds to AWS D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015, and signed approved drawings. Inspected items: Structural steel components 1. (2) HSS duplex columns with base plates, HSS headers, HSS crossbeams, and welded threaded studs. Parts: 3A & 4A. 2. Wide flange column with cap and base plates. Parts: 1A. Welders: Welder certifications previously verified. All completed items conform to previously specified standards. Conforms Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility:/7"/7"-49? Isaac Ruo Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing PROPRIETARY ANCHOR ADHESIVE INSPECTION REPORT Job Number: 18-0389 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Inspector: Mike Preciado Report Number: 314611 Permit Number: D18-0042 Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Date: 5/4/2018 Description/Location: Inspected rebar dowels in trench pourbacks. Inspected epoxy grouting and rebar installation. Referenced detail sketch from Harbour Consulting Engineers, Inc., and structural drawings. Intended Use: Tie in new slab to existing Building Code & Year: 2015 IBC Anchor Length: 24" Hole Depth: 4" Required Embedment: 4" Hole Diameter: 5/8" Concrete Thickness: Slab Concrete Strength: N/A Hole Orientation: 0 Vertical Down 0 Vertical Up ® Horizontal Base Material: ® Normal Weight Concrete 0 Light Weight Concrete 0 CMU 0 Brick 0 Composite Deck Hole Cleaning: ® Compressed Air 0 Hand Pump 0 Other: Compressed Air PSI: 90 Brushed: ® Yes 0 No Hole Condition: Z Dry 0 Damp 0 Water Saturated ❑ Submerged Drill Bit (ANSI B212.15): 0 Yes 0 No Approved Diamond Cored Hole: 0 Yes 0 No Adhesive Type: Simpson SET -XP Expiration Date: 8/2018 ICC ESR #: 2508 Weather: Indoor Ambient Temperature: 60°F Substrate Temperature: 70°F Reference Standard(s) Used: Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Comments Technical Responsibility: Conforms X Does Not Conform —/ Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -86-02 (Rev. 05/13) Thread ►�� Reinforcing Steel ■ All Bar/Dowel Size & Quantity: #4, (30) bars Anchor Size & Quantity: Rebar Manufacturer: Nucor Type of Steel (ASTM): Grade: A-36 F-1554 1 ■ ■ A-307 50 Other: Rebar Grade: ■ 40 ►i4 60 ■ Other: ■ 36 ■ ■ 75 ■ A-775 Other: Type of Bar: ►:1 A-615 • A-706 ■ ■ Special Ductile Quality (SDQ): 1 Yes .1 No Anchor Length: 24" Hole Depth: 4" Required Embedment: 4" Hole Diameter: 5/8" Concrete Thickness: Slab Concrete Strength: N/A Hole Orientation: 0 Vertical Down 0 Vertical Up ® Horizontal Base Material: ® Normal Weight Concrete 0 Light Weight Concrete 0 CMU 0 Brick 0 Composite Deck Hole Cleaning: ® Compressed Air 0 Hand Pump 0 Other: Compressed Air PSI: 90 Brushed: ® Yes 0 No Hole Condition: Z Dry 0 Damp 0 Water Saturated ❑ Submerged Drill Bit (ANSI B212.15): 0 Yes 0 No Approved Diamond Cored Hole: 0 Yes 0 No Adhesive Type: Simpson SET -XP Expiration Date: 8/2018 ICC ESR #: 2508 Weather: Indoor Ambient Temperature: 60°F Substrate Temperature: 70°F Reference Standard(s) Used: Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Comments Technical Responsibility: Conforms X Does Not Conform —/ Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -86-02 (Rev. 05/13) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 373904 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: D18-0042 Job Number: 18-0334 Client Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Perfonned Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Other (specify): Other (specify): Inspector. and Date Ernest Leimkuhler 5/18/2018 Remarks _.. At Custom Steel for periodic visual inspection of steel welds, to AWS D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015 and signed approved drawings. Inspected Items: Structural Steel components 1. HSS truss with HSS chords, risers and diagonals. Shipped in 2 pieces, prepped for on-site CJP splice welds Parts: 9A — Part A, 9A — Part B Welders: Welder certifications previously verified All completed items CONFORM to previously specified standards Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ru , Project Manager Thls report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 373521 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: Job Number: Client Address: D18-0042 18-0334 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Other (specify): Other (specify): Frank Gosser 5/17/2018 Copies to: X Client X Owner Architect On site at Custom Steel 3530 Rainier Ave S for visual inspection of structural welds to ASW D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015 and signed approved documents. Inspected Items: Welder — Hung Nguyen #W06409 FCAW all pos Exp Oct 1 2018 PCMK 8A carbon steel 3"x3"xHss truss assembly (24) 58" carbon steel studs — (10) clips & (4) end caps PCMK 5A carbon steel 3"x3"xHSS caped both ends PCMK 5B carbon steel 4"x4"xHSS caped both ends PCMK 2A carbon steel 4"x3"xHSS base plate to HSS & connecting yoke to HSS PCMK 2B carbon steel 4"x3"xHSS base plate to HSS & connecting yoke to HSS Inspected items above conform to previous noted standards and approved signed documents. Conforms Engineer X Contractor X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility; -- Isaac Ruoff, Pro , ect Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written perrnission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing REPORT OF ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF WELDS Job Number: 18-0334 Report Number: 366675 Permit Number: D18-0042 1 Other Instrument Mfg.: GE ORA #0111 Governing Code: 0 AWS D1.1:2010 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, AZ Date: 5/23/2018 Technician: Isaac Ruoff/Level III Truss "A" field splice to 43 4tS6i is iat 0 X a This form is applicable to Statically and Cyclically Loaded Non -tubular Structures. AWS Section # 2 Parts B or C. Copies to: X [ 1 Other Instrument Mfg.: GE ORA #0111 Governing Code: 0 AWS D1.1:2010 Architect [ ] Other Model #: USMGO Serial # 13046225 Procedure No.: 0 NDT-OP-03- Transducer Mfg.: GE Client Deg. Size Frequency 0 1" 2.25 Mhz. ►1 Straight Serial #17E017UJ 70 .75"x75" 2.25 Mhz. 0 Shear Serial #13E02ADT Calibration Block Type: 0 IIW ❑ DSC Couplant Type: _'i Water Based ■ 011 Based III Other This form is applicable to Statically and Cyclically Loaded Non -tubular Structures. AWS Section # 2 Parts B or C. Copies to: X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Engineer X Client Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ruoff, roject Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -52-04 (Rev 12/14) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 366674 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: D18-0042 Job Number: 18-0334 Client Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Other (specify): Structural Steel Fabrication Structural Steel Erection Inspector and Date Isaac Ruoff 5/23/2018 Copies to: X Client X Owner Architect X Other (specify): Remarks.:.' Onsite for visual and ultrasonic inspection of the complete joint penetration (CJP) welds at the truss "A" field splice. Welding was performed by Jesse Holloway WABO #W11422 with an expiration date of January 1, 2019. Welds were visually as per approved plans and AWS D1.1:2015 and inspection tasks were as per ASIC 360. Ultrasonic examination of the CJP welds had no notable indications. See report number 366675 for additional information. Conforms Engineer X Contractor X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility: Isaac - uoff, Pr. ect Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Foran No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 18-0334 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC328190 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Inspector(s): Micah Ruoff Description/Location: Inspected resteel, epoxy and concrete placement at F1, F2 and F3 footings inside retail space. Resteel and epoxy dowels were placed as per project documents. Rebar Verified: Yes 5/16/2018 Micah Ruoff (Grade 60) Permit Number: D18-0042 Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Date: 5/16/2018 Placement Data CalPortland 3200 5 .50 n/a 2.5 Wheelbarrow Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: W/C Ratio Spec: Air Spec: Total Yards: Placed Via: Consolidated: Yes Required Strength: 2500 psi @ 28 days Sampling and Testing Data Time Cubic Water ASTM C 172, C 31 Made Yards Added Design El Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (ibs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Cast Samples: 1-4 6:10 am 2.50 4 gal. Mfg: Cascade Actual Batch Weigh is/Cubic Yard 517# Type: I/II 1470# 1890 lbs. 3/4" 261# Slump Air % C143 C231 4" n/a Slag (lbs): Cone -Temp Ambient . Truck C 1064 Temp; No. 6°F 72°F 7680 Ticket No. 364577 Weather: Inside Date Samples Picked Up: 5/17/2018 REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Specimen Number Slump Range: Air % Range: Initial Curing Method: ASTM C31, ExcIude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 Comments Conforms: 11 Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Test Field Age Date Cure (Days) Size Area Weight (in.) (Sq.In.) (Lbs.) 1 5/23/18 7 4 x 8 *= Discarded 12.43 8.9 Max Load Strength Fracture Type (Lbs.) (psi) (other than cone) 58,240 4690 2 Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 ASTMC617 ❑ Copies to: ,J Client ❑ Engineer 0 Batch Plant 0 Owner Contractor ❑ Others ❑ Architect Building Dept ASTMC1231 ❑ Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the Items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 18-0334 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC328190 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Inspector(s): Micah Ruoff Description/Location: Rebar Verified: Yes Permit Number: D18-0042 Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Date: 5/16/2018 Inspected resteel, epoxy and concrete placement at F1, F2 and F3 footings inside retail space. Resteel and epoxy dowels were placed as per project documents. 5/16/2018 Micah Ruoff (Grade 60) Mfg: Cascade Placement Data Supplier: CalPortland Mix Number: 3200 Slump Spec: 5 W/C Ratio Spec: Air Spec: Total Yards: Placed Via: Consolidated: .50 n/a 2.5 Wheelbarrow Yes Required Strength: 2500 psi @ 28 days Sampling and Testing Data . Time Cubic ASTM C 172, C 31 Made Yards Cast Samples: 1-4 6:10 am 2.50 Design 111' Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Weather: Inside Date Samples Picked Up: 5/17/2018 Water Slump Added C143 4 gal. 4" Actual 0 Batch Weights/Cubic Yard 517# Type: 1/II 1470# 1890 lbs. 3/4" Slag (lbs): 261# Air % • : Conc.Temp Ambient 0231 C 1064 Temp n/a 6°F 72°F Truck Ticket No. No. 7680 364577 Slump Range: Air % Range: Initial Curing Method: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: Comments REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms: El Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Specimen Number Test Field Age Date Cure (Days) Size Area (in.) (Sq.ln.) Weight Max Load (Lbs.) (Lbs.) ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 Strength Fracture Type (psi) (other than cone) 1 5/23/18 2 6/13/18 3 6/13/18 4 6/13/18 .= Discarded Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 j 7 4 x 8 12.43 8.9 58,240 4690 28 4 x 8 12.56 9 74,770 5950 28 4 x 8 12.56 9 78,310 6240 28 4 x 8 12.56 8.9 75,880 6040 Copies to: Client ❑ Engineer El Batch Plant 0 Owner Contractor ❑ Others ❑ Architect k Building Dept ASTMC617 ❑ ASTMC1231 ❑ Technical Responsibility: 2 3 5 3 Is. ac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 EAGLE TEST & BALANCE COMPANY Project Name: Ben Bridge Jewelers System: Project #: ETB-18-2382 Date: 07/12/2018 FAN DATA FAN EF -1 Actual Equipment Location Ceiling Total CFM -Fan Area Served Restroom 106 DD Equipment Manufacturer Greenheck 100 Model SP-A190-QD DD Serial Number 15436258 18D - Motor Sheave & Shaft Specified Actual Specified Actual Total CFM -Fan 190 140 DD Total CFM -Air Dist 100 140 DD Tot/Ex Static Pressure 0.25" - Sheave Adjustment Inlet Pressure - - CtoC/MotorMount Adj Discharge Pressure - - In Out Fan RPM 1400 DD Motor Sheave & Shaft Specified Actual Specified Actual Motor Mfg McMillan McMillan DD Motor HP/BHP 1/20 1/20 DD Phase/Hz 1 1 Sheave Adjustment Voltage 120 120 CtoC/MotorMount Adj Amperage 0.45 0.45 In Out Motor RPM 1400 DD Motor Sery Fac/Frame # - - Starter Location/Size - - O.L. Heater Size/Rating - - Motor Sheave & Shaft DD Fan Sheave & Shaft DD Belt Size/Number DD Sheave Adjustment - CtoC/MotorMount Adj In Out In Out Remarks: DD = Direct Drive Form #1.5.7 4 EAGLE TEST & BALANCE COMPANY Project Name: Ben Bridge Jewelers System: ANIL Project #: ETB-18-2382 Date: 07/12/2018 AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT DATA FAN RTU -1 (5 Tons) RTU -2 (3 Tons) Equipment Location Roof Roof Area Served Sales Storage Equipment Manufacturer Trane Trane Model WHC060H3RGA35A9 WHC036H3RE835AA Serial Number 181813642L 181611164L Motor Sheave & Shaft Specified Actual Specified Actual Total CFM -Fan 2000 2080 1200 970 Total CFM -Outlet 2000 2080 1000 970 R/A CFM 1520 1588 780 741 O/A CFM 480 492 220 229 Tot/Ex Static Pressure 0.75" 0.19" 0.75" 0.20" Inlet Pressure - -0.09" - -0.06" Discharge Pressure - +0.10" - +0.14" Fan RPM - DD - DD Motor Sheave & Shaft Specified Actual Specified Actual Motor Mfg Marathon Marathon Marathon Marathon Motor HP/BHP 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Phase/Hz 3 3 3 3 Voltage 230 208-209-209 230 209-209-209 Amperage 3.7 0.5-0.5-0.4 3.7 0.5-0.4-0.5 Motor RPM 1600 DD 1600 DD Motor Sery Fac/Frame # - - - - Starter Location/Size - - - - O.L. Heater Size/Rating - - - - Motor Sheave & Shaft DD DD Fan Sheave & Shaft DD DD Belt Size/Number DD DD Sheave Adjustment - - CtoC/MotorMount Adj In Out In Out Remarks: DD = Direct Drive Form #1.5.5 3 A EAGLE TEST & BALANCE COMPANY NOW AIFIRLAMIPIC Project Name: Ben Bridge Jewelers Project #: ETB-18-2382 Date: 07/12/2018 System: RTU -1, RTU -2 AIR DISTRIBUTION TEST SHEET Term # Room # Term Term Factor Design FPM Design CFM Test FPM or CFM Final Final Type Size Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 FPM CFM RTU -1 Sales 1 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 180 165 165 2 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 180 165 165 3 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 180 190 190 4 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 180 190 190 5 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 175 175 6 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 170 170 7 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 165 165 8 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 170 170 9 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 170 170 10 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 175 175 11 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 170 170 12 102 LSD -1 5'x11" 1.0 160 175 175 Total 2000 2080 Total 2080 RTU -2 1 105 CSD1 10" 1.0 225 240 330 210 210 2 105 CSD1 10" 1.0 300 155 300 305 305 3 105 CSD1 8" 1.0 200 95 130 185 185 4 101 CSD2 8" 1.0 200 105 140 190 190 5 104 CSD1 6" 1.0 75 90 125 80 80 Total 1000 685 1025 970 Total 970 Remarks: Form #1.5.10 2 EAGLE TEST & BALANCE COMPANY AABC CERTIFIED 815 E. Main Cushing, OK 74023 Phone: 918-225-1668 Fax: 918-225-1687 13047 S.E. 47th Place Bellevue, WA 98006 Phone: 425-747-9256 Fax: 425-641-5662 TEST AND BALANCE REPORT Project Name: Ben Bridge Jewelers Location: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: Project Number: South Center Mall, Tukwila, WA 98188 Henderson Engineers Evergreen Refrigeration ETB-18-2382 This is to certify that Eagle Test & Balance has balanced the systems described herein to their optimum performance capabilities. The testing and balancing has been performed in accordance with the standard requirements and procedures of the Associated Air Balance Council and the results of these tests are herein recorded. Associated Air Balance Council Certification Number: 93-02-01 Date: 07/12/2018 Form #89010 1 1' OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 18-0334 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC328190 Permit Number: D18-0042 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Inspector(s): Micah Ruoff Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Date: 5/16/2018 Description/Location: Inspected resteel, epoxy and concrete placement at F1, F2 and F3 footings inside retail space. Resteel and epoxy dowels were placed as per project documents. Rebar Verified: Yes 5/16/2018 Micah Ruoff (Grade 60) Placement Data CalPortland 3200 5 .50 n/a 2.5 Wheelbarrow Yes Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: W/C Ratio Spec: Air Spec: Total Yards: Placed Via: Consolidated: Mfg: Cascade Design El_ Actual_1i Batch Weights/Cubic Yard Cement (lbs/type): 517# Type: I/II Fine Agg. (lbs): 1470# 1890 lbs. 3/4" Slag (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Required Strength: 2500 psi @ 28 days Sampling and Testing Data Time ; Cubic ASTM C 172, 631 Made . Yards Cast Samples: 1-4 6:10 am 2.50 Weather: Inside Date Samples Picked Up: 5/17/2018 261# Water Slump Air % Added C 143 , C:231 4 gal. 4" n/a Conc.Temp'. C1084. -- 6°F 1064 - 6°F Ambient Temp 72°F Truck Ticket No. 7680 364577 Slump Range: Air % Range: Initial Curing Method: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 Comments REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms: 0 Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Specimen Number Test Field Date Cure 1 5/23/18 2 6/13/18 3 6/13/18 4 6/13/18 28 4 x 8 .= Discarded Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 0 ASTMC617 ❑ ASTMC1231 ❑ Age Size (Days) (in.) 7 4x8 28 4x8 28 4x8 Area Weight Max Load Strength Fracture Type (Sq.ln.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (psi) (other than cone) 12.43 8.9 58,240 4690 12.56 9 74,770 5950 12.56 9 78,310 6240 12.56 8.9 75,880 6040 Copies to: ❑�/ Client ❑ Engineer Batch Plant Owner 0 Contractor ❑ Others ❑ Architect 0 Building Dept Technical Responsibility: 2 3 5 3 IsacRuoffftettylerer CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 09 2018 PERMIT CENTER This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 18-0334 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC328190 Permit Number: D18-0042 Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Inspector(s): Micah Ruoff Date: 5/16/2018 Description/Location: Inspected resteel, epoxy and concrete placement at F1, F2 and F3 footings inside retail space. Resteel and epoxy dowels were placed as per project documents. Rebar Verified: Yes 5/16/2018 Micah Ruoff (Grade 60) Placement Data Supplier: CalPortland Mix Number: 3200 Slump Spec: 5 W/C Ratio Spec: .50 Air Spec: n/a Total Yards: 2.5 Placed Via: Wheelbarrow Consolidated: Yes Required Strength: 2500 psi @ 28 days Sampling and Testing Data Time Cubic Water Slump Air % ASTM C 172, C 31 Made • ' Yards Added C 143 C 231. Design ❑�' Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Mfg: Cascade Actual ❑ 517# Type: 1/II 1470# 1890 lbs. 3/4" Batch Weights/Cubic Yard • 261# Cast Samples: 1-4 6:10 am 2.50 4 gal. 4" n/a Slag (lbs): Conc.Temp Ambient Truck :Ticket C 1064 Temp No..No. 6°F 72°F 7680 364577 Weather: Inside Date Samples Picked Up: Slump Range: Air % Range: 5/17/2018 Initial Curing Method: Asonc31, Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTMC31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 Comments .. REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms:El Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Specimen Number 1 Test Field Age Date Cure (Days) Size Area Weight Max Load Strength Fracture Type (in.) (Sq.ln.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (psi) (other than cone) 5/23/18 7 4 x 8 12.43 * = Discarded Tested in general accordance to: 8.9 58,240 4690 2 ASTMC39 ASTMC617 ❑ ASTMC1231 ❑ Copies to: 0 Client ❑ Engineer 0 Batch Plant 111 Owner 0 Contractor ❑ Others ❑ Architect ❑Q Building Dept Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2018 'ERMIT CENTER This report applies only to the Items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 366674 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: Job Number: Client Address: DI8-0042 18-0334 180 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Other (specify): Structural Steel Fabrication Structural Steel Erection Inspector ,.. and Date X Other (specify): Isaac Ruoff 5/23/2018 Copies to: X Client X Owner Architect Remarks:: Onsite for visual and ultrasonic inspection of the complete joint penetration (CJP) welds at the truss "A" field splice. Welding was performed by Jesse Holloway WABO #W11422 with an expiration date of January 1, 2019. Welds were visually as per approved plans and AWS D1.1:2015 and inspection tasks were as per ASIC 360. Ultrasonic examination of the CJP welds had no notable indications. See report number 366675 for additional information. Conforms Engineer X Contractor X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWR. r: JUN 1 1 2018 PERMIT CENTER etct Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing REPORT OF ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF WELDS Job Number: 18-0334 Report Number: 366675 Permit Number: D18-0042 ] Other Instrument Mfg.: GE ORA #0111 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, AZ Date: 5/23/2018 Technician: Isaac Ruoff/Level III INSPECTED on and.Identificatio Truss "A" field splice 43 X HEC C EIV FTU ED KW! LA JUN 112 018 RMI TC ENTE R Governing Code: 0 AWS D1.1:2010 [ ] Other Instrument Mfg.: GE ORA #0111 Procedure No.: ►_ NDT-OP-03- [ ] Other Model #: USMGO Serial # 13046225 Transducer Mfg.: GE X Client Deg. Size Frequency 0 1" 2.25 Mhz. 0 Straight Serial #17E017UJ e Shear Serial #13E02ADT 70 .75"x75" 2.25 Mhz. Calibration Block Type: 0 IIW 0 DSC Couplant Type: 0 Water Based • 011 Based • Other is form is applicable to Statically and Cyclically Loaded Non -tubular Structures. AWS Section # 2 Parts B or C. Copies to: X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Engineer X Client Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ruoff, roject Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -52-04 (Rev 12/14) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 373521 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: 018-0042 Job Number: 18-0334 Client Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Inspector and Date Other (specify): Other (specify): Frank Gosser 5/17/2018 Copies to: X Client X Owner Architect Remarks On site at Custom Steel 3530 Rainier Ave S for visual inspection of structural welds to ASW D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015 and signed approved documents. Inspected Items: Welder — Hung Nguyen #W06409 FCAW all pos Exp Oct 1 2018 PCMK 8A carbon steel 3"x3"xHss truss assembly (24) 58" carbon steel studs — (10) clips & (4) end caps PCMK 5A carbon steel 3"x3"xHSS caped both ends PCMK 5B carbon steel 4"x4"xHSS caped both ends PCMK 2A carbon steel 4"x3"xHSS base plate to HSS & connecting yoke to HSS PCMK 2B carbon steel 4"x3"xHSS base plate to HSS & connecting yoke to HSS Inspected items above conform to previous noted standards and approved signed documents. Conforms Engineer X Contractor X Building Dept. Others Technical Responsibility; RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2018 PERMIT CENTER Isaac Ruoff, Pro ect Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our flan is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 373904 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: D18-0042 Job Number: 18-0334 Client Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Other (specify): Other (specify): Ernest Leimkuhler At Custom Steel for periodic visual inspection of steel welds, to AWS D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015 5/18/2018 and signed approved drawings. Inspected Items: Structural Steel components 1. HSS truss with HSS chords, risers and diagonals. Shipped in 2 pieces, prepped for on-site CJP splice welds Parts: 9A — Part A, 9A — Part B Welders: Welder certifications previously verified All completed items CONFORM to previously specified standards Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2018 PERMIT CENTER Technical Responsibility: Isaac Ru , Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 370652 Project: Address: Client: CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT Ben Bridge Jeweler 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Permit Number: Job Number: Client Address: D18-0042 18-0334 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona, AZ Inspections Performed Steel Decking Structural Steel Fabrication X Structural Steel Erection Other (specify): Other (specify): Ernest Leimkuhler 5/10/2018 At Custom Steel for periodic visual inspection of steel welds to AWS D1.1, AISC 360, IBC 2015, and signed approved drawings. Inspected items: Structural steel components 1. (2) HSS duplex columns with base plates, HSS headers, HSS crossbeams, and welded threaded studs. Parts: 3A & 4A. 2. Wide flange column with cap and base plates. Parts: 1A. Welders: Welder certifications previously verified. All completed items conform to previously specified standards. Conforms Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 232018 PERMIT CENTER Technical Responsibility:�`� Isaacaac jproject Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Forrn No.: ADMIN -63-05 (Rev 10/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing PROPRIETARY ANCHOR ADHESIVE INSPECTION REPORT Job Number: ,.18-0389. Report Number: 314611 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Inspector: Mike Preciado Permit Number: -. D18-0042 Client: Shrader & Martinez Construction Inc. Address: 160 Dry Creek Road, Sedona Date: 5/4/2018 Description/Location: Inspected rebar dowels in trench pourbacks. Inspected epoxy grouting and rebar installation. Referenced detail sketch from Harbour Consulting Engineers, Inc., and structural drawings. Intended Use: Tie in new slab to existing Building Code & Year: 2015 IBC ►,1 Reference Standard(s) Used: Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Comments tura. j. til :i Conforms X Does Not Conform MAY 2 3 2018 PERMIT :•e�T��'ilc�i e�sponsibility �s+� 5-1 `'7--�- Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm Is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -86-02 (Rev. 05/13) Reinforcing Steel El All Thread Bar/Dowel Size & Quantity: #4, (30) bars Anchor Size & Quantity: Rebar Manufacturer: Nucor Type of Steel (ASTM): Grade: A-307 • A-36 • F-1554 • Rebar Grade: • 40 r 60 • Other: ■ 36 ■ 50 ■ 75 ■ Other: Type of Bar: ►1 A-615 ■ A-706 • A-775 ■ Other: Special Ductile Quality (SDQ): • Yes No Anchor Length: 24" Hole Depth: 4" Required Embedment: 4" Hole Diameter: 5/8" Concrete Thickness: Slab Concrete Strength: N/A Horizontal Hole Orientation: ■ Vertical Down • Vertical Up 0 Base Material: Normal Weight Concrete • Light Weight Concrete • CMU ■ Brick • Composite Deck Compressed Air PSI: 90 Hole Cleaning: 0 Compressed Air ■ Hand Pump ■ Other: Brushed: ►,/ Yes ■ No Hole Condition: 0 Dry ■ Damp • Water Saturated 1 Submerged No Approved Diamond Cored Drill Bit (ANSI B212.15): • Yes • Hole: ■ Yes ■ No Adhesive Type: Simpson SET -XP Expiration Date: 8/2018 ICC ESR #: 2508 Weather: Indoor Ambient Temperature: 60°F Substrate Temperature: 70°F Reference Standard(s) Used: Copies to: X Client Engineer X Owner X Contractor Architect X Building Dept. Others Comments tura. j. til :i Conforms X Does Not Conform MAY 2 3 2018 PERMIT :•e�T��'ilc�i e�sponsibility �s+� 5-1 `'7--�- Isaac Ruoff, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm Is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -86-02 (Rev. 05/13) July 17, 2018 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing 6747 M. L. King Way South, Seattle, Washington 98118-3216 USA Tel: (206) 725-4600 • Toll Free: (888) OTTO-4-US • Fax: (206) 723-2221 WBE W2F5913684 • WABO Registered Agency • Website: www.ottorosenau.com FINAL REPORT City of Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188-2544 Project: Ben Bridge Jeweler Permit Number: D18-0042 Address: 81 Southcenter Mall Job Number: 18-0334 We state that the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of our knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provision of the building code. Our knowledge is limited to our reports. All typewritten reports have been mailed to your office or are enclosed. All reports appear to be complete. This report should not be considered as a warranty for conditions and/or details of the building. Items inspected are: • Structural Steel Erection • Structural Steel Fabrication • Reinforced Concrete — CIP • Epoxy Grouted Reinforcing Steel Sincerely, OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Isaac Ruoff Project Manger RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 7 2018 PERMIT CENTER r uc nc Harbor Consulting Engineers, Inc. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS for the BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS STOREFRONT REMODEL 81 Southcenter Mall Level 1 Unit # 740 Tukwila, WA 98188 FILM REVIEWED FOR APPROVED MAR 2S 2.01B city of 1*uhwiin .lUILDINQ DIVISION Note: See the index page following this cover sheet for applicability of the engineer's seal. 15 February 2018 Prepared for: SKB Architects Contact: Mr. Stephen Silva 2333 3rd Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 Tel: (206)-903-0575 Prepared by: Harbor Consulting Engineers, Inc. 3316 Fuhrman Avenue East Suite 250 Seattle, WA 98102 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER 3316 Fuhrman Avenue East Suite 2 • Seattle, Washin ton 98102 • Telephone 206.709.2397 • Facsimile 206.709.2398 im 0 0 H 2 uc nc ITEM: Harbor Consulting Engineers, Inc. - INDEX TO STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS: PAGES: Footing Design Column Design Beam Design Storefront Truss Design Preparation & Seismic Forces Truss B STADD Model Truss A STADD Model Index F1 — F2 C1 — C1 B1 — B1 P1 — P3 T1 — T13 T14 — T29 3316 Fuhrman Avenue East Suite 250 • Seattle, Washington 98102 • Telephone 206.709.2397 • Facsimile 206.709.2398 i2E.5/ 4 ,-, S,/ pP®,elk4 foaT`/''4 FO, UlqL' a,^1 /-Ore"'TG)E'e' 240043" voC IVS ifs /fr 4 PeApi-ods„ 4/1id W�� = - F (5'L =. ‹ (ol/di-bK .. 4'i'- .P O n7 . (Sec ri.e/7 , Pe, *W e 1...4%y 5 3 0 #1 0, z) Zoo °/, - O S i,20.eil 772,f.SI Univ Ea i.J y (/Jr g x x aye. X 3 sl J's G cr/-� , 72. R/_ ?o?moi ireR17/641- 4-1#Z, ` = 116- .4 %Rv!'1' -re/1 4-(..- ✓ 4. ! /o 44_ `, 0.1 = 60 o - .,4 M ti OFM,Y1 7R trti 11 Pt (di 0E -my) TPv.rr M#' 4,,f.7Jp G/ „„ CDG I'm”) rev. -r .4 -. AV Prevfr g -st/. y,�- (1/®,5) fo fl r/-/On/1" / Z: 4S o 2 8, 'F;' R = 8go # P1/5 T e3 ;/t/ 3 e/19QE TI By: Date: 27 , ‘..7217011.570" // Ea Checked: Date: nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: /rZ Goevfir✓v i?/ cT7Gws �P .. _.E'2 A' , R,= /21E0* Cs�/c 8e rteh-iy 3060PSGcah,34� A;w.v E 00 (Ii �- (, i''x 2'x x /O 1/ peep -S-kt? :3t:7T,t--f< klY (55-# /'2'23.0.37 EAR.,44 4 Amisotmea 1 Acc" a !» * 30oo Psp A- 4-44:12E3 23037' 7:68z po PjF Sorz...B � <d� _ 1/4-0 o = /7. 6 S;l44.:' 0.7 frSQA d WE .3 -- x 3 D >r /O I� '"p .SP' o r0;,5 w� ( / — 5 E !Soil.- 8 eretob-4 c = 3 Oct ,+LGOH/A (,6 3000 A4& GSQIt_ �rrtjei-' wsr B -A/ /DE- TI By: Date: 2 5 SON/vs-?O/d 3/ Juni r/$ b7":02,fr2©iv T D15/ /V Checked: Date: nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: F2/ 2, 3 VV SiN .._ fl5.S_ C.O.Gv/M& c Sv P/i6k, r_._77 -J2 -s.I' .S . CI G IJA1 n/ • -/ 3Y2 3 Yz ms 3 34�h 3_ A. 3:52"7,72 r 429/4. ea9o3 r /.3 ... kl _ /3-7,4 //S• a > 1.7 = /i 3.1 0, 877 /2ef- = 101 11 o 05-? 23307 #'- e Com¢ 454" ri-f- Emy, (3./4/9) lZ9x/03) 1/;T.,)Z 0.877(/5,75) (3.52) dit 8,.L k 9 //c: . o 1/�S F...1,55 3 /2 c 3 * 5//y Sd o !► S� COL �/ /'✓.S /4 T aE/v D ETI, Jr TT/Pe fes,' pf % Z E 5/ Gl /v By: Date: 7 .h/N1? 2" 3 / J rv' /j9 Checked: Date: nc Job #. HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Scale: Sheet: C/ CZ t%E5/4 NA r ,-' V( Li/'1e 1 s'apPe=ver ietr r S W5x/9 A992-4Rso G aC V!✓/v p _ 1.45' la 05 /mil; P a67705,CI( ss4) 75,5- W 5 T BEN BR/Oc T. I: By: Date: �5. To%wws,®r Fag '/5 s fo/eQ Desi4N Checked: Date: nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: G Z/CV .45/0.11 A'1 Gt r 2 ro J 7 ff A- &.. Deux 9.5' Zo851 1155' & x !S A -50D Sx /5,5-m 1), ;= 61.9, /'in t 8,03;h 3;h z notAx c 20.S5i (sz) o, C (1C0«9) 9,occ rn3_ 2 0 3S (iz) z z9x , 3 ) (I l i 9 2 fi /2 o, e c 63 ,- - r� 378 a o vJE HST; 8 x x 3 coo; c)/A-4 .ate 7-47 .SvPpa/e r. fRvJ fi A ' 8 Wsr a -A/ e,Q/,7, z By: Date: .27 ,To,/.v.!oN 3/.76-f /49 5ro,ee 2®n'T De/4N Checked: Date: uc nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: 6 / 453/ 7E/4 4 ?,f)vSr a ovy L 5/r- ///2 D2. -'_l0 P4.s 8 4,39' 6:39' 6.3'9' X39' 639' G 39' 6.:39' 639' 83' Wpc. M:.. Zoo !. 2/5 D 2 '- mitt_ ZOO sl•/ H55 4 x 4 c 3/e CNoRa5 1155 51-x4 x/-...►^' S '. DAL' .Ecr) -' J• ,A i ",4 " GI A Gozve !4N/.007e/H = O, 06 6 i/► poaa $i 4Ci ' D // 2 ;.7 444 417 S 1'4 5,73' 573' 573' £7?' 573,57E H55 3 x 3 x' S,%cH. o eD 1155 3.)e 3 k 3/�L wess .PE ,c C C7ct-'J A7- "4 " ; 14_ oii6t pomp („.0f69eM = 02 Limon sTRc FD = O C/ rh E'ra d p on R xr-A-z 0, 0/Z is Map - Seit,., AT'r4-cliev'5 ,A -%iv; Poet? A-n/4-z,y5/f ;op T�2vrsrs ,4 13 wsT ,g�N BE/Dass 7:2”: By: Date: n. s. arPNAI ► i 3/ s '/6 5T0,P&PRc ?NT .DSS/ ‘A/ Checked: Date: uc nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: pi /P3 G`/o,Qp a !-./ 4' r,e r-) ,4 : 1.i1i -fr Tor Gi'iaQD c•evv;P,t' s3"iv,,) = T% /k Th'111f A Aii4l1 r Berre' 7'"J'. 5/. /1%, Tievss P14iiErf on C1-0z?D co .sr/o., = z3, o /r 1 'vS1 t3 y/ 46i 5r"`. Bo rre24,t GMop 7e -e-1-;)47^1 ' . /,9 9 k: eeAtaiev "E? Sisr , r.L F-rT._. Z 4'/ op. Griehel,. '.. o, a2 (S/,/kJ _ J o'2 k T,ev.CJ ; �4 oz (2.3,0k) = o,ga k T frfs P. CON1/IJc l #10,f/1!n - To rA4-L P . "1'%GN G.,O fir+ Srr,i2e- 4, vcr z / = /, o 2 k r -eve rR v1✓ $:+fir i- . Ai' ' Po s J1 / roeAl.r., /et . . VS g: : 0,16k pot 77 -vf's Pt+cv .p oh../Ts revff ;& 12._..'`x/ J' J f%4'L , R STakc `12 ce-er r A/$T LSEN 5R/p‘'� T. 1. By: Date: DS. ,7"-oA/v. - ► 3i .-t,-,_, /,8 STD c/"'E PRONT DE/6N Checked: Date: uc nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: PZ /P3 /i o 'i 2 Or'Tti I3 Gk • 4 ci,e, f-PAI/?A-4- 7?1... L a49(� *IV , 7R/tiff 5 7f1 , c /-40 A 7 ,714 *tom 2 re" 47e9111cQ' fpm; /214°0 'e-s/rr _ .r> r fr7/ c. 7-"F /2 -4t 77Qs Jf �4'..1oC"�S f3�/4iYl L 4-84 a_p' S.7-0/2eg©r T diaph re ,yi 52A t, f.24 (145) = G0' .v_r. 5 PL. v; ,,8e/4n, rery /2g 4`217 2-9 7,L ( ! ; ti vss ,eivAr ci .l'rr & 6, 39 ' o.:6 7xvss' A 7:ev f ; BR/t-c4v 4 0:161(, e 5,37 a, c,; 772,vx,r -� V'J T h1?i , vrJ!,4 2 974 I/dig/ph/9 ,n 191)-4pheyn, rte- vrs B _ 2 976 1/dr4phg v ao Bl tri -✓ s S'•_ .. B tu; 1ST i EN T, r, By: Date: .ioLi'Vs'Tcan/ 3 / �-� //s 5Tore�120N i 27 S"/, V Checked: Date: uc nc HARBOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. Seattle, Washington Phone: (206) 323-6000 www.harborengineers.com Job #: Scale: Sheet: P3 1P3 C:\SProV8i SS5\STAAD\Plugins\Ben Bridge Truss B.std 01/31/18 14:39:05 STAAD TRUSS START JOB INFORMATION 'ENGINEER DATE 31 -Jan -18 END JOB INFORMATION INPUT WIDTH 79 UNIT FEET KIP JOINT COORDINATES 1 0 0 0; 2 0 2.83 0; 3 5.73 0 0; 4 5.73 2.83 0; 5 11.4612 0 0; 6 11.4612 2.83 0; 7 17.19 0 0; 8 17.1919 2.83 0; 9 22.92 0 0; 10 22.92 2.83 0; 11 28.65 0 0; 12 28.65 2.83 0; 13 34.38 0 0; 14 34.38 2.83 0; MEMBER INCIDENCES 1 2 4; 2 4 6; 3 6 8; 4 8 10; 5 10 12; 6 12 14; 9 4 3; 10 6 5; 11 8 7; 12 10 9; 13 12 11; 16 1 3; 17 3 5; 18 5 7; 19 7 9; 20 9 11; 21 11 13; 24 2 3; 25 3 6; 26 6 7; 27 7 10; 28 10 11; 29 11 14; DEFINE MATERIAL START ISOTROPIC STEEL E 4.176e+006 POISSON 0.3 DENSITY 0.489024 ALPHA 6e-006 DAMP 0.03 TYPE STEEL STRENGTH FY 5184 FU 8352 RY 1.5 RT 1.2 END DEFINE MATERIAL MEMBER PROPERTY AMERICAN 1 TO 6 16 TO 21 TABLE ST HSST3X3X0.313 9 TO 13 24 TO 29 TABLE ST HSST3X3X0.188 CONSTANTS MATERIAL STEEL ALL SUPPORTS 2 PINNED 1 13 14 FIXED BUT FX MX MY MZ LOAD 1 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE DEAD LOAD MEMBER LOAD.. 1 TO 6 UNI GY -0.185 LOAD 2 LOADTYPE Live REDUCIBLE TITLE LIVE LOAD MEMBER LOAD 1 TO 6 UNI GY -0.2 LOAD 4 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE DOOR UNIFORM MEMBER LOAD 16 TO 21 UNI GY -0.03 LOAD 6 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE DOOR STACKED AT END MEMBER LOAD 16 UNI GY -0.180 17 UNI GY -0.180 0 0.1 LOAD 7 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN MEMBER LOAD 18 UNI GY -0.180 2.82 5.73 19 UNI GY -0.180 0 2.91 LOAD COMB 3 DL + LL 1 1.0 2 1.0 LOAD COMB 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM 1 1.0 2 1.0 4 1.0 LOAD COMB 8 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT END 1 1.0 2 1.0 6 1.0 LOAD COMB 9 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN 1 1.0 2 1.0 7 1.0 PERFORM ANALYSIS PRINT ALL CHECK CODE ALL FINISH T//T29 Page: 1 i ' Job No Sheet No 1 Rev Software licensed to Part Job Title Ref By oate3l-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 rtr•�lta1� 3D Rendered View Job Information Engineer Checked Approved Name: Date: 31 -Jan -18 Structure Type TRUSS Number of Nodes 14 Highest Node 14 Number of Elements 23 Highest Beam 29 Number of Basic Load Cases 5 Number of Combination Load Cases 4 Included in this rintout are data for: All I The Whole Structure Included in this printout are results for load cases: Type UC Name Primary 1 DEAD LOAD Primary 2 LIVE LOAD Primary 4 DOOR UNIFORM Primary 6 DOOR STACKED AT END Primary 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN Combination 3 DL + LL Combination 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM Combination 8 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT END Combination 9 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN T2/r29 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 1 of 12 40. Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 2 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Nodes Node X (ft) Y (ft) Z (ft) 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 0.000 2.830 0.000 3 5.730 0.000 0.000 4 5.730 2.830 0.000 5 11.461 0.000 0.000 6 11.461 2.830 0.000 7 17.190 0.000 0.000 8 17.192 2.830 0.000 9 22.920 0.000 0.000 10 22.920 2.830 0.000 11 28.650 0.000 0.000 12 28.650 2.830 0.000 13 34.380 0.000 0.000 14 34.380 2.830 0.000 Beams Beam Node A Node B Length (ft) Property f3 (degrees) 1 2 4 5.730 1 0 2 4 6 5.731 1 0 3 6 8 5.731 1 0 4 8 10 5.728 1 0 5 10 12 5.730 1 0 6 12 14 5.730 1 0 9 4 3 2.830 2 0 10 6 5 2.830 2 0 11 8 7 2.830 2 0 12 10 9 2.830 2 0 13 12 11 2.830 2 0 16 1 3 5.730 1 0 17 3 5 5.731 1 0 18 5 7 5.729 1 0 19 7 9 5.730 1 0 20 9 11 5.730 1 0 21 11 13 5.730 1 0 24 2 3 6.391 2 0 25 3 6 6.392 2 0 26 6 7 6.390 2 0 27 7 10 6.391 2 0 28 10 11 6.391 2 0 29 11 14 6.391 2 0 T3/ry9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 2 of 12 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 3 Rev Part Job Title Ref By oate3l-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std DateTme 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Section Properties Prop Section Area lyy Ia J Material STEEL 29E+3 (in2) (in4) (in4) (in4) STAINLESSSTEEL 1 HSST3X3X0.313 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.785 STEEL 2 HSST3X3X0.188 1.890 2.460 2.460 3.927 STEEL Materials Mat Name E (kip/in2) v Density (kip/in3) a (/°F) 1 STEEL 29E+3 0.300 0.000 6E -6 2 STAINLESSSTEEL 28E+3 0.300 0.000 10E -6 3 ALUMINUM 10E+3 0.330 0.000 13E -6 4 CONCRETE 3.15E+3 0.170 0.000 5E -6 Supports Node X (kip/in) Y (kip/in) Z (kip/in) rX (kip-ft/deg) rY (kip-ft/deg) rZ (kipttldeg) 1 - Fixed Fixed - - - 2 Fixed Fixed Fixed - - - 13 - Fixed Fixed - - - 14 - Fixed Fixed - - - Releases There is no data of this type. Basic Load Cases Number Name 1 DEAD LOAD 2 LIVE LOAD 4 DOOR UNIFORM 6 DOOR STACKED AT END 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN T1/r29 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 3 of 12 F20-1 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 4 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31_Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std DaterTime 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Combination Load Cases Comb. Combination UC Name Primary Primary LJC Name Factor 3 DL + LL 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 GY -185.000 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 - - 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 UNI Ibf/ft GY 4 DOOR UNIFORM 1.00 8 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT END 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 -185.000 - 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 5 UNI lbf/ft 6 DOOR STACKED AT END 1.00 9 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAF 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 GY -185.000 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 - 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN 1.00 Beam Loads : 1 DEAD LOAD Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 1 UNI Ibf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 2 UNI Ibf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 3 UNI Ibf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 4 UNI Ibf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 5 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 6 UNI Ibf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - Beam Loads : 2 LIVE LOAD Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 1 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 2 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 3 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 4 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 5 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 6 UNI Ibf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - Beam Loads : 4 DOOR UNIFORM Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 16 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 17 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 18 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 19 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 20 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 21 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - Ts/T21 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 4 of 12 A Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 5 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Loads : 6 DOOR STACKED AT END Beam Type Direction Fa Da Fb Db Ecc. rY (rad) rZ (rad) Max X 2 (ft) 0.000 0.000 (ft) 16 UNI Ibf/ft GY -180.000 - - - - 17 UNI lbf/ft GY -180.000 0.000 - 0.100 - Beam Loads : 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN Beam Type Direction Fa Da Fb Db Ecc. rY (rad) rZ (rad) Max X 2 (ft) 0.000 0.000 (ft) 18 UNI Ibf/ft GY -180.000 2.820 - 5.730 - 19 UNI Ibf/ft GY -180.000 0.000 - 2.910 - Node Displacement Summary Beam End Displacement Summary Displacements shown in italic indicate the presen Node LJC X (in) Y (in) Z (in) Resultant (in) rX (rad) rY (rad) rZ (rad) Max X 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min X 14 9:DL + LL + DC -0.077 0.000 0.000 0.077 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Y 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 8 9:DL + LL + DC -0.038 -0.366 0.000 0.368 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Z 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rX 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rX 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rY 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rY 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.030 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Rst 8 9:DL + LL + DC -0.038 -0.366 0.000 0.368 0.000 0.000 0.000 Beam End Displacement Summary Displacements shown in italic indicate the presen T6/Ta Print lime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 5 of 12 Beam Node L/C X (in) Y (in) Z (in) Resultant (in) Max X 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min X 6 14 9:DL + LL + DC -0.077 0.000 0.000 0.077 Max Y 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 3 8 9:DL + LL + DC -0.038 -0.366 0.000 0.368 Max Z 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Rst 3 8 9:DL + LL + DC -0.038 -0.366 0.000 0.368 T6/Ta Print lime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 5 of 12 osip Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 6 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Datenime 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam End Force Summary The signs of the forces at end B of each beam have been reversed. For example: this means that the Min Fx entry gives the largest tension value for an beam. Beam Force Detail Summary Sign convention as diagrams:- positive above line, negative below line except Fx where positive is compression. Distance d is given from beam end A. Axial Shear Torsion Bending Beam Node L/C Fx (kip) Fy (kip) Fz (kip) Mx (kip'in) My (kip'in) Mz (kip'in) Max Fx 4 8 9:DL + LL + DC 23.013 1.103 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 17 3 9:DL + LL + DC -19.988 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 2 4 3:DL + LL 11.167 1.103 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fy 2 6 3:DL + LL 11.167 -1.103 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 Max Fz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mx 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mx 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max My 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min My 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Beam Force Detail Summary Sign convention as diagrams:- positive above line, negative below line except Fx where positive is compression. Distance d is given from beam end A. Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 6 of 12 Axial Shear Torsion Bending Beam UC d (ft) Fx (kip) Fy (kip) Fz (kip) Mx (kip -in) My (kip"in) Mz (kip'in) Max Fx 4 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 23.013 1.103 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 17 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 -19.988 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 2 3:DL + LL 0.000 11.167 1.103 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fy 2 3:DL + LL 5.731 11.167 -1.103 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 Max Fz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mx 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mx 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max My 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min My 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 5.366 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 6 of 12 Ail° Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 7 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client F11e Ben Bridge Truss B.std Datemme 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Print lime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 7 of 12 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner 1 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 1.83E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 1.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 295.963 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 306.275 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 360.646 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 3.8E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.09E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.1E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.16E+3 0.000 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 5.731 1.83E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.731 1.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.731 295.963 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.731 306.275 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.731 360.646 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.731 3.8E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.731 4.09E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.731 4.1E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.731 4.16E+3 0.000 1 3 1:DEAD LOAD 5.731 3.29E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.731 3.55E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.731 532.733 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.731 183.830 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.731 990.415 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.731 6.84E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.731 7.37E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.731 7.02E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.731 7.83E+3 0.000 1 4 1:DEAD LOAD 5.728 3.29E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.728 3.55E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.728 532.733 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.728 183.830 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.728 990.415 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.728 6.84E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.728 7.37E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.728 7.02E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.728 7.83E+3 0.000 1 5 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 1.83E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 1.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 295.963 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 61.277 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 360.672 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 3.8E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.09E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 3.86E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.16E+3 0.000 1 Print lime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 7 of 12 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 8 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Paten.'me 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... r9/r2,9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 8 of 12 Max Comp Max Tens Beam UC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner 6 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 1.83E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 1.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 295.963 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 61.277 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 360.672 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 3.8E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.09E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 3.86E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 4.16E+3 0.000 1 9 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 560.932 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 606.413 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 10 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -90.952 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 -0.083 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 -70.331 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -90.952 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -0.083 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -70.331 0.000 1 11 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 560.814 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 606.286 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIFt 2.830 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 0.000 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 12 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -90.952 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 -70.374 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -90.952 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -70.374 0.000 1 r9/r2,9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 8 of 12 .F#210-1 dint Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 9 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... rio/r2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V81(SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 9 of 12 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner 13 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 560.873 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 606.349 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 0.000 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 1.17E+3 0.000 1 16 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 3:DL + LL 5.730 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 8:DL+LL+DC 5.730 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 17 1:DEAD LOAD 5.731 -2.92E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.731 -3.16E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.731 -473.565 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.731 -245.094 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.731 -721.368 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.731 -6.08E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.731 -6.55E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.731 -6.32E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.731 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 18 1:DEAD LOAD 5.729 -2.92E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.729 -3.16E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.729 -473.565 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.729 -245.094 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.729 -721.368 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.729 -6.08E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.729 -6.55E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.729 -6.32E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.729 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 19 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 -2.92E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 -3.16E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 -473.540 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 -122.553 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 -721.343 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 -6.08E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.55E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.2E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 rio/r2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V81(SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 9 of 12 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 10 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... n,/r9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 10 of 12 Max Comp Max Tens Beam LJC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 20 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 -2.92E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 -3.16E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 -473.540 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 -122.553 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 -721.343 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 -6.08E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.55E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.2E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 21 1:DEAD LOAD 5.730 2:LIVE LOAD 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 5.730 7:DOOR STAC 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 5.730 -0.000 0.000 1 24 1:DEAD LOAD 6.391 -3.17E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.391 -3.42E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.391 -513.476 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.391 -531.367 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.391 -625.698 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.391 -6.59E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -7.1E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -7.12E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -7.22E+3 0.000 1 25 1:DEAD LOAD 6.392 1.9E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.392 2.05E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.392 308.116 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.392 -106.141 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.392 625.804 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.392 3.95E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.392 4.26E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.392 3.85E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.392 4.58E+3 0.000 1 26 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -632.838 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -684.149 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -102.656 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 106.293 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -466.798 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -1.32E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -1.42E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -1.21E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -1.78E+3 0.000 1 n,/r9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 10 of 12 nao Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 11 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss B.std Datemme 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... Reaction Summary Max Comp Max Tens Beam UC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 27 1:DEAD LOAD 6.391 2 8:DL + LL + DC 0.000 -633.497 0.000 1 0.000 2:LIVE LOAD 6.391 2 4:DOOR UNIF( -0.000 -684.862 0.000 1 0.000 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.391 14 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 -102.695 0.000 1 0.000 6:DOOR STAC 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -106.311 0.000 1 0.000 7:DOOR STAC 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -466.822 0.000 1 0.000 3:DL + LL 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -1.32E+3 0.000 1 0.000 5:DL + LL + DC 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -1.42E+3 0.000 1 0.000 8:DL + LL + DC 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -1.42E+3 0.000 1 0.000 9:DL + LL + DC 6.391 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 -1.79E+3 0.000 1 28 1:DEAD LOAD 6.391 1.9E+3 0.000 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:LIVE LOAD 6.391 2.05E+3 0.000 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.391 308.085 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.391 106.311 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.391 625.742 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.391 3.95E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.391 4.26E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.391 4.06E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.391 4.58E+3 0.000 1 29 1:DEAD LOAD 6.391 -3.17E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.391 -3.42E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.391 -513.476 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.391 -106.311 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.391 -625.742 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.391 -6.59E+3 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -7.1E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -6.7E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.391 -7.22E+3 0.000 1 Reaction Summary 77/729 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 11 of 12 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip -in) MY (kip -in) MZ (kip -in) Max FX 2 8:DL + LL + DC 0.000 7.063 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FX 2 4:DOOR UNIF( -0.000 0.430 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FY 14 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 7.142 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MX 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MX 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 77/729 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 11 of 12 F20-.1 Job No - Sheet No 12 Rev Software licensed to Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Ja11-18 Chd Client Fi1e Ben Bridge Truss B.std Datenime 31 -Jan -2018 14:39 Reaction Summary Cont... Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node UC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip -in) MY (kip -in) MZ (kipin) Min MZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Utilization Ratio Beam Analysis Property Design Property Actual Ratio Allowabll Ratio Ratio (Act./Allow.) Clause UC Ax (in2) Iz (in4) ly (in4) Ix (in4) 1 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.243 1.000 0.243 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 2 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.243 1.000 0.243 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 3 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.458 1.000 0.458 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 4 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.458 1.000 0.458 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 5 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.243 1.000 0.243 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 6 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.243 1.000 0.243 AISC- H1-1 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 9 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.058 1.000 0.058 AISC- H1-3 3 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 10 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.004 1.000 0.004 TENSION 4 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 11 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.058 1.000 0.058 AISC- H1-3 3 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 12 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.004 1.000 0.004 TENSION 4 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 13 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.058 1.000 0.058 AISC- H1-3 3 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 16 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.000 1.000 0.000 AISC- H1-3 1 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 17 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.315 1.000 0.315 TENSION 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 18 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.315 1.000 0.315 TENSION 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 19 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.315 1.000 0.315 TENSION 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 20 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.315 1.000 0.315 TENSION 9 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 21 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.000 1.000 0.000 AISC- H1-3 1 2.940 3.450 3.450 5.940 24 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.334 1.000 0.334 TENSION 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 25 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.274 1.000 0.274 AISC- H1-1 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 26 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.083 1.000 0.083 TENSION 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 27 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.083 1.000 0.083 TENSION 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 28 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.274 1.000 0.274 AISC- H1-1 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 29 HSST3X3X0 HSST3X3X0 0.334 1.000 0.334 TENSION 9 1.890 2.460 2.460 4.030 Failed Members There is no data of this type. rr 3/z.9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:30 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 12 of 12 C:\SProV8i SS5\STAAD\Plugins\Ben Bridge Truss A.std 01/31/18 14:17:47 STAAD TRUSS START.JOB INFORMATION 'ENGINEER DATE 31 -Jan -18 END JOB INFORMATION INPUT WIDTH 79 UNIT FEET KIP JOINT COORDINATES 1 0 0 0; 2 0 2.83 0; 3 6.39 0 0; 4 6.39 2.83 0; 5 12.78 0 0; 6 12.78 2.83 0; 7 19.17 0 0; 8 19.17 2.83 0; 9 25.56 0 0; 10 25.56 2.83 0; 11 31.95 0 0; 12 31.95 2.83 0; 13 38.34 0 0; 14 38.34 2.83 0; 15 44.73 0 0; 16 44.73 2.83 0; 17 51.12 0 0; 18 51.12 2.83 0; MEMBER INCIDENCES 1 2 4; 2 4 6; 3 6 8; 4 8 10; 5 10 12; 6 12 14; 7 14 16; 8 16 18; 9 4 3; 10 6 5; 11 8 7; 12 10 9; 13 12 11; 14 14 13; 15 16 15; 16 1 3; 17 3 5; 18 5 7; 19 7 9; 20 9 11; 21 11 13; 22 13 15; 23 15 17; 24 2 3; 25 3 6; 26 6 7; 27 7 10; 28 10 11; 29 11 14; 30 14 15; 31 15 18; DEFINE MATERIAL START ISOTROPIC STEEL E 4.176e+006 POISSON 0.3 DENSITY 0.489024 ALPHA 6e-006 DAMP 0.03 TYPE STEEL STRENGTH FY 5184 FU 8352 RY 1.5 RT 1.2 END DEFINE MATERIAL MEMBER PROPERTY AMERICAN 1 TO 8 16 TO 23 TABLE ST HSST4X4X0.375 9 TO 15 24 TO 31 TABLE ST HSST4X4X0.25 CONSTANTS MATERIAL STEEL ALL SUPPORTS 2 PINNED 1 17 18 FIXED BUT FX MX MY MZ LOAD 1 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE Dead Load MEMBER LOAD 1 TO 8 UNI GY -0.185 LOAD 2 LOADTYPE Live REDUCIBLE TITLE Live Load MEMBER LOAD 1 TO 8 UNI GY -0.20 LOAD 4 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE DOOR UNIFORM MEMBER LOAD 16 TO 23 UNI GY -0.03 LOAD 6 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE Door Stacked at End MEMBER LOAD 16 UNI GY -0.182 17 UNI GY -0.182 0 2.44 LOAD 7 LOADTYPE Dead TITLE Door Stacked at Mid Span MEMBER LOAD 19 UNI GY -0.182 1.97 6.39 20 UNI GY -0.182 0 4.41 LOAD COMB 3 DL + LL 1 1.0 2 1.0 LOAD COMB 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM 1 1.0 2 1.0 4 1.0 LOAD COMB 8 DL + LL + Door Stacked at End 1 1.0 2 1.0 6 1.0 LOAD COMB 9 DL + LL + Door Stacked at Mid Span 1 1.0 2 1.0 7 1.0 PERFORM ANALYSIS PRINT ALL CHECK CODE ALL FINISH Page: 1 411, Job No Sheet No 1 Rev Software licensed to Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/rime 31 -Jan -201814:17 3D Rendered View Job Information Engineer Checked Approved Name: Date: 31 -Jan -18 Structure Type TRUSS Number of Nodes 18 Highest Node 18 Number of Elements 31 Highest Beam 31 Number of Basic Load Cases 5 Number of Combination Load Cases 4 Included in thisjorintout are data for: I All I The Whole Structure I Included in this printout are results for load cases: Type LIC Name Primary 1 DEAD LOAD Primary 2 LIVE LOAD Combination 3 DL + LL Primary 4 DOOR UNIFORM Combination 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM Primary 6 DOOR STACKED AT END Primary 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN Combination 8 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT END Combination 9 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN lis/ -z9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 1 of 15 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 2 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Nodes Node X (ft) Y (ft) Z (ft) 1 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 0.000 2.830 0.000 3 6.390 0.000 0.000 4 6.390 2.830 0.000 5 12.780 0.000 0.000 6 12.780 2.830 0.000 7 19.170 0.000 0.000 8 19.170 2.830 0.000 9 25.560 0.000 0.000 10 25.560 2.830 0.000 11 31.950 0.000 0.000 12 31.950 2.830 0.000 13 38.340 0.000 0.000 14 38.340 2.830 0.000 15 44.730 0.000 0.000 16 44.730 2.830 0.000 17 51.120 0.000 0.000 18 51.120 2.830 0.000 Beams Beam Node A Node B Length (ft) Property f3 (degrees) 1 2 4 6.390 1 0 2 4 6 6.390 1 0 3 6 8 6.390 1 0 4 8 10 6.390 1 0 5 10 12 6.390 1 0 6 12 14 6.390 1 0 7 14 16 6.390 1 0 8 16 18 6.390 1 0 9 4 3 2.830 2 0 10 6 5 2.830 2 0 11 8 7 2.830 2 0 12 10 9 2.830 2 0 13 12 11 2.830 2 0 14 14 13 2.830 2 0 15 16 15 2.830 2 0 16 1 3 6.390 1 0 17 3 5 6.390 1 0 18 5 7 6.390 1 0 19 7 9 6.390 1 0 20 9 11 6.390 1 0 21 11 13 6.390 1 0 22 13 15 6.390 1 0 r/6/r2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 2 of 15 rem3Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 3 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Daternme 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beams Cont... Beam Node A Node B Length (ft) Property j3 (degrees) 23 15 17 6.390 1 0 24 2 3 6.989 2 0 25 3 6 6.989 2 0 26 6 7 6.989 2 0 27 7 10 6.989 2 0 28 10 11 6.989 2 0 29 11 14 6.989 2 0 30 14 15 6.989 2 0 31 15 18 6.989 2 0 Section Properties Prop Section Area Itn Ia J Material STEEL 29E+3 (int) (in4) (in4) (in4) STAINLESSSTEEL 1 HSST4X4X0.375 4.780 10.300 10.300 16.985 STEEL 2 HSST4X4X0.25 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.455 STEEL Materials Mat Name E (kip/in2) v Density (kip/in3) a (/°F) 1 STEEL 29E+3 0.300 0.000 6E -6 2 STAINLESSSTEEL 28E+3 0.300 0.000 10E -6 3 ALUMINUM 10E+3 0.330 0.000 13E -6 4 CONCRETE 3.15E+3 0.170 0.000 5E -6 Supports Node X (kip/in) Y (kipfin) Z (kip/iin) rX (kip'ft/deg) rY (kip-ft/deg) rZ (kip-ft/deg) 1 - Fixed Fixed - - - 2 Fixed Fixed Fixed - - - 17 - Fixed Fixed - - - 18 - Fixed Fixed - - - Releases There is no data of this type. ?�7/rZ 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 3 of 15 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 4 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Basic Load Cases Number Name 1 DEAD LOAD 2 LIVE LOAD 4 DOOR UNIFORM 6 DOOR STACKED AT END 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN Combination Load Cases Comb. Combination UC Name Primary Primary UC Name Factor 3 DL + LL 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 GY -185.000 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 5 DL + LL + DOOR UNIFORM 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 - - 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 UNI lbf/ft GY 4 DOOR UNIFORM 1.00 8 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT END 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 -185.000 - 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 5 UNI lbf/ft 6 DOOR STACKED AT END 1.00 9 DL + LL + DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN 1 DEAD LOAD 1.00 GY -185.000 2 LIVE LOAD 1.00 - 7 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN 1.00 Beam Loads : 1 DEAD LOAD Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 1 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 2 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 3 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 4 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 5 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 6 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 7 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - 8 UNI lbf/ft GY -185.000 - - - - Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 4 of 15 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 5 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Cbd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Daternme 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Loads : 2 LIVE LOAD Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 1 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 2 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 3 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 4 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 5 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 6 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 7 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - 8 UNI lbf/ft GY -200.000 - - - - Beam Loads : 4 DOOR UNIFORM Beam Type Direction Fa Da (ft) Fb Db Ecc. (ft) 16 UNI Ibf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 17 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 18 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 19 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 20 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 21 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 22 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - 23 UNI lbf/ft GY -30.000 - - - - Beam Loads : 6 DOOR STACKED AT END Beam Type Direction Fa Da Fb Db Ecc. (ft) (ft) 16 UNI lbf/ft GY -182.000 - - - - 17 UNI Ibf/ft GY -182.000 0.000 - 2.440 - Beam Loads : 7 DOOR STACKED AT MID SPAN Beam Type Direction Fa Da Fb Db Ecc. (ft) (ft) 19 UNI lbf/ft GY -182.000 1.970 - 6.390 - 20 UNI lbf/ft GY -182.000 0.000 - 4.410 - T/,9/t , Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 5 of 15 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 6 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client Ale Ben Bridge Truss A.std Dateftime 31 -Jan -201814:17 Node Displacement Summary Beam End Displacement Summary Displacements shown in italic indicate the presence of an offset Node L/C X (in) Y (in) Z (in) Resultant (in) rX (rad) rY (rad) rZ (rad) Max X 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min X 18 9:DL + LL + DC -0.151 0.000 0.000 0.151 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Y 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 9 9:DL + LL + DC -0.076 -0.965 0.000 0.968 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Z 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rX 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rX 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rY 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rY 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max rZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min rZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD -0.062 0.000 0.000 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Rst 9 9:DL + LL + DC -0.076 -0.965 0.000 0.968 0.000 0.000 0.000 Beam End Displacement Summary Displacements shown in italic indicate the presence of an offset Beam End Force Summary The signs of the forces at end B of each beam have been reversed. For example: this means that the Min Fx entry gives the largest tension value for an beam. Beam Node L/C X (in) Y (in) Z (in) Resultant (in) Max X 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min X 8 18 9:DL + LL + DC -0.151 0.000 0.000 0.151 Max Y 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Y 12 9 9:DL + LL + DC -0.076 -0.965 0.000 0.968 Max Z 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Z 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Rst 12 9 9:DL + LL + DC -0.076 -0.965 0.000 0.968 Beam End Force Summary The signs of the forces at end B of each beam have been reversed. For example: this means that the Min Fx entry gives the largest tension value for an beam. Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 6 of 15 Axial Shear Torsion Bending Beam Node L/C Fx (kip) Fy (kip) Fz (kip) Mx (kip in) My (kip -in) Mz (kip'in) Max Fx 3 6 9:DL + LL + DC 47.106 1.230 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 19 7 9:DL + LL + DC -51.070 0.278 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 7 14 3:DL + LL 19.442 1.230 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fy 7 16 3:DL + LL 19.442 -1.230 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 Max Fz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mx 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mx 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max My 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min My 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 6 of 15 s Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 7 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam End Force Summary Cont... Beam Force Detail Summary Sign convention as diagrams:- positive above line, negative below line except Fx where positive is compression. Distance d is given from beam end A. Axial Shear Torsion Bending Length (ft) Beam Node L/C Fx (kip) Fy (kip) Fz (kip) Mx (kip -in) My (kipin) Mz (kipin) Min Mz 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Beam Force Detail Summary Sign convention as diagrams:- positive above line, negative below line except Fx where positive is compression. Distance d is given from beam end A. Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Axial Shear Torsion Bending Length (ft) Beam L/C d (ft) Fx (kip) Fy (kip) Fz (kip) Mx (kipin) My (kipin) Mz (kip -in) Max Fx 3 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 47.106 1.230 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fx 19 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 -51.070 0.278 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Fy 7 3:DL + LL 0.000 19.442 1.230 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fy 7 3:DL + LL 6.390 19.442 -1.230 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 -0.000 Max Fz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Fz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mx 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mx 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max My 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min My 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max Mz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min Mz 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 9.342 0.591 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Tzi/> 2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 7 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 1 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 1.95E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 2.11E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 4.07E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 316.940 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.38E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 418.890 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 379.641 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.49E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.45E+3 0.000 1 2 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 1.95E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 2.11E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 4.07E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 316.940 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.38E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 418.890 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 379.641 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.49E+3 0.000 1 Tzi/> 2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 7 of 15 e I I Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 8 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 C1d Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/time 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... r2zfr29 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 8 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam UC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner Stress (Psi) d (ft) Comer 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.45E+3 0.000 1 3 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 4.19E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 4.53E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 8.72E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 679.157 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.39E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 327.815 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 1.14E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.04E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.85E+3 0.000 1 4 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 4.19E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 4.53E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 8.72E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIFI 6.390 679.157 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.39E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 327.815 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 1.14E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.04E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.85E+3 0.000 1 5 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 4.19E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 4.53E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 8.72E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 679.157 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.39E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 196.689 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 1.14E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 8.91E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.85E+3 0.000 1 6 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 4.19E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 4.53E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 8.72E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIFI 6.390 679.157 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.39E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 196.689 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 1.14E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 8.91E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9.85E+3 0.000 1 7 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 1.95E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 2.11E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 4.07E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 316.940 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.38E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 65.563 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 379.493 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.13E+3 0.000 1 r2zfr29 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 8 of 15 4 xi Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 9 Rev Part Job Titte Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/Time 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... rzVr2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 9of15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.45E+3 0.000 1 8 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 1.95E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 2.11E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 4.07E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 316.940 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.38E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 65.563 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 379.493 0.000 1 8: DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.13E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 4.45E+3 0.000 1 9 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 350.786 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 379.229 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 10 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 -25.159 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -25.159 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 11 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 350.786 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 379.229 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 0.000 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 12 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 -312.131 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 rzVr2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 9of15 • , F200 Software licensed to Job No {Sheet No 10 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Datemme 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 10 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam UC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -312.131 0.000 1 13 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 350.786 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 379.229 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -0.000 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 -0.000 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 -0.000 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 14 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 3:DL + LL 2.830 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 -56.884 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 15 1:DEAD LOAD 2.830 350.786 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 2.830 379.229 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 2.830 5:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 2.830 7:DOOR STAC 2.830 0.000 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 2.830 730.015 0.000 1 16 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 3:DL + LL 6.390 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 17 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -3.35E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -3.62E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -6.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -543.325 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.52E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -393.378 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -759.283 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.37E+3 0.000 1 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 10 of 15 • t Ai.: Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 11 Rev Part Job litle Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std paten-le/13 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 11 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.73E+3 0.000 1 18 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -3.35E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -3.62E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -6.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -543.325 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.52E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -393.378 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -759.283 0.000 1 8:DL + LI. + DC 6.390 -7.37E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.73E+3 0.000 1 19 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -4.47E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -4.83E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -9.3E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -724.434 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -10E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -262.252 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -1.39E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -9.56E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -10.7E+3 0.000 1 20 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -4.47E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -4.83E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -9.3E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -724.434 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -10E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -262.252 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -1.39E+3 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -9.56E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -10.7E+3 0.000 1 21 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -3.35E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -3.62E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -6.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -543.325 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.52E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -131.126 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -758.986 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.1E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.73E+3 0.000 1 22 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -3.35E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -3.62E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -6.97E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 -543.325 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.52E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -131.126 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -758.986 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.1E+3 0.000 1 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 11 of 15 c a F10,20 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 12 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Daternme 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... 1-21/472 Print 21,/i - Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 12 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam UC Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -7.73E+3 0.000 1 23 1:DEAD LOAD 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.390 5:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.390 -0.000 0.000 1 24 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 -3.03E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 -3.28E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 -6.31E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 -491.661 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 -649.815 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 -588.929 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.96E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.9E+3 0.000 1 25 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 2.17E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 2.34E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 4.51E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 351.187 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 4.86E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 -39.577 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 588.929 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 4.47E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 5.1E+3 0.000 1 26 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 -1.3E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 -1.4E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 -2.7E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 -210.712 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -2.91E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 -588.929 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -2.6E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -3.29E+3 0.000 1 27 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 433.130 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 468.249 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 901.379 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 70.237 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 971.617 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 -101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 385.055 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 799.673 0.000 1 1-21/472 Print 21,/i - Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 12 of 15 Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 13 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Date/rtme 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Beam Combined Axial and Bending Stresses Summary Cont... PrintTime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 13 of 15 Max Comp Max Tens Beam L/C Length (ft) Stress (psi) d (ft) Corner Stress (psi) d (ft) Comer 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 1.29E+3 0.000 1 28 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 433.130 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 468.249 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 901.379 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 70.237 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 971.616 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 385.747 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 1E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 1.29E+3 0.000 1 29 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 -1.3E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 -1.4E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 -2.7E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 -210.712 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -2.91E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 -101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 -588.699 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -2.81E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -3.29E+3 0.000 1 30 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 2.17E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 2.34E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 4.51E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 351.187 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 4.86E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 588.699 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 4.61E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 5.1E+3 0.000 1 31 1:DEAD LOAD 6.989 -3.03E+3 0.000 1 2:LIVE LOAD 6.989 -3.28E+3 0.000 1 3:DL + LL 6.989 -6.31E+3 0.000 1 4:DOOR UNIF( 6.989 -491.661 0.000 1 5:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.8E+3 0.000 1 6:DOOR STAC 6.989 -101.706 0.000 1 7:DOOR STAC 6.989 -588.699 0.000 1 8:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.41E+3 0.000 1 9:DL + LL + DC 6.989 -6.9E+3 0.000 1 PrintTime/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 13 of 15 ...P.-Job rril14 No Sheet No Rev Software licensed to Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 GM Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Daternme 31-Jan-2018 14:17 Reaction Summary Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node UC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip-in) MY (kip'in) MZ (kip'in) Max FX 2 9:DL + LL + DC 0.000 10.644 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FX 2 6:DOOR STAC -0.000 0.887 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FY 2 8:DL + LL + DC 0.000 10.727 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max FZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min FZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MX 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MX 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MY 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Max MZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Min MZ 1 1:DEAD LOAD 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Utilization Ratio Beam Analysis Property Design Property Actual Ratio Allowabll Ratio Ratio (Act./Allow.) Clause UC Ax (in2) Iz (in4) ly (in4) Ix (in4) 1 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.247 1.000 0.247 AISC- H1-1 8 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 2 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.247 1.000 0.247 AISC- H1-1 8 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 3 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.543 1.000 0.543 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 4 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.543 1.000 0.543 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 5 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.543 1.000 0.543 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 6 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.543 1.000 0.543 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 7 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.245 1.000 0.245 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 8 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.245 1.000 0.245 AISC- H1-1 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 9 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.036 1.000 0.036 AISC- H1-3 3 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 10 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.003 1.000 0.003 TENSION 4 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 11 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.036 1.000 0.036 AISC- H1-3 3 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 12 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.014 1.000 0.014 TENSION 7 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 13 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.036 1.000 0.036 AISC- 111-3 3 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 14 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.003 1.000 0.003 TENSION 4 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 15 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.036 1.000 0.036 AISC- H1-3 3 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 16 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.000 1.000 0.000 AISC- 111-3 1 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 17 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.358 1.000 0.358 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 18 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.358 1.000 0.358 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 19 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.495 1.000 0.495 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 20 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.495 1.000 0.495 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 21 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.358 1.000 0.358 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 22 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.358 1.000 0.358 TENSION 9 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 23 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.000 1.000 0.000 AISC- H1-3 1 4.780 10.300 10.300 17.500 24 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.322 1.000 0.322 TENSION 8 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 25 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.285 1.000 0.285 AISC- H1-1 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 26 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.152 1.000 0.152 TENSION 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 27 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.072 1.000 _ 0.072 AISC- H1-3 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 Te/y'2 9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 14 of 15 q ■ • Software licensed to Job No Sheet No 15 Rev Part Job Title Ref By Date31-Jan-18 Chd Client File Ben Bridge Truss A.std Daten7me 31 -Jan -2018 14:17 Utilization Ratio Cont... Beam Analysis Property Design Property Actual Ratio Allowabll Ratio Ratio (Act./Allow.) Clause LJC Ax (in2) lz (in4) ly (in4) Ix (in4) 28 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.072 1.000 0.072 AISC- 111-3 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 29 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.152 1.000 0.152 TENSION 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 30 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.285 1.000 0.285 AISC- H1-1 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 31 HSST4X4X0 HSST4X4X0 0.319 1.000 0.319 TENSION 9 3.370 7.800 7.800 12.800 Failed Members There is no data of this type. TZ?/7-z9 Print Time/Date: 14/02/2018 15:22 STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 5) 20.07.10.41 Print Run 15 of 15 skB ARCHITECTS 2333 Third Avenue, Seattle, WA 98121 • SkBarchitects.com TEL 206 903 0575 FAX 206 903 1586 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development ATTENTION Allen Johannessen REGARDING Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number 018-0042 BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS - 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL BUILDING REVIEW NOTES 1. Provide documentation in plan notes and details that specify fire-resistant materials in framing, wood flooring and other related wood finishes to include plastics or other related materials in accordance with their flame spread and smoke -developed indexes. All materials shall comply with Type II construction. Response: Please see #7 in General Notes on A0.1, see #5,6 on General Finish Notes on A4.0. 3. Typically, the mall requires a barricade constructed on store exterior during construction. Provide details for the barricade or other clarification. Response: Please see #17 in Floor Plan Notes on A2.1 If you have any questions or comments please do not hesitate to call me at 206.903.0575 or email me at ssilva@skbarchitects.com. Thank you, Stephen Silva RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA BAR 2 1 2018 PERMIT CENTER N(6.0.41, LIC Harbor Consulting Engineers, Inc. MEMORANDUM 15 March 2018 To: Mr. Bill Rambo Permit Technician City of Tukwila Department of Community Development RE: Plan Review Comments Response for Permit Application D18-0042 BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS — 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Harbor Consulting Engineers, Inc. has reviewed your plan check letter dated 2 March 2018 for the following structural related items. Our responses are italicized and follow each comment as noted below. BUILDING REVIEW NOTES 1. ... Engineer's specifications for plywood and other wood framing shall indicate fire -retardant - treated wood. (IBC 420.8, 801.2, 903.1.1 & 806.1) Please see amended general structural notes on sheet S-1 for inclusion of wood fire treatment for wood framing and for plywood sheathing as requested. 2. For the structural plan section, please provide a matrix with specific inspections required for this project. (IBC Chapter 17). Please see amended general structural notes on sheet S-1 for special inspection requirements for the project as requested. A table of structural engineer required special inspection items is indicated in tabular form on the project documents sheet S-1. This completes our plan check review responses. Please call me if you have any questions or if our office can be of further assistance,. HARBOR•CO IN , NGINEERS, INC. ohnston, P.E., S.E. Senior Project Manager 1 of 1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA rog 2 ` 213 PERMIT CENTER 1+200ft 3316 Fuhrman Avenue East Suite 250 • Seattle, WA 98102 • Telephone 206.709.2397 • Facsimile 206.709.2398 March 02, 2018 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development STEPHEN SILVA 2333 THIRD AVE SEATTLE, WA 98121 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D18-0042 BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS - 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Dear STEPHEN SILVA, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" (If applicable) For Engineers: "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020). Architects: "date" only not required (WAC 308-12-081). (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Provide documentation in plan notes and details that specify fire-resistant materials in framing, wood flooring and other related wood finishes to include plastics or other related materials in accordance with their flame spread and smoke -developed indexes. All materials shall comply with Type II construction. Engineers specifications for plywood and other wood framing shall indicate fire -retardant -treated wood. (IBC 402.8, 801.2, 803.1.1 & 806.1) 2. For the structural plan section, please provide a matrix with specific special inspections required for this project. (IBC Chapter 17) 3. Typically, the mall requires a barricade constructed on store exterior during construction. Provide details for the barricade or other clarification. Note: Contingent on response to these corrections, further plan review may request for additional corrections. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, (Dr_ e/ti Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D18-0042 �s2nn C ,,t1 tit . R ,.I J r„:. u1nn T..L ..:1 ry G; t 111211212 DG .. 1114 421 2,4.7n c , 7114 427 2«C PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D18-0042 DATE: 05/02/18 PROJECT NAME: BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS SITE ADDRESS: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AT - Building Division N Public Works PT s1^P E-3--(5 Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator n PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 05/03/18 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 05/31/18 Approved Approved with Conditions n Corrections Required Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 HERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D18-0042 DATE: 03/16/18 PROJECT NAME: BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS SITE ADDRESS: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: -?-3—( 5 Builgin Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 03/22/18 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: 04/19/18 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 CPERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D18-0042 DATE: 02/16/18 PROJECT NAME: BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS SITE ADDRESS: 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # Revision # before Permit Issued after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: L)41 �uildingg Division 1\ 12 tAk Public Works IS c 7-( N/4- Fire Prevention Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator III PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 02/20/18 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Review Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 03/20/18 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg E Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: I.• ♦ • Ari' PERMIT NO:D 04.2, ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: it. 3-c g REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF IVIS Wit ,/ Summary of Revision:E-?---(twv -we vi OK k. g 41 cv e d Way, Received by: Received by: Received by._ REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISS ED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: please print REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: please print REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: Received by: (please print REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: please print r.✓ City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: /z//6) Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # O Response to Correction Letter # Revision # / after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: EA1 Project Address: E/ SD ti rm e_EivrEe Contact Person: %'i 1 £ l►JG Phone Number: 92-8 2 -DR. —12-5 Summary of Revision: ,'looE_a M610 S fr✓l1( RECEIVED CITY ®r TUKllil ;LA MAY 0 2 2018 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): , L& 5,ra' T -- "Cloud" "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center eermitCenter by: [entered in TRAKiT on v -)-7-1. f) W:\Permit Center (Brenda)\Forms\Permit Center Documents (Word)\Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date:3/20 /, 3 d Plan Check/Permit Number: D 1 1 r ot7t-t 2 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # i ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner O Deferred Submittal # Project Name: 13 647 p(7 .) — S' Sov..µz ct t, Project Address: � )O. 4h Ce44v 1.14 It Contact Person: 5i Wa Phone Number: (Otte) 203' U 5-7 S. -- Summary of Revision: NIaUtt,d RECEIVED W 11�eA/liI 1r1MY Ir_ati MAR 2 0 2018 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ' V �/l.I u VA'T jj Entered in TRAKiT on W:\Permit Center (Brenda)\Forms\Permit Center Documents (Word)\Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONST C Horne Espanol Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Clik Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I A-Z'Index help Page 1 of 2 My, r.,&1 Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONST INC Owner or tradesperson Principals MARTINEZ, RONALD M SHRADER, SCOTT, S Doing business as SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONST INC WA UBI No. 601 512 842 160 DRY CREEK ROAD SEDONA, AZ 86336 602-282-7554 Business type Corporation Governing persons RONALD MARTIN MARTINEZ SCOTT SULLIVAN SHRADER; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. SHRADMC070BC Effective — expiration 01/03/1993— 01/12/2019 Bond .__........... MERCHANTS BONDING CO Bond account no. WA10038 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 12/26/2001 12/28/2001 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance ..................... Liberty Mutual Fire Insurance $1,000,000.00 Policy no. TB2Z91460552018 Received by L&I Effective date 02/09/2018 01/31/2018 Expiration date 01/31/2019 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601512842&LIC=SHRADMC070BC&SAW= 4/3/2018 SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONS TINC Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accents during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations ................................................. No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. This company has multiple workers' comp accounts. Active accounts L&I Account ID 940,335-01 Doing business as SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONSTRUCTIO Estimated workers reported Quarter 4 of Year 2017 "1 to 3 Workers" L&I account contact T3 / NATHAN KOZAK (360)902-6243 - Email: KOZN235@Ini.wa.gov Track this contractor 0 Account is current. Public Works Strikes and Debarments Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. Contractor Strikes This contractor received a valid strike(s) for violation or infraction for the following L&I law(s). Learn more about contractor strikes. RCW Violation 51.48.103 Description Failure to obtain a certificate of coverage for industrial insurance Contractors not allowed to bid No debarments have been issued against this contractor. Effective Date 7/25/2016 Workplace safety and health No inspections during the previous 6 year period. Page 2 of 2 © Washington State Dept. of Labor & Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state of Washington. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601512842&LIC=SHRADMC070BC&SAW= 4/3/2018 ABBREVIATIONS DRAWING INDEX @ AT FBOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER PASS. PASSENGER CENTERLINE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR P.B. PANIC BAR PROPERTY LINE FB010 FURNISHED BY OWNER P.BD. PARTICLE BOARD D PENNY INSTALLED BY OWNER P.C. PRECAST CONCRETE ... PERPENDICULAR FCB FIBER CEMENT BOARD PERF. PERFORATE(D) POUND OR NUMBER F.D. FLOOR DRAIN PERI. PERIMETER DIAMETER FDN FOUNDATION PL PLATE SQUARE FEET F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER P.L. PROPERTY LINE F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET P.LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE A.B. ANCHOR BOLT F.F. FACTORY FINISH PLAS. PLASTERARCHITECTURAL NC AIR CONDITIONING FIN FINISHED) PLYWD PLYWOOD ACC. ACCESSIBLE FLR('G) FLOOR(ING) PNL PANEL ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL FLSH'G FLASHING P.O. PURCHASE ORDER ACT ACOUSTIC TILE FLUOR. FLUORESCENT PR. PAIR A.D. AREA DRAIN F.O.S. FACE OF STUDS P.S.F. POUNDS PER SQ. FOOTIT ADD. ADDENDUM F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE P.S.I. POUNDS PER SQ. INCH ADJ ADJACENT F.O.F. FACE OF FINISH PT POINT ADJUS ADJUSTABLE F.O.B. FACE OF BRICK P.T. PRESSURE TREATED AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY PD. PLANTER DRAIN AGGR. AGGREGATE FP. FIREPROOF PTN. PARTITION ALT ALTERNATE FT FOOT, FEET PVMT PAVEMENT AL., ALUM ALUMINUM FTG FOOTING P.T.D. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ANOD ANODIZED F.T.V. FIXED SECURITY TELEVISION APPROX. APPROXIMATE FURR FURRED, FURRING Q.T. QUARRY TILE ARCH ARCHITECT FUT. FUTURE ARCH'L ARCHITECTURAL F.R.G. FIBERGLASS REINF. GYPSUM (R) REUSED, RELOCATED ASPH ASPHALT FV FIELD VERIFY R. RISER AN AUDIONISUAL F.W.C. FABRIC WALLCOVERING R.A. RETURN AIR RAD. RADIUS BRD, BD BOARD GA. GAGE R.T. RESILIENT TILE BTWN BETWEEN GALV. GALVANIZED R.D. ROOF DRAIN BLDG BUILDING G.B. GRAB BAR REF. REFERENCE BLK. BLOCK GEN. GENERAL REFL. REFLECTED BLKG BLOCKING GL. GLASS, GLAZING REFR. REFRIGERATOR BM BEAM GND. GROUND REG. REGISTER B.M. BENCH MARK GR. GRADE, GRADING REINF. REINFORCING BOT BOTTOM GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD REQ'D. REQUIRED BRG BEARING GYP. GYPSUM REV REVISION BRZ BRONZE GFRC. GLASS FIBER REINF. CONC. R.N. RIGHT HAND BSMT BASEMENT RM ROOM B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF H.B. HOSE BIBB RO ROUGH OPENING H.C. HOLLOW CORE R.O.W. RIGHT OF WAY CAB, CABINET HD. HEAD RCP REFLECTED CLNG PLAN C.B. CATCH BASIN HDBD. HARDBOARD CMNT CEMENT HDR HEADER SAM SELF ADHERED MEMBRANE CER. CERAMIC HDWD HARDWOOD S. SOUTH C.G. CORNER GUARD HDWR HARDWARE S.C. SOLID CORE CHAMF. CHAMFER HM HOLLOW METAL S.C.D SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS C.I. CAST IRON HORIZ HORIZONTAL SCHD'L SCHEDULE C.LP. CAST-IN-PLACE(CONCRETE) HR HOUR S.D. STORM DRAIN CIRC. CIRCLE HT HEIGHT SLNT SEALANT C.JT. CONTROL JOINT HTG HEATING SECT. SECTION CLG, CLNG CEILING HVAC HEATINGNENTILATING/ SF SQUARE FEET CLR CLEARANCE) AIR CONDITIONING SH. SHELF CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT HW HOT WATER HEATER SHT. SHEET CNTR COUNTER SHTG SHEATHING C.O. CLEAN OUT LD. INSIDE DIAMETER SIM SIMILAR COL COLUMN INCL. INCLUDING SL. SLOPE CONC CONCRETE INSUL INSULATION S.L.D SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS CONN. CONNECTION INT INTERIOR SP STAND PIPE CONST. CONSTRUCTION INV. INVERT SPEC SPECIFICATION CONT CONTINUOUS SQ SQUARE CONTR. CONTRACTOR JAN. JANITOR S.S. SERVICE SINK 'CORR. CORRIDOR JST JOIST S.S.D SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CPT CARPET JT JOINT S.STL STAINLESS STEEL CRS. COURSING STD. STANDARD CSMT CASEMENT KIT. KITCHEN STL STEEL C.T. CERAMIC TILE K0. KNOCKOUT STOR. STORAGE CTR. CENTER KPL. KICKPLATE STRUCT'L STRUCTURAL CSK. COUNTER SINK SUSP. SUSPENDED CU FT CUBIC FOOT LAM. LAMINATE(D) CU YD CUBIC YARD LAV. LAVATORY T. TREAD L.H. LEFT HAND T.B. TOWEL BAR D/B DESIGN BUILD L. LENGTH, LONG TEL. TELEPHONE DEMO DEMOLITION L.L. LIVE LOAD TEMP TEMPERED DBL DOUBLE LT. LIGHT TERR. TERRAZZO D.L. DEAD LOAD LTL. LINTEL TEX. TEXTURE(D) DETL DETAIL LVR. LOUVER T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN THK THICKNESS) D.H. DOUBLE HUNG MARB. MARBLE THRESH. THRESHOLD DIAL DIAGONAL MAS. MASONRY T.JT. TOOLED JOINT DIAM. DIAMETER MAX MAXIMUM TKBD. TACKBOARD DIM DIMENSION M.C. MEDICINE CABINET T.O.B. TOP OF BRICK DIV. DIVISION MECH('L) MECHANIC(AL) TV TELEVISION DN DOWN MED. MEDIUM MBR TYP TOP CAL DP. DAMPPROOFINGNSER MEMB. MEMBRANE T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE DPR. DISPENSER MEZZ. MEZZANINE T.O.S. TOP OF STL. DR DOOR MFR. MANUFACTURE(R) DS DOWNSPOUT M.F.B. MINERAL FIBER BD. UNFIN. UNFINISHED D.T. DRAIN TILE MH. MANHOLE UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DWG DRAWING MIN MINIMUM DWR. DRAWER MISC MISCELLANEOUS VAR. VARNISH MTD MOUNTED VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE E. EAST MTL METAL VIF VERIFY IN FIELD EA EACH MULL MULLION VNR. VENEER E.I.F.S. EXTERIOR INSULATED VRFY VERIFY FINISH SYSTEM (N) NEW VERT. VERTICAL E.JT. EXPANSION JOINT N. NORTH VEST. VESTIBULE ELEV ELEVATION N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT V.G. VISION GRILLE ELEC('L) ELECTRIC(AL) NO. NUMBER V.W.C. VINYL WALL COVERING ELEV. ELEVATOR NOM. NOMINAL ENCL. ENCLOSE(URE) N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE W. WEST , WIDE ENG ; ENGINEER w/ WITH EQ EQUAL 0.A. OVERALL WAB WATER/AIR BARRIER EQUIP EQUIPMENT OC ON CENTER W.C. WATER CLOSET ESC. ESCALATORIMO.D. OUTSIDEFLDIAMETER W. WOOD EST. ESTIMATE O.F.R.D. OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN W.H. WATER HEATER EXCAV. EXCAVATE OH. OVERHEAD w/O WITHOUT EXH. EXHAUST OPNG OPENING WP('G) WATERPROOFING) (E), EXIST EXISTING OPP OPPOSITE WRB WATER RESISTANT BARRIER EXP. EXPANSION 0.T.S. OPEN TO STRUCTURE WSCT. WAINSCOT ET EXTERIOR WT. WEIGHT W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC a GENERAL ■� SOUTH CENTER MALL 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL LEVEL 1, UNIT #740 TUKWILAI WA 98188 A0.1 COVER, PROJECT INFORMATION A0.2 PROJECT SUMMARY FORM - WSEC 2017 A0.3 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ARCHITECTS A0.4 EGRESS/ OCCUPANCY PLANS A1.1 DEMOLITION PLAN A2.1 FLOOR PLAN A3.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A4.0 FINISH SCHEDULE & NOTES A4.1 FINISH PLAN A7.1 DOOR/WINDOW SCHEDULES &LEGENDS A6.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS A8.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A8.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A9.1 INTERIOR PARTITION TYPES & TYPICAL DETAILS A9.2 DETAILS N -+-� to 4 _ Z lc c� aci = as rn o. Lo 0 > Q c? <- ) ih - ¢ c6 rot!) Q -� oai rn rn c., m cmi co cci4 -� c� 1� w N N o `� cvcn p tLU / p 02/16/2018 BUILDING CODE INFORMATION PROJECT DIRECTORY 1. THIS TENANT IMPROVEMENT IS DESIGNED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING 2. GENERAL BUILDING DESCRIPTION: Owner: Ben Bridge Jewelers CODES AND REGULATIONS: A. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 2B 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE B. OCCUPANCY TYPE: GROUP M-MERCANTILE r 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) C. FIRE PROTECTION: NFPA13 FULLY SPRINKLERED wl QUICK RESPONSE HEADS, 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) VISUAL & AUDIBLE ALARMS 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE D. EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE_ (SPRINKLERED) 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE E. BUILDING HEIGHT: 2 STORY 2009 ACCESSIBLE & USABLE BUILDINGS & FACILITIES (ICC/ANSI A117.1) 3. EXITS: 2901 3rd Ave #200 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 44$ SHOO Design g A9.3 DETAILS A9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS A9.5 CASEWORK DETAILS A9.6 CASEWORK DETAILS A9.7 TRANSITION DETAILS STRUCTURAL TOOT REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS•FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 3/12/2018 WAC 51-50 WA STATE AMENDMENTS (IBC) WAC 51.50.1100 WA STATE REGULATIONS FOR BARRIER -FREE FACILITIES A. TOTAL AREA OF WORK: 2,862 SF WAC 51.52 WA STATE AMENDMENTS (IMC) B. TOTAL FLOOR AREA: 2,862 GSF WAC 51.54 WA STATE AMENDMENTS (IFC) C. OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS: SEE A0,3 WAC 51.56.51.57 WA STATE PLUMBING CODE & STANDARDS D. NUMBER OF EXITS REQ: 1 (2 PROVIDED) WAC 51.11 WA STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC) E. MINIMUM EGRESS STAIR WIDTH: N/A WAC 296.46E ELECTRICAL SAFETY STANDARDS, ADMINISTRATION AND INSTALLATION F. MINIMUM EGRESS WIDTH OTHER: 44 x.2" = 8.8' G. COMMOM PATH OF TRAVEL: 100' MAX Architect: SkB Architects 2333 3rd Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 P 206.903.0575 F 206.903.1586 Contact: Stephen Silva S1 STRUCTURAL NOTES S2 MAIN FLOOR FRAMING AND FOUNDATION PLAN S3 CEILING AND BULKHEAD FRAMING PLAN S4 TRUSS ELEVATION AND DETAILS S5 PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN AND DETAIL MECHANICAL LEGAL DESCRIPTION PROJECT INFORMATION General /+ Contractor: Shrader & Martinez PARCEUASSESSOR'S it 920247-0130 LEGAL DESCRIPTION: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC BSIP PER BSIP REC VOL 256 PGS 1-9 WHICH REPLACES BSIP REC VOL 249 PGS 77-84 (AKA PARCEL M TUKWILA BSIP #1.10-032 REC #20101021000765) (TAXABLE PORTION FLOOR AREA OF WORK: 2,832 SF DESCRIPTION: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS FOR SALES FLOOR AND BACK -OF -HOUSE AREAS. WORK INCLUDES DEMO OF NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS AND NEW CONSTRUCTION OF CEILINGS AND PARTITIONS PER PLANS. Construction, Inc 160 Dry Creek Rd Sedona, AZ 86336 P 928.282.7554 F 928.852.3730 Contact Michael Cook .MD1.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN M1.1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M2.1 HVAC DETAILS M3.1 HVAC SCHEDULES M4.1 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS M4.2 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS M5.1 WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M5.2 WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M5.3 WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M5.4 WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M6.1 COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATIONS M6.2 COMMISSIONING TASK SCHEDULE PLUMBING REVISIONS No changes Shah bo made to the scope 01work4^rltho t ri fi Or approval Of Tpkev la BU1c ing DiviSiOrt. NOTE: F�uiainns wilt require a n�ubmiifa Structural: Harbor Consulting Engineers 3316 Fuhman Ave E; #250 Seattle, WA 98102 E G E N D and may include additional plan review fees. SYMBOL L P 206.709.2397 SEE TITLE BLOCK FOR COLUMN GRID LINE 0 - - REVISION CLOUD REVISION. MOST RECENT WINDOW NUMBER 11 A REVISIONS SHOWN Q. REVISION NUMBER F 206.709.2398 Contact: Darren ,Johnston p MEP: Henderson Engineering P1.1 PLUMBING PLAN AND RISER DIAGRAMS P2.1 PLUMBING DETAILS AND SCHEDULES P4.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P4.2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P4.3 FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS P4.4 FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS ELECTRICAL Ref P 913.742.5721 DETAIL BUG DETAIL NUMBER WALU PARTITION TYPE IA3aW PROJECT NORTH ! SHEET NUMBER Contact: Adam Mackenzie NORTH ARROW TRUE NORTH MATCH LINE wirr VIEW REFERENCE Ref BUILDING SECTION/ SECTION DESIGNATION ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER 1 DRAWING NUMBER SALES FLOOR CASEWORK INTERIOR ELEVATION SEE A9.4 & A9.5 SFCXX FILE COPY REFERENCE 1I 1 „ j �/'�/ �i .ED1.1 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN E0.1 ELECTRICAL LEGENDSHEET E1.1 LIGHTING PLAN E2.1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E2.2 CASEWORK POWER PLAN ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES E3.2 LIGHTING SCHEDULES E3.3 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING DETAILS E4.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E4.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E5.1 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS E5.2 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS o chi a o RSHEET NUMBER ef Permit �� _` t (,IV WALL SECTION SECTION DESIGNATION 1 NUMBER Si i r^y ,!, i (� PERMIT DRAWING NUMBER plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. pp 1 ` 10 SHEET ` r �o FOR: A^ roval of construction documents does not authorize Approval DATUM - _ - _ - _ - _ - 3D VIEW REFERENCE NUMBER ,-,� 'manta! lectrtcal tho violation of anyadopted code or ordinance. ReceiptE3.1 pt of approved Field Copy nd nditions is acknowledged: robing ) - SIMPLE SITE PLAN as Piping By: ILY Tukwila 0 Oil P'` G DIVISION - --..__.._ City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION `` /� l % \ ` �� \ t- --1 REVIEWED FOR C9itrlf'LIRt.. evision: ERMIT COMMENTS APPROVED MAR 28 201 O LOIN I Ifin �.„ 1-00 NORDSTROM ` UKWILAPKWY-------- RECEIVED Ct-FV OF TUKWILA2. o�2 1 2e313 MAR PERMIT CENTER p, 1014 i� R L' { o 1 z� LT B Z n Project Number. R Po o 9 BEN BRIDGE 1 P 3 JEWELERS 73 SOUTH CENTER MALL — ® 77 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL — O © LEVEL 1, UNIT#740 M TUKWILA, WA 98188 —I Project no. 1442.00 — Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET — - ENLARGED SITE MAP 2 N GENERALOTES a. 5 BEN BRIDGE E 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT ALL WORK COMPLY w/ THE STATE OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE, THE LOCAL ENERGY CODE & OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, RULES & REGULATIONS OF JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY. 3. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY PORTION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPENCIES NOTED AMONG OR BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OWNER PROVIDED INFORMATION, SITE CONDITIONS, MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, OR CODE REGULATIONS, OR RULES OF JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY 4. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY PORTION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OWNER PROVIDED INFORMATION AND SITE CONDITIONS, INCLUDING TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS NECCESSARY. EXECUTION AND COMPLE5. THE CONTRACTOR TION OF THE WORK EXCEPT FOR THELL PAY AND SECURE & ALL NGENETAL RAL BUILD NGITS, FEES, PERMITCENSES, AND INSPECTION NECESSARY FOR PROPER DI _ SION ' E TO E OF ISH, SS + - RWI OTE� ONTA RCH T FO: ARIFICATIONS IF NEEDED. 7. USE FIRE-RESISTANT FRAMING MATERIALS, TYP. THAT SHALL COMPLY WITH TYPE II CONSTRUCTION. ❑ r- w EN GE RIDI BRIDGE SOU7HCENTER MALL I I I _ .'` _ NEM Ell ak, �,' I i, w ❑ �-a aril 1 _ w •• O o 11111111 �� (� STRANDER BLVD j' (� y_ (-1 �1 i ( SEARS I I 1 ENLARGED SITE MAP Project Summary, pg 1 201 SEC Compliance Forms for Commerci ildings including R2, R3, & R4 o 0 and R1 PROJ-SUIVI Revised Oct 2017 General Info PRO.1-SUM form shall be provided as a cover sheet for all compliance form submittals. Project Title shall match project plans title block. Proje e: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall - Tukwila, Date 1/19/2018 Project Street Address: 81 Southcenter Mall, Level 1, Unit #740 For Building Department Use project Clty, County, Zip: Tukwila, WA, 98188 Project Owner or Rep: Ben Bridge Jeweler Jurisdiction: City of Tukwila Project Description Select all that apply to the scope of project. Select Addition + Existing or Alteration + Existing if the existing building will be combined with the addition or alteration to demonstrate compliance per Section C502.1 or C503. /. New Construction and Additions E New Building E Building Addition Existing Building Retrofit c Alteration c Change of Occupancy L Change in Space Conditioning c Historic Building Building Elements Scope - Select all that apply L All L Building Envelope L.... Mechanical Systems L Service Hot Water SystemsE Lighting Systems c., Electrical Systems Occupancy Type la,r All Commercial 0 Group R - R2, R3, & R4 0 Mixed Use over 3 stories and all R1 Mixed Use - Building is greater than three stories above grade and it has both Commercial and Group R occupancies. Mixed Occupancy- Building is three stories or less above grade end it has both Commercial and Group R2, R3 or R4 occupancies. Select Alt Commercial to document compliance for the commercial areas of the building. The residential spaces shall comply with the WSEC Residential Provisions. Space ConditionMg Categories Select all that apply to the scope of project Fully Conditioned E Semi-heated2 L Refrigerated Spaces (Warehouse and/or Walk-in') E Low Energy Space Category3 Eligible Low Energy Spaces L Unconditioned L Low energy heating/cooling capacity I— Wireless service L Greenhouse 4 L Equipment building '— equipment shelter Floor Area and rs Ab Flooove Grade Building Gross Conditioned Floor Area Project Gross Conditioned Floor Area Stories 1 General Compliance Path Compliance Method 1 - General C Compliance Method 2 - Total Building Performance Compliance Method I - Projects shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable mandatory and prescriptive requirements of this code. Refer to C401.2, Item 1 for more information. Compliance forms to include with a Prescriptive submittal: All applicable ENV, LTG, and MECH. Compliance Method 2 - Projects complying via total building performance (TBP) shall Include a summary of results from a whole buildingenerw model per Section C407 and shall demonstrate compliance with aft applicable mandatory provisions in this Code. Refer to Section C4012 Item 2 for more information. Compliance forms to include with a TBP submittal. PROJ-SUM, ENV-CHK, LTG-EXT, LTG-CHK, and all MECH forms except MECH-ECONO and MECH-VENT (pending). Note 1 - Refrigerated Spaces - They shall comply with the envelope and refrigeration equipment requirements in Section C410. Warehouse coolers and freezers shall also comply with the envelope requirements in C402. C410 takes precedent for overlapping requirements. Note 2 - Semi -heated Spaces - If heated with equipment other than electric resistance may take an exemption for wall insulation. All other envelope assemblies shall comply wfth the thermal envelope provisions. Note 3 - Exemptions For Low Energy Spaces - Low Energy spaces are exempt from all provisions in WSEC Section C402 Building Envelope, however all other applicable provisions in the Code do apply Including lighting, mechanical, service water heating, etc. Note 4 - Eligible Space Conditioning For Low Energy Greenhouses - Greenhouses are defined as spaces that maintain a specialized sunlit environment that is used exclusively for cultivation, protection and maintenance of plants. Cooling with outside air and/or evaporative cooling, and any form of heating equipment, are allowed under the Low Energy Greenhouse category. Greenhouses with cooling equipment that requires a condensing unit am NOT eligible. Project summary, pg 2 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 ri and all R1 PROJ-SUM Revised Oct 2017 General Info Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall - Tu, ij Date 1/19/2018 C406 Additional Efficiency Package Options Summary A minimum of two Options are required for new construction and change in space conditioning or occupancy projects, Select all Options included in the current project scope. Also select Options complied with under previous projects (shell end core, other tenant spaces In building, etc) Buildings with multiple tenant spaces may comply with different options (mix & match). Options are required for all space conditioning categories. include discipline specific information for C406 options in ENV -SUM, LTG -SUM end Refer to SBCC website for official interpmtatlons regarding C406 provisions. Building level efficiency options: Current Scope Previous Projects C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance C406.9 Reduced air infiltration C406.5 On -site renewable energy EC Building area level efficiency options C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment C406.6 Dedicated outside air systems (DOAS) L L C406.7 Reduced energy use in servlce water heating L L C406.3 Reduced lighting power L C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls L C406 Comments: This project is not a new construction, or change of space conditioning or occupancy project. REVIEWED FOR APPROVED MAR 2 8 2010 'City of Toktvi!a, LDINtDI 0 Clear buttons C Clear buttons RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB is 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS c.) Q. ▪ CO co cc) L: a) E 7007 10 CO CD P. co. Le) Ct- a) c) c") 0-?. cO (0(0 c) co a • CNI 0 0- LL. REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON -J 2/16/2018 L.11 o::gco) c) 0 CO oC IrT cY), c: > a r I-1-1 Z f— j — < E} ET j mu_,-,,-,- m ...., _ :i I- LIZ I-1- 06— - - LU>LU :7 7566 0: CO —) 0) co _1 1— a.. ca PROJECT SUMMARY FORM - WSEC 2017 NORDSTROM MALL CORRIDOR LEVEL 1 OCCUPANCY/ EGRESS PLAN 1/8" =1'-0" !TRAVEL alST. = 104'-7 N///\\/ 3 LEVELS 165,900sf DISTANCE TO MALL RESTROOM = 262'-6" 7 MALL RESTROOM DISTANCE 1/32" =1'-0" W Ala --J LIFE SAFETY / OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE NAME AREA USE CLASSIFICATION OCCUPANT LOAD IBC OLF GROSS / NET # OF OCCUPANTS T.O.S. ELEC RM 29 SF Accessory Storage Areas, Mechanical Equipment Room 300 SF Gross 1 OFFICE 109 SF Business Areas 100 SF Gross 2 SALES FLOOR 2290 SF Mercantile - Areas on other floors 60 SF Gross 39 STOCK 404 SF Mercantile - Storage, Stock, Shipping Areas 300 SF Gross 2 2832 SF 43 OCCUPANCY LEGEND Accessory Storage Areas, Mechanical Equipment Room Business Areas Mercantile - Areas on other floors Mercantile - Storage, Stock, Shipping Areas REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 B 2010 City of �3 R"riE�a RulLOIISO G 0. 1,4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 201B PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS v a) 2 m CO 5) c 0 oort c -o co a) co co N( CD 0 r- CO oInai rnoo>to co ' N CVCZC 0 Li.v BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON —J J 2H6/2018 LLI ccco co O JW = 2' cO u) m L1I 0 I- J� = Q •Z =owe; cc d CO - C0co J1=— O. a d EGRESS/ OCCUPANCY PLANS DEMO NOTES rI.— Tr. y I I LJ1--rt----L J�- I li I L_ IL-J _J RELOCATE (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM WITH OWNER THE BACK OF HOUSE EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE AND REUSE, TYP. 1 1 —J DEMO EXISTING PLUMBING �I FIXTURES, TYP. 1 I L DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4"=1.O /// \/ \ /x\\ ♦ \ ♦ \ \♦ `\ ♦ \ • / /\\\ /� r/ I, J REUSE EXISTING SAFE, TYP. - DEMO (E) SHELVING, BRACKETS AND STANDARDS, TYP. r J T- 1 \ / ` / ♦`\ ♦ \ ♦ \ \ ♦ ♦ ♦ • `• ♦ \♦ ♦\ \\ \♦ \♦♦ \\_ \ ONO (E) WINDO(NS AND DOORS \ r—▪ � DEMO (E) PARTITIONS I 1- // / /♦ y //// \♦ III`\ I • • • \\ \♦ / \ REUSE EXISTING \♦•._ SAFE, TYP. / / /•/� / / I r I DEMO COLUMN WRAPS, TYP. I l♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ • • \ • ♦ • • \ `• ♦ • • DEMO EXISTING CASEWORK, TYP. ) / J / 1 -, j� / ♦ L DEMO CEILING AND / `• EQUIPMENT, TYP. / / /•• / \• 1 / \ /• // 1 r_ —/ ,/ I / / / I / —/ I I a /DEMO FLOORING AND PREP FOR NEW FLOORING, TYP. / / r / • /- // / _, // /rri/ � / I J/ • L JI DEMO STOREFRONT BACK TO LL'S EXISTING BULKHEAD 1. ASBESTOS & HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: FEDERAL, STATE & LOCAL REGULATIONS REQUIRE THAT ALL ASBESTOS & OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A BUILDING BE REMOVED PRIOR TO STARTING THE DEMOLITION WORK. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN REQUIRED CERTIFICATION THAT THERE ARE NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PRESENT IN THE STRUCTURE. 2. U.O.N.. ALL DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR & SHALL BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER OFF OF THE PROJECT PROPERTY. 3. SEE MEP (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT), FIRE PROTECTION (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT), ELECTRICAL (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) & COMMUNICATION (UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) DOCUMENTS FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO THOSE TRADES. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE EXISTING BUILDING & IMPROVEMENTS WITHIN THE AREAS OF OPERATION & TAKE CARE TO PROTECT THE NEIGHBORING SPACES WHERE EXISTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE IMMEDIATE RESTORATION, REPAIR, OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED ITEMS OR AREAS TO RESTORE THEM TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS . 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO ADEQUATELY SECURE THE PREMISES & /OR STORED MATERIALS FROM TRESPASSING, THEFT & VANDALISM. 6. DEMO ALL FLOORING FINISHES IN AREAS OF WORK U.O.N.; PATCH & PREPARE EXISTING FLOORS IN AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW FLOORING TO PROVIDE FOR CONTINUOUS "LEVEL" SURFACE FOR NEW FLOORING. 7. DO NOT REMOVE ANY BEARING WALLS, COLUMNS OR OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS NOT DESIGNATED IN STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATLEY IF AREAS OF DEMO UNCOVER ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS NOT PREVIOUSLY IDENTIFIED. 8. PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF ANY STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHORING AS REQUIRED TO TEMPORARILY SUPPORT ALL LOADS UNTIL NEW FRAMING IS INSTALLED AS DOCUMENTED AND SPECIFIED. IF THE CONTRACTOR FINDS THE EXISTING CONDITIONS TO BE OTHER THAN DOCUMENTED OR IN CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR RESOLUTION. PROCEEDING WITHOUT NOTIFICATION INDICATES FULL ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY IF WORK IS NOT IN CONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 9. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, SWITCHES AND FACE PLATES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND/OR SAVED FOR FUTURE USE AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. CONSULT POWER PLANS FOR SPECIFIC ELECTRICAL WORK. 10. OWNER TO IDENTIFY EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE RETAINED AND/OR REUSED AT SALES FLOOR AND BACK OF HOUSE. DEMO PLAN LEGEND EXISTING TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED _ = — = EXISTING TO BE REMOVED AND DEMOLISHED OR SALVAGED REV!EVVEID FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 28 2010 v1LEYI RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2016 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON a) d 0 aD L. co E 2/16/2018 DEMOLITION PLAN Llw co w W a FACE OF STOREFRONT ALIGNS W/ ADJACENT TENANT,TYP. 4 N Y♦ ♦ 8'-5 1/2" 13'-9 1/2" C BLADE SIGN ABOVE (102A) 7 FLOOR STRIKES SPACED @ 8'-5 1/2". 50'-101/8" �B3eu CENTERLINE OF SECURITY CURTAIN i • 4 D3ay BHC9 BHC10 SFC1 0 6'-2" 8 WATCHMAKER 5 7 6 SNV/SC • 101 BHC10 -5" --1'-6 DIM PT FOR CASEWORK REF2 9 z t,9 0I0 Ea Im r m a 0 u_ 7 9 0 0 P6 STOCK 105 ♦ 9 12 F 0 9 0 0) r-- co m m REF DISH P3P3 0 IT CLOSET I1041� 4 tV 04) EMPLOYEE AREA 107 SFC12 3 LINE OF FRAMED BULKHEAD ABOVE, REF. TO ELEVS. 8'-9 3/4" SECURITY CURTAIN IN -FLOOR STRIKE 7,4, T-0" 4 04. R SALES FLOOR 102 DIM PT FOR CASEWORK 0 IC6ejH S FC2 IF 11 1/2" ' 3 3/4" 7`--6" DIM PT FOR CASEWORK 19'-0" 0 '? M 2 [D3 ID3 N 4'5"VIF SFC3 SFC3 SFC3 SFC2 lcc6e1-1 5 FLOOR STRIKES SPACED @ 8'-8 5/8"= 34'-21/2" STEEL SHELF BLADE SIGN ABOVE m ......._7 I . J CASEWORK BY OTHERS, F010 ROLEX 103 1 I� M EQ , EQ u •- 1C3 �f -2" 1,-4„ CLR (103) 4*-5 1/2" 8'-101/4" 6-11 3/4" 60'-1 1 /2" 6'-4 7/16" 6'3 5116" 6'-4 7/16" 24'-0" 24.-0" 7'-10" 9 FLOOR PLAN 1/4". 1'-0" 10 A FLOOR PLAN NOTES 1. EXISTING SHELL & CORE CONSTRUCTION SHOWN w/ POCHE AND OR SCREENED 2. ALL WALLS ARE A3a U.O.N. REFER TO A9.1 FOR PARTITION TYPES. 3. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS DESCRIBING PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS, CASEWORK LAYOUT, SPECIALTY OULET LOCATIONS, ETC. 4. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR SOFFITS, CEILING HEIGHTS & PLENUM BARRIER LOCATIONS. 5. REFER TO SHEETS A0.1 & A0.2 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES, LEGENDS, SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, & SCHEDULES. 6. PATCH/REPAIR, PRIME & PAINT ALL EXISTING GWB WALLS TO REMAIN. 7. ALL PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD TO FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" OR "CLR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED & SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESSES OF ALL WALL FINISHES, UON & SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN ± 1/8" WITHOUT WRITTEN INSTRUCTION FROM ARCHITECT. 8. PARTITIONS THAT ARE NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE LOCATED FLUSH & SQUARE WITH THE EXISTING PARTITION OR CENTERLINE OF WINDOW MULLION AS SHOWN. 9. WALLS THAT APPEAR TO ALIGN DO ALIGN. WALLS THAT APPEAR CENTERED ON COLUMNS OR MULLIONS ARE CENTERED ON COLUMNS OR MULLIONS. 10. "ALIGN" MEANS TO ACCURATELY LOCATE THE FINISHED FACES IN THE SAME PLANE. 11. DIMENSIONS MARKED ± MEAN A TOLERANCE NOT GREATER NOR SMALLER THAN 2 INCHES FROM INDICATED DIMENSION, U.N.O. VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS EXCEEDING TOLERANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT. SECURE ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. 12. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS IN THE LOCATION(S) OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. UPON COMPLETION OF PARTITION LAYOUT, NOTIFY ARCHITECT. ALLOW TIME IN THE SCHEDULE FOR VERIFICATION OF THE LAYOUT BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PARTITION INSTALLATION. 13. ALL WORK SHALL BE ERECTED & INSTALLED PLUMB, LEVEL, SQUARE & TRUE. 14. DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS ARE TO FINISHED OPENING, UON, 15. COPY/PRINT, INTERIOR PLANTS, AND FURNITURE EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. 16. FURNITURE SHOWN SCREENED FOR REFERENCE ONLY (NIC) 17. MALL BARRICADE TO BE ERECTED BY BOSTON BARRICADE AND WILL BE COORDINATED WITH GC, MALL, AND OWNER. FLOOR PLAN LEGEND SFCXX BHCXX EXISTING NEW SALES FLOOR CASEWORK SEE A9.4, A9.5, A9.6 BACK OF HOUSE CASEWORK SEE A9.4, A9.6 GENERAL LANDLORD NOTES: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS W/ THE LOD IF ANY DISCREPENCIES ARISE, CONTRACTOR HAS 24 HOURS TO INFORM LANDLORD, NO PROJECTIONS BEYOND THE LEASE LINE 14 R 2 1 2010 PERMIT CENTER REVIEWED FOR CODE-CULMIPLII NCE APPROVED MAR 28 2018 0 .N '5 E ARCHITECTS PERMIT COMMENTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON FLOOR PLAN 3/12/2018 D\`60Couta. CUB; BUILDING DIVItiKILILv A2.1 RCP NOTES oo 9 v co 9 4 in GWB -0" A.F.F. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4".1'-0" MTL2 A:F.F: e 1'-9" ❑ 9, 24'-0" SIM 141-_0" 4I70" MTL2 10.-0" A.F.F. LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER. ALIGN. WI SEAM AT ZINC PANELS. TYP. I I LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER. ALIGN. W/ SEAM AT ZINC PANEL. TYP. 6'-10" k 1'-6" k I;llIif�(Ili1� 4- 66" SECURITY :.URTAIN TRACK co 9 v PERFORATED PANEL LEASELINE CL OF BATTENS 9 9 REF. TO ELEC. FOR LIGHTING LAYOUT GWB 10'-0" A.F.F. °? CL OF BATTENS 24.-0" 19'-10" ; 2'-4" T-10" 1. RCP FOR LIGHTING LOCATIONS. REF. TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING SPECS. 2. ALL GWB SOFFITS P-1, U.O.N. 3. HEIGHTS NOTED ARE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, U.O.N. 4. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WALL SCONCES. 5. GWB SOFFIT HEIGHTS TO BE REVIEWED WITH FINAL MECHANICAL LAYOUTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY CONFLICTS. 6. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ACCESS PANELS WITH ABOVE CEILING DEVICES & CONTROLS - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 7. SEE ELECTRICAL CASEWORK DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING. RCP LEGEND 2x2 ACT MTL2 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE A4.0 SUPPLY REGISTER, TYP. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS GWB WC1 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE A4.0 RETURN REGISTER, TYP. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS D\%Oo'k2 REVIEWED FOR CODE -COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 28 2018 Crty UILo-.H c,l•.J'I ' «.� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 162016 PERMIT CENTER skB c- Q ARCHITECTS SkB Architects 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 2/16/2018 co m 0 0 N cl) a E w ��C7cnmoo:ILI— COW 0JgZ Fd a m 0) co J.H REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A3.1 FINISH SCHEDULE CODE DESCRIPTION MANUF/PRODUCT LOCATION REMARKS CONTACTS GL1 GLASS MCGRORY GLASS, SKBS-359 - ANTIQUE 1/4" - PENCIL EDGE MIRROR BRIANNA NASTASI, P: 856.579.3235 GL2 GLASS 1/2" GLASS WITH 3CM FROSTED FILM 40% OPACITY APPLIED TO INSIDE FACE OF DOOR PROVIDE MOCKUP FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION MTL6 METAL ALUM TUBE STEEL, BLACKENED TO MATCH MTL3 BASE RB1 RUBBER BASE JOHNSONITE, 2.5"H RUBBER, 40 BLACK COVED WALL BASE © STOCK 105,104 WB1 WOOD BASE 3/4" SOLID WHITE OAK - CLEAR WATERBASE FINISH WALL BASE THICKNESS TO MATCH FLUSH WITH VENEER PANELS ABOVE, ADD STAIN IF NEEDED TO MATCH C1 WB2 WOOD BASE AMERICAN WALNUT VENEER (MATCH ROLEX SPECS AND COLOR) WALL BASE THICKNESS TO MATCH FLUSH WITH VENEER PANELS ABOVE, ADD STAIN IF NEEDED TO MATCH WC1 WB3 WOOD BASE 3/4" SURFACE MOUNTED PAINT GRADE WOOD BASE, PAINT P3 WALL BASE AT P3,P5 LOCATIONS CEILING MATERIAL WC1 WD3 WOOD WALLCOVERING WOOD BATTEN SANFOOT, RECON MILKWOOD, 10' QUARTERED, PAPERBACKED 3/4" x 1 1/2" WHITE OAK BATTEN, CLEAR WATER BASED FINISH, HIDDEN FASTENERS CEILING ONLY SEE RCP FOR LOCATIONS PROVID PRICE SE•, D rM ..•" T• ^- AL N. : S. FLAME PREAD NDEX (FSI) 5 & SMOKE D ELOPEINDEX SDI)15 RIAL ONLY (SPECIAL WALL LOGIC, CLINT BUCHMAN, P:206.271.5841 FLOORING CPT1 CARPET (RUG) (INSET) MASLAND CONTRACT, 2705 PROGRESSION, SAMPLE COLOR: 450 PEWTER/GRAPHITE, TIP SHEAR. CUSTOM RUG: 6' WIDE X 33' LONG, INSET CARPET WITHIN FLOORING, PROVIDE COMERICAL PAD, FLUSH CARPET WITH WOOD FLOORING PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 PROVIDE: QUOTE FOR WATER & AIR FRIEGHT SEPARATELY. CARPET FADES FROM DARK TO LIGHT ( DARK AT SIDES, LIGHT AT MIDDLE) KANDICE COLEMAN, P: 206.618.2274 E: kandice.coleman@maslandcontract.com CPT2 CARPET (BROADLOOM) STARK, BRIGADE, DESERT NIGHT, WOOL, B05-DNIT-BOUCOO 22 LOOP PILE - THROUGH THE BACK CONSTRUCTION, 12' WIDTH - REPEAT 1'-6" x 1'-6," PROVIDE FATIGUE COMMERCIAL PAD, FLUSH CARPET WITH FLOORING PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 GEORGE BARKDOLL (GEORGE & ASSOCIATES), P:206.724.0006 E: george@georgeassodatesinc.com CPT3 CARPET (BROADLOOM) EAST -TO -WEST, CUSTOM (ROLEX) BROADLOOM CARPET PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 RF1 RESILIENT FLOORING MARMOLEUM, 707 BLACK HOLE, 9.8" x 9.8" PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 PROVIDE BOTH RF1 & RF2 IN CHECKER BOARD PATTERN RF2 RESILIENT FLOORING MARMOLEUM, 3252 SPARROW, 9.8" x 9.8" PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 PROVIDE BOTH RF1 & RF2 IN CHECKER BOARD PATTERN TL3 TILE DALTILE, FABRIC ART MODERN TEXTILE, TAUPE MT52, SIZE:12X24, GROUT:TBD PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 CHUCK HILL, E: chuck.hill@daltile.com WF1 WOOD FLOORING SUMMIT FOREST PRODUCTS, JOBt/ 48730, PROFILE: 5/8'k8", TB51083 ENGINEERED, GRADE: LIGHT RUSTIC, SPECIES: NORTHERN WHITE OAK, FINSH: CERAMIC HYBRID MATTE, CUSTOM COLOR PER ARCHITECTS CONTROL SAMPLE SALES FLOOR, PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN A4.1 TYPE 1 PHENOLIC ADHESIVE, PRICE: $11 SQF ' MEETS ASTM E84 CLASS III / C 1 SCOTT RAZOR, P:425.864.5076 E: scott@floorainc.com LEATHER WRAP LTR LEATHER GARRET LEATHER, 1 7/8" TO STRETCH TO 2" DIA PIPE BLACK HERRINGBONE CASEWORK BAR RAILS CUSTOM LEATHER DIA PER HANDRAIL SIZE GINA HARPER, E: gharper@garrettleather.com MILLWORK/CASEWORK PL1 PLASTIC LAMINATE FORMICA 6414-NG BLACK RIFTWOOD, NATURAL GRAIN STOCKROOM RUN GRAIN HORIZONTAL PL2 METAL LAMINATE CHEMETAL, 618 BLACK & TAN ALUMINUM CASEWORK VERTICAL SURFACE U.O.N. BLACKED EDGES PL3 PLASTIC LAMINATE FORMICA DECOMETAL - 4254 BRUSHED BLACK ALUMINUM SALES FLOOR AND WATCHMAKER SOFFIT ALTERNATE AT CEILING LID - PROVIDE CEILING PANEL MOCKUP FOR APPROVAL SS1 SOLID SURFACE NOT USED CASEWORK SHELLY STREIBICK, E: Shelly.Streibick@caesarstoneus.com SS2 SOLID SURFACE CAESARSTONE, QUARTZ4120 RAVEN, POLISHED, 20MM (MITERED CORNERS) CASEWORK SHELLY STREIBICK, E: Shelly.Streibick@caesarstoneus.com SS3 SOLID SURFACE PENTAL QUARTZ -BS124P COASTAL GREY - 1/4" THICK SLAB -POLISHED CASEWORK JENNIFER HAYDEN - 206-225-1714 WD1 WOOD VENEER BROOKSIDE VENEERS LTD, BROOKLINE -STRIPED SAND 18.02, FINISH: CONVERSION VARNISH CASEWORK/WALL PANELS JEFF ALMON, P: 714.348.8187 WD2 WOOD VENEER M BOHLKE VENEER CORP, QUARTERED AMERICAN WALNUT, FINISH: CONVERSION VARNISH CASEWORK/WALL PANELS M BOHLK VENEER CORP, MAIN OFFICE: 8375 NORTH GILMORE ROAD, FAIRFIELD, OH 45014 PAINT P1 PAINT COLOR TO MATCH: BENJAMIN MOORE OC-65 CHANTILLY LACE, FLAT FINISH SOFFIT @ CEILING PROVIDE MOCK UP ON SITE W/ (3) THREE COLORS TESTED P2 PAINT COLOR TO MATCH: BENJAMIN MOORE 986-SMOKY ASH, EGGSHELL FINSH STOCKROOM PROVIDE MOCK UP ON SITE W/ (3) THREE COLORS TESTED P3 PAINT COLOR TO MATCH: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7069 IRON ORE, SEMI GLOSS FINISH METAL COLUMNS PROVIDE MOCK UP ON SITE W/ (3) THREE COLORS TESTED P4 PAINT SCUFFMASTER GOH 12219778 SOLID METAL PROVIDE MOCK UP ON SITE W/ (3) THREE COLORS TESTED P5 PAINT COLOR TO MATCH: BENJAMIN MOORE, 2118-10 UNIVERSAL BLACK, EGGSHELL FINISH EGGSHELL ON WALLS, SEMI -GLOSS ON WOOD/METAL, FLAT ON CEILING TYP WALL MATERIALS FP1 FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS CARNEGIE FABRICS, MONOCLE EMBROIDER 6197 752 - 54 /52" USABLE WIDTH, PROVIDE 1/2" THICK FLEXIBLE IMPACT RESISTANT PANEL (2) HORSE SHOE CASEWORK UNISTS ALIGN PATTERN FROM PANEL TO PANEL, PANELS TO BE PRODUCED BY CASEWORK SUB (SILVER STAR) MTL1 METAL PERF PANEL LASER CUT STEEL PANEL WITH CUSTOM BEN BRIDGE PATTERN PER ARCHITECT - PAINTED P4 VAIL @ STORE HEADER MTL2 ZINC PANEL VMZINC, VMA ANTHRA - ZINC, 590 MM, 24" WIDTH - LENGTH TBD PANELS @ STORE EXTERIOR AND CEILING PER RCP P: 919-874-7173 MTL3 STEEL PANEL 1/4" COLD ROLLED STEEL - BLACKENED TO MATCH ZINC FINISH, CLEAR SCRATCH RESISTANT FINISH MTL4 STEEL PANEL AMUNEAL.COM (OR APPROVED EQUAL) - AMU-03-CHICM-UNDW-C2, 1/16 STEEL PANEL WITH PATINA. ARCHITECT TO PROVIDE APPROVED FINISH TO MATCH RACHEL NARVAEZ, P: 215.535.3000 MTLS STEEL PANEL PAINTED METAL FRAME USED WITH MTL1 (VAIL) - PAINT (METALIC) P4, TO BE PROVIDED BY CASEWORK SUB (SILVER STAR) TL1 TILE TOP TRIM DALTILE, RITTENHOUSE - 3x6 0790ARTIC WHITE MATTE BULLNOSE ON 6" SIDE BATHROOM AT TL2 LOCATIONS TL2 TILE DALTILE, RITTEN HOUSE SQUARE 3x6 - 0790 ARTIC WHITE MATTE. GROUT: TBD BATHROOM PROVIDE BULLNOSE 6" SIDE AT TOP COURSE CHUCK HILL, E: chuck.hill@daltile.com WC2 WALLCOVERING AREA ENVIRONMENTS, EB-8 N" 669, CUSTOM COLORATION, MATTE LINEN TEXTURE PER ELEVATIONS $2100 FOR MURAL RABIA MUWWAKKIL, P: 917.517.8964 OR 628.222.7710 WC3 WALLCOVERING THIBAUT T6858 PER ELEVATIONS ALIGN PATTERN FROM PANEL TO PANEL, PRICE ALTERNATE WALLCOVERING:TRIKES, STITCHED LEATHER 2VSD-10 BUFFALO, WIDTH 54", BACKING:OSNABURG WOOD WD4 WOOD VENEER SANFOOT SANPLY,RECON MILKWOOD 10' QUARTERED VENEER ON 3/4" MDF. PROVIDE PRICE FOR SANFOOT PREMANUFACTURED VENEER APPLIED PANELS ($11SF) VS. SADFOOT VENEER PROVIDED TO CASEWORKER FOR POST APPLIED PANELS WALL LOGIC, CLINT BUCHMAN, P:206.271.5841 WD5 WOOD VENEER MAHOGANY VENEER, PER ARCHITECTS CONTROL SAMPLE WOOD DOOR FRAME WD6 WOOD DOOR FRAME WHITE OAK FRAME, CLEAR WATER BASED FINIH A GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS FOR FINISHES LISTED IN FINISH SCHEDULE WITHOUT CAUSE BEYOND THE CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. •"CAUSE" REFERS TO CONDITIONS THAT ARE BEYOND THE CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. THESE MAY INCLUDE SITUATIONS WHERE THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT IS NO LONGER MANUFACTURED, IS UNSUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, OR IS UNAVAILABLE DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES UNFORESEEN BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUCH AS A LABOR STRIKE OR A NATURAL DISASTER OR EVENT THAT DELAYS PRODUCTION, THEREBY AFFECTING THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO OBTAIN IN A TIMELY MANNER THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT (E.G. A CONTRACTOR -CAUSED SUBMITTAL DELAY, CONTRACTOR DID NOT TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION FOR LONG -LEAD TIME, ETC.) IS NOT CONSIDERED A JUSTIFIABLE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FOR CAUSE. 2. ALL WALLS TO BE PAINTED P1, U.O.N. 3. ALL RECEPTACLES & COVERPLATES AT SALES FLOOR AND WATCHMAKER AREA TO BE BLACK FINISH. 4. ALL RECEPTACLES & COVERPLATES AT STOCK ROOM AND RESTROOM TO BE WHITE FINISH. 5. ALL MATERIALS AND FINISHES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 803.5 TO MEET THE CODE EXAMINER'S REQUIREMENTS. ALL MATERIALS AND FINISHES USED ARE TO BE CLASS C IN EXIT WAYS AND CORRIDORS AND CLASS C IN ROOMS. PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM 84 AND NFPA 701 TESTING CRITERIA PER THE IBC. 6. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 75 OR LESS WITH A MAXIMUM SMOKE GENERATION FACTOR OF 450 PER SECTION 10.2, NFPA 101. SUBMITTAL REVIEW 1. SUBMIT DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY IN PDF FORMAT WHEN POSSIBLE. 2. SUBMIT NOT LESS THAN TWO EACH OF PRODUCT SAMPLES, ONE OF WHICH WILL BE RETAINED BY ARCHITECT. 3. FOR EACH SUBMITTAL REVIEW, ALLOW 10 DAYS FOR EACH OFFICE WHO MUST REVIEW THE SUBMITTAL. NOTE VARIATIONS FROM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR PRODUCTS SCHEDULED. 4. GC TO PROVIDE FULL COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING FABRICATION FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURAL METAL FABRICATIONS, CASEWORK, SPRINKLER LAYOUT, DOORS, GLAZING (WHITEBOARDS, PANELS, ETC), RELIGHTS & FRAMES. PROVIDE LAYOUT/ SEAMING DIAGRAMS FOR TILE, CARPET, UPHOLSTERY, SPECIALTY WALL PANEL (FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS, TACKBOARD, ETC) 5. GC TO PROVIDE CUT SHEET/ PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: DOOR & CASEWORK HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, APPLIANCES, TOILET ACCESSORIES, MECHANICAL (GRILLES, ETC) & FIRE ALARM. PROVIDE CASEWORK PANEL MOCKUPS (12" SQ. MIN.) ILLUSTRATING SUBSTRATE, FINISH & EDGEBAND. 6. GC TO PROVIDE SELECTION &J OR VERIFICATION SAMPLES FOR ALL MATERIALS IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDER. PROVIDE GLASS SAMPLES WHERE NOT IDENTIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 28 2010 I1y lf'11E DUILiJllt1aI.tt C/) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA ElAR 2 1 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS•FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 3/12/2018 w��� C)• Ut/) �� � CO F-w-¢ g J w �� = CD LU 100 w C.--)r- g c I— oww 0�L� 2mw a coCI)coJl— O t3 FINISH SCHEDULE & NOTES SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE AND NOTES CONCRETE SLAB IN SECURITY CURTAIN POCKET 1) • • * • • • *lIIItII$I*IIMzu 1111 •oo 1,1 !EXISTING MALL TILE 7 2-0" SIM SALES FLOOR 02 (LvFi.) (wiDi SFC2 SFC2 SFC2 ,o4oxot, FINISH & FIXTURE PLAN 1/4" o.4.,otoo„ ool000toNorn,A to0,4, , ,om000 ..1mo ,oc actooMMONTAX oWacoo ,ok000RoPlaqoo,oaltattnagoo.ioutoo.oma -67'.:•.! AMY! ki.! ote, tott-ZWcO Statioto totoo SFC2 SFC2 SFC2 0 —SFC3 SFC3 SFC3 SIM CONCRETE SLAB IN SECURITY CURTAIN POCKET SI REVIEWED FOR CODE -COMPLIANCE - APPROVE MAR 28 2019 qIty of Tt..ilir,Ma DUILDINQ DIV1f4!ff4r,..1j RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIANCOLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON co 0 0 .co) E FINISH PLAN 2/1612018 c > c • c o o c 2 as 0 to a. DOOR SCHEDULE WTWT DOOR SIZE WIDTH HEIGHT DOOR TYPE FIRE RATING HARDWARE GROUP FINISH DOOR FRAME COMMENTS 101 3-0" 8'-0" B HW-3 WD WD ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE METRO FULL DUMMY W/ OLYMPUS LEVER W/ E230 ESCUTCHEON WHITE BRONZE LIGHT FINISH 102A 12'-0" C HW-1 102B 17-0" C HW-1 103 3'-0" 9'-0" D HW-4 WD WD MATTE BLACK CRASH BAR HARDWARE 104 3-6" 8'-0" A HW-3 WD WD SCHLAGE LATITUDE LEVER; CENTURY TRIM; MATTE BLACK FINISH 105 3-0" 8'-0" A HW-2 WD WD SCHLAGE LATITUDE LEVER; CENTURY TRW; MATTE BLACK FINISH 106 3-0" T-0" E HW-5 MTL MTL SCHLAGE LATITUDE LEVER; CENTURY TRIM; MATTE BLACK FINISH DOOR TYPES DOOR HARDWARE GROUPS QTY. HW-1 LOCKS AND TRACKS BY MANUFACTURER HW-2 (STOCKROOM) HINGES LEVERS ROSE CLASSROOM MORTISE LOCK SWIVEL SPINDEL MORTISE CYLINDER HOUSING PERMANENT CYLINDER TEMPORARY CYLINDER CONCEALED CLOSER KICK PLATE DOOR STOP GASKETING HW-3 (WATCHMAKER/IT CLOS.) HINGES LEVERS ROSE PASSAGE MORTISE LOCK SWIVEL SPINDEL MORTISE CYLINDER HOUSING SURFACE CLOSER KICK PLATE DOOR STOP GASKETING HW-4 (EXIT) HINGES RIM EXIT DEVICE MORTISE CYLINDER HOUSING PERMANENT CYLINDER TEMPORARY CORE RIM CYLINDER HOUSING CYLINDER COLLAR SURFACE CLOSER KICK PLATE DOOR STOP GASKETING EXIT SIGN HW-5 (RESTROOM) HINGES LEVERS ROSE PRIVACY MORTISE LOCK TURN PIECE ER TRIM SWIVEL SPINDEL SURFACE CLOSER KICK PLATE DOOR STOP GASKETING SILENCER RESTROOM SIGN PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE A • SINGLE HINGED DOOR • 13/4" FLUSH SOLID CORE • PAINT GRADE WOOD VENEER J 0 cc a PER SCHEDULE 5" TYP in WATCHMAKER o\ • SIGNAGE, BLACK LETTERS OUT OF META. FONT: TBD. BID ALT, BLACK VINYL APPLIED LETTERS TO PLATE © • SINGLE HINGED DOORS • WD2 DOOR AND FRAME • WATCHMAKER (INTERIOR) SIDE WITH DECORATIVE LEATHER WATCH BANDS FASTENED W/ BRASS NAILS • STOCKROOM SIDE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS • CUSTOM BRONZE KICK PLATE • CUSTOM BRONZE "WATCHMAKER" SIGN • PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES FOR ARCHITECT TO REVIEW WRIST BAND DETAIL UPHOLSTRY THUMB TACK NAILS, BRONZE TONE 5MM x 42MM ,) BROWN LEATHER I WATCH BANDS FOIL DIMENSION TO BE FINALIZED WHEN ANAL BANDS ARE SELECTED (ESTIMATE 243 ) WATCH BANDS) WRIST BAND DETAIL 1/32" =1'-0" 0 ¢w VARIES; REF TO PLAN ALUMATEC LXS SECURITY DOOR L PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE w 0 W 0 I. PER SCHEDULE D • SINGLE HINGED DOOR SINGLE HINGED DOOR • 1 3/4" FLUSH SOLID CORE • HOLLOW METAL • WALNUT WOOD VENEER ON PRIME AND PAINTED INTERIOR SIDE • METAL PANEL TO MATCH ZINC PANEL ON MALL CORRIDOR SIDE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS EXIT SIGN: PROVIDE PENDANT WHERE CLG. HUNG OR STRUCTURE EXCEEDS 8'-6"AFF. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CAB. PER BLDG. STANDARD 4HANDLE } 0 r 6" COAT HOOKS WALL PHONE DOOR & FRAME PER SCHEDULE FIRE STROBE THERMOSTAT, VRFY - - LOCATION w/ MECH'L DWGS SWITCHPLATE - DASHED LINE INDICATES GANGED PLATE AS REQ CARD READER RECEPTACLE TELE/DATA COVERPLATE WALL BASE FINISHED FLOOR • .. • 1. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIO 1ED LOCAT ALL TELEPHONE & ELECTRICAL WAL PLATES AT THE NEAREST STUD. 2. PROVIDE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE THAT ALLOWS A FORWARD OR SIDE APPROACH IN 'ICC/ ANSI A117.1 - 2003 ADA GUIDELINES AT ALL CONTROLS & HARDWARE. L OUTLETS & SWITCH COMPLIANCE WITH WINDOW SCHEDULE MARK WINDOW SIZE WIDTH Height TYPE MATERIAL FRAME TYPE COMMENTS A 5'-11 1/2" 8'-6" 1 SAFETY GLASS BID ALT 1: ARCADIA CUSTOM METAL WINDOWS; BID ALT 2: LOEWEN ACOYA; CONTACT DAVE PASCOE @ DAVEP@WINDOWSHOWROOM.COM (206)258-3814 B 5'-11 1/2" 8'-6" 2 SAFETY GLASS BID ALT 1: ARCADIA CUSTOM METAL WINDOWS; BID ALT 2: LOEWEN ACOYA; CONTACT DAVE PASCOE @ DAVEP@WINDOWSHOWROOM.COM (206)258-3814 WINDOW TYPES TRANSLUCENT FILM @ CLERESTORY CEILING PER RCP SLIDING PANEL. REF. TO ELEVS. FOR (1) LOC. 09 kJ- 0) (k) 9 E0 1'-6" 7-7" y1'-101/2 • REF. TO WINDOW SCHEDULE COMMENTS FOR BID ALTS • 7/16" SAFETY GLASS • (1) SLIDING PANEL I 2 TRANSLUCENT FILM @ CLERESTORY • REF. TO WINDOW SCHEDULE COMMENTS FOR BID ALTS • 7/16" SAFETY GLASS REVIEWED FOR COD APPROVED MAR 28 2010 of Tukwila UILDINC; DIVI10' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER 0 a? co 0 0 E ARCHITECTS SkB Architects mco 0) coa) CD N CO BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON DOOR/ WINDOW SCHEDULES & LEGENDS 2/16/2018 PERMIT SET ■ SIGNAGE BY TENANT VENDOR C.,MTL'2> CMTLD EQ - 6-6 5/8* VIF (TNCi) EQ +I- 6-6 5/8" V F EQ EQ EQ EQ - 8'-6 5/8" VIF +/- 8'-6 5/8" VIF -'/- 6-6 5/8' VIF - 81-6 5/8" VIF EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE B.O. STRUCTURE 15'-6" SFC2 SFC2 SFC2 OPEN 0 cc 11.1 SFC8 kJ_ 0 Ne` ZINC PANEL TO ALIGN W/ BOTTOM OF PERFORATED METAL PANEL CEILING f 12'-0" 11" BLADE SIGN 4" SPACING C:2) TYP. ZINC PANELS OVERLAPPED 1". APPLY SFC1 OPEN Lui z. _71 Wj REF. TO A9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS STOREFRONT ELEVATION - NORTH 114". V-0" LOC. OF ROLEX SIGNAGE ALIGN REF. A9.4 REF. A9.4 FOR CASEWORK DETAILS EQ EQ +/- 8'-8" VIF - 8'-8" VIF EQ - 8'-8" VIF EQ PROVIDE HORTON BRASSES 1-1/2" LS LAG SCREW BLACK WROGHT IRON 1/4" SQUARE PYRAMID HEAD ON MTL 3 ONLY, TYP. +/- 8'-8" VIF 9 (MTL BLADE SIGN / ZINC PANEL TO ALIGN W/ START OF VAIL / (103) ONO SFCj1 SIM. SS3) 3'-6 5/8" STOREFRONT ELEVATION - EAST 1/4" V-0" 4"MAX SFC3 SFC3 SFC3 REF. TO A9.4 FOR CASEWORK DETAILS PROVIDE MTL-3 FRAME AROUND DISPLAY CASE OPEN V-6" •,, PROVIDE 6' DIA. CUTOUT IN STEEL FOR VASE F010 3"--0" SFC2 EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE SIGNAGE BY TENANT VENDOR (MTL B.O. STRUCTURE 16-6" SFC2 SFC2 REF. TO A9.4 FOR CASEWORK DETAILS I w .000 is CEILING (m-rLo 12'-0" MTL CWC1) LINE OF COLUMN BEHIND METAL PANEL PER STRUCTURAL T.O.F.F. T.O.S. 1/4" BRONZE DECORATIVE NAIL HEADS AT 4" O.C. SPACING, TYP. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2.82010 City or Tukwila wiror, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 0 a) E rx w 0 cn caw 1.7 W w j o_ CO -J co co C2L cv2 U -I (Ni Z Z GP la O.-D 7425 8 0 Lu 'If CZ w(-13 IA- CO b. el o cn co _1 0_ 0- 2/16/2018 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS TL cc SFC1 OPEN SFC2 SFC2 SEE SHEET A9.4 FOR CASEWORK DETAILS INTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH 1/4". 1-0" WOOD FRAME TO MATCH WB2 WB2 WC2 SFC5 SEE SHEET A9.5 CASEWORK DETAILS INTERIOR ELEVATION - WEST 1/4". 1'-0" STOCKROOM ELEVATION - NORTH LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE SEE SHEET A9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS CMTLO TUBE STEEL ON EITHER SIDE OF DISPLAY CASE - EXTEND ONTO CEILING AND RETURN DOWN TO CASEWORK BELOW - BLACKEN/PAINT TO MATCH ZINC. REF. TO RCP A3.1 WC2 1 BELOW WALL COVERING SFC11 / " SFC91 / / <.REF2 i SEISE SFC1 FLANGE COLUMN SFC2 MTL3 OPEN SFC3 SFC3 MTL ME FC3 AX J FC4 .i ROLEX SIGNAGE S 13 EX (WD4) BID ALT: EXIT SIGN PER ELEC. (WD5) WOOD DOOR FRAME FLUSH WITH WALL PANELS MTL3 STEEL SURFACE BLACK ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE, TYP. .111111101111111111... 'SEE SHEET A9.5 CASEWORK DETAILS SEE SHEET A9.5 CASEWORK DETAILS SEE SHEET A9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS INTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST 114"=1.-0" 4 (.WBID SEE SHEET 9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS SEE SHEET 9.4 CASEWORK DETAILS MTL1 1/2" x 1 1/2" TUBE STEEL FRAME AND BRACKETS GL1 4 MIRROR 2'-6" i ROLEX; F010 INTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTH i ROLEX; F010 i / `SEE SHEET A9.6 CASEWORK DETAILS /,// ROLEX; F010 /// if i /// SFC12 EMPLOYEE AREA SEE SHEET A9.6 CASEWORK DETAILS 4 M 1/4" =1'-0" 42, II/1/ ®SHELFANDBACKSPLASH.PROVIDCORDINE5 DRILLS J.JTH OR L-- --� TOOLS, CORDINATE TOOLS WITH BHC1D CLIENT & ARCHITECT IIIII OPEN P3 SEE SHEET A9.4 & A9.6 CASEWORK DETA LS JEWELRY & WATCHMAKER ELEV - NORTH 1 /4" =1'-0" CASEWORK PER PLANS SEE SHEET A9.6 CASEWORK DETAILS EXISTING WATCHMAKER CABINET FURNITURE PIECE, STRIP AND STAIN PER ARCHITECTSSM4PLE EGO JEWELRY & WATCHMAKER ELEV - EAST 1/4" =1'-0" BHC2 BHC P /x\ 4' N il. BHC6 REF K x i \ I� x ` ADJUSTABLE SHELVING B-1C3 r ®y/— MICROWAVE 1 V STEAMER ULTRASONIC RB CORK BOARD SEE SHEET 9.6 - CASEWORK DETAILS STOCKROOM ELEVATION - EAST COFFEE MACHINE DISHWASHER TRASH/RECYCLE 1" SCRIBE PROVIDE CLOCK: THE MINE SELECTIVE MINUTES HANGING WALL CLOCK. WEBSITE hNPsh wfiemine,com4vall- clockeheleciNes.minules-hanging- wall.clockg2623268,hRU (105) .... ■■■■ ■■NE MIME map Elm ■■■■ mil mil ■■■■ ■■■■ mu Elm ■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 1■■■■. ■■■■■■■■■►-"U■■ I■■■■i ■■■■■■■■ A.0 I■■■■O I... MMMMEI I■■■ I■■■■O I■■I I■■■■u 1■■■ I■■■■O IN= Iiiiil I■■■ I■■■■I 1■■■ I•uu■I I■■■ i...= I■■■ I■■■■u I■■■ I■■■■I I■■■ I■■■■O 1■■■ I■7■■1 I■■■ I■.1■■= 1■■■ 1■■■■I REF. TO A7.1 1 ACK ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE, TYP. JEWELRY & WATCHMAKER ELEV - SOUTH 1 14" =1'-0" SECURITY MONITOR BHC1 0 '1 SEE SHEET A9.4 AND A9.6 CASEWORK DETAILS 1 B.O. STRUCTURE 15'-6" CEILING 12'-0" T.O.F.F. 0" T.O.S. -1" CEILING 12'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE -COMPLIANCE - APPROVED MAR 28 2010 qty of T►:Ilmila BUILDING DIVI ;1oNI JEWELRY & WATCHMAKER ELEV - WEST 1/4" =1'-0" PRINT/FAX/COPY MACHINE FE STOCKROOM ELEVATION - SOUTH \ .---N /x\/x / N. x / / x N. BHC1 1/ i BHC1 I R81 SAFE �BHC2� / x SAFE �BFIC2A��,. r 0 -t r_{R_ JEWELER GRINDER POLISHER SEE SHEET A9.6 - CASEWORK DETAILS STOCKROOM ELEVATION - WEST ADJUSTABLE SHELVING ON METAL STANDARDS ACT CEILING 11'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF 'TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 ((106) PERMIT CENTER T.O.F.F. T.O.S. `l " / DI g °OD LI 20. ARCHITECTS 7007 ac co ¢? ¢ -a M a) Mca WU N C/) REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 0 } m cc E INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A8.2 2/16/2018 PERMIT SET 1/4" =1'-0" 1/4". 1.-0" 1/4"=1'0" 1/4" =1.-0" GENERAL NOTES: RESTROOMS TPD/SNV/SCD— GB SCHLUTER SCHIENE, 3/8" SCHLUTER SCHIENE, 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL. TYP. STAINLESS STEEL. TYP. RESTROOM ELEVATION - NORTH 114"=1'-0" OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FIGURE 308.3.2 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH FIGURE 308.3.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FIGURE 308.3.1 OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH FIGURE 308.3.2 RESTROOM ELEVATION - EAST 1/4" =1'-0" REACH REACH AR A AREA 10' OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH FIGURE 308.3.2 OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FIGURE 308.3.2 REACH REACH AREA AR UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FIGURE 308.3,1 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH FIGURE 308.3.1 SCHLUTER SCHIENE, 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL. TYP. RESTROOM ELEVATION - SOUTH 114" =1-0" PARTITION WALL COVERING PER IBC 1210.2 SEE FINISH PLAN WALL HUNG TOILET 59" CLR. @ FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET ACCESSIBLE STALL FIGURE 604.7 0 ACCESSIBLE STALL FIGURE 604.7 NOTE: -FLUSH VALVE TO WIDE SIDE OF STALL, -GRAB BARS -1 1/2" DIA. AND 1 1/2" CLR. TO WALL, 21 FULL TILES RR CEILING 8'-0" SCONCE SCHLUTER SCHIENE, 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL. TYP. T.O.F.F. 0 T.O.S RESTROOM ELEVATION - WEST 1/4"=1'-0" LR 1 30MINCLR. ' 1 30MIN SEE PLAN FOR SCD LOCATION WALL COVERING PER IBC 1210.2 SEE FINISH PLAN SEE PLAN FOR TPD LOCATION i 131/2' MIN. DEPTH MEASURED FROM FACE OF WALL 1. EXISTING DOORS ARE PUSH/PULL PASSAGE DOORS WITH CLOSERS AND NO LATCH. 2. ALL EXISTING DOORS HAVE A MIN. CLEAR PASSAGE OF 32" CLEAR WIDTH PER 1133B.2. 3. MINIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE PASSAGE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS WITH SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS PER 1133.B.2.5 4.5-0" TURN RADIUS AND ALL CLEAR FLOOR AREAS SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FLOOR TO 27" 5. REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES (LAVATORIES, WATER CLOSETS, URINALS, SHOWERS, DRAINS) 6. SHOWER STALL TO INCLUDE CURTAIN OF ANTIMICROBIAL FABRIC FROM MANUF. STANDARDS, SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT APPROVAL. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION NUFACTURER MODEL NOTES ALL MOUNT SINK WALL MOUNT LAVATORY KOHLER KOHLER PINOIR WALL -MOUNT BATHROOM SINK WITH SINGLE FAUCET HOLE SOHO 20"X18" WALL MOUNT CONCEALED ARM CARRIER BATHROOM SINK WITH SINGLE FAUCET HOLE, WHITE. FAUCET: KOHLER, ELATE, K-99491-4-CP, POLISHED CHROME UNDERMOUNT SINK KOHLER K-5286-NA STRIVE 24" x 18-1/4" SINGLE BOWL WITH SINK RACK, STAINLESS. FAUCET: MOEN, ALIGN SPOT RESIST STAINLESS ONE -HANDLE PRE -RINSE SPRING PULLDOWN KITCHEN FAUCET UNDERMOUNT SINK KOHLER K-5287-NA STRIVE, 15' x 15" BAR SINK WITH SINK RACK, STAINLESS. FAUCET: ALIGN SPOT RESIST STAINLESS ONE -HANDLE HIGH ARC PULLDOWN BAR FAUCET OP SINK USTEE 63 CM 24X24X10 WHITE MOP SINK KIT, ITEM: 11U264 APPLIANCE SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER ODEL COMMENTS CH CLOTHES HOOK BOBRICK B-2116 HEAVY-DUTY CLOTHES HOOK WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING DISH DISHWASHER GE APPLIANCES GLDT690JBB 24° TOP HIDDEN CONTROL TAL BUILT-IN DISHWASHER WITH STAINLESS STEEL TUB - BLACK GB GRAB BARS KOHLER PURIST BRUSHED STAINLESS FINSH. LENGTH PER DETAIL: ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY LAYOUT REF MIRROR TOWEL DISPENSER, WASTE RECEPTACLE REFRIGERATOR PEETZ WALL MIRROR BOBRICK GE APPLIANCES FMF3911 B380 GBE21DGKBB 27.5" H x 19.5" W x 6.25" D, $104.99, http://www,allmodern.com/decor-pillows/pdp/pa etz-framed-mirror-If mf3911. html RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERJWASTE RECEPTACLE 20.9 CU FT. BOTTOM -FREEZER REFRIGERATOR - HIGH GLOSS BLACK REF2 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIDGERATOR PERLICK HP24RS32R 24 INCH PANEL READY, RIGHT HIDGE DOOR SWING TPD/SNV /SCD SEAT COVER DISP, SANITARY NAP DISPOSAL, TOLIET TISSUE BOBRICK B3574 STAINLESS STEEL, SATIN FINISH OSTANDARD STALL 0 STANDARD URINAL 0 ACCESSIBLE URINAL ARCHITECTS 7007 BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON J w wgco CD Cf) '�' IE w Wwg¢ mw � J� �Z� o INm-o�w1-TERIOR ELEVATIONS y 18" MIN 1 TO ADJ. WALL FIGURE C606.2 (a) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPttftMCE APPROVED MAR 2 8 2018 City ofTL.aF��,tile t CALLING DIVI' ION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWI FEB 16 2018 MIRROR FAUCET PER PERMIT CENTER WAC51-40,1106.7.5. B.O. MIRROR REFLECTIVE SURFACE T.O. HIGHEST POINT OF LAV. RIM OR COUNTER INSULATE OR COVER PER WAC 11-40,1106.7.4. 17" REFER TO MIN. PLUMBING SPECS 2/16/2018 0 0 0 co CJ ca co ACCESSIBLE REACH LIMITS 1/4"=1'-0" ACCESSIBLE REACH DIAGRAMS 1/4" =1'-0" ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY LAYOUT 1f4"=1'-0" ACCESSIBLE VANITY HEIGHTS ALL WIRE TIES TO BE (3) TIGHT TURNS AROUND ITSELF IN 3" PER ASTM C 636 ITEM 2.3.4 A45. 45 ° ACT LATERAL FORCE BRACING NO. 12 GA. LATERAL SUPPORT WIRES WITHIN 3" OF LIGHT FIXTURE CORNER. SPLAY WIRES AS SHOWN AND FASTEN TO STRUCT. W/ MIN. OF 3 WIRE TURNS @ EA. CONNECTION POINT VERT. STRUT @ 12'-0" EACH DIRECTION FASTENED TO MAIN RUNNER; CUT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. MAY BE EMT CONDUIT, MTL. STUD OR COMPRESSION STRUT. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER- NO. 12 GAUGE @ 4'-0" O.C. NO. 12 GA. FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRES @ CENTER ENDS OF EA. FIXTURE RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE CROSS TIE MAIN STRUCT'L RUNNER @ 4'-0" OC LIGHT FIXTURE BRACING 1 1T" =1'-0" i IVCIEM al.m ■ai »» 4" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET METAL @ 48" O.C. MAX.; FASTENERS AT 16" O.C. DECK FLUTE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (FOAM CELL CLOSURE) METAL ROOF DECK SEALANT, TYPICAL AT ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS ONLY EDGE TRIM, TYP. DEEP -LEG TRACK, TYP. ACOUSTIC BATTS PER KEY CDPARALLEL TO METAL DECK FLUTES HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER AT 4'-0" O.C. PER ASCE 7-02 ITEM 9.6.2.6.2.2A CROSS RUNNER TYPICAL NON -RATED PARTITION DETAILS 1 1/2". t-O'' EXIST'G CONC SLAB (3) 0.145 0 DRIVE PINS TO CONC SLAB; 3/4" MAX SLAB PENETRATION 400-S162-43 STL. STUD BRACE @ 8'-0' O.C. BRACING TO CONC STRUCTURE MAX @ ENDS SEE WALL _ATTACHMENT DETAILS 6'-0" MAX FROM WALL TO LATERAL SUPPORT BRACE FACE OF WALL III III IIIII IIIIIIII1 1 11 VERT. WIRE HANGERS: 12 GA @ 4'-0" O.C. BOTH WAYS OR 10 GA. @ 5'-0" O.C. BOTH WAYS HANGER TO BE NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT OF PLUMB UNLESS COUNTER - SLOPING WIRE IS PROVIDED. ACT LATERAL BRACING 111)1 II11111111111111111111111111111111 TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS. MAINTAIN WIRE SPACING 111111111111111111111111 CEILING NOTES ALL WIRE SHALL BE 12 GA. GALV. WIRE OR CODE APPROVED EQUAL. ALL HANGERS AND RUNNERS SHALL BE ACCURATELY LEVELED AND SPACED PER MANUF. SPECS. ALL INTERSECTIONS AND CONNECTION ACCESSORIES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING DESIGN LOADS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. AT LIGHT FIXTURES LESS THAN 10 LBS. PROVIDE (1)12 GA. WIRE. AT LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 AND LESS THAN 56 LBS. USE (2)12 GA. WIRES AT OPPOSING CORNERS TO SRUCTURE ABOVE. AT LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS. SUPPORT DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ 9 GA. WIRE W/ 0 USING THE CLG. SYSTEM FOR DIRECT SUPPORT. Illlllllllr'7,111111111111111111111111111111111111111 VERTICAL STRUT SCHEDULE FMT CONDUIT 1/2" FMT CONDUIT UP TO 6'-0" 3/4" FMT CONDUIT 1" UP TO 8'-6" FMT CONDUIT UP T010'-0" METAL STUDS 1 5/8" MTL. STUD (25 GA.) UP TO 6'-2" 2112" METAL STUD (25 GA.) HP TO 10'-6"'- (2) 2 1/2" METAL STUDS (25 GA.) BACK TO BACK W/ SCREWS 12" 0.C. UP TO 15'-0" PARTITION TYPES (REFER TO PLANS, NOT ALL PARTITION TYPES ARE USED) PARTITION TAG LEGEND STUD SIZE KEY PARTITION TAG LEGEND (REFER TO PLANS, NOT ALL CONFIGURATIONS USED) # DESIGNATES FIRE -RATING 'n'DESIGNATES ACOUSTICAL PARTITION PARTITION HEIGHT/HEAD CONDITION (REFER TO KEY) STUD SIZE DESIGNATION (REFER TO KEY) PARTITION TYPE CONFIGURATION (REFER TO KEY) 0 HAT CHANNEL 1 1 5/8" 2 2 1/2" 3 3 5/8" 4 4" 6 6" 8 8" GENERAL PARTITION NOTES 1VT' =1-0" 8" MAX #12 PERIMETER HANGER WIRE ANCHORED TO STRUCT ABV SPREADER BAR OR OTHER MEANS APPROVED BY LOCAL BLDG. DEPT. TO KEEP PERIMETER COMPONENT FROM SPREADING APART. CROSS TEE OR MAIN RUNNER 7/8" MOLDING w/ BERC2 ESR-130 ATTACH GRID TO (2) ADJACENT WALLS (POP RIVETS OR APPROVED Alm-Ad-1 ED UNATTACHED NOTE: SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED IF A 90 DEG. INTERSECTING CROSS OR MAIN IS WITHIN 8" OF THE PERIMETER WALL ACT TO WALL ATTACHMENT 3" =1'-0" 1■■■i■■■EME ••u•uf■■•■I ximiwEiwitco ACROSS METAL 0 DECK FLUTES DECK FLUTE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (FOAM CELL CLOSURE) METAL ROOF DECK SEALANT, TYP. AT ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS ONLY EDGE TRIM, TYP. DEEP -LEG TRACK, ACOUSTIC BATTS PER KEY OPARALLEL TO METAL DECK FLUTES AT FLAT 0 STRUCTURE ABOVE FILL VOID w/FIRE SAFING METAL DECK FIRE PROOFING (WHERE OCCURS) TYPE X GWB SLIP CONN. ASSEMBLY TO TOP TRACK 20 GA. CONT. SHEET METAL - PROVIDE ONLY WHERE REQUIRED BETWEEN FLUTES -ATTACH @ 16" 0.C. EA. SIDE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK CONT. @ HEAD ATTACH TYPE X GWB TO VERT. STUDS ONLY EA. SIDE (2 LAYERS EA. SIDE @ 2 HR. RATED WALL) RATED PARTITION TO METAL DECK WALLS MAY ONLY EXTEND 2'-0" BEYOND ANY INTERSECTING SUPPORTED WALL W/0 BEING SUPPORTED AT ITS END. 2" MIN. I■■I1■11■ ALTERNATE BRACE DIRECTION EVERY OTHER BRACE STL. STUD BRACE @ 8'-0" MAX. 0.C. CONNECT TO EXSTG. STRUCT. ABOVE WITH 100#MIN. PULLOUT FASTENERS 20 GA. TOP TRACK W/ (3) #8 SCREWS @ EA. BRACE. PNT. EXPOSED SURFACES BLACK 1■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■111111■ PARTITION BRACING 1 112" =1'-D" 8"X3"X8"LONG ANGLE (20 GA. MIN.) BRACING TO PARTITION BRACE TO DECK QABOVE SUSPENDED ACT CEILING - OR GWB PER RCP SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR PARTITION TYPE TYPICAL PARTITION ATTACHMENT NOTES NESTED TRACK OR SLOTTED TRACK TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION. CUT STUDS 1/2" SHORT TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION. HOLD FINISH MATERIALS 1/2" SHORT OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. DO NOT FASTEN TO TOP TRACK. FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY. APPLY OR PATCH FIREPROOFING TO DECKABOVE(WHERE OCCURS) AFTER INSTALLATION OF TOP TRACK OR MOUNTING PLATES. APPLY ACOUSTIC SEALANT (WHERE OCCURS) TO FIREPROOFING (WHERE OCCURS) OR TO B.O. STRUCTURE. © PARALLEL TO METAL DECK FLUTES METAL DECK UL CLASSIFIED JOINT TREATMENT MATERIAL EA. SIDE W/4 PCF DENSITY MINERAL WOOL 1 1/2" MIN. TO FILL VOID IN FLUTES FIRE PROOFING (WHERE OCCURS) TYPE X GWB SLIP CONN. ASSEMBLY TO TOP TRACK 20 GA. CONT. SHEET METAL; ATTACH @ 16" 0.C. EA. SIDE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK CONT. @ HEAD ATTACH TYPE X GWB TO VERT. STUDS ONLY EA. SIDE (2 LAYERS EA. SIDE @ 2 HR. RATED WALL) FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL CONFORM T0: UL DESIGN HW-D-0120 FOR 2 HOUR WALLS UL DESIGN HW-D-0119 FOR 1 HOUR WALLS UL DESIGN U-465 FOR 1 HOUR WALLS 1. GWB ON 25 GAUGE MTL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. TYPICAL UON. INSTALL STEEL FRAMING TO COMPLY w/ ASTM C 754 & w/ ASTM C 840 REQ'S THAT APPLY TO FRAMING INSTALLATION. 2. ALL RATED & ACOUSTICAL PARTITION TO HAVE 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB TYPICAL UON. 3. PARTITION TYPES ARE ASSUMED TO END TE AT INTERSECTING WALLS WHERE RATED PARTITIONS INTERSECT NON -RATED PARTITIONS. THE RATED PARTITION IS ASSUMED TO CONTINUE UNINTERRUPTED. 4. ALL FIRE RATED AND SMOKE ASSEMBLY PARTITIONS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE, UON. 5. ALL THROUGH PENENTRATIONS OF FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TESTED PER CODE. 6. APPLY OR PATCH FIREPROOFING TO DECK ABOVE (WHERE OCCURS) AFTER INSTALLATION OF TOP TRACK OR MOUNTING PLATES. 7. APPLY ACOUSTIC SEALANT (WHERE OCCURS) TO FIREPROOFING (WHERE OCCURS) OR TO B.O. STRUCTURE. 8. FOR PARTITIONS EXTENDING TO CEILING OR ABOVE, PROVIDE BRACING ABOVE CEILING AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT DEFLECTION TO SPECIFIED ALLOWANCES. 9. ALL ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS HAVE FULL WALL CAVITY R-11 BATT MIN. 10. ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS TO BE CAULKED & SEALED AIRTIGHT. 11. INSTALL (DENS-SHEILD OR EQ) TILE BACKER BOARD AT ALL INTERIOR TILE FINISHES TYPICAL, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. 12. PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT DRYWALL AT ANY WET WALLS. 13. WHEN METAL FRAMING CONTINUES PAST INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURES - AS IN MULTISTORY STAIR ENCLOSURES AND SIMILAR CONDITIONS -ATTACHMENT TO INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE SHALL BE WITH A SLOTTED CONNECTION OR OTHER MEANS SO THAT STRUCTURAL DEFLECTION WILL NOT TRANSFER LOADS TO METAL FRAMING. 14. CUT STUDS 1/2" SHORT TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION & PROVIDE NESTED TRACK OR SLOTTED TRACK TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION 15. HOLD FINISH MATERIALS 1/2" SHORT OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. DO NOT FASTEN TO TOP TRACK. FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY. 16. ALL EXISTING SHELL AND CORE WALLS IN TENANT SPACE TO BE FINISHED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. u a NON- RATED RATED b gag c d MTL CONC DECK SLAB REFER TO RCP's SUSPENDED EXISTING STRUCT, HEIGHT VARIES VIF CLNG WHERE OCCURS PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL REFER TO ELEV's f ACOUSTICAL PARTITION NOTES 1. ALL ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS HAVE FULL WALL CAVITY R-11 BATT MIN. 2. STAGGER JOINTS ON ALL MULTIPLE LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD. 3. ON WALLS TALLER THAN 10'-0" APPLY ONE LAYER HORIZONTALLY AND THE OTHER VERTICALLY. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE THE ORDER OF VERTICAL/ HORIZONTAL PLACEMENT. 4. CAULK ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE PERIMETER WITH A NON -HARDENING SILICONE MASTIC. 5. AVOID BACK-TO-BACK OUTLETS. CAULK ALL OPENINGS IN ELECTRICAL BOXES. A MINIMUM OFFSET OF 18" WITH AT LEAST ONE STUD BETWEEN THE BOXES IS REQUIRED BETWEEN ELECTRICAL BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF A COMMON PARTITION WALL. 6. WHERE A DOUBLE ROW OF STUDS ARE USED MAKE NO CONNECTION BETWEEN THE ROWS. 7. WHERE A SOUND RETARDANT PARTITION ABUTS PERPENDICULARLY TO A CONTINUOUS GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION, INTERRUPT THE GYPSUM BOARD AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION AND CAULK THE JOINT LIBERALLY. DO NOT CONTINUE THE GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND THE INTERSECTION STUD. 8. ALL OPENINGS AROUND DUCT OR PIPE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A NON -HARDENING SILICONE MASTIC TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C TYPE D (1) LAYER GYPSUM WALL BOARD (GWB) STEEL STUD 3/4 PLYWD. METAL PANEL PER ELEVS. AND FINISH SCHEDULE STEEL STUD GYPSUM WALL BOARD (GWB) 3/4" PLYWD. METAL PANEL PER ELEVS. AND FINISH SCHEDULE STEEL STUD (1) LAYER GYPSUM WALL BOARD (GWB) STEEL STUD FULL HEIGHT PARTITION — PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION 20 GA. MTL. STUD @ SUPPORT BRACE 2"x 2"x1/8'k24" LONG ANGLE - WELD TO BASE PLATE - FASTEN TO STUD WITH (3) #6 SCREWS 21/2'5( 6"x 1/8" PLATE - FASTEN TO CONCRETE WITH (2) 3/8 " DIA. BOLTS 16" MAX. FROM LAST BRACE TO WALL END 18" MAX. TO FIRST BRACE — SUPPORT BRACE, TYP. 2'-0" MAX TO FIRST I 8'-0" MAX SUPPORT BRACE BETWEEN BRACING PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION BRACING REVIEWED FOR APPROVED MAR 28 2010 City of'Tul + ril3 UILDING C IVI01 1'4 GWB TO STRUCT OR CLNG ABV: -DEEP LEG TRACK ASSEMBLY -PROVIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT FROM T.O. GWB TO STRUCT. -CONTINUE ACOUSTIC BATT TO STRUCT. SUSPENDED CLNG PER PLAN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 BATT INSUL BASE PER SCHEDULE PERMIT CENTER BOTTOM TRACK SET w/ FOAM TAPE ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT PERIMETER & AT ALL PENETRATIONS POWER FASTENER AT 24" O.C. ' WITH 100 # PULLOUT MIN. PARTITION ATTACHMENT @ ACOUSTIC PARTITIONS 0 e 0 0 0 a0i E ARCHITECTS S 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 2/16/2018 0 INTERIOR PARTITION TYPES & TYPICAL DETAILS 1 1T" =1'-0" 11/2""1'-0" GRID , . -. . I I III I I WALL COVERING EDGE OF WOOD BATTENS BEYOND Architects: SkB Architects 2333 3rd Avenue 0 Seattle, WA 98121 P 206.903.0575 F 206.903.1586 Contact Stephen Silva 0 CO atidgrAMMENHTPERRCP Irr 1 1/2" '-6" 11f2" I I LAI I I LT; 4 WOOD BATTENS "SIM" 2-1 I THREADED ROD. OCCURS AT CONDITION. PAINT TO MATCH ZINC PANELS. Ltl I2g 'I- HT. PER RCP 5/8" GWB L'S' I El S 111.1 - LIGHT PER RCP AND ELEC z I I 3" MIN. GWB PER RCP TO REMOTE =WV' NV hiVA ,- UPTURNED ZINC PANEL ON 2 1/2" MTL STUD HINGE LOCATION, WHERE 1/2/ BLOCKING OPERABLE PANEL OCCURS I OPERABLE ZINC ACCESS PANEL WHERE 1 IlliiiiiiiiMpINININSI_IfetIMilitrissorelsiiim HT. PER RCP OCCURS COORDINATE WITH BALLAST , LOCATIONS FOR STOREFRONT I EXISTING SOFFIT AND FASCIA Z.I TRANSFORMER -- ------ — ---. . ,. 9 ,, ' '• DEMO HT. PER RCP SIGNAGE EXISTING SOFFIT AS REQ'D Pr TYPE DL3/DL4 RECESSED CEILING. CUT BACK SUBSTRATE TO ALLOW FIXTURE TO BE BOTTOM OF ZINC PANEL AT ZINC ON TOP MOUNTED TO STRUCTURE, FINISH PER RCP ON SUBSTRATE OF SUPPORT ROD 8 1/4° 3 a. LIGHTING PER RCP AND ELEC. liw-r-iiitir 0 MIL 2 ON GWB ,,,/ r SUBSTRATE tn -,-, 1 . SOUTH CENTER MALL 0 a 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL 0 c2 ------ S.XI LEVEL 1, UNIT #740 -'.-2 > ' =7J =CD TUKWILA, WA 98188 0 73 m Project no. 1442.00 -10 Date: 02J16/2018 8 ..-.: ZINC CLNG EDGE DETAIL LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL ' ' ZINC CLNG @ RAISED GWB CLNG 0 3.1'-0" 15 ., s CLADDING PER ELEV. 3/4' 1 ,,, , STRUCTUREEXISING WRAPS CORNER 3/4" ,, II, PERFORATED PANEL ASSEMBLY. PANEL MATERIAL PER ELEVS. STEEL FRAME OF PANEL ‘, , ,, , , . — ' Fr 4 FASTENED TO FRAMING ABOVE. s . 1 I Mr AM Ali 2X4 BLOCKING Ilk. 4., g , ,, i 11---011111P I , 4 / PER RCP // HT. PER_LICI 9HT. STEEL TRUSS AND FRAMING / ,,,, A1111111.11111111111111— iii 4 1 1/2" PLYWOOD " 1'-9" ° MTL 2 PER RCP ON GWB SUBSTRATE PER STRUCTURAL g ,i1P 1 I A p 110...1.—iNtilifi 2. L , 1 r/AIVAYAN BLOCKING LED LIGHT 41 /4" REVEAL SEALANT TO MATCH MTL ! '-'11CP l' :..4 I 1" rig , ,..) I k WC PER RCP VARIES PER RCP WD BATTENS TO ,---- r V I MATCH WALL HT. PER RCP HT. PER RCP ‘• WALL COVERING ON 1/2" ' ' HT. PER COVERING . , / _. , ,, •, '10 R RCP PENDANT LIGHT i GWB PER RCP PLYWD ON HAT CHANNEL I I I.1.......-^ ' . . , . , , ,, PER RCP At 1,.-'q• 0 GWB CLNG @ PENDANT LIGHTS ZINC CLNG @ DROPPED GWB 9HT. L WOOD BATTEN I / SECURITY CURTAIN AND TRACK WALL COVERING ON 5/8" GWB , 3 1/2" 2 1/2"/ 2'-4" PER RCP I STOREFRONT BULKHEAD I SECTION BATTEN DTL @ WD CLNG 4 0 1 1/2. f-0" 3'... 1-0" 11/2". tO" 0 3". 1-0" o NOTE: SEE A7.1 FOR BID ALTS FOR WINDOW SYSTEM otik HT. PER — 7"---, , ,, N !RCP MTL 2 PER RCP GWB SUBSTRATE ON SEALANT '.1 - _ ---1 f.HT '''* ilZ. ////,,,,, 2, , ' -,'. , .. , .. PERRC MTL 3 PER FINISH \ \ . ts, ,,-, .,..- „-'. ,--, ., -,- Z.-, \ PER MALL CORRIDOR SCHEDULE \ \ ///' SEALANT TO MATCH ) ,,,LHT. '4'•RCP NORTHLEASELINE EDGE OF EXISTING FLOOR \ TRANSITION BELOW \ 1 111 1 I / PER PLANS 3/4' .110:. jr 1 2" 1, / EDGE OF ZINC WC PER RCP PER RCP 1 WD BATTENS TO \ CUSTOM PROFILE TRANSLUCENT FILM PANEL RETURN BEYOND MECH. DIFFUSERS MECH. MATCH WALL COVERING L EDGE OF SEALANT BELOW L I ALUMINUM MUNTIN. SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE FOR / ' PROVIDE HORTON BRASSES 1-1/2 AU G \-- EDGE OF WALL ./. \ HT. PER RCP BID OPTIONS IT/ LS LAG SCREW BLACK WROUGHT IRON 1/4'' SQUARE PYRAMID HEAD 1 U BEYOND 1/4" SEALANT JOINT TO CLNG DTL @ RECESSED ENTRY BATTEN & MECH. DIFFUSER @ WD CLNG 810 CONCEALED HINGE; 180 DEG GWB CEILING WD CLNG @ GWB CLNG PER RCP ' - MATCH ZINC PANELS 0 3" . 1'4' 3" . 1.-0" WOOD 3" . 1.-0" 9HT. ...*--------•...„-- AUG ZINC PANEL ON SUBSTRATE / / MTL FINISH /' JEWELRY AND SALES FLOOR SIDE NOTE: SEE A7.1 FOR BD WATCHMAKER SIDE ALTS FOR WINDOW SYSTEM 3 PER / SCHEDULE (cl" I BI.M111,11.11•111M1 III EDGE OF MUNTIN (AT JAMB) BEYOND SECURITY CURTAIN 1 PROVIDE FULLHEIGHT STEEL DOOR PULUHANDLE. BLACKENED TO MATCH .., I ' rill singsrim EDGE OF PARTITION MALL CORRIDOR SIDE 3'-1" AFF _ _ _ _ _ MEM CAP BEYOND CUSTOM PROFILE ALUMINUM MUNTIN . STEEL DOOR. PrI , ZINC PANEL ON 16D/A9.2 0, BLOCKING ,.- ALUMINUM PARITION CAP. PAINT TO MATCH ZINC PANEL 1/4" SANDWICHED q OF WINDOW AND GLAZING W/ 1/4" 1 WALL ABOVE/BELOW SPACER / / #1000 / 3/4" PLYWD . " . , LINE OF SILL BELOW BACKER BOARD CORRIDOR SHIM AS REQUIRED Wilina1111111111 to VERTICAL 1/2" QUARTZ ON ; . .. ° Lo C`4 HAIRLINE THINSET PER FINISH • , . . JOINT SCHEDULE. 1/8" SEALANT JOINT EXISTING FLOOR - — OF WINDOW AND ,., I 3 5/8" MTL STUD T WALL ABOVE/BELOW INEMMILI LINE OF HORIZONTAL FOR TRANSITION *14, '- MUNTIN ABOVE OR BELOW REVIEVVED COM—MVP APPROVED MAR 28 MO City of Tulmila UILDI[NGDV1ON z„,.0,,C. POCKET DOOR .. STOREFRONT S(1ING / SLAB/ // CITY BASE 7 - RECEIED OF T3KWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER DTL 11 SHIM ALUMINUM PARTITION CAP. PAINT TO MATCH JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER SIDE 1/2" WOOD BASE 1/8" SEALANT JOINT WOOD FLOORING ZINC PANEL JAMB MUNTIN (HORIZONTAL SIM) CORNER TYP. MUNTIN ELEVATION 91S).F.F. ----\\_ 0 0 0 0 _ / /// WATCHMAKER GLASS WALL N DETAILS @ SIMULATED DIVIDED LITE 0 351,.09TION@ 3P,Lvtiko 3" . V-0" BLOCKING, 3„ RECESSED CUTOFF SWITCH Architects: SkB Architects y, 2333 3rd Avenue 0 Seattle, WA 98121 P 206.903.0575 ip. F 206.903.1586 Contact Stephen Silva 0 AS REQUIRED / fi COUNTERSUNK SCREW 1 1 i I x AT TOP ONLY. PAINT TO MATCH STOREFRONT WALL � €" ANGLE SUPPORT BEYOND / — BLOCKING, AS REQUIRED COUNTERSUNK FASTENER COORDINATE ARMATURE EXTENT BUILT-IN CASEWORK AT BACK WALL HORIZONTAL ALUMINUM EXTRUSION. LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS, SEE COUNTERSUNK MECHANICAL FOR SPEC. ZINC PANEL. SEE RCP AND FINISH SCHEDULE 2" 1'-8" 2" FASTENERS 1 i 1 i 01 a, ' LED ILLUMINATION SOURCE r Allii HORIZONTAL ALUMINUMYOND = ° M X REVERSE CHANNEL PUSH , THROUGH LETTERS WALL FASTENER BEYOND 1 NNMs0 \- GO 5UUI11ULNItKMALL o6 • 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL n oM LEVEL 1, UNIT#740 TUKWILA, WA 98188 0 073 Proiect no. 1442.00 Z ` ��_ PLAN SECTION AXO VIEW (NTS) PAINT TO MATCH ZINC PANELS COORDINATE ARMATURE SPACING AND INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN DETAILS EXTRUSION BEYOND �+ CONNECTION WITH CASEWORK BELOW. SEE CASEWORK DRAWINGS FOR SFCBA. STEEL ARMATURE PROFILE 7/ i , \ \\. / STEEL ARMATURE @ ZINC CLNG0 ""- H'*- WRAP WC 2.-O° - - n INTO ALCOVE --.— CASEWORK PER A9.4 AND A9.5 REVEAL 1/4° ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE PULL DK BRONZE PROVIDE1/4' REVEAL AT ALL EDGES OF DRAWERS d AT CASEWORK DOORS OD v, :,.5 ; 0 o u_ w /8" JT ALL SEALANT AROUND ALUM REVEAL CHANNEL _1 SCREED,FRY-REGLET: DCS-625-75 - 1/2" PLYWOOD - VERTICAL SUPPORT AND 5/8" GWB 410/0 BLOCKING RUN WALL COVERING UNDERNEATH EDGE OF SLEEVE SLEEVE BY CASEWORK MFR. SEE CASEWORK DRAWINGS NOTE: SEE FRY REGLET CHANNEL SCREED CHART FOR APPROPRIATE SIZES DEPTH AVAILABLE FROM 3/8" DEEP TO 1 1/2" DEEP WIDTH AVAILABLE FROM 1/2" TO8" WALL REVEAL AT WC AND PT TRANS - t /' L_ VITRINE @ CEILING BUILT IN VITRINE @ BACK WALL" 3„=14Y' 3" =1.-9" 8" =1'-B„ 4 ' 3=1-0" REVIEWED FOR coceeektpmil APPROVED MAR 2 a 2018 Ily 11f TitImil EUADING DIV1b1ot1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER Architects: SkB Architects 2333 3rd Avenue 0 Seattle, WA 98121 P 206.903.0575 F 206.903.1586 rn Contact Stephen Silva (i) SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL 0 Alk AM ilk Na7 A9.4 A9.4 VP N SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL Mk AI VP IZIV SEE DETAIL MI SEE DETAIL Ai SFC8 MODULAR SHOWCASE SFC9 HOSPITALITY CABINET SFC10 CONSULTING TABLE CV VP 6 SOUTH CENTER MALL m , m 33 81 SOUTHCENTER WALL *2 70M 0° 0 LEVEL 1, UNIT #740 CO '11 = X 2 W m TUKWILA, WA 98188 = c 0 z) rnm 0 x 073 > Project no. 1442.00 Q zw 0 --, Date: 02/16/2018 8 iz, SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL Alik I I L I L J Alik _J SFC6A HORSESHOE POS COUNTER A SFC6B HORSESHOE POS COUNTER B SFC11 CURIO CABINET VW SFC12 EMPLOYEE STORAGE CABINET Vir, SFC13 WALL VITRINE A9.6 SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL , T -i ------- "-I- - I Ark 101 Aft BHC1 MANAGERS DESK AND STORAGE A9,6 BHC2A VP HIGH CABINET BHC2B HIGH CABINET A9.6 BHC3 SINK AND A9,6 CABINETS BHC4 (E) JEWELERS A9.6 BENCH ‘417 BHC5 STEAMER STATION BHC6 LUNCH TABLE A9.6 BHC7 TALL CABINET A9.6 BHC8 WATCHMAKER STORAGE VW DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE . . A9.6 A9.6 BHC9 WATCHMAKER DESK BHC10 WATCHMAKER SURFACE BHC11 (E) WATCHMAKER BENCH SALES FLOOR AND BOH CASEWORK LEGEND 14.3. SLIDING GLASS DRAWER WiLOcK 1-1* 141' V,' 213/49.4 RECESSED SLEEVE EQ B , 1/7 48 1/16' Are 41' EQ B , CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. NY F/A9.A6., SUPPORT BELOW „ _ _ fER RCP e CUSTOMIZABLE PAD INSERT _ _ _ _ - - F010 1/7 SQUARE METAL ROD 14,7 T.5<k41._:1PTYP ciCt T , - -75' 75 1/4' 2.5 1/4' j, 2-5 1/4' 2-5 1/4. 1 2,4. 1 B. 7,7 CASEWORK ,7; '0 7/ L., l LOCKING DRAWERS. LOCK TO ..A I 7 1/2 71/71 -, 1-1/4' '. SQUARE ROD ! ..,w.,,,,--,4 1-1/4' SQUARE OR ROUND FIXED _____-------..- PAINT TO MTL MATCH At LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. OPERABLE LOCKING DOOR OPERABLE LOCKING ,-",,,-.--,-...7. BE APPROVED BY OWNER ROD SUPPORT ARCHITECTS ACCESS PANEL c‘ ......-- 1 , , ° ' UN - - Ii1111 SAMPLE \ 7/16' SAFETY GLASS -U. I- Ili h -11....,U, '' , • - , 41.- -,,ti- 1-11--ml--1.1111 • -11,,....,U- ..---1---- ---,-, ---,---- .---,--- ---,---__ ...-= =. . ----- -...2---,. \ _ DRAWERSBELOW Ai. CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEET E2.2 FOR , I , . . . , , 113/A9.4 LIGHTING SPEC SECTION SAFETY \ PLAN 0 IP GLASS LOACKABLE DOOR PROVIDE MLT4 FRAME 3c, 2.6 5/8' 1 7 /4 1 7.5 1/4 1 2-51/4' 2-75/8 INSERT F010) ( 3E/A9.4 * + FOR FUTURE MARKETING MATERIALS ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE- CATCH ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE 5/.4. . 5y1 4- CABINET PULL . 6' DK BRONZE. LOCKING EQ EQ MUSHROOM CABINET KNOB 1 3/13. AT1 15/A9.4 EACH TYP. 3 (HIGH) X 5 (ACROSS) DM PT FOR ...... n L 1-3 CASEWORK MECHANISM TO BE APPRoVED BY SECTION STACKED 1NSERTS=15 CASEWORK CASEWORKLIOHTING.560 4 LIG HTING. SEE E2.2 t OWNER •iiTYP AI Ali E22 FOR LIGHTING SPEC 6 / 1 1 b FOR LIGHTING SPEC. C:::: •:,./: I ,,7 . / DRAWER. A9.4 / _ 0' 0 /0 (1MTL3.) „ „, „ ;„ „ i . ROCKY MOUNTAIN 75 TOTAL INSERTS PER , n r, „ , , , „ ,-11 HARDWARE MUSHROOM CABINET • •13011•L + • MN& : : • FIXTURE ', 1 1 INSERT (F010) \ ec, k, 1,17171 717E7E, - So \\\.‘ • :: ,,, _ Adth. QED / CASEWORK PLAN 2C/A9A WOOD LAMINATE c1,\,,,,.>.\\\71r-' 1111111Millinall „ „ „ LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. 0 ON SUBSTRATE .... , ....._. ....._ "-.1,7:- ' 1,1 1.= 47 TV DEET_ET.. ,E10-c- _ • air:E=::::E1::::: _ . _ -1, AV CAB L. ... T „ •-,•_,77: 7=75.7,5575,5= 77,7,14,7,,,,,,,,,,,=• ,T.-.7,17j7= =7=5= :4,, 5,==...._ _ ..._ C=D1 r'" - '-j-I- r•t7:..:.7: (FOIC) • -,,,,. ,71:77,7,,,,,,,,,,, •-••-•19.:= • .•,' 771177,,,,;,,...= ..,,, EQ EQ STRUCTURAL -•,-.T - -,71,17.,7•777 .,1,71,77."77:=71,77,17,7-7.1,177:7117;77,57:11,171"11,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5,-_177117,77,7=-- " F, ," MLT4 3/8' WLRE 4-1 71 , ,2, I:: ------ .:'" DUAL FUNCTION GR/APHIC METAL1AMINATE illaip, 7/16' SAFETY GLASS PROVIDE 1X1 OPAQUE SUPPORT/RECEIVER 7-77•:777-' SUPPORT AND .. "I 7. - ..-.. _ FRAME AND ACCESS MEM= ON SUBSTRATE , -7716' JEWELRY DISPLAY ANGLE TO OBSURE LIGHT 1/4. METAL PANEL PULL METAL LAMINATE ,,_ 7 ON SUBSTRATE - _ T.O.F.E9 ELEVATION cc., CASEWORK _ C1-_-; 0 JJL LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 WOOD LAMINATE MAGAZtNE METAL ROD WOOD lb RETURNS BEYOND 11.4TIC-1-1 SLIDING DRAWER FOR LIGHTING SPEC. - ON SUBSTRATE LEDGE ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE - GLASS DRAWER SECTION 4010 POTATO SECTION KNOB 1 9/16. AT EACH TYP SFC1 - ENTRY SHOWCASE 0 LIGHTING DTL ELEVATION ELEVATION 40 6 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERRCP 1/4 FETY GLASS 60000PaASSSHaP PER RCP1 4G/A9.4 _ -- _ - FEB 1 6 2016 PE1cP - - - - - PAINT MIL TO MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLES 1 1/4/ - -3 _____f RECESSED SLEEVE WITH OVERLAP EDGE. WALL COVERING TO RUN UNDERNEATH EDGE. 1 114. GASSHELF SUPPORT MIL FRAME TO MATCH ZINC PANEL EDGE OF MTL CASE BELOW 1 I i 11 71 11 11 1 1 1 7i iir 1, 1 1 ' 1 J (i TT 1 1 CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. 1 I 1 ! I 1 I 1 1 i i1T,, ,1 1l, ,I 11I II 1 I I 1 dirm; I i • 1 7- (11.1 • . CASEWORK TING SFF CAS 0 K LIGHTING. SEE 41/7 P TYP. mrr CATER III 17 11 7 4 1 4 1/2' 11 ; I E2.2 FOR LI HTINGREVI IGHTING SPEC. N III CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE zt, _ 1i1 iji 11, 11, ' II ' I . 1 I • I ----- EWE D FOR!FOR E2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. , _ 17.1 .u., -- , ] , .. -_-1 ,__,,-,.. CODE -COWL -I • . -...III Y..- 11•'...11111 =it " - " 3D/A9,4 SIM u , 0 kk APPROVED c‘r '1 1 1/4• 1 ‘ '‘ CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE 1-8 7.- r 0c OPERABLE LOCKING ACCESS PANG. 4=9.4 1 :.,I', 1‘, OPERABLESTEEL MAR 2 a 2018 E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. .0 ,/ v \ , , LOCKING DOOR. LOW STEEL CORNER DETAIL 76WIF ‘, ,,. PROFILE HARDWARE 0 \ ‘ OPERABLE LOCKING AIM 1Tc- 1E/A9.4 REMOVABLE 6 4-0" 71 SAFETY GLASS C CO) A9A S' _ •,, 7,74 GLASS SHELF DUAL FUNCTION CASEWORK 11 ,. ' / City of TOKWilia sim 111111 - L.? '116:: • GRAPHIC FRAME V i GRAPHIC INSERT / u.. LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 I ' FOR LIGHTING SPEC. I \ r,', IMO /"' ' ' " ulLOING DiViSION TLOOKABS _ AND ACCESS PANEL PULL g, vE,FoR,TIAL.GiAss , , ,T " , GLASS DRA R 3C/A9.4 !.'7 , STEEL PEDESTAL (INSIDE) Pr HAIRLINE JOINT AT P•I / c*c1 I ' 4 / \ EDGE OF CEILING P E AcCESS PANEL L. - - I /77 ICCATT3) PLAN , lid 0 _ ........ ... , a-. 7 \ irk. t . RECESSED LOCK FRAME I 1 , I I , 179_ METAL LAMINATE STRUCTURAL ' - E mIt' - ir7u ETLO C°NNECTI°NNLY ATACCESSPANEL ! , 1 I I1 1'I 1,• 11 • , 1il •„• ' , ON SUBSTRATE SUPPORT AND RECEVER SUBASTRATE 1l1r 11II , 11} t 1I lI4 i1' lII (OD) , ‹METAL , I . II PLAN 1 I IiI LAMINATE ON SUBSTRATE 1 MTL PROVDEALTERNATE PRICEFORFt2 / c , E2.1-cm7--t1--.i CASEWORK LIGHTINGSEE2 T.O.FF 0 T.O.F.F. _' _ _ FOR LIGHTING SPEC. er LIGHTING LAYOUT ELEVATION ELEVATION METAL E all UM ' 0 0 ® SECTION DETAIL 118' ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION SECTION ® SECTION 0 SFC3 - FULL HEIGHT SUSPENDED VITRINES 0 0 0 SFC4 - IN -WALL GLASS SHOWCASE 0 0 0 SFC2 - SHOWCASE WITH SUSPENDED VITRINES 3/8.1.-0" tlIl " 4 " = 3/81I-0" 3/8. f-0 / CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. EQ C) PLAN PROVIDE IX1 OPAQUE ANGLE TO OBSURE LIGHT FROM VIEW CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. OCORNER LIGHTING DETAIL 1 2 0' 20-2'VIE STOCK 1C/A9.5 SIDE AIL SALES 1BA9.5 SIDE EQ® EQ ALIGN / ALI EQ b SAFETYGLASS / .� ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE / MUSHROOM CABINET KNOB 13/8' AT EACH SECTION TYP. SFC5 - IN -WALL GLASS SHOWCASE & PEDESTAL 3/8" =1'-0" 2'-0" OELEVATION PELF 5 UAREMETAL ROD COUNTERTOP 8' 0„ FACE OF /EGG/�/ EL / / 2' 0" OPERABLE LOCKING DRAWER W/1 OW PROFILE HARDWARE 8'-0" SHELF S PL2) / / STOCK SIDE Ell GLASS GL / / / AT BACK OF /RECESSED CASE ONLY S SHELF WITH 4/TEAED /UNDERSHELFGRT SIGHTING ROCKY MOUNTAIN CATCH PULL 6' DK BONZE 2„ / / / // SALES SIDE PER RC CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. AND DETAIL D. 4(HIGH) X 3 (ACROSS) STACKED INSERTS= 12 TOTAL INSERTS PER DRAWER, CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. ® SECTION 7,7 2® O PLAN SFCI 1 - CURIO CABINET 1/2" " 1'-0" 3'1(11m v...o12' 112''A 1'-61/2 2C/A9.5 3' 4 13 u / \ OPEN! t 0 D': \ \ \ / OPEN N 912' t 91/2 1'-6 1' 1• 12' 1/2 1/2 1/2 1• OELEVATION 1 11' \ / 1 '- / OPEN (I 1/2' 14/2 /11/R 112' [ ,1i1/2 111 11112. 1 998' 2-1/ 114' . . 11/2 • 11/2 117 CROWN MOULDING. ARCHITECT TO VFY PROFILE CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPECS SPFTEY G EXPOSES HINGE HARDWARE DISTRESSED WOOD PANELS AND SHELVING THOUGHOUT. MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLE OUND HARDWARE AT CAB DOORS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN CATCH PULL 6' DK BRONZE HARDWARE AT CAB DRAWERS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE - POTATO KNOB 19/17 AT EACH SECTION TYP DRAWERS ® SECTION 3D/A9.5 v EXISTING COLUMN DIM PT FOR CASEWORK ® PLAN TYPICAL DIMENSIONS FOR CURVED SEGMENTS 1-12' BRAIDED TUBE RAIL LTR PULL-OUT SHELF INLAID STEEL STRIP WITH RIVETS, FLUSH WITH SURFACE CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC SFC6A - HORSESHOE POS COUNTER A 114"=1'-0" CURVED 'Ili'I �Ii {Ili. 111� r , II 1 tIL�1 II ,1 1 1 l1111111 IIIi; I11 , , 1• ,1, 1{i11. 1 10 1 I I I Itf,ill%1167?l.I7ll,Illitll,.:il !.'.!1it11I_ Iillt,llllr�lg)t.iill!1It{ 0 ELEVATION CURVED ---0-1 OPERABLE LOCKING DISPLAY DRAWERS DOOR SECURITY HARDWARE HARDWARE AT &YONGDOORS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE CATCH PULL 6'DK BRONZE, TYP. STOCK DRAWERS AND CABINETS. OWNER TO APPROVE LAYOUT HARDWARE AT CENTER CASES: ROCKY MOUNTAIN CABINET KNOB 115/16, SILICON BRONZE LIGHT, TYP WALL COVERING © ELEVATION CURVED CURVED 111111 1, 1i '(1{� 11 I I jil I!1 ' I I 11i.' o i l'' U .18 07.1 O SECTION T--- CURVED O ELEVATION O SECTION EXISTING COLUMN HARDWARE AT CLASS FACE DISPAY DRAWERS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN, MUSHROOM CABINET KNOB 1 3/8', DK BRONZE, TYP O ELEVATION O SECTION T.O.F.FF CASEWORK LIGHTING. SEE E2.2 FOR LIGHTING SPEC. LTR BRAIDED RAIL STEEL MOUNT INLAID STEEL STRIP BEYOND UNDERCOUNTER COAT HOOK 112' SFC6A - BRAIDED RAIL DETAIL 6" =1'-0" 212' ( 5D/A9.5 18'' 2-0' 3'-0' 6-2' 4' 4'-6' 5GIA9.5 1i117 II \ '4AROUND 11 " 1 I 111 lil I,i DM PT FOR CASEWORK 4'-55/6' EXISTING COLUMN 6-10' 2-2 78' 50/A9.5 O PLAN SFC6B - HORSESHOE POS COUNTER B 1/4" =1'-0" 0 © ELEVATION CURVED O SECTION EXISTING COLUMN -'- CURVED —+--I HARDWARE AT GLASS FACE DISPLAY DRAWERS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN, MUSHROOM CABINET KNOB 1 3/7 DK BRONZE, TIP OPERABLE LOCKING P.O.S.(F010) DISPLAYDRAWERS STOCK DRAWERS AND CABINETS. OWNER TO APPROVE LAYOUT HARDWARE AT CENTER CASES: ROOKY MOUNTAIN CABINET KNOB 115/16, SILICON BRONZE LIGHT, TYP HARDWARE AT SWING DOORS: ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE CATCH PULL 6' DK BRONZE, TYP. CURVED © ELEVATION SECTION CURVED --, 1 I CURVED ,if © ELEVATION O SECTION ( O ELEVATION O SECTION T.O.F. P T.O.F.F (!) TUBE STEEL ON EITHER SIDE OF DISPLAY CASE - EXTEND ONTO CEILING AND RETURN DOWN TO CASEWORK BELOW-BLACKEN/PAINT TO MATCH ZINC. REF. TO RCP A3.1 ROCKY MOUNTAIN CATCH PULL 6' DK BRONZE OPEN SHELIVING (GL2) 1C-I-12) SIMPLY HUMAN PULL OUT 35L RECYCLE TRASH CAN hi$s:lM'ww.simpiehuman.com/und er-counteocan DOORS PL2 BLACK MELAMINE INTERIOR BOX AND SHELVING TYP. SS2 REF j> `VIP W/ APPLIANCE SFC9 - HOSPITALITY CABINET 114" =1'-0" ® PLAN 70/A9.5 To TYPE IT DRAWERS ON REVERSE SIDE. SEE 70/A9.5 r ' o 0 0 lEMIIIaENIIIIIIIMIEIIMIIIIIIIIICWal \ EN O ELEVATION SFC8 - MODULAR SHOWCASE CONCEALED GANGING HARDWARE, ONE END ON TYPE 'A' FIXTURES CONCEALED GANGING HARDWARE, BOTH ENDS FOR TYPE'B' FIXTURES OPERABLE DISPLAY AND STOCK DRAWERS WITH LOCK OPEN SECTION 4'-O'TYP. CONCEALED GANGING HARDWARE XI ON TYPE 'A' FIXTURES CONCEALED GANGING HARDWARE X2 ON TYPE'S' FIXTURES O DRAWER PULL DIRECTION DIAGRAM 2' 2 II ' 1 i 11; 11� { `1\ , 1 1 I 1 I 17 1 1 \I i I ( � �II i' (111 1 1 I I' 11 1 �!'I' I 1 1, 1 11 1 1 1 i I i 1 1 I 1 , I 1 1 ! j1 l! 1 1 l 1 1 1 ! I I I ' i '' I ' 1 1 1 1, 1 ' 1 I 1 1 1II 1(1, I li i\ {' I'i) ' 1`, 1- � {l' I'I/ 111 ill j i II i '' ( { ti �t , 1 1 I II'II 1 1 il ; I t l I I it j{I I I 1, I I I 1 I I11 I, 111!, i 1 I 'y t rl 11, i �i i1 ti1i1 11�i 11/ i.'I � 11 i ;;; - i I 1 ''i ) I 111 1 1) 1, . i' t ® PLAN SFC10 - CONSULTING TABLE WOOD TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE 1i I 11., 1ii! ;!i; ll! iii 111 II/,,' i li,' i11,, !1i 111H Ill lill; fill, -✓ RVl FOR / APPROVED \\\ MAR 2,8 2010 \\ I ' o K\ I // \\\ ! l //'coDE�L © ELEVATION City of Tulc‘vila BUILO1iNG DIVISION CITY F TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER co co O } Q) tX ARCHITECTS 7007 co 0- c d OLc, N MCMU) 0 0 N N a U.O REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON co ce 0- 0 1 i* 0) W Lu H UJ C F._ J O O�w C)00 J 1- 2/16/201 8 Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 CASEWORK DETAILS A9.5 3/4" =1'-0" 3/4" =1'-0" O ELEVATION D\g `OO\-IL 8'-0" 3'-0„ 2'-0„ 3'-0" 6'-10" v 4 i 2_5„ 1'-0" 2'-5 0 i 6'_6„ y °- N\I N\ sr{ - PLAN LINE OF INSET VITRINE \ �\ O 0 8'0' ARCHITECTS a 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" LINE OF FACE OF DRAWERS PLAN f / / 0 PLAN O PLAN w o x PLAN O 1 O it o 6,'6„ 7 0 p `,,, gig I t ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWAREV C/3 4 CATCH PULL 6'DK BRONZE. PL1 X I�:- \ \, /'-\ /\ -% \ �''� /��..� Ci) >o 'F'' WITH REVEAL OF RGLIX Box x x x u -,/ x C._ 63 iv PaNBUNGCA@NErpaCEEDGE,nP. _ TRIM AROUND RECESSED BLACKMEIPMINE , / / \ i' \ PL1 eox e r / \/ ( (�) Box N d — _t MEALIGN 'n DISPLAY CASES CABINET AND SHELF INTERIOR nP X io �, irk` ,/ BIACKMEIAMINE AND SHELF CABROCKY i+s \� /��\. x \�/ /'r x \\ BLACK MELAMINE AND SHELF = co lc> CO N i N Lo tij eL V > a p �•�N, MOUNTAIN HARDWARE LINE OF PLATFORM / \ / \ INTERIOR RTYpNET l INTERIOR TYPNET MUSHROOM CAB KNOB 1318' AT EACH SECTION TYR INSIDE VITRINE \ Q •2 ' o a.8 mai .8 COch co cc'cc,���d��M�� ALIGN rs.0 CFO,N E.- CD" N p ������,�M PANELINGCABNET FACE w � �4290 ELEVATION ELEVATION M `[ c' Ua ) LLC ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARE TABBINET ROCKY MOUNTAIN T? ®FRONT ®FRONT Ii10111111MBEILIMIRMill PULL CATCH PULL 6" DK 1 IdlitIllaillidlitlIMIKIII BRONZE v BRONZE „ FRONT ELEVATION vy FRONT ELEVATION HARDWARE AT CAB PULLS: LIBERTY HARDWARE, 7007 REGISTERED �q FRONT ELEVATION A BUILDERS 4' WIRE PULL, OIL RUBBED BRONZE ARCHITECT 0 SFC12 -EMPLOYEE STORAGE CABINET ® SFC13 -VITRINE BHC1 - DESK Mips/!wwvr.myknobsco kbp604dcob3c,Mml4 gcli&ENa1QobChMlusaanakm2Q1VSJd. Ch06agisEAQYASABEgKBF_DBwE BHC2A - HIGH CABINET BHC2B - HIGH CABINET 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4" =1'-0" 1/4"-1'-0" 114" =1'-0" 1f4"=1'-0" BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 2/16/2018 66" t G-6" y PLAN PLAN PLAN O O ® PLAN >G x \ - r PL1 DOORS 6, iV BLACK MELAMINE - -. - CABINET AND SHELF INTERIORTYP .3 1'-10" 1'-3" 1-3" EQ EQ EQ 7 4GEO BoBLACK y ` Eox N MELAMINE 2-2" = ® r> c"INTERIOR Ili CABINET AND SHELF VIEW/APPLIANCE HARDWARE HARDWARE,C3 Z ` �— \\qDMiliM11:1111111011/1eUILDER54'WIREPLRL,OILRUB@ED@RONZEIlArl TYP WIRE PULL, OILRU hllps:/hvww.myhnobs.comAbp664dcobkhtm12 DOORSPL1 BLACK MELAMINE aCABINET MI MII AND SHELFgckd=ENalQobChMlusaww6m20NSJ4•INTERIOR MI TYPM TRASH/RECYCLE 'v. DJ \~—�Ch06agISEAQYPwABEgKBF_D_ewE 1 1/2" SCRIBE HARDWARE DOORS:LIBERTY HARDWARE, BUILDERS4 WIRE PULL, OIL RUBBED BRONZE I' d. https/ N,nyHnobscomRibp604doob3c.h6nl7 ELEVATION ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION gd;d=EAIaiQobChMwsawxv6m2OIVSJd- FRONT ELEVATION ®FRONT OFRONT BHC3 - SINK AND CABINETS BHC4 - (E) JEWELER'S BENCH ® Ch06agIsEAQYASABEgKBF D:BwECOI BHC5 -STEAMER AND ULTRASONIC O BHC6 - LUNCH TABLE BHC7 - TALL CABINET 1f4" =1.-0" 1/4" =1'-0" _ 1I4" =1'-0" 114" =1'•0" 1 0 1M" =1'-0" 5'-8 3/4" y 12'-71/4" 1 1 VIF ` 7 \ EXISTING TO BE RE FINISHED, SEE SHEET AS.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION PLAN 0 5' 8 3/4" O PLAN 6'-11" PLAN EQ EQ EQ , EQ - 1'-6" CORNER PORTION E I r 4I / / * \ B.O. CEILING 3" y 5-0" L �. DOORS BLACK MELAMINE C NTEIR OR ND SHELF ROCKY MOUNTAIN PL2 DOORS BLACK MELAMINE CAB AND in SHELF INTERIOR, nP. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CATCH 4 b CATCH PULL 6' DK PULL 6'DK BRONZE ,��` BRONZE UNDER CAB LIGHT UNDER COUNTNN N -MITERED I imp ROCKY MOUNTAIN HARDWARECABINETPULL ? �\ HARDWARE TAB CABINET PULL DK DK @RONZE cq, ___i►. BRONZE CORNER io\ �� �� ,g Imber. Revision: Date: CPL2)0OOR �2�- ELEVATION BLACKMElAMINE CAB AND SHELF INTERIOR, TYP. it OD ®FRONT BHC8 - WATCHMAKER STORAGE ® FRONT ELEVATION -WATCHMAKER DESK - (E) WATCHMAKER BENCH GI 1BHC9 1BHC10 REVIEWED FOR OOZE 000.1.t!li,l� APPROVED MAR 28 2018 d`;1Lt\4 of T(1;,� �J04,1)tNt.4✓ J A/it RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWII FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER A n Project BEN BRIDGE JEWELERS 0 SOUTH CENTER MALL 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL p LEVEL 1, UNIT#740 m TUKWILA, WA 98188 2> Project no. 1442.00 CI) Date• . PERMIT SET Architects: SkB Architects 2333 3rd Avenue 0 Seattle, WA 98121 P 206.903.0575 7:i • F 206.903.1586 Contact Stephen Silva ui ® 0- SOUTH CENTER MALL o o z 81 SOUTHCENTER MALL a N 7J0 LEVEL 1, UNIT#740 =A S_ m TUtNUILA, WA 98188 o x m- y Project no. 1442.00 z N -i o r Date: 02116/2018 ti • ! WOOD FLOORING PER FINISH PLAN _ LI.I J i SEALANT JOINT TO MATCH WOOD FLOORING i d1 EXISTING MALL FINISH FLOOR o o LIJ COQx W U 11" ALIGN VIF W/ SECURITY CURTAIN INSTALLER I LT - cc %% // �Y /// is%, J -.. II I ;. / / % ;'I `'fir f I/ EXISTINN G SLAB EXISTING TRANSITION STRIP ' 1/8,7 I I ' � / I7 WOOD FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT SECURITY CURTAIN FLOORI STRIKE AT SIM CONDITION. ; ,/ / Y j/ /- = I, �I LOCATIONS PER PLAN FLOORING TRANSITION - WD1 h/—; / I TO MALL TILE 0 12" 1'-0" WATER RESISTANT 1. TILE INSTALLATION PER 11LE COUNCIL OF AMERICA AND ANSI STANDARDS ` LINE OF TILE WAINSCOT WHITE BOARD WALL FABRIC WRAPPED SIMILAR CONDITIONS; SEERTNT. ELEV'S. FOR LOCATION WATER RESISTANT BACKER GWB CEM BD. / MOLD a / 2. MORTAR BED SHALL BE MER-KRETE UNDER -LAY "M' TWO PART SYSTEM OR LOWVOCEQUAL 3. PROVIDE FOAM FILLER IF REQUIRED AROUND PIPE PENETRATION FOR COVERING WHEREx� OCCURS, SEE PANEL SYSTEM 5/8"GWB ARE- WI SQUARE -END, 7" BOARD PER SPEC WALL ASSEMBLY PER TYPE INTERIOR ACOUSTIC TACKABLE ELEV'S RIGID FIBERBOARD INEILL, i i FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING L METAL EDGE TRIM FASTEN TO RESISTANT GP DENS SHIELD BOARD / / CLOSING LARGE OPENINGS. 4. VERIFY THIS DETAIL DOES NOT CONFLICT wILLREQUIREMENTS WALL ASSEMBLY GWB PARTITION PER WALL ASSEMBLY BLE 1 z MANUFSPEC PER TYPE REVIEWED FOR PER TYPE z CAULK a L ¢ CODE--COiM11�L_IANCE APPROVED MAR 28 2018 (�I{),a1)rItll+ iI " BUILDING DIVI ll+ N 4. — c9 (j WALL ASSEMBLY PER MER-KRETE HYDRO -GUARD 20000RLOWVOC /, ! THINSETTILESETI1NGBED I1/ ; [.{� �r 112" WD BASE PER TYPE EQUAL METAL STUD TRACK OVER MASTIC f f'4 (E) CONCRETE; t SEAL PER IBC 1210.1 • . / /, j / / / / / TILE SET OVER MER-KRETE LATEX200w1211FILLER OVER MEMBRANE OR LOW VOC EQUAL MER-KRETE HYDRO -GUARD 2000 OR LOWVOCEQUALTURNEDUPWALL 6"MIN. I i-� TILE BASE AND FLOORPERSCHEDULE � / WD. BASE PER / WD BASE PER SCHED.; SCHEDULE W/ SHIM , RUBBER BASE PER ; TILE BASE AND FLOOR PER SCHEDULE / � �// /1 SCHEDULE; SCRIBE TO FLOOR F.F. PER SCHEDULE ►� A. 1/�RECEIVED OR 5/8" WD. BASE TO SCRIBE TO FLOORGWB; TO F.F. PER SCHEDULE =: 7 ///1 SHIM TO ALIGN W/ FACE OF FABRIC PANEL; SCRIBE TO FLOOR F.F. PER SCHEDULE SCHEDULE F.F. PER SCHEDULE ' :' � ' �, SEALANT TO MATCH GROUT AT BASE TRANSITION AND / Sfi8d�RR SCHEDULE ��-^ CITY OF TUKWIL-A FEB 162018 PERMIT CENTER : :.I .BACKER AND SEALANI'.' DTL. WD. BASE(ID @ APPLIED DTL. WD. @ FLUSH BASE — DTL. PANEL WD. @FLUSH BASE / TACK DTL. @ TYP. RUBBER BASE ® MASTIC SET BENEATH ° " ' ' BOTTOM TRACK �j DTL. - TILE BASE @ PARTY WALL .. DTL. @ TILE FLOOR / BASE 6" =1'-0" �/ 6"=1'-0" 8"=1'-0" 8" =1'-0" 14 6" =1'-0" 6" =1'-0" TILE ON o 4P... Y � CIF ' TILE ON SEALANT TO MATCH WOOD BRONZE SCHLUTER TRANSITION STRIP FLOORING BUILD UP FLOOR W/ LATEX n FILL TO ALIGN WOOD SCHLUTER STRIP _ SETTING BED BRONZE SCHLUTER STRIP WOOD FLOORING CARPET Ala / r ` FLOOR W/ T.O. WOOD; FEATHER BACK 24" MIN. � "-- SCHLUTER REND-U (PER FINISH ,� a SETTING BED I SCHLUTER EDGE STRIP FINISH LEGEND REND-U PER EXPOSED CARPET BUILD EX FLOOR FILL TO ALIGN CARPET W/ 1 "'�' fir ii BUILD UP FLOOR LATEX FILL TO AL: IGN CARPET W/ SCHEDULE) ',. CONCRETE FINISHED L " �� ,} ` /////'� .�G:. / / S . , ..,;.'r-►••� Or 11,111r.A#FA/ gfirMATE FEATHER BACK X CONCRETE,'` ........ CARPET / / FEATHER BACK 24" MIN. CONCREO U: �; r 7a rat TILE GLUE DO PT. TO CONCRETE RESILENT SUBSTRATE 24° MIN. FLOORING WOOD OR TILE FLOOR TO RESILIENT FLR'G GLUE DO PT. TO TILE GLUE DOWN 2 9 CPT. TO WD. FLOORING 12" =1,-0„ 12". 1-0" 12" =1'-0" 12„ =1,-0„ 0 12" =1'-0" RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP ••; CASEWORK TILE ON SCHLUTER STRIP WOOD FLOORING \ Ala TILE OTHERS) (BY \ \\\ RESILIENTREDUCERSTRIP ° CARPET (BY OTHERS) EXISTING d SETTING BED RESILIENT SCHLUTER SCHIENE•E EDGE STRIP `, CARPET sl CARPET EXPOSED MORTAR BED EXPOSED '`1"1'II„ ����� FLOORING " ' ' • ' CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE FLOOR / VIEII 11 1 � DO PT. • TO CONCRETE / / GLUE DO PT. TO CONCRETE / TILE (BY OTHERS) TO CONCRETE ,r / GLUE DO APT. TO RESILIENT ////./M FLOR'G. SUBSTRATE TILE (BY OTHERS) TO WD FLOORING 30 12"=11-0, 28 12"=1'-0" 12 =1-0 0GLUE 12"=1,-0„ 24 12°=1,-0" STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS VERIFY SCALE BAR IS ONE INCH IF NOT ONE INCH ON ON ORIGINAL DRAWING THIS SHEET, ADJUST 0 SCALES ACCORDINGLY r m 2 -� 0 p L- w LISTED ABBREVIATIONS FOR USE WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ONLY. SOME ABBREVIATIONS MAY NOT BE USED ON THE PLANS. AASHTO AB ACI ADDL AISC ALT APPROX ASTM AWS BLDG BLK BM BOT BRG BSMT BTWN C CC CDF CIP CJ 4L , CL CLR CMU COL CONC CONN CONST CONT CP CTR D d DEMO DET DF DIA, 0 DL DN DWG(S) DWL(S) EA EF EJ EL, ELEV EMBED EQ EW EXP EXIST FB FCS f'c f'm FDN FF AND AT NUMBER AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS ANCHOR BOLT AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ADDITIONAL AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ALTERNATE APPROXIMATE(LY) AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY BUILDING BLOCKING) BEAM BOTTOM BEARING BASEMENT BETWEEN STANDARD CHANNEL CENTER TO CENTER CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL CAST IN PLACE CONSTRUCTION JOINT CENTERLINE CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS COMPLETE PENETRATION WELD -ULTRASONIC TEST CENTER(ED) DEEP, DEPTH PENNY (NAILS) DEMOLITION DETAIL DOUGLAS FIR DIAMETER DEAD LOAD DOWN DRAWING(S) DOWEL(S) EACH EACH FACE EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION EMBEDMENT EQUAL(LY) EACH WAY EXPANSION EXISTING FLAT BAR FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH MASONRY PRISM STRENGTH FOUNDATION FAR FACE DETAIL TAKEN FROM FIG FL FT FTG GA GALV GB GL GR GRND GRTG H HDR HDWD HEF HGR HORIZ HP HR HSS ID IE IF IN INT INV JT FIGURE FLOOR FOOT, FEET FOOTING GAGE GALVANIZED GRADE BEAM GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER GUARD RAIL GROUND GRATING HEIGHT HEADER HARDWOOD HORIZONTAL EACH FACE HANGER HORIZONTAL HIGH POINT HANDRAIL HOLLOW STEEL SHAPE INSIDE DIAMETER INVERT ELEVATION INSIDE FACE INCH INTERIOR INVERT JOINT KIP, K 1,000 POUNDS KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LB LF LL LG LLH LLV LONG.A. LP LVL MAS MATL MAX MB MECH MFR MIN MISC N NF NIC NOM NTS OC OD 0.F. OPNG(S) OP OWJ ANGLE POUND LINEAL FEET LIVE LOAD LONG LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG VERTICAL LONGITUDINAL LOW POINT LEVEL MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MACHINE BOLT MECHANICAL MANUFCATURER MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS NORTH NEAR FACE NOT IN CONTRACT NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE FACE OPENING(S) OPPOSITE (HAND) OPEN WEB JOIST SHEET SYMBOLS DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL LOCATION DETAIL SYMBOL SECTION TAKEN FROM PC PCF PL PLYWD PREFAB PS PSF PSI PT PVC PVMT RAD, R REF REINF REQD REV RM S SCHED SECT SHT SIM SOG SP SPEC SQ SS STD STL STIFF STRUCT SUPT SW SYM T T&B T&G TOC TOF TOS TOW TRNSV TYP UG UNO UT VERT,V VIF VOF PRECAST POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PLATE PLYWOOD PRE -FABRICATED PRESTRESSED POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POST TENSION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PAVEMENT RADIUS REFERENCE/REFER REINFORCING, REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED REVISION ROOM AMERICAN STANDARD SHAPE SCHEDULE SECTION SHEET SIMILAR SLAB ON GRADE SPACE(S,ED) SPECIFICATION, SPECIFIED SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL STIFFENER STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SHEAR WALL SYMMETRICAL TOP TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE AND GROOVE TOP OF CONCRETE TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TRANSVERSE TYPICAL UNDERGROUND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ULTRASONIC TEST VERTICAL VERTICAL INSIDE FACE VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE W WIDE FLANGE, WIDE W/ W/0 WP WT WWF YD WITH WITHOUT WORK POINT WEIGHT, STRUCTURAL TEE WELDED WIRE FABRIC YARD X-STR EXTRA STRONG XX-STR DOUBLE EXTRA STRONG SECTION LETTER SECTION LOCATION SECTION SYMBOL GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS) ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA: ACTUAL DEAD LOADS PLUS THE FOLLOWING DEAD AND LIVE LOADS: FLOOR LIVE LOAD 100 PSF CAT WALK LIVE LOAD 40 PSF ROOF SNOW LOAD 25 PSF SECURITY DOOR 30 PLF - DEAD LOAD WIND LOADING: 110 MPH BASIC WIND SPEED, EXPOSURE W, iw =1.0 Kzt=1.0 SEISMIC DESIGN: TOTAL FORCE SEISMIC DESIGN ORNAMENTATIONS AND APPENDAGES Ss = 1.50, Fa = 1.0 S1=0.5, Fv=1.5 Rp=2.5 Ap = 2.5 Sds =1.0 IE=1.0 SITE CLASS = "D" SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = "D" FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON SOLID UNYIELDING EARTH AT LEAST 12" BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE AT PERIMETER AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. ALLOWABLE DESIGN SOIL BEARING PRESSURE= 3000 PSF, ASSUMED ALLOWABLE. MINIMUM FOOTING WIDTH SHALL BE 18 INCHES. CONCRETE SHALL ATTAIN A 28 DAY STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI, MAXIMUM W!C RATIO = 0.50, MINIMUM 5 SACKS OF CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD. SUBMIT MIX DESIGN FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. GROUT 5000 PSI MINIMUM 7-DAY CUBE STRENGTH PER ASTM C1157-00. GROUT TO BE PREMIXED NON -SHRINK "MASTERFLOW 928 GROUT" OR APPROVED EQUAL. USE SPECIFIC GROUT MIX RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR EACH GROUT APPLICATION AND FOLLOW GROUT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 GRADE 60. SUBMIT REINFORCING SHOP DRAWINGS WITH DETAILS PER ACI 315 MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED (INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-14. LAP ALL CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT 40 BARS DIAMETERS OR 2'-0" MINIMUM. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS. LAP CORNER BARS 40 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2'-0" MINIMUM. LAP ADJACENT MATS OF WELDED WIRE FABRIC 1 1/2 MESH AT SIDES AND ENDS. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. CONCRETE PROTECTION (COVER) FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: FOOTINGS AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES, EARTH FACE 3" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER, #6 BARS AND LARGER 2" FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER, #5 BARS AND SMALLER 1 1/2" WALLS, INTERIOR FACE, THE LARGER OF ONE BAR DIAMETER OR A MINIMUM OF 3/4" DRILL -IN EXPANSION BOLTS KWIK BOLT III BY HILTI FASTENING SYSTEMS, "RED HEAD WEDGE ANCHOR" BY ITT PHILLIPS OR APPROVED EQUAL. ICC CERTIFICATION REQUIRED. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. DRILL -IN ADHESIVE INSTALLATIONS HILTI HY20 ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM FOR UNREINFORCED MASONRY OR BRICK WITH CAVITIES, HIT RE 500 SD ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM BY HILTI FASTENING SYSTEMS OR SET EPDXY ANCHOR SYSTEM BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE ANCHOR SYSTEMS FOR SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ICC CERTIFICATION REQUIRED. STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL STEEL SHAPES AND PLATES SHALL BE ASTM A36, Fv = 36 KSI, EXCEPT HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (HSS) SHALL BE ASTM A500 GRADE B, FY = 46KSI. FABRICATION AND ERECTION PER AISC SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS USING A70XX ELECTRODES. MINIMUM WELD SHALL BE 3/16" CONTINUOUS FILLET OR WELD TYPE REQUIRED FOR JOINT AS PREQUALIFIED BY THE AWS. STEEL CONNECTION BOLTS SHALL BE A325N AND ALL THREAD RODS SHALL BE A307. EMPLOY A PROPER FIRE WATCH DURING ALL FIELD WELDING OPERATIONS. WOOD FRAMING LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED OF MC-15, AND GRADED AND MARKED IN CONFORMANCE WITH W.C.L.B. STANDARD GRADING RULES FOR WEST COAST LUMBER NO. 16, LATEST EDITION FIRE -RETARDANT WOOD TREATMENT PER IBC 402.8, 801.2, 803.1.1 AND 806.1 IS REQUIRED FOR ALL FRAMING MATERIALS. FURNISH TO THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STANDARDS: JOISTS (2X MEMBERS) - DOUGLAS-FIR # 2 BEAMS AND STRINGERS - DOUGLAS-FIR # 1 POSTS AND TIMBERS - DOUGLAS-FIR # 1 STUDS, PLATES, AND MISC. LIGHT FRAMING - DOUGLAS-FIR STANDARD GRADE TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES AT BEARING WALLS - DOUGLAS-FIR CONSTRUCTION GRADE BOLTED STUDS, LEDGERS, AND PLATES - DOUGLAS-FIR STANDARD GRADE 2X6 STUDS AND PLATES - DOUGLAS-FIR #3/STUD GRADE WOOD MEMBER CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM FASTENING SCHEDULE, TABLE 2304.9.1, OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, WHERE CONNECTIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE GRADE C-D. EXTERIOR GLUE OR STRUCTURAL II, EXTERIOR GLUE SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH I.B.C. STANDARDS. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS, EXPOSURE RATING AND PANEL INDEX MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF PLYWOOD. SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS, PANEL IDENTIFICATION AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. FIRE -RETARDANT WOOD TREATMENT PER IBC 402.8, 801.2, 803.1.1 AND 806.1 IS REQUIRED FOR ALL SHEATHING MATERIALS. TIMBER CONNECTORS CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE "STRONG -TIE" BY SIMPSON COMPANY, AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR CATALOG C-2017. EQUIVALENT DEVICES BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED, PROVIDED THEY HAVE ICC APPROVAL FOR EQUAL OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. PROVIDE NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE CONNECTOR STRAPS CONNECT TWO MEMBERS, PLACE ONE-HALF OF THE NAILS OR BOLTS IN EACH MEMBER. ALL BOLTS IN WOOD MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL NAILS SHALL BE COMMON. ALL SHIMS SHALL BE SEASONED AND DRIED AND THE SAME GRADE (MINIMUM) AS MEMBERS CONNECTED. ALL JOISTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH "U" SERIES JOIST HANGERS. ALL DOUBLE -JOIST BEAMS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH "U" SERIES HANGERS. ALL TRIPLE -JOIST BEAMS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH "U" SERIES HANGERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL THE REQUIRED SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM HIS WORK. CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CHANGES SHOWN ONLY ON SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY WILL NOT SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. ALL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS WHICH ARE TO BE COMPOSED OF COMPONENTS TO BE FIELD ERECTED SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY THE SUPPLIER DURING MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS PREPARED BY THE SUPPLIER. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER HAS NO KNOWLEDGE OF, AND IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SITE AND SOIL CONDITIONS. MISCELLANEOUS REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL OPENINGS, ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT AND DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF DUCT OPENINGS, PIPING, CONDUITS, ETC. NOT SHOWN. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFORMATION NOT CONTAINED IN THESE GENERAL NOTES. SPECIAL INSPECTION A. SPECIAL INSPECTION PER IBC 1704 AND 1707 SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. B. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PER IBC 1709, DEFICIENCES SHALL BE REPORTED IN WRITING TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND ENGINEER OF RECORD. C. SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE ITEM CI PI REFERENCE STANDARD IBC REFERENCE REMARKS CONCRETE: REINFORCING MATERIALS X ASTM AS NOTED, ACI 318 3.5, ACI 7.1-7.4 1903.5, 1907.1-1907.4 REINFORCING PLACEMENT X ACI 318 7.5 - 7.7 1907.5-1907.7 STRUCTURAL STEEL: STRUCTURAL WELDING X AWS D1.1 1705.2 STRUCTURAL STEEL ERECTION X AISC MANUAL 14TH ED. AISC 360 2205.1 SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. ITEMS MARKED WITH AN 'X' REQUIRE INSPECTION BY A SPECIAL INSPECTOR APPROVED BY THE BUILIDING OFFICIAL. 2. CI: CONTINUOUS INSPECTION DURING PROGRESS OF WORK BY SPECIAL INSPECTOR. 3. PI: PERIODIC INSPECTION BY SPECIAL INSPECTOR AS REQUIRED TO CONFIRM CONFORMANCE OF WORK. 4. TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER, BUILDING OFFICIAL, AND CONTRACTOR. END OF GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES REVIEWED FOR COD fftlat A-Ne APPROVED MAR 28 2010 pity BUILDI RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA BAR 2 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER 0 w OF TUKWILA PLAN REVIEW z 0 o/ 0 w 0 Id 0 w J O 2 LIJW I-- 1- z Z w .. Uco 1-- W o0 co OUJO) J W � � J W LULL WZII- W LIJ 0 0J- D co Z m °° STRUCTURAL NOTES PROD. NO. 1442.00 DATE: 03.15.2018 SHEET: 1 OF 5 DWG.# S1 F— cn F— w 0 0 CO COORDINATION SET HCE JOB #18001.00 W COL OR HSS COL PER PLAN 1. COL & FTG EACH WAY 3/4"x11"x11" W/ (4)-3/4" DIA EXPANSION BOLTS W/ 6" EMBEDMENT INTO (E) CONC SAW —CUT (E) TOPPING AND CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (DO NOT OVER CUT CORNERS) CHIP OUT MATERIALS TO PLACE FOOTING (E) 2 r2" CONC TOPPING LLJ (E) CONC SLAB (E) SLAB ON GRADE SUB —BASE CONC FOOTING PER PLAN & SCHEDULE C.) y4V 3/4" ± LEVELLING GROUT CONC TOPPING TO MATCH (E) (S2 S2) 2 POUR FOOTING ON COMPCATED SOIL PER SCHEDULE SECTION SCALE: 1" SPREAD FOOTING IN (E) CONC SLAB ON GRADE HSS COL PER PLAN 10/2"x9"x9" W/ (4)-5/8" DIA EXPANSION BOLTS W/ 3 Y2" EMBEDMENT INTO (E) CONC. 3/4" ± LEVELLING GROU 172 NMENEKVE6-, MIIIIIIIIIIINFAIIIIIMEN1111111111110111111111111M 111111E1111WINIMMIN FILL RECESS WITH NON —SHRINK CONCRETE GROUT I I - SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP FLOOR STRIKE INSTALLATION IN (E) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (E) 2 h" CONC TOPPING (E) CONC SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN (E) SLAB ON GRADE SUB —BASE ROUGHEN (E) CONC AND APPLY BONDING AGENT REINF PER SCHEDULE. TOP LAYER OF REINF WHERE PRESENT SHOWN DASHED #4 x 2'-0" DOWELS @ 18" 0.C. ALL FOUR SIDES. EMBED 4" MIN. INTO (E) CONC. W/ SIMPSON SET EPDXY 6" PLAN A —A ROUGHEN (E) CONC AND 7iAPPLY BONDING AGENT (E) 2 Y CONC TOPPING (E) CONC SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN (E) SLAB ON GRADE SUB —BASE SAW —CUT ACCESS AS REQUIRED IN CONCRETE TOPPING. CHIP OUT CONC AS REQUIRED TO PLACE BASE PLATE FLOOR STRIKE PER DOOR MANUFACTURER CORE —DRILL AND SET STRIKE IN GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER PWS-.SMSYSilMAI 11111111111111 SECTION NOTE: 1. SEE DOOR MANUFACTURERS DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR STRIKE NUMBER AND LOCATION. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP HSS COLUMN AT END OF DOOR STORAGE FOOTING SCHEDULE COLUMN SCHEDULE: C3 = W5x19 A992 GR 50 COLUMN C4 = HSS 3 x 4 x A500 COLUMN VERIFY SCALE BAR IS ONE INCH IF NOT ONE INCH ON ON ORIGINAL DRAWING THIS SHEET, ADJUST 0 1 SCALES ACCORDINGLY LU 8 ., (-) to a CD Ld F2 0 FLOOR ANCHOR POINT TYPICAL (E) 2 )12" STEP MALL CONCOURSE 0. (E) CONCRETE SPREAD FTG. SEE EXISTING FOOTING SCHEDULE, TYP. (E) 5" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (E) STEEL COLUMN SEE EXISTING COLUMN SCHEDULE, TYP. TENANT SPACE OUTLINE MAIN FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" G F3 (E) 2 )12" STEP EXISTING COLUMN SCHEDULE: C1 = W12x79 C2 = W8x24 EXISTING FOOTING SCHEDULE: E: 3'-0"x3'-0"x11"DP W/ (5)—#5 E.W F: 3'-6"x3'-6"x15"DP W/ (6)—#5 E.W G: 3'-6"X3'-6"X15"DP W/ (6)—#5 E.W NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DWGS FOR DIMENSIONS. 2. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DWGS. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 1 2M3 PERMIT CENTER AK SZHCNSEN. F'0'00P #2.. EWOO. F'6'00P #2.. EWOO. F'0'00P ()#.. BT 2 0 2 REVIEWED. FOR.. COE)E-COMPLIANc APPROVND MAR 26 2010 City of Tukwila ULIII-1-01111 nrii-,.- r 1 4 6 8 10 .111 111111 SCALE IN FEET = 1'-0" 0 Id z F'crt):0 z .§*0 Id 0 co —J <-14' • h•- * w I= z z w 0 CO ui 00 , co O ' < co —I • < < w —I tt § w > 0 w z w w 0 0 — ca 0 CO Lll (7) c ce Li "czt FOUNDATION PLAN AND DETAILS PROJ. NO. 1442.00 DATE: 03.15.2018 SHEET: 2 OF 5 DWC.# S2 COORDINATION SET HCE JOB #18001.00 TRUSS PER PLAN TRUSS TOP CHORD AND SYMMETRY SEAT PER DETAIL 4/S4 HSS BEAM PER PLAN (HIGH) R 4"END, TYP. GRIND SMOOTH AT BOT Y4 HSS COL PER PLAN HSS BEAM PER PLAN (LOW) TYP I. %"xDx5" EA. SIDE W/ 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT %6 R %"xDx3" EA. SIDE W/ 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT 2" HORIZ SLOT IN PLATE, PLACE BOLT AT CENTER OF SLOT ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP BOTTOM CHORD & HSS BEAM TO HSS SUPPORT FRAMING GRIND SMOOTH AT BOT HSS BEAM PER PLAN HSS COLUMN PER PLAN ELEVATION Y4 Y ELEVATION A -A ELEVATION BEAM TRUSS EQ" 13" ELEVATION A -A R Y4" END t 3/ x BENT W/ (1)-3/4„ DIA A325 BOLT SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP HSS BEAM TO HSS COLUMN AT STORAGE POCKET It % EACH SIDE AS SHOWN It Y4" END ON HSS BM MITRE CUT CHORD ENDS. WELD Y4" END PLATE ON EACH TYP Y 3 F - 11 TRUSS WITH Y4" ALL AROHSS BEAM �J,-� - 11 DND WELDSQUARE PER PLAN Ij Y" STIFF CENTER OF TRUSS CHORD Y PLAN Y It /" CAP yV W COLUMN PER PLAN r ELEVATION TYP TRUSS PER PLAN R %" SEAT lEND Y I \ PLATE TYP Y Y4 A i TYP \ STIFF 1" Y _. Y ■ I Y4 Y4 Y4 3/4" DIA BOLT HSS 3x3x3/ HANGER ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TRUSSES TO SUPPORTING BEAM PLAN A -A Y Y4� 2" HORIZ SLOT, TYP. PL 3/8"x3xREQ'D HSS 1 HSS 4x4xY4 LOW (E) W10x21 4x4x3/ HSS 8x4x3/8 HIGH (E) W10x29 (E) W10x21 III TRUSS A (E) W COL SEE SHEET S2, TYP. CEILING AND BULKHEAD FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" CAMBER %" UP AT MID -SPAN L3x3xY4 BRACING, TYP (E) W10x29 (E) W10x21 N X O VERIFY SCALE BAR IS ONE INCH IF NOT ONE INCH ON ON ORIGINAL DRAWING THIS SHEET, ADJUST 0 SCALES ACCORDINGLY 0 Id wo J Z 0 cn a 0 CI0 CI m La- 0 CD COLUMN SCHEDULE C3 = HSS 3 % x 3 1/2 x %6 A500 COLUMN C4 = HSS 3 x 4 x 3i6 A500 COLUMN SPREAD FOOTING BELOW SHOWN DASHED, TYP HSS 4x xY LOW CANT. (E) W10x21 L3x3xY4 BRACING, TYP CAMBER 316" UP AT MID -SPAN (E) W10x21 HSS 8x4x3/ HIGH --J HSS 3x3x5/6 REVIE131lF L16 C R CODE .. IAI10E APPRL•t NAIL 2 0 2g1Q City Oi "1 ulmil (ERECEII)8 CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DWGS FOR DIMENSIONS. 2. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DWGS. 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 SCALE IN FEET Y4" = 1'-0„ 0 W U) W 0 co it o CEILING AND BULKHEAD FRAMING PLAN AND ELEVATIONS PROJ. NO. 1442.00 DATE: 03.15.2018 SHEET: 3 OF 5 DWG.# S3 HCE JOB #18001.00 VERIFY SCALE ALIGN ALL MEMBERS AT THE WORK POINT (E) W COL PER PLAN PLAN ELEVATION A -A HSS BEAM PER PLAN ft 3/ x —' BENT SLOT HSS FOR INSERTION OF PLATE (I! Y4 x j-'"/ STIFF TOP & V BOT TYP STIFF TO W COL HSS BEAM TO (E) W COLUMN SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 56 46 ALIGN ALL MEMBERS AT THE WORK POINT TOP CHORD PER TRUSS ELEVATION 1s SYMMETRY W.P. NOTE: 1. SIMILAR AT WEBS TO BOTTOM CHORD. 2. MITRE CUT DIAGONAL WEBS. ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP TRUSS WEBS TO CHORD SLOT STIFF AROUND COL FLANGE SYMMETRY TCI TCI TCI TCI TCI BAR IS ONE INCH IF NOT ONE INCH ON ON ORIGINAL DRAWING THIS SHEET, ADJUST 0 1 SCALES ACCORDINGLY m S 0 a 5- 0 co W cc / 1 i BCI 6.39't BCI BCI 6.39t BCI 6.39'± BCI ' 6.39 t BC( BCI 6.39'± BCI 6.39'± C AL NIFfS(M NU 6.39'± 6.39'± C C C C C C C CHORDS ARE CONTINUOUS AT ALL WEBS DIAGONAL WEB PER TRUSS ELEVATION VERTICAL WEB PER TRUSS ELEVATION TC2 TC2 TC1 & BC1 = HSS 4x4x3/ CHORDS W1 = HSS 4x4xy WEBS ELEVATION TRUSS A SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" TC2 K'2c., W2 c., 4`2 CA 2 IP c Wti ci BC2 5.73'± t . _ BC2AIIIILt BC2A36, BC2 5.73'± BC2 5.73'± BC2 5.73'± C WSIM W 5.73'± 5.73'± C C C C C CHORDS ARE CONTINUOUS AT ALL WEBS 516 %6 ALIGN ALL MEMBERS AT THE WORK POINT (w.P.) TC2 & BC2 = HSS 3x3x46 CHORDS W2 = HSS 3x3x346 WEBS ELEVATION TRUSS B SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" ( %6 \ P. 1'-6" MIN. VERTICAL WEB PER TRUSS ELEVATION BOTTOM CHORD PER TRUSS ELEVATION b / TYP @ CJP T SPLICE NOTE: 1. SIMILAR AT VERTICAL WEB TO TOP CHORD. 2. CHORD SPLICES PERMITTED AS REQUIRED, OFFSET AS SHOWN. ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP TRUSS WEBS TO CHORD S4 S4 CHORD SPLICES ALIGN ALL MEMBERS AT THE WORK POINT R %" END y II x STIFF EA. SIDE HSS BEAM PER PLAN 56 NOTE: CAMBER 346" UP AT MID -SPAN. 3 SIDES ELEVATION 56 DIAGONAL WEB PER TRUSS ELEVATION y N / STIFFENER TO SEAT �! 3/4x4x9 c 3" HSS - �' %x4x10 © 4" HSS- W/ (2)-3/4" THREADED WELDED STUDS 2" PROJECTION PLAN A -A ELEVATION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP TRUSS SEAT TO SUPPORT BEAM - SEAT 3/4" DIA BOLT EA. END 8d NOTE: CAMBER %" UP AT MID -SPAN. <TYP I. Yx4x4 TOP & BOT CHORD L BRACING PER PLAN 2x6 LEDGER BETWEEN TRUSS BRACING W/ %"x2 Y" THREADED WELDED STUDS © 16" 0.C. 2x4 24" 0.C. IN TOP FLANGE JOIST HANGERS EA. END 2x6 SOLID BLOCKING 16d©4"0.C. SECTION 5/" CDX PLYWOOD SOLID BLOCKED 8d © 4" 0.C. (E) 2x4 PLATE %" CDX PLYWOOD SOLID BLOCKED 8d 0 4" 0.C. (E) %" PLY (E) 2x4 24" 0.C. 2x4 SOLID BLOCKING 5A SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP. TRUSS BRACING TO (E) BULKHEAD STEEL FRAMING (E) W BM PER PLAN 3 SIDES R Y4x4 REQ'D COPE END AS REQ'D NOTE: 1. INSTALL BRACING PER PLAN AT TRUSS PANEL POINTS. 2. SEE SECTION 5A ABOVE FOR CATWALK PLATFORM. SECTION 2" S3 (E) PLASTER OVER STEEL STUDS S4 8d C 4" 0.C. REVIEWED FOR CODE _COMPLIANCE API°'RQVi"(.7 MAR 28 2013 (E) STOREFRONT -*- FRAMING SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP. TRUSS BRACING TO (E) BULKHEAD STEEL FRAMING 3/" DIA BOLT EA. END City of Tukwila Ikwill - R Y x4x4 EA END CLIP CORNER AT (E) W BM FILLET 2" L BRACE PER PLAN BULKHE,CEIVED OUTCINEY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 1 2093 PERMIT CENTER (E) W BM PER PLAN 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 W w 0 0 co tO w EN J CJ W ~ F- Z z W V = ▪ W cO OJT (0 J • J w2J J LLI W W ZI— W LU LL' m0 LU Z (n 07, TRUSS ELEVATIONS SECTIONS AND DETAILS PROJ. NO. 1442.00 DATE: 03.15.2018 SCALE IN FEET 1 0 %" = 1'-0„ 1 2 SCALE IN FEET 1 1" = 1'-0" SHEET: 4 OF 5 DWG.# S4 HCE JOB #18001.00 VERIFY SCALE CE SYMETRY I'L a/x2xREQ'D STEEL SHIM TO MATCH (E) D.W.S.J. BOTTOM CHORD THICKNESS 3/8 " DIA. A307 BOLT & NUT AS REQ'D 1y„ HSS 2x2xx A500 CEILING SUPPORT BEAM @4'—O" 0.C. (E) ROOF DECKING HEAVY CUT WASHER J (E) O.W.S.J. PER PLAN ELEVATION SECTION A —A NOTE: 1. ADJUST HSS SPACING AND POSITION AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT CEILING CONSTRUCTION 2. CONNECT SUSPENSION RODS AND STRUTS TO HSS ONLY SECTION 6 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" TYP. CEILING SUPPORT FRAMING CF __ INDICATES: CEILING SUPPORT FRAMING HSS 2x2x3 A500@4'-0"O.C. MAXIMUM POSITION AS REQUIRED W18x50 PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" TENANT SPACE OUTLINE J1: 16H5 OWSJ 6'-0" 0.C. TYPICAL W1:x31 -- W18x60 W COL PER PLAN W12x14 W18x60 BAR IS ONE INCH IF NOT ONE INCH ON ON ORIGINAL DRAWING THIS SHEET, ADJUST 0 1 SCALES ACCORDINGLY J CD 0 U)Q m 0 0 p ›- CO 4. 0 CD w REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 3 2010 t Tu1 t� ll EXISTING TYPE A ROOF DECKING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 SCALE IN FEET Y" = 1'-0„ a 0 w OF TUKWILA PLAN REVIEW z 0 o< 0 0 w Q 0 co -J J 0 2 W !— Z Z� W 0 � � O —I as -- WJ w W WZI— W W 0 0 H E co Z co PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN AND DETAIL PROJ. NO. 1442.00 DATE: 03.15.2018 SHEET: 5 OF 5 DWG.# S5 COORDINATION SET - BID/PERMIT SET HCE JOB #18001.00 O SEAN O. EIS • \ /, \•(// n;\ / /2 I r---i I I r--1 I II it it II II II II II I L--J I I L__J I r--1 I ri1 I Li i L__J Li I t Lit i I i 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO L I BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND L FIXTURES TO BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO SALVAGED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. I r-"1 1 II II I I L__J I r- I I I i II II Ir �I 11 II II II I L__J I MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" 11111■I11 •I MECHANICAL GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 6. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION, INSTALL TEMPORARY CAPS TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR SURFACES UNTIL NEW DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE INSTALLED. 7. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS, 0 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES: 1. UNLESS LISTED OTHERWISE, DEMOLISH ENTIRE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ETC. WITHIN THE SPACE. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE. ROOF CURBS WILL BE REPLACED WITH NEW UNITS. EXHAUST HOOD AND VENT THROUGH ROOF SHALL REMAIN FOR FUTURE USE. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Ben Bridge Jewelers Feb 15 2018 N O MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET SEAN O. El NOTE: THE HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, DUCTWORK ROUTING AND SIZING IS BASED UPON LIMITED INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. FIELD CHANGES FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATION, DUCTWORK LOCATIONS, ROUTING AND SIZING MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO UNFORESEEN STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS AND OBSTACLES LOCATED ABOVE THE HARD CEILINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEFICIENCIES AND DEVIATIONS OF SYSTEM INSTALLATION REQUIRED DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS DISCOVERED AFTER DEMOLITION OF EXISTING HARD CEILINGS. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCTWORK WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS AND INSTALL NEW DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE Co) JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER I 10 °Jo ligal I 4* RESTROOM 106 STOCK 105 IT CLOSET 8"0 CS01 EF 200 /RTUY 9 yio 2 MI) M2.1 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK ABBREVIATIONS NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. Ia EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° RECTANGLE -ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES IN RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP INA RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP 1::xIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN 2 i RD 0 EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 10" CSD-1 300 CFM NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) FIRE DAMPER FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER VOLUME DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER BACKDRAFT DAMPER 0 0 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR HUMIDITY SENSOR PULL STATION STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HUMIDISTAT THERMOSTAT AFF BAS BD CFM DDC DX EA FFA FFB GPM IN WC MAX NOM ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BACKDRAFT DAMPER CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DIRECT EXPANSION EXHAUST AIR FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW GALLONS PER MINUTE INCHES OF WATER COLUMN MAXIMUM 1000 BTU PER HOUR MC MIN NC OA RA SA SD TFA TFB TYP UNO w/ W/O MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM NOISE CRITERIA OUTSIDE AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR TO FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH WITHOUT STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS MECHANICAL THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE) CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) 48" 48" ANNOTATION 0 MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION EMPLOYEE AREA 107 B---81.882 180 - - 8"0 LSD2 180 8"8 LSD2 8 LSR 1 M2.1 7 (6' M2.1 M2.1 (TYP) (TYP) MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN /4"=1'-0" SALES FLOOR 8"0 LSD1 160 80 LSD1 160 8"0 LSD1 160 ROLEX 8"o LSD1 160 8"0 LSD1 160 LSD18"0 160 5 2. (TYP) 0 MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES: 1. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT AND REPLACE WITH NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING MD. 2. ROUTE SUPPLY DUCT UP TO UNIT ON ROOF. PROVIDE TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT CONNECTION SIZE. 3. ROUTE RETURN DUCT UP TO NEW RTU. RETURN DUCT SHALL MATCH UNIT INLET SIZE. PROVIDED WITH SOUND BOOT AND MINIMUM 1° LINER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 4. CEILING DIFFUSERS INSTALLED IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL HAVE CABLE OPERATED DAMPERS FOR AIR BALANCING. PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGIES MODEL RT-250 WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OR YOUNG REGULATOR EQUIVALENT BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER. DAMPER CABLE ACTUATOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FOR BALANCING FROM THE PLENUM OF A SLOT DIFFUSER OR THE TOP OF A SQUARE OR ROUND FACE DIFFUSER AS APPLICABLE. INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER AT LOCATION INDICATED ON PLAN. 5, CONNECT NEW 10'0 EXHAUST DUCT TO EXISTING ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST HOOD. CLEAN HOOD AND RE-1NSULATE DUCTWORK PER SPECIFICATIONS, 6. LINEAR RETURN SLOT DIFFUSER SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF WALL AS SHOWN. FIELD MEASURE PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 7. PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT 8. PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 9. DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK OR PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 10. TERMINATE FAN TRANSFER AIR DUCT ABOVE STOCK ROOM CEILING. 11. CONTINUOUS LINEAR SLOT BLANK SECTION. GENERAL NEW NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS NEEDED FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS IN THE PROJECT BASED ON THE SEISMIC ANALYSIS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "As-sulLr CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION, INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING NEW WORK, COORDINATE SHUTDOWN TIME AND DURATION WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. NOTIFY OWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 6. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 7. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO CONTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK TO THE AREA WHERE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. 8. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS. 11. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 12. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS BECOME WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. THE INTERNAL SURFACES AND ASSOCIATED COILS OF ANY HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED SHALL ALSO BE CLEANED. 13. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 14. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF EXCEPT WHERE CONCRETE INSERTS IN CONCRETE SLABS ARE ALLOWED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 15. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. 16. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 17. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 18. ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 19, LOCATE AND SET THERMOSTATS AND HUMIDISTATS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES WITH TOP OF DEVICE AT MAXIMUM 48" AFF TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR THERMOSTATS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING. 20. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATKA 21. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS. 22. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULARROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE -OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. 23. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 24. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY TO ACCOUNT FOR THICKNESS OF DUCT LINER, 25. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5.-0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 26, PROVIDE A NEW SET OF AIR FILTERS IN UNITS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM(S) OVER TO OWNER. 27. FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. 28. CLEAN EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE NEW FILTERS FOR EXISTING AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO STARTUP OF EQUIPMENT. NEW FILTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUAL IN PERFORMANCE TO THE EXISTING FILTERS AT NEW CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CLEAN STRAINERS IN PIPING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO STARTING PUMPS, SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL, REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS SkB Architects General Contractor: is) 0 81) 0 0 U) W Z UPD I IT) w (Du) LLJ CD CC E m w z ..27 U1 uj a. Fr) Feb 15 2018 0 8 (4, c)') co NZ; z -to Lj cul4 Luz o Z cZ1 'ttt W t1J-It-- O5- V.) co 08 III co co o z LLI 0 I- CO o EcLM 0 0 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN a Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND (TYP) NOMINAL LENGTH SEAN 0. EISLER METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND OVER INSULATION (TYP) INSULATED DUCT ROUND BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH REMOTE CABLE OPERATOR PRE -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR BORDER TYPE CABLE FROM REMOTE OPERATOR TO DAMPER REFER TO SIDE VIEW REMOTE OPERATOR MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR OF PLENUM TAPE THE OPEN END OF THE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO THE SUPPLY PLENUM WITH 3" FOIL TAPE JET THROW SIDE VIEW PATTERN DEFLECTORS HOLDING BRACKET CEILING SHEET METAL SUPPLY PLENUM WITH 1/4" CLOSED CELL INTERNAL INSULATION. WORM GEAR OPERATOR SQUARE SHAFT FOR 1/4" SOCKET/ NUT DRIVER CEILING FRAMING (TYP) PATTERN DEFLECTOR HOLDING BRACKET CEILING HIGH THROW REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR BORDER TYPE SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN THE CENTER OF THE PLENUM. LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER SHALL EXTEND THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE SLOT DRILL ONE (3/4) INCH DIAMETER HOLE IN PATTERN DEFLECTOR TO ALLOW ACCESS TO REMOTE DAMPER OPERATOR ISOMETRIC VIEW NOTES: 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION. 2. COORDINATE EXACT LENGTH AND LOCATION OF SLOT DIFFUSER WITH ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3. PORTIONS OF THE SLOT DIFFUSER NOT USED FOR SUPPLY SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PLENUM FOR RETURN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT OFFSETS SHALL MAINTAIN A RADIUS OF 1.5 TIMES THE DIAMETER. 5. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION SUPPLY PLENUM MAY BE FIELD FABRICATED AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 3/M2.1 OR PURCHASED FROM DIFFUSER SUPPLIER. 6. REFER TO DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SCHEDULED BORDER TYPE. LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE END VIEW PLENUM LENGTH SIDE VIEW SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTION TO SUPPLY PLENUM SHALL BE MADE IN THE CENTER OF THE PLENUM. SLOT WIDTH MIN. WIDTH (W) NOMINAL LENGTH PLENUM LENGTH 1' 23/4" 24, 36, 48, 60 2134", 3334' 453/4" 573/4" 134" 33% 24, 36, 48, 60 213/4", 333/4", 453/", 573/4" 2" 43/" 24, 36, 48, 60 213/4", 333/", 453/4", 573/4" NOTES: A. PLENUM MAY BE MOUNTED ON LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER OR ARCHITECTURAL SLOT. B. PROVIDE 1/4" THICK, INTERNAL, CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON ALL PLENUMS. C. MINIMUM WIDTH INCLUDES 1/4" CLOSED CELL INTERNAL INSULATION. SUPPLY PLENUM CONSTRUCTION NO SCALE PAINT INTERIOR SURFACES FLAT BLACK. SOLID SHEET METAL RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD. SLOT DIFFUSER AS SCHEDULED. SECURELY ATTACH LIGHT SHIELD TO CEILING FRAMING. HAT CHANNEL FRAMING, NOTES: i LINE OF SIGHT i INLET SIZE A B 6" OVAL 6%" 5/4" 8" OVAL g%a" 5%" 10" OVAL 12%2" 51/4" LIGHT SHIELD SHALL EXTEND PAST THE LINE OF SIGHT. RETURN AIR OPENING. �— SEE NOTE 4. CEILING CLIP COORDINATE MOUNTING FRAME DETAILS. RE: ARCHITECTURAL PLANS WITH CEILING TYPE AND MOUNTING DETAIL. 1. DETAIL REFERS TO LIGHT SHIELD OVER FLOWBAR DIFFUSERS OR ARCHITECTURAL SLOT IN THE CEILING OR REVEAL. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION POINT OF RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD WITH ACTUAL INSTALLED CEILING FRAMING. SECURELY ATTACH LIGHT SHIELD TO THE SAME CEILING FRAMING DIFFUSER IS ATTACHED TO. 3. POSITION PATTERN DEFLECTOR SUCH THAT IT DISALLOWS DIRECT LINE OF SIGHT INTO THE PLENUM. 4. LIGHT SHIELD RETURN AIR OPENING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3" FOR SLOT WIDTHS UP TO 2" AND 6" FOR SLOT WIDTHS LARGER THAN 2". SECURE SEISMIC BRACKET WITH S.S. SCREWS L CAULK OPENING AROUND DUCT NOTES: 1. CUT METAL DECKING TO ALLOW CURB INSTALLATION ON STEEL FRAMING. AFTER CURB IS SET IN PLACE, TRIM REMAINING METAL DECKING AND INSTALL WITHIN CURB. TACK WELD DECKING TO SUPPORT STEEL. DO NOT WELD INTERIOR DECKING TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CROSS FRAMING TO SUPPORT INTERIOR DECKING AND FILL MATERIAL AS REQUIRED. FIELD -FABRICATED RETURN AIR LIGHT SHIELD DETAIL NO SCALE v APPROX. SPECIFIED ROOF MEMBRANE �! f COVERBOARD INSULATION THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK SEALING MATERIAL SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER WOOD NAILER - OMIT WHERE WOOD NOT ALLOWED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE HIGH -DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" O.C. AND MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) SEISMIC RESTRAINT BRACKET ROOFTOP UNIT BASE RAIL SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING FILL ENTIRE CURB SPACE, ALTERNATING LAYERS OF 2", 3# DENSITY, RIGID, ACOUSTICAL FIBER BOARD AND 5/8" SHEETROCK. EXTENSION OF FIELD PLIES ABOVE HEAD OF CANT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) SPECIFIED MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING SECURE CURB TO ROOF STRUCTURE FRAME CURB AND DECKING WITH STEEL ANGLE. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. SEISMIC ROOF CURB DETAIL NO SCALE 0 w 0 F- o0 a. Xa. 0 METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) SPIN -IN TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION SEE NOTE 1 PRE -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND (TYPICAL) CEILING DIFFUSER IIIIIIId1)IIIIIIIII E_ll INSULATED DUCT -1 DAMPER WITH REMOTE CABLE OPERATOR WORM GEAR OPERATOR MOUNTED ON TOP OF DIFFUSER CEILING SQUARE SHAFT FOR 1/4" DRIVE SOCKET/ NUTDRIVER PROVIDE GASKET BETWEEN METAL TO METAL SURFACES NOTES: 1. EXTEND HARD METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION. 2. PROVIDE WORM GEAR OPERATOR AND DAMPER WITH REMOTE CABLE FOR DAMPERS ABOVE HARD CEILINGS. CONNECT TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBER TRANSVERSE BRACE 1/2" CLEARANCE MAXIMUM DUCT SIZE > N 0 0 0 0 HARD CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE CONNECT TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBER L\ 1/2" CLEARANCE MAXIMUM VERTICAL HANGER LONGITUDINAL HANGER ONE EACH SIDE OF DUCT HORIZONTAL BRACE Q. BOLTS EQUAL % OF ANGLES 1" TYPICAL 4 SIDES 2 MAX 1 MIN NSULATION WHERE REQUIRED NOTES: 1. CABLE BRACES MAY USED FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT IN LIEU OF ANGLE BRACES. CENTER SEISMIC BRACING FOR RECTANGULAR DUCTS NO SCALE ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT RETURN AIR DUCT SUPPLY AIR DUCT CEILING CANVAS CONNECTION (TYPICAL) NOTES: 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. TRANSITION AS REQUIRED IN ROOF CURB TO RTU SUPPLY AND RETURN OPENINGS. ROOFTOP UNIT WITH DUCTWORK DETAIL NO SCALE METAL BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION FOIL TAPE AT INSULATION JOINT SEE NOTE 1. PRE -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS METAL BAND (TYPICAL) CEILING DIFFUSER WITH VOLUME DAMPER, FIRE DAMPER OR COMBINATION VOLUME/FIRE DAMPER AS SCHEDULED ., uLtiWJ I1 IIR'P 7L 0111,1111 p❑ kC !I II I UF111 INSULATED DUCT VOLUME DAMPER HANDLES SHALL BE MARKED WITH 12" IN LENGTH COLORED RIBBON FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION WHERE APPICABLE. (TYPICAL) NOTES: 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE RIGID 90° ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION. LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE CONNECT TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBER 2 MAX IT 1 MIN 1 PLATE WASHER 1/4" MAX. CONNECT TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBER LONGITUDINAL BRACE EACH SIDE AS REQUIRED VERTICAL HANGER TRANSVERSE BRACE VERTICAL HANGER SHEET METAL STRAP (MIN 2-112"x12 GA. STRAP) TRANSVERSE HANGER OBRACING DETAIL NO SCALE CEILING HINE BOLT LONGITUDINAL BRACE PLATE WASHER LONGITUDINAL HANGER @BRACING DETAIL NO SCALE DOUBLE HANGER SEISMIC ANGLE BRACING FOR ROUND DUCTS UP TO 84" NO SCALE ELECTRICAL WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FAN HOUSING ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING BRACKETS ALL -THREAD ROD TO STRUCTURE EXISTING EXHAUST DUCT RE: MECHANICAL PLAN BACKDRAFT DAMPER FLEX CONNECTOR ISOLATOR BUSHING WITH FLANGED NUT EXHAUST GRILLE PROVIDED WITH EXHAUST FAN CEILING CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN NO SCALE SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 162018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS General Contractor: Z 0 U) 111 C Ow WW .T. w O 0 a`; E Z CA 0 (0 O Lo CO c-i CO 0) c� cci ui ca N N a. LL-O Feb 15 2018 H ENDERSONENGINEERS.COM C0 m� Z o w 1- CO KW 0 0 Project no. 1442.00 HVAC DETAILS Date: 02/1612018 PERMIT SET LAN U. tISLLK HEAT PUMP ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE WITH AUX. ELECTRIC HEAT MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL UNIT TYPE SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL TOTAL HTG CAP (MBH) HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL AUXILIARY HEATING COIL MIN O/A CFM ELECTRICAL WEIGHT (LBS) NOTES FAN TYPE CFM ESP (IN) BHP VFD (Y/N) TH (MBH) SH (NBH) EAT LAT REFR TYPE MIN EFF (SEER) MIN NO STAGES MAXVEL (FPM) MIN OUT (MBH)' AMBIENT (DB) EAT (°FDB) LAT (°FDB) MIN OUT (MBH) NOM (KW) MIN NO STAGES V/PH MCA MOCP DISC TYPE (°FDB) (°F WB) (°FDB) (°F WB) RTU-1 TRANE WSC060 CV FC 2,000 0.75 0.82 N 55.43 50.85 75.7 61.8 51.96 51,87 R410A 16.4 2 216 58.7 50.1 40 70 95 61.5 .18 2 480 208t3- 77 80: NE 775 A-Q RTU-2 TRANE WSC036 CV FC 1,200 0.75 0.43 N 35.79 30.11 74.4 59.7 51.59 50.49 R410A 15.8 2 192 28.6 33.76 40 70 95 40.9 12 2 220 208/3 58 60 NF 620 A-Q MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. RE 1EWTHE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION; NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL MATRIX FOR CONTROL FEATURES, MODULES, AND ACCESSORIES THAT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE EQUIPMENT. B. EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 95°F AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. C. PROVIDE 2 INCH MERV8, EFFICIENT PLEATED THROWAWAYAIR FILTERS. D. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR. E. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL WITH UNIT. F. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION: G. COORDINATE SIZE OF CONDUCTOR TERMINATION LUGS WITH CONDUCTOR SIZES SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. H. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON UNIT FOR FIELD WIRING. J. SPECIFIED FAN ESP ACCOUNTS FOR DUCT LOSSES EXTERNAL TO UNIT. K. PROVIDE MOTOR HORSEPOWER TO OVERCOME INTERNAL UNIT STATIC PRESSURE DROP PLUS SPECIFIED EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE DROP. NOMINAL MOTOR HP SHALL BE NO LARGER THAN THE FIRST AVAILABLE NOMINAL MOTOR SIZE GREATER THAN THE REQUIRED BHP. L. PROVIDE SEISMIC INSULATED ROOF CURB WTH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 14 INCHES. PROVIDE SLOPED CURB IF NEEDED TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. M. COOLING COIL LAT IS LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE OF COIL. N. PROVIDE GUARDS TO PROTECT CONDENSER COIL FROM HAIL OR OTHER DAMAGE. O. TOTAL HEATING CAPACITYINCLUDES THE HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL CAPACIIYAT THE AMBIENT DRY BULB TEMPERATURE LISTED PLUS THE AUXILIARY HEATING COIL OUTPUT LISTED. HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL MINIMUM EFFICIENCY IS CALCULATED AT 47°F, P. SELECT EQUIPMENT FOR ELEVATION OF 385 FEET ABOVE SEA LEVEL. R. PROVIDE A FACTORY APPLIED COIL CORROSION COATING TO CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR COIL WHICH IS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING GREATER THAN 6,000 HOURS OF THE ASTM6117 SALT SPRAY TEST. Q. PROVIDE AUXILARY HEAT LOCKOUT .4BOVE 40 DEGREES TRANE TCONBO2 AND OUTDOOR SENSOR OR EQUIVALENT. AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE EXHAUST EQUIPMENT AREA/EQUIPMENT SERVED EXHAUST (CFM) TOTALS (CFM) EF-1 RESTROOM 100 EF-1 RESTROOM 100 200 MAKEUP AIR EQUIPMENT AREA/EQUIPMENT SERVED SUPPLY AIR (CFM) DESIGN OA (CFM) PERCENT OA/SA 700 RTU-1 SALES 2,000 480 24.0% R1U-2 SALES / BACK ROOM 1,200 220 18.3% TOTAL AIRFLOW 3,200 700 21.9% TOTAL POSITIVE AIR FLOW PERCENT POSITIVE AIR FLOW 500 71.4% ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL MATRIX CONTROL FEATURE UNITS RTU-1 SETPOINT OR YIN RTU-2 SETPOINT OR YIN NOTES SETPOINTS COOLING - OCCUPIED SETPOINT - - - °F-.. 75 , 75 COOLING - UNOCCUPIEDSETPOINT °F 80 80 DEADBAND- MINIMUMHEATINGANDCOOLINGTEMPERATURESETPOINTDIFFERENCE° °F 5 5 HEATING -OCCUPIED SETPOINT °F 70 70 HEATING -UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT" °F :60 60 PROGRAMMED CONTROL FEATURES HVACSYSTEMOCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIEDMODE- PROGRAMMABLETHERMOSTAT Y Y 8 EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES AND CONTROL MODULES INTEGRATED ECONOMIZER - DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPYENABLE (OAENTHALPY< RAENTHALPY) BTU/LB Y Y E ECONOMIZER' FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) SYSTEM Y Y F, G RELIEF -BAROMETRIC DAMPER Y Y LOWAMBIENT CONTROL KIT °F 25 F 25 F COOLING COIL (DX -STAGED) Y Y M HEAT PUMPAUXILARYHEATINGCOIL Y Y N. SUPPLY FAN CONTROL METHOD ON DURING OCCUPIED HOURS Y Y CONSTANT VOLUME FAN CONTROL N N SAFETIES, INTERLOCKS, AND ALARMS SUPPLYAIR SMOKE DETECTOR -SAFETY SHUTDOWN Y N C RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR - SAFETY SHUTDOWH Y N LOW LIMIT FREEZESTAT - FREEZE PROTECTION SAFETYSHUTDOWN Y Y F DIFFERENTIALPRESSURESWTCH- FILTERCHANGEALARM Y Y : F FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - SAFETY SHUTDOWNINTERLOCK Y Y HIGH SUPPLY AIR STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR -SAFETY SHUTDOWN - Y Y F BUILDING SEISMIC VIBRATION SWITCH - SAFETY SHUTDOWN INTERLOCK Y Y B DIV. 23 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL PANEL(S), WRING, THERMOSTAT(S), TEMPERATURE SENSOR(S), HUMIDISTAT(S), AND/OR CO2 SENSOR(S) WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE SCHEDULED CONTROL MODULES AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. EACH UNIT SHALL CONTROL BASED ON ITS OWN INTERNAL SAFETIES, TIME DELAYS, AND SEQUENCES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FINAL BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES DURING STARTUP. NOTES: B. DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DEVICE. REFERENCE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMENT , C. DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DEVICE. REFERENCE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMENT, E. THE FOLLOWING SENSORS SHALL DETERMINE ECONOMIZER ON POINT. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMENTS: OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. OUTSIDE AIR HUMIDITY; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. RETURN AIR HUMIDITY; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. F. DEMCE SHALL BE FACTORY MOUNTED AND PRE -WIRED FOR OPERATION SUBJECT TO THE ONBOARD CONTROLLER. G. PROVIDE UNIT WITH AN FDD SYSTEM CONSISTING OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLY AIR, AND RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSORS. THE UNIT CONTROLLER SHALL AT AMINIMUM BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING SYSTEM STATUS OF ECONOMIZER, COMPRESSOR, HEATING, MIXED AIR LOW LIMIT ALARM, AND SENSOR VALUES: EACH OPERATING MODE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF INDEPENDENTLYOPERATING FOR TESTING. THE SYSTEM SHALL REPORT FAULTS TO AN APPLICATION ACCESSIBLE BY SERVICE PERSONNEL. THE FOLLOWING FAULTS SHALL BE DETECTED: AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE, ECONOMIZER ENABLED/DISABLED WHEN ECONOMIZER SHOULD BE OFF/ON, RESPECTIVELY, DAMPER NOT MODULATING, AND EXCESS OUTSIDE AIR: M. UNITARY CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE AND/OR CYCLE SUPPLY FAN SPEED SETTING AND COIL CAPACITY STAGES N. CONTROLS FOR AUXILIARY HEATING COIL SHALL PREVENT HEATER OPERATION WHEN THE HEATING LOAD CAN BE MET BYTHE HEAT PUMP ALONE. AUXILIARY HEATER OPERATION SHALL BE ALLOWED DURING DEFROST CYCLES, GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER SERVICE MODEL CONSTRUCTION FACE MOUNTING BORDER FACE SIZE MAX. MAX PRESS. NOTES TYPE TYPE LOCATION TYPE (IN) NC DROP (IN. W.C.) CSD1 TITUS SUPPLY OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING - 24X24 25 0.1 A,B,D,H CSD2 TITUS SUPPLY OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING -- 12x12 25 0.1 A,B,D,H CRG1 TITUS RETURN 50F ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CEILING -- 24x24 25 0.05 C,D CRG2 TITUS RETURN 50F ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CEILING - 12x12 25 0.05 C,D LSD1 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 22 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.1 B,C,E,H,J,K LSD2 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 77 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.1 B,C,F,H,J,K LSR1 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 55 1" LINEAR SLOT 25 0.05 B,C,G,H,J,K PSD1 TITUS SUPPLY FBPI-10 STEEL 1" SLOT PLENUM LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER -- 5'-0" (NOMINAL) 25 0.1 L MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEWTHE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A 4-WAYTHROWPATTERN UNLESSOTHERWSE INDICATED BY FLOWARROWS ON DRAWINGS. B. NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCT TO MATCH NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED BYARCHITECT. D. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILINGNVALL CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILINGANALL PLAN. E. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WITH CONCEALED BORDER MOUNTING, AND INSULATED PLENUM BOX WITH NECK. F. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WITH EXPOSED BORDER MOUNTING, AND INSULATED PLENUM BOX WITH NECK. G. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WITH CONCEALED BORDER MOUNTING. H. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS, LINEAR SLOTS, AND GRILLES WTH NO EXPOSED MOUNTING SCREWS. J. PAINT ALL INTERIOR SURFACES SLOTS, GRILLES AND PLENUMS FLAT BLACK. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE -OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGIES MODEL RT-250 WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OPERATOR OR EQUIVALENT YOUNG REGULATOR BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER: OPERATOR SHALL HAVE ASQUARE DRIVE FOR 1/4" NUT DRIVER. DAMPER ASSEMBLY SHALL INCLUDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWTH ROLLED BEAD STIFFENERS, REINFORCED BLADE, SELF LUBRICATING BEARING AND WORM GEAR MOUNTING PLATE. DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN BRANCH DUCT NOT INLET OF PLENUM DIFFUSER. (RE: M2.1) L. SUPPLY PLENUM MAYBE FIELD FABRICATED BASED ON PROVIDED DETAILS (RE: 3/M2.1), OR PURCHASED FROM THE SLOT DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE 1/4" CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON THE INTERIOR OF THE SUPPLY PLENUM. FAN SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER AREA MOUNTING MODEL CFM ESP (IN) DRIVE WATTS RPM V/PH NOTES EF-1 EXHAUST GREENHECK RESTROOM CEILING SP-A190 100 0.250 DIRECT 113 1400 115/1 A,C,D,E,F,G,J EF-2 EXHAUST GREENHECK IT CEILING SP-A190 80 0.250 DIRECT 113 1400 115/1 A,C,D,G,H, EF-3 EXHAUST GREENHECK MOP SINK CEILING SP-A190 100 0.250 DIRECT 113 1400 115/1 A,B,C,D,E,F,G NOTES: A. PROVIDE RUBBER IN SHEAR ISOLATION AND ALL -THREAD HANGING RODS. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION WITH TIME CLOCK. C. INSTALL A FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR BETWEEN DUCT AND FAN. D. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH. E. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER. F. PROVIDE WITH VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER MOUNTED ON UNIT HOUSING. G. PROVIDE WITH STANDARD ALUMINUM GRILLE WITH WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. H. PROVIDE WITH WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. J DIVISION 26 SHALL PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR FAN CONTROL. DIze SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB.16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: c U c aj co 0 m E ARCHITECTS 0 N! cU) W us f ° Zw Ben Bridge Jewelers L (1) W J W W Feb 15 2018 PERMIT SET HVAC SCHEDULES 3.1 2. GENERAL MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. BUILDING OPERATION Division 23 contractor shall align bearings and replace bearings that have dirt or foreign material in them with new bearings without additional cost to the Owner. SEAN O. EIS Division 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Al requirements under Division 01 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 01, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all its contents as to requirements that affect this division, section, or both. Work required under this division includes all material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate the function or each system as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and any portion of work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the Engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract Is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the systems without showing at of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory, and properly operating system. B. DEFINITIONS Division: References contained in this specification follow the numbering system defined in the Constniction Specifications Institute (CS1) MasterFormat 2004 Edition. Specification Divisions 01 through 13 provided with this project may reference the CSIMasterFormat 1995 Edition. The corresponding division references between the 2004 Edition and 1995 Edition are as follows: 2004 Edition 1995 Edition Division 21 - Fire Suppression Division 15 Division 22 - Plumbing Division 15 Division 23 - HVAC Division 16 Division 26 - Electrical Division 16 Division 27 - Communications Division 16 6. Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security Division 16 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Fumish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar operations.' Install: 'to perform at operations at the project site including, but not limited to, the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use." Provide: 'to furnish and install." Furnished by Owner (or Owner -Furnished) or Furnished by Others: "ark item fumished by the Owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete and ready for intended use, including all items and senrices incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division." Engineer: Where referenced in this division, "Engineer' is the Engineer of Record and the Design Professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of the Architect, as defined in the General and/or Supplementary Conditions. When used in this division, Engineer means Increased involvement by and obligations to the Engineer, in addition to involvement by and obligations to the Architect. AHJ: The local code and/or inspection agency (Authority) Having Jurisdiction over the work. NRTL: Nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acc,eptable to the AHJ over this project. Nationally recognized testing laboratories and standards listed are used only to represent the characteristics required and are not intended to restrict the use of other NRTLs that are acceptable to the Al-1.1 and standards that meet the specified criteria. Substitution; Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. Substitutions include Value Engineering proposals. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent°, or"equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the Engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, or both, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. C. PREBID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to comply with this requirement shall not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. D. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide new material, equipment, and apparatus under this contract unless otherwise stated herein, of best quality normally used far the purpose in good commercial practice, and free from defects. Install material and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Model numbers listed in the specifications or shown an the drawings are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim, written descriptions of the trim govem model numbers. Pipe, pipe fittings, pipe specialties and valves shall be manufactured in plants located in the United States or certified to meet the specified ASTM and ANSI standards. Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and "workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics. Installations shall comply with applicable codes and laws. The complete installation shall function as designed and intended with respect to efficiency, capacity, noise level, etc. Abnormal noise caused by rattling equipment, piping, ducts, air devices, and squeaks in rotating components shall not be acceptable. Materials and equipment shall be of commercial specification grade in quality. Light duty and residential grade equipment shall not be accepted unless otherwise indicated. Remove from the premises waste material present as a result of work, including cartons, crating, paper, stickers, and/or excavation material not used in backfilling, etc. Clean equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean installation at the termination of the work. Repair or replace public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract to the satisfaction of authorities and regulations having jurisdiction. Provide all safety lights, guards, and warning signs required for the performance of the work and for the safety of the public. E. MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers spedfied. Where a list is provided, manufacturers are listed alphabetically and not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. F. COORDINATION Coordinate work with that of other trades so that the various components of the systems are installed at the proper time, will fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Components which are installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the Owner. Unless otherwise indicated, the General Contractor shall provide chases and openings in building construction required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the General Contractor with information where chases and openings are required. Contractor shall keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project and shall execute work in a manner as to not interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall be taken in preference to scale dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor shall be held responsible for errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection. Provide materials with trim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wail, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed In the specifications or shown on the drawings are not intended to designate the required trim. G. ORDINANCES AND CODES Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ, including any amendments and standards as set forth by the following: 1. National Electric Code (NEC) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 5. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 6. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 8. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 9. Other national standards and codes where applicable. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Where conflicts between various codes, ordinances, rules, and regulations exist, comply with the most stringent. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the attention of the Architect and Engineer for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law. Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described. Where required, obtain, pay for, and furnish certificates of inspection to Owner. H. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material damaged by construdion activities shall be rejected and Contractor shall fumish new equipment and material of a like kind at his own expense. Keep premises broom clean of foreign material created during Work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of ductwork and piping systems while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. I. SUBSTITUTIONS Materials, products, equipment, and systems described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by the proposed substitution. The base bid shall include only the products from manufacturers specifically named In the drawings and specifications. To request a substitution, request the Substitution Request Form from the Architect or Engineer. Complete and send the Substitution Request Form for each material, product, equipment, or system that is proposed to be substituted. The burden of proof of the medt of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Unless stated otherwise in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor, Contractor warrants to the Engineer, Architect, and Owner the following: 1. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to meet or exceed the specified Work in all respects unless stated otherwise In the substitution request. 2. Proposed substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results, including functional clearances, maintenance service, and sourcing of replacement parts. 3. Proposed substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified Work. 5. If accepted substitution fails to perform as required, Contractor shall replace substitute material or system with that originally specified and bear costs Incurred thereby. 6. Coordination, installation and changes In the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. No substitutions will be considered unless the Substitution Request Form is completed and attached with the appropriate substitution documentation. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of bids unless written request for approval to bid has been received by the Engineer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be stated in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other way. Verbal approval will not be given. No substitutions will be considered after the contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the contract documents. J. SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit for review shop drawings, material lists, manufacturer product literature for equipment to be furnished, and items requiring coordination between contractors under this contract. Provide submittals in sufficient detail so as to demonstrate compliance with these contract documents and the design concept. Prior to transmitting submittals, verify that the equipment submitted is mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, will fit the available space, and maintain manufacturer recommended service clearances. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any change in location or configuration, submit a shop drawing showing the proposed layout. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks Engineer review time, plus toffrom mailing time via the Architect, plus a duplication of this time for resubmittal, if required. Only resubmit those sections requested for resubmittal. Submittals shall contain the project name, applicable specification section, submittal date, equipment identification acronym as used on the drawings, and the Contractor's stamp. The stamp shall certify that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor, complies with the drawings and specifications, and is coordinated with other trades. Manufacturer product literature shall include shop drawings, product data, performance sheets, samples and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list, or indicate the materials, performance criteria, and ac,cessories that are being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain the firm name, logo, seal, or signature of the Engineer. They shall not be copies of the work product of the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use elements of such product, refer to paragraph "Electronic Drawing Files" for procedures to be used. Separate submittals according to individual specification sections. Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned without review. Catalog data shall be properly bound, identified, indexed and tabbed in a 3-dng binder. Each item or model number shall be clearly marked and accessories indicated. Label the catalog data with the equipment identification acronym or number as used on the drawings and include performance curves, capacities, sizes, weights, materials, finishes, wiring diagrams, electrical requirements and deviations from specified equipment or materials. For equipment with motor starters or VF0s, include short circuit current ratings. Mark out inapplicable items. Shop drawings will be returned without review if the above mentioned requirements are not met. Provide the quantity of submittals required by Division 01.1f not indicated and hard -copy sets are provided, submit a minimum of six (6) copies. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, Contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified In Division 01. Contractor shall notify the Architect and Engineer that the submittals have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in Division 01, Contractor shall include the website, user name, and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, Contractor shall copy the designated representatives of the Architect and Engineer. Contractor shall allow for the Engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittaL The checking and subsequent acceptance of submittals by the Engineer and/or Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the drawings and specifications, errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or quantities, omissions of components or fittings; coordination of electrical requirements; and not coordinating items with actual building conditions and adjacent work. Proceed with the procurement and installation of equipment only after receiving approved shop drawings relative to each item. K. ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, Contractor may, at his option, obtain electronic drawing files in AutoCAD or DXF format on CD-ROM disk, DVD disk, flash drive or direct download, as desired, from the Engineer for a shipping and handling fee of $200 for a drawing set up to 12 sheets and $15 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the Architect for written authorization and Engineer for the necessary release agreement form and to specify shipping method and drawing formal. In addition to payment, the written authorization from the Architect and release agreement form from the Engineer must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. L. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS-BU1LT DRAWINGS) During progress of the work in this division, Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all changes made during the installation of the system. Upon completion of the work, accurately transfer all record information to three Identical sets of the approved shop drawings. Insert one set into each copy of the manual described below. See Division 01 and General Conditions for additional information. M. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS During the course of construction, collect and compile a complete brochure of equipment furnished and Installed on this project. Include operational and maintenance instructions, manufacturer's catalog sheets, wiring diagrams, parts lists, approved submittals and shop drawings, warranties, and descriptive literature as furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Include an inside cover sheet that lists the project name, date, Owner, Architect, Engineer, General Contractor, Sub -Contractor, and an Index of contents. Submit electronic copies to the Architect, for Engineer's review, at the termination of the work. Final approval of systems installed under this contract shall be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the Architect and Engineer. Instruct workmen to save required literature shipped with the equipment itself for inclusion in this brochure. Include Record Drawings as described above. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic manuals for this project. For electronic manuals, refer to paragraph 'Submittals" for requirements. N. SPARE PARTS Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for the equipment fumished for this project: 1. One set of spare filters of each type required for each unit. In addition to the spare set of filters, install new filters prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work and before turning system over to Owner. 2. Furnish one complete set of belts for each fan. 3. Fumish three operating keys for each type of air outlet and inlet that require them. O. TRAINING At a time mutually agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train Owners designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include, but not be limited to, an overview of the system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole; operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals. Submit a certification letter to the Architect stating that the Owner's designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The Contractor and the Owner's representatve shall sign the certification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days advance notice. P. WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design, or material for a period of 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturer's standard warranty exceeds 12 months. Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated In the General Conditions and Division 01. Warranties shall Include labor and matedal, Including travel expenses. Make repairs or replacements without any additional costs to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, Architect, and Engineer. Perform the remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the Engineer or Owner. At the time of Substantial Completion, deliver to the Owner all warranties, in writing and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the one year period and any actions the Owner must take in order to maintain warranty status. Each warranty instrument shall be addressed to the Owner and state the commencement date and term. Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in operation during normal workday hours. Accomplish work requiring interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation and only with written approval of building Owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation with the Owner and/or tenant a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of work. B. EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL Remove all unused equipment, ductwork, piping, and associated supports. Cap ductwork and piping at mains and seal air and water tight. Provide items of HVAC systems modification required because of building remodeling, as noted on the drawings or necessary for proper operation. Match existing materials and construction techniques when modifying existing systems unless specified otherwise. Coordinate additional requirements with General Contractor and Architect. Seal airtight existing ductwork required to be abandoned in place or not in use at the termination of the work. Cap and seal weathertight existing roof curbs and roof openings to be abandoned in place as a result of equipment removal. Clean and rebalance existing ductwork, diffusers, registers, and grilles intended for reuse as required or as indicated on drawings. Clean and refurbish existing HVAC equipment intended for reuse as required for proper operation including replacement of filters, belts, motors, remote controls, and safety interlocks. C. COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE Repair streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged in the course of the work. Repair materials shall match existing construction. Repair work shall meet all requirements of the Owner, local authorities having jurisdiction, and meet the satisfaction of the Architect. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING Conform to the requirements in Division 01. Cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions of the facility as required to install work under this division. Obtain permission from the Architect prior to cutting. Do not cut or disturb structural members without prior approval from the Architect. Cut holes as small as possible. Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility as required by work under this division. Patching shall match the original material and construction including tire ratings, if applicable. Repair and refinish areas disturbed by work to the condition of adjoining surfaces in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. E. ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay all roughing -in with other di 'dons. Conceal piping, conduit, and rough -in except in unfinished areas and where othervvise shown. F. SUPPORT SYSTEMS Structural steel used for support of equipment, ductwork and piping shall be new, dean, and conform to ASTM Designation A-36. Support mechanical components from the building structure. Do not support mechanical components from ceilings, other mechanical or electrical components, and other non-structural elements. G. ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors for all concealed equipment and duct and piping accessories that require service where indicated or as required, except where above lay -in ceilings. Access doors shall be adequately sized for the devices served with a minimum size of 18 inches x 18 inches. Access doors must be of the proper construction for type of construction in which it is installed. Obtain Architect's approval of type, size, location and color before ordering. Provide factory -fabricated and assembled units, complete with attachment devices and fasteners ready for installation, concealed hinges, flush screwdriver -operated cam lock, and anchor straps. Provide access doors manufactured by Milcor, Titus, Zurn, or equal. H. PENETRATIONS Seal around penetrations of fire rated assemblies. Coordinate fire ratings and locations with the architectural drawings. Refer to architectural specifications for fire stoppIngs. Provide a product schedule for UL listing, location, wall or floor rating and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Provide prefabricated roof curbs manufactured by Custom Curb, Inc., Pate Company, Thycurb or approved equal. Provide roof curb with factory installed wood nailer; welded, 18 gauge galvanized steel shell, base plate and flashing; 1-1/2 inch thick, 3 pound rigid insulation; fully mitered 3-inch raised cant; cover of weathermesistant, weather-proof material and pipe collar of weather -resistant material with stainless steel pipe damps. Provide box frames for rectangular openings welded 12 gauge galvanized steel attached to forms and of a maximum dimension established by the Architect. Notify the General Contractor or Architect before installing any box openings not shown on the Architectural or Structural drawings. I. FIRESTOPPING Sealants and accessories shall have firesresistance ratings indicated, as established by testing identical assemblies in accordance with UL 2079 or ASTM E 814, or other NRTL acceptable to AHJ. Manufacturers; Hilti, RectorSeal, Specified Technologies Inc., United States Gypsum Company, or 3M corp. Through and Membrane Penetration Flrestopping Systems Product Schedule: Provide UL listing, location, wall or floor rating, and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Where project conditions require modification to qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustrations for a particular firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturers fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. Include qualifications data for testing agency. J. MOTORS AND STARTERS Provide motors and starting equipment where not furnished with the equipment package. Motors shall have copper windings, Class B insulation, and standard squirrel cage with starting torque characteristics suitable for the equipment served. Motors controlled by variable frequency drives shall be rated for voltage peaks and minimum rise times in accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31. Motors for air handling equipment shall be selected for quiet operation. Each motor shall be checked for proper rotation after electrical connection has been completed. Provide drip -proof enclosure for locations protected from weather and not in air stream of fan; and totally enclosed fan cooled enclosure for motors exposed to weather. Motors shall be manufactured by Century, General Electdc, Louis Allis, Westinghouse, or approved equal. Provide every motor, except fractional horsepower single phase motors with an approved type of "builten" thermal overload protection, with a motor starter. Each starter shall be provided with overload heaters sized to the motor rating, and every three phase motor starter shall have overload heaters in each phase. Ambient compensated heaters shall be installed wherever necessary. Unless noted otherwise, motor starters shall be fumished by the Division 23 Contractor for installation and connection by the Division 26 Contractor. Starters shall be Allen-Bradley, Clark, Fumes, Square D, or approved equal. K. ELECTRICAL WIRING High voltage wiring is defined as 50 Volts or higher. Low voltage wiring is defined as less than 50 Volts. Line voltage wiring shall be provided by Division 26. Line voltage control and interlock wiring for mechanical systems shall also be provided by Division 26. Low voltage control wiring shall be provided by Division 23. Furnish wiring diagrams to Division 26 as required for proper equipment hookup. Coordinate with Division 26 the actual wire sizing amps for mechanical equipment (from the equipment nameplate) to ensure proper installation. Provide power and communication wiring with transient protection in accordance with IEEE C62.41.2. All control and interlock wiring shall comply with the NEC. Control wiring shall be sized to accommodate the voltage drop assodated with the distance between the control device and Me controller. Control wiring not installed in conduit shall be UL rated for plenum installation. All NEC Class 1 (line voltage) wiring shall be UL listed in approved raceway according to the NEC and Division 26 requirements. Maximum allowable voltage for control wiring shall be 120 V. All low -voltage wiring shall meet NEC Class 2 requirements. Low -voltage power circuits shall be sub -fused when required to meet Class 2 current limit. Conduit for Control Wiring: EMT with compression fittings, cold rolled steel, zinc coated or zinc -coated rigid steel with threaded connections. Pull and Junction Boxes: Size according to number, size, and position of entering raceway as required by National Electrical Codes. Enclosure type shall be suited to location. Install wiring parallel to building lines wherever possible. Conceal all control wiring in finished rooms. Do not install Class 2 wiring in raceway containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes and panels containing high voltage wiring and equipment may not be used for low -voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the two wires (e.g., relays and transformers). All wire -to device and wire -to -wire connections shall be made at a terminal block or terminal strip. All runs of communication wiring shall be unspliced length when that length Is commercially available. Verify the integrity of the entire network following the cable installation. Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable. Label all wiring and cabling at each end within 2 Inches of termination with the controller termination number. Label control devices used in the system with permanent labels using the identifiers that match the record documents. L. SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING Upon completion of each phase of the installation, test each system in conformance with 10C31 code requirements and as noted below. Furnish labor and equipment required to test each system installed under this contract. Assume all costs involved in making the tests and repairing and/or replacing any damages resulting therefrom. Final system testing, balancing and adjustments (TAB) shall be performed by a Contrador certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), Associated Air Balance Council (AABC), or Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Bureau (TABB). TAB shall be performed in accordance with the most current edition of the certified agencies procedural standard for testing, adjusting and balancing and shall comply with the strictest interpretation of that standard for execution and reporting of all TAB work. Work shall include but not be limited to: Pert= test readings on fans, units, coils, pumps, etc. and adjust equipment to deliver specified amounts of air. Prepare testing and balancing report log showing air supply quantities, air entering and leaving temperatures and pressures at design flow, fan and unit test readings, motor voltage and amp draws, etc., and submit six copies of the final compilation of data to the Architect for evaluation and approval before final inspection of the project. Balance air systems to within plus or minus 10 percent for terminal devices and branch lines and plus or minus 5 percent for main ducts and air handling equipment of the amount of air shown on the drawings. TAB Contractor shall record space temperatures and make adjustments in airflow to each diffuser to obtain uniform temperature (no greater than +/- 3 F) in spaces. Document temperatures and adjustments in tab report. Adjust equipment to operate as intended by the specification. TAB report shall include a 'report summary/remarks' section in accordance with the procedural standard that provides both system set up and a summary of deficiencies as defined by the procedural standard.. TAB Contractor shall be responsible to calibrate, set, and adjust automatic temperature control sensors, actuators and control devices. Check proper sequencing of interlock systems, and operation of safety controls, adjust thermostats, and control setpoints, limits and time based adjustment to operate in accordance with the performance requirements of the Construction Documents. Adjust pumps, fans, etc. for proper and efficient operation. Certify to Architect that adjustments have been made and that system is operating satisfactorily. Calibrate, set, and adjust automatic temperature controls. Check proper sequendng of Interlock systems, and operation of safety controls. M. VIBRATION ISOLATION Provide vibration isolation equipment and materials by a single manufacturer. If type and deflection for specific equipment is not specified within the contract documents, reference ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications" or provide per manufacturer's recommendations. Approved manufacturers include Amber Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Mason Industries, Inc., Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc., and Vibration Mounting and Controls, provided their systems are in compliance with the specified design and performance requirements. General Requirements: Select vibration isolators by the weight distribution to produce uniform deflection. Vibration isolators shall have either known un-deflected heights or calibration markings so that, after adjustment, the static deflection can be verified, thus determining that the load is within the proper range of the isolator. Isolators shall operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curves. Spring isolators shall have 50 percent excess capacity without becoming coil bound. Coat vibration isolators with factory-appted paint. Coat vibration isolators exposed to weather and other corrosive environments with factory -applied corrosion resistance protection. Install and adjust vibration isolators. in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Pipe connections. Provide flexible connectors for piping system connections on equipment side of shutoff valves for all pumps, mechanical equipment supported or suspended by spring isolators, and where indicated on drawings. Fabdcate flexible piping connectors from stainless steel or rubber materials as suitable for system fluid. Flexible piping connectors shall be bellows, spherical or braided hose type as recommended by the manufacturer for the application. Isolator Types: 1. Type SPNM (Spring and Neoprene Mounts): Provide free_standing and laterally stable steel spring without a housing. Design springs so the ratio of the horizontal to vertical spring constant is between one and two. The spring diameter shall be not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Loaded springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the specified static deflection. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum static deflection of SPNM isolators for equipment mounted on grade slabs shall be 1 inch, and the minimum static deflection for equipment mounted above grade level shall be 2 inches. Bond two Type WP Isolation pads sandwiching a 16 gauge stainless or galvanized steel separator plate to the isolator baseplate. Unless otherwise specified, isolators need not be bolted to the floor for indoor installations. If the base plates are bolted to the structure, install a neoprene vibration isolation washer and sleeve (Uniroyal Type 620/660 or as approved) under the bolt head between the steel washer and the base plate. Provide Mason Industries Type SLFH or equal. N. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEPF SYSTEMS Seismic Protection Criteria: Risk/Occupancy Category: Site Soil Category: Seismic Design Category: Component Importance Factor: I, II or III Contractoes Seismic Engineer to Determine. Contractor's Seismic Engineer to Determine. Determined from ASCE 7-2010. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the requirements for seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems. Seismic protection criteria used to determine seismic bracing requirements of all mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems shall be determined by the applicable code adopted in the project jurisdiction. Where not already determined within the contract documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting a licensed professional engineer to establish building site class, seismic design category, seismic zone, or any other criteria necessary to determine the requirements for seismic bracing on mechanical, electrical, and/or plumbing systems. Seismic bracing of fire protection systems shall be installed in strict accordance with the provisions of NFPA 13 (2010 or later edition). The Contractor shall determine the type and location of seismic bracing required for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing elements shown on the drawings based on the established seismic criteria, the size and weight of the supported element, and the distance from structure of the supported element. The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawing information to the AHJ and the Engineer for review and approval: 1. Seismic analysis listing all applicable seismic design criteria. 2. Descriptive catalog data of seismic bracing materials. 3. Shop drawings showing bracing type and location. 4. Installation details of all bracing used. 5. Calculations showing that the seismic restraints meet the seismic requirements. Shop drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer, licensed in the state of the project and employed by the manufacturer of the seismic bracing products. Calculations shall include dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections. Seismic bracing, restraints, Isolators, and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are: Amber/Booth Company, Inc., B-Line/Tolco, ISAT, Kinetics Noise Control, Inc., Loos & Company, Inc., Mason Industries, Inc., Uni-strut, or Vibro-Acoustics. Each device shall have a pre -approval number from Califomia OSHPD or other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Seismic bracing measures to be applied to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment/systems shall be installed in strid accordance with all applicable local, state, and/or federal codes as well as manufacturers requirernents. The mast stringent criteria shall apply. All anchor connections to structure for support of mechanical and electrical equipment, regardless of the need for seismic restraints, shall be shown on shop drawings. O. AIR FILTERS Provide Farr 30/30, pleated, throwaway type filters, or similar as manufactured by Air Filter, Inc., American Air Filter, Flanders, or approved equal, unless otherwise indicated. Air units shall have new filters installed when they are operated before final acceptance. If HVAC equipment is used during the construction period, Contractor shall provide one set of filters when the unit is staded and replace filters when needed, but not less than every month. On the day of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall clean the unit and provide a new set of filters in the unit. P. IDENTIFICATION Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi -rigid snap -on or permanent adhesive, pressure -sensitive vinyl pipe markers. Color code pipe markers to comply with ANSI A13.1. Install pipe markers on each HVAC piping system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Provide plastic laminate or brass valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each HVAC piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, and shut-off valves at HVAG terminal devices and similar roughen connections of end -use fixtures and units. Provide manufacturers standard laminated plastic, color coded equipment markers. Conform to the following color code: Green for Cooling; Yellow for Heating; Yellow/Green for combination Cooling and Heating; Brown for Energy Reclamation; Blue for other equipment types. Conform to ANSI A13.1 for Hazardous Equipment. Provide stenciled signs for equipment identification at Contractor's option or where distance of required identification requires lettering larger than 1 inch height. Stencil paint shall be exterior type, oil -based, alkyd enamel, minimum 1-1/4 Inch height or greater as required for long distance identification, white or black color for best contrast. Provide duct markers or provide stenciled signs and arrows indicating ductwork service and flow direction in black or white lettering for best contrast with duct or Insulation color. Locate markers maximum 50 feet along each duct side and within 5 feet of all control and balancing dampers or branch ducts more than 25 feet length and within 5 feet on each side of wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations. Provide additional markers In congested areas or at multiple duct runs as required for clarity. 3. DUCT INSULATION, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, FLUES AND FANS A. DUCT INSULATION Provide fiberglass duct liner with fibers firmly bonded together with a thermosetting resin. Liner surface shall serve as a barrier against infiltration of dust and dirt, shall meet ASTM C1338 for fungi resistance, and shall be cleanable using duct cleaning methods and equipment outlined by North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) duct cleaning guide, Install with liner adhesive and mechanical fasteners In accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Ductwork sizes shown on drawings are inside dear dimensions. Increase sheet metal by liner thickness in both directions where liner is installed. Provide rectangular liner conforming to ASTM C1071, Type I or II that is 1-1/2 inch thick, 1-1/2 pound density, minimum R-6.0 Certainteed Corp. "Toughgard" or equivalent, Johns Manville, Owens -Coming, or Knauf. Provide liner on the following interior air ducts and where specified on the drawings: 1. Exposed round and rectangular supply ductwork and the first 15 feet of duct downstream of equipment outlets or 5 feet past first elbow, whichever Is greater. 2. Exposed round and rectangular return ductwork and the first 15 feet of duct upstream of equipment outlets, whichever Is greater. At interface of lined and wrapped ducNvork, overlap lined ductwork at least 2 feet beyond wrapped insulation. Cover concealed, rigid ductwork with ASTM C553, Type II flexible fiberglass insulation. Installed insulation shall be 1-1/2 Inch thick, 3/4 pound density, mlnimumR-6.0 duct wrap, Certainteed or equivalent Johns Manville, Owens -Coming, or Knauf with heavy-duty foil-scrim-kraft facing, and with joints taped with 3 inch wide foil tape as follows: 1. Unlined Round supply and retum air ductwork. 2. Round and rectangular exhaust and relief air ductwork within 10 feet of exterior discharge. Cover Outdoor air, Exhaust air and Relief air plenums connected to exterior louvers with 1-1/2 inch thick, 1.5 pound density, rigid fiberglass insulation conforming to ASTM C612, Class 2. Insulating materials, adhesives, coatings, etc., shall not exceed flame spread rating of 25 and smoke developed rating of 50 per ASTM E84. Containers for mastics and adhesives shall have U.L. Label. B. DUCTWORK Provide galvanized steel ductwork and housings as shown on drawings. Construct ductwork including fittings and transitions In conformance with current SMACNA standards relative to gauge, bracing, joints, etc. Minimum thickness of duct shall be 26-gauge sheet metal. Reinforce housings and ductwork over 30 inches with 1-1/4 Inch angles not less than V-6" on centers, and closer if required for sufficient rigidity to prevent vibration. Support horizontal runs of duct from strap Iron hangers on centers not to exceed 8'-0". Do not support ceiling grid, conduits, pipes, equipment, etc. from ductwork. Coordinate routing of ductwork with other contractors such that piping, electrical conduit, and associated supports are not routed through the ductwork. RECEIVED approved equal, applied according to sealant manufacturers instruction al and tran arse dunfifek TUKWILA Seal ductwork with heavy liquid sealant, Hardcast lrongrip 601, Design P I mer DP 1010 , United Mcgill duct seenry OF airtight to meet SMACNA Seal Class A. Tapes and mastics shall be listeriEltf dance APPROV RPOIRE.o UL 181A FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: co co C-) icT; 0 ARCHITECTS SkB Architects FT) a) ,- co LC, CO 4, cn co -c a) Lo in 0- > CD < 0, Ct.) CO -2 ?. c) • • CO a) o)15 co = (.0 ci • a, 0 0 c co a) csi cs1 0 csi U) 0- LI- 0 Feb 15 2018 O 23 tn Cg In '".3 is IX CO 1J fa, LI Z 'e Z .•‹e' la 19 M 8 Z CZJ I E 1:9 .1Z ‘- 7,- T.) a) -) cr) a) LLI 0 CO LLI Lu Z LU Uj n_ Ca .HEN DERSONENGINEERS.COM 8.140 cc e- n- MC se) els Z tea e, C.1.- C/3 cc Ct- CC ill s"- CO CNI 4,E CO 0 0') > < °P < -cs ;40. co a) -4, co - o) csi - < _1 < LLJ EX 4t LLI z I- al Z 0 Z LJJ r._- m I-- 0 ui Cf) > CO co -i CI 0 a- us CO CO cD ••,,r 0 i„ oo C HVAC SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SET SEAN O. EIS Provide radius elbows, turns, and offsets with a minimum centerline radius of 1-1/2 times the duct width. Where space does not permit full radius elbows, provide short radius elbows with a minimum of two continuous splitter vanes. Vanes shall be the entire length of the bend. Provide mitered elbows where space does not permit radius elbows, where shown on the drawings, or at the option of the contractor with the engineer's approval. Mitered elbows less than 45 degrees shall not require turning vanes. Mitered elbows 45 degrees and greater shall have single thickness turning vanes of same gauge as ductwork, rigidly fastened with guide strips in ductwork. Vanes for mitered elbows shall be provided In all supply and exhaust ductwork and in retum and outside air ductwork that has an air velocity exceeding 1000 fpm. Do not install vanes in grease ductwork. Ducts shall be connected to fans, fan casings and fan plenums by means of flexible connectors. Flexible connectors shall be neoprene coated glass cloth canvas connections, Duro-Dyne, Elgen, Ventfabric or equal. Flexible connectors shall have a flame spread of 25 or less and smoke developed rating not higher than 50. Make airtight joints and install with minimum 1-1/2 inches slack. Provide balancing dampers, manufactured by Cesco, Greenheck, Louvers & Dampers, Nailer Industries, Pottorff, Ruskin, Tamco, or approved equal, where shown on drawings and wherever necessary for complete control of air flow. Splitter dampers shall be controlled by locking quadrants; provide Young Regulator or Ventlok end bearings for the damper rod. Rectangular volume dampers shall be opposed blade interlocking type. Round volume dampers shall be single -blade type consisting of circular blade mounted to a shaft. Flexmaster model STO or equal 45 degree rectangular/round side takeoff fitting with model 803 damper with locking quadrant and insulation build out for round ductwork branch takeoffs to individual air devices. Omit damper at takeoff fitting when damper is located downstream of takeoff. Where access to dampers through a hard ceiling is required, provide a Metropolitan Air Technology model RT-250 or equal by Young's Regulator concealed, cable operated volume damper with remote operator. Damper shall be adjustable through the diffuser face or frame with standard 1/4 inch nutdriver or flat screwdriver. Cable assembly shall attach to damper as one piece with no linkage adjustment. Positive, direct, two-way damper control shall be provided with no sleeves, springs or screw adjustments to come loose after installation. Support cable assembly to avoid bends and kinks in cable. Round or oval ductwork shall be FtaktGroup Semco, United, Hercules Industries or equal, sheetmetai, with smooth interior surface, with low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2 inches w.g.) Round ductwork gauges per the following table (reference SMACNA HVAC duct construction standards for gauges when pressures exceed 2 inches w.g.): Size Duct Gauge Fitting Gauge 14" & under 26 24 15" thru 26' 24 22 28° thru 36" 22 20 38" thru 50" 20 20 52"thru 60" 18 18 Lewis & Lambert, Linz Industries Lindab Safe, or approved equal factory -manufactured round ductwork and fittings may be substituted for specked round branch ductwork, at Contractors option. Heavy liquid joint sealant may be omitted on factory -manufactured round ductwork. Low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2 inches w.g.) Fittings 24 inches in diameter and less shall be prefabricated, spot-welded and internally sealed. Continuously weld fittings larger than 24 inches in diameter. Fitting gauge shall be 22 gauge for 36 inch fittings and under, 20 gauge for larger sizes. 90 degree tees shall be conical type. Seal longitudinal and transverse ductwork joints airtight with heavy liquid sealant applied according to manufacturer's instructions. Provide gauge thickness in medium pressure (duct pressure class 3 inches to 6 inches w.g.) ductwork as recommended by SMACNA. C. FLEXIBLE DUCT Low pressure (duct pressure class up to and including 2 inches w.g.) and medium pressure (duct pressure class 2.1 inch to 6 inches w.g.) flexible duct shall be Flexmaster type 8B, Thermaflex type G-KM, M-KE, JPL type Silver Jacket, or equal (fire retardant polyethylene) protective vapor barrier, U.L.181 Class 1, acoustical insulated duct, R-6.0 fiberglass Insulation. Provide CPE liner with steel wire helix mechanically locked or permanently bonded to the liner. Flexible duct runs shall not exceed 5 feet in length, and shall be installed fully extended and straight as possible avoiding tight tums. Install flexible duct in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support flexible duct at maximum 5 feet on center and within 6 inches of bends. Bends shall not exceed a centerline radius of one duct diameter. Duct sag shall not exceed 1/2 inch. Supporting material in direct contact with the duct shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches in width. Connect flexible duct to rigid metal duct or air devices as recommended by the manufacturer. At a minimum, install two wraps of duct tape around the inner core connection and a metallic or non-metallic clamp over the tape and two wraps of duct tape or a clamp over the outer jacket. Duct clamps shall be labeled in accordance with UL-181 B and marked 181B-C. Duct tape shall be labeled in accordance with UL 181 B and marked 1818-FX. D. AIR DEVICES Provide air devices as scheduled on drawings, manufactured by Camas, Krueger, Metalaire, Nailer Industries, Price, Titus, or Tuttle & Bailey. Select air devices to limit room noise level to no higher than NC-30 unless otherwise shown. Provide devices with a soft plastic gasket to make an airtight seal against the mounting surface. Coordinate final location, frame, and mounting type of air devices with Architectural reflected ceiling plans. Submit complete shop drawings including Information on noise level, pressure drop, throw, CFM for each air device, styles, borders, etc. Clearly marked with specified equipment number. Submit samples of each air device as requested by the Engineer. Provide wail supply air registers with double deflection blades and opposed blade dampers. Provide wall return air grilles and exhaust air registers with horizontal 35 or 45 degree angle vision -proof bars. Provide concealed fasteners for wall mounted registers and grilles. Provide ceiling mounted air devices of lay -in or surface mounted type as required to be compatible with ceiling construction. Provide ceiling diffusers and grilles with white enamel finish unless noted otherwise. Provide linear slot diffusers of standard one-piece lengths up to 6-feet and furnish in multiple sections greater than 6-feet. Join multiple sections together end -to -end with alignment pins to form a continuous slot appearance. Provide alignment components by the manufacturer. Provide plenums by the slot diffuser manufacturer. Plenums shall be Internally insulated by the manufacturer with minimum 1/4 inch thick, fiberglass insulation E. CONTROL DAMPERS Provide factory fabricated, parallel blade control dampers sized as shown on the drawings and as specified. Individual damper sections shall not be larger than 48 Inches x 60 inches with maximum blade width of 6 inches. Frame construction shall be minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel for rectangular dampers, 20 gauge for round, 1/8 inch thick for aluminum, with flanges for duct mounting. Provide elastomeric or neoprene seals, mechanically attached and field replaceable. Provide a minimum of one damper actuator per section. Test damper performance in accordance with AMCA 500-D. Provide modulating dampers with linear flow characteristics. Size modulating dampers based on the smaller of 1,500 FPM through the damper or full open air pressure drop of 0.1 inches W.C. Size two -position dampers full duct size and select to minimize pressure drop. F. SMOKE DETECTORS Duct Mounted Smoke Detector. Photoelectric detector along with a standard, relay or isolator detector mounting base. Provide for variations in duct air velocity between 100 and 4000 feet per minute. Protect the measuring chamber from damage and insects. Provide an air exhaust tube and an air sampling inlet tube that extends the full width of the duct. Support tubing longer than 36 inches at both ends. Provide drilling templates and gaskets to facilitate locating and mounting of the housing. Comply with the 'Smoke -Sensing Fire Detectors" section in the "Initiating Devices" chapter In NFPA 72 tor smoke detector spacing. Do not install smoke detectors in a direct air flow and not closer than 3 feet from an air supply diffuser or retum air opening. Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches from any part of a lighting fixture and not directly above pendant mounted or indirect lighting. Install a cover on each smoke detector that Is not placed in service during construction. Cover shall remain in place except during system testing. Remove cover prior to system turnover. Test all detectors in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements. G. EXHAUST AIR SYSTEMS Provide ceiling mounted exhaust fans as scheduled on the drawings, ACME, Carnes, Cook, Greenheck, Pennbarry, or Twin City Fans complete with isolated blower unit and ceiling grille. Provide disconnect switch, backdraft damper, discharge duct, [wall louverj[roof jackl[roof gooseneck], and neoprene vibration isolators with all -thread hanging rods. Provide in -line (duct) mounted exhaust fans as scheduled on the drawings, ACME, Games, Cook, Greenheck, Pennbarry, or Twin City Fans complete with isolated blower unit and ceiling grille. Provide backdraft damper, discharge duct, [wall louver][roof jack][roof gooseneck], and vibration isolation as scheduled or shown on the drawings. 4. HVAC EQUIPMENT A. ROOFTOP UNITS (HEAT PUMP) 3-20 TONS Provide package rooftop heat pump units as scheduled on the drawings, manufactured by Aaon, Carrier, Daikin, Lennox, Johnson Controls, Trane, or York, complete with factory installed direct -drive hermetic compressors with intemal spring vibration Isolation, built-in motor thermal overload protection, crankcase heater, and low pressure switches; direct expansion evaporating and condensing coils, minimum SEER or EER rating (cooling) and minimum HSPF or COP rating (heating) as required by the applicable energy code or greater if scheduled on the drawings; centrifugal evaporator blower, air filter rack with 2 inch thick throwaway filters; propeller type condenser fan; electric supplemental heat modules constructed of heavy-duty nickel chromium elements (UL listed) with code required integral safety features and controls including automatic reset high limit; complete factory installed micro -processor controls including anti -short cycle timers, time delay relays and minimum "on" time controls; built-in thermal overload protection on motors and compressors; reversing valve, suction line accumulator, flow control check valve, and solid state defrost control utilizing thermistors; outdoor air damper; barometric relief damper weathertight housing constructed of zinc coated, heavy gauge, galvanized steel with weather -resistant baked enamel finish; minimum insulated downflow standard roof curb with minimum height of 12 inches for roofs with no insulation, 14 inches for roofs with insulation or as scheduled on the drawings; single point electrical power connection. Provide sloped roof curb as required to match slope of roof structure so that unit is installed level. Provide guards or louvered panels to protect the condenser coil from hail or other damage. Provide a 125 VAC, 20 amp duplex convenience receptacle mounted to unit ready for field wiring with a cover UL listed for wet and damp locations when in use. Provide Honeywell or equal electronic programmable type thermostat, Provide unit complete with manufacturer's one year guarantee on components plus an additional four year guarantee on the compressors. For units equipped with an economizer assembly, the assembly shall be covered with minimum 5 year manufacturer warranty, certified to operate through 60,000 damper opening and closing cycles, end certified to meet leakage requirements specified under the section, "Control Dampers." 5. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Provide a complete system of temperature controls Including controllers, control panels, thermostats, sensors, time switches, override timers, actuators, relays, and wiring required to provide the desired control systems specified on the drawings. Submit shop drawings of equipment provided for temperature control. Submit operation and maintenance data, including trouble -shooting maintenance guide, step-by-step procedures indexed for each controller and thermostat function, inspection period, cleaning methods and materials, and calibration tolerances. Provide integrated wiring diagrams showing Interconnections between field Installed equipment and package wiring furnished with the HVAC equipment. Control wiring shall be sized to accommodate the voltage drop associated with the distance between the control device and the controller. Provide supervision and on -job checkout service as required to ensure that installation and operation of the temperature control system meets requirements of the drawings, specifications, and sequences of operation. The system shall be guaranteed for a period of one year following the acceptance of the system by the Architect/Engineer. Correct defects occurring during this period at no additional cost to the Owner. Install control devices with top of device at 48 inches AFF to meet ADA requirements unless otherwise noted on the plans. B. WIRING Provide electrical and control wiring as specified under the section "Electrical Wiring." C. THERMOSTAT CONTROL EQUIPMENT Manufacturers and model numbers are listed for reference as to quality andfeatures required for the control devices. Provide control devices by Honeywell, Johnson Controls, Trane, or White Rodgers with quality and features as indicated. Seven day programmable, occupied/unoccupied thermostats for on/off or multiple stages of heating and cooling systems shall be Honeywell series Prestige IAQ model kit YTHX9421 or equal with integral subbase. Order thermostat with multi -stage capability as required to match scheduled unit cooling/heating stages. Prestige IAQ thermostat kit shall include thermostat, equipment interface module, outdoor air temperature and humidity sensor series C7089,and two duct mounted sensors, that shall be mounted in the discharge and return duct of the unit for monitoring. Thermostat color shall be white. Control of economizer system shall be Honeywell YW7220 Jade Economizer module kit or equal. Economizer module kit shall include the economizer logic module, damper actuator, and sensors of type required to implement the type of economizer scheduled on the drawings. Low voltage type non -programmable thermostat shall be Honeywell Series T Focuspro 5000 or equal with Integral subbase for heating and cooling applications. D. SENSORS AND RELAYS Provide general-purpose type elements for use in input and output sensors. Provide transmitters or transducers with sensor as required, compatible with the controllers used, with range suitable for the systems encountered. Transmitters and transducers shalt have offset and span adjustments, temperature compensation, shock and vibration immunity, and zeroing capability. Accuracy requirements shall include the combined effects of linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, and the transmitter. Dry-bulb temperature sensors at a minimum shall be accurate to +/- 2 degrees Fahrenheit over the range of 40 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Wet -bulb temperature shall be calculated using dry-bulb temperature and humidity and shall be accurate to +/- 2 degrees Fahrenheit. Enthalpy shall be calculated using dry-bulb temperature and humidity and shall be accurate to +/- 3 BTU/lb over the range of 20 to 36 8TU/lb. Humidity sensors at a minimum shall be accurate within +/- 3 percent full range between 20 and 95 percent, with drift less than 1 percent full scale per year. Pressure transmitters at a minimum shall be accurate to +l-1 percent full scale with drift less than 1 percent full scale per year. 6. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. TENANT RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN CONTROL Operate exhaust fans continuously during occupied hours and shut down during unoccupied hours. Provide a 7-day timeclock to switch each system between occupied and unoccupied operation. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER v 0) 0 U ARCHITECTS W CD c0 CL LI.1 coJ W LLI ti CO W HVAC SPECIFICATIONS <A Ncc) Lo to N C N LL cs. M cjC!) c`7 0 Qf Cn U r7 p to 01 co CN (• nN N Al t.t_U Feb 15 2018 - J J - Q Q - • W LU W Z W Z U W = U I- =: =O O �c0 ti 1 . i" . if ii • MECH-SUM R1 Revised Jsnuary 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Com hence Forms for 0oureroial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all Project Information Project Trtle: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukwila WA Date 2/12/2018 ApplicantInformatton. Provide contact Information for individualwho can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Dept. Use Company Name: Henderson Engineers Company Address: 8345 Lenexa Drive, Lenexa Ks 66214 Applicant Name: Vernle Pfannenstiel Applicant Fhone: 913-742-5346 Project Description Brieflydescribe mechanical systems in the text box provided 0 Total Bldg Performance (TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. 0 New Building 0 Building Addition El TenantImprovement 0 SystemRetrof it 0 No System Changes 2550 sq.ft Retail space remodel. Replacing old 3ton RTU with new 3 ton high efficiency RTU. Replacing old 6 ton RTU with new high efficiency 5 ton WM. Both RTU selections sized to m eetWS EC section C403.2.3. Design Load Calculations 0 Load calculation summery El MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Provide design load calculations for e 4 1 mechanical systemsand equipmentservingthe building heating, coolingor ventilafingneeds. If a load calculation summaryis provided with the permit documents that includes ail applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required Mechanical Schedules 0 Mechanical Plans 0 MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Indicate location of equiprnentcompliance information lfprovided on plans then MECH-EQ forms arenot required, however, include on plans all applicable compliance informsbon listed in MECH-EQ tables. Dedicated Outdoor Air System Requirements and High Efficiency VAV Alternate 0 DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retaN, education, library and fire station occupancies) All occupied, conditioned areas shaft be served by a DOAS that delivers required vendlation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. Space conditioring fans cycled off when no heafingor cooling is required 0 Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 1) 0 Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HE/AV system per C403.7 in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 2) D DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, library or fire station) 0 DOAS related allowances included in project: 0 Prescriptive vertical fenestration rraxhrumarea allowance increased to 40% per C402.4.1.4 w Rh 100% of conditioned floor area in building served by COAS. El Exception to air economizer per CA03.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO form. Fan Power f Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes, provide a MECH-FANSYS-SUM form. 0 For one or more systems, the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC systemexceeds 5hp. If yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for eachH VAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold. Refer to Section C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems 0 Hydronic chilled water El Water -loop heat pump El No hydronic systems 0 Hydronic heating water Ej Geothermal C406 Additional Efficiency Options - Mechanical 0 0406.2 More efficient HVACequipment and fan systems Requires 90% of heating and coolIngcapacityto be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9)or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recoverychillers Allequipmentlisted in tables C403.23(1)-(7) must be15% more efficientthan minimum requirements. Ail stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over 1hp musthave FEQ a 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total orstatic pressure. 0 C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) Requires 90% of conditioned floor area to beservedby a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in manner that does not require space conditioning fen operation. 0 C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area bein occupancytypes listed in 0406.7.1 and that 60% of annual hot water energy usebe provided byheat pump, waste heat recoveryor solarwater-heatingsystems. Mechanical Summa , p• . 2 Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 ECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Revised January 2017 Service Water Heating Systems Equipment Type (s) 0 Hot water heating tank(s) D Instantaneous 0 No service watersystems 0 Dedicated boiler n Heat exchange f rom space heat boiler or '-' central hot water/steam Distribution Type (s) 0 Circulation System 0 On -demand Commissioning Corrrrissioning is required for: 0 Mechanical systems per 0408.2 El Service w ater heating systerrs per C408.4 If required, commIssloningshalthe performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity Exceptions to commissioning requirements: n Total output capacity of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h — cooling or 300,000 fituth heating. Mechanicalsystems cotrui.sioning not required. n Capacity of largest servicew aterheating systemin building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h. Sery ice w ater heating — systems commissioning not required. Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Space Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s) Served Area Served, square feet Heating Capacity, Muth (Note 4) Cooling CaPaeitYi Btu/h (Note 5) Fbak Space Conditioning CaPeefiY, Stuth-sf ' Ceapliallee Check ' Notes Note 4 - Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving LowEnergy or Seml-Heated speoe(s)in btuh. Note 5 - Provide total Installed cooling capacityof system serving LowEnergyspace(s) In Eitu/h. Not allowed for semi -heated spaces. En er0 if no cooling. Note 6 - Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building Intalled peak space conditIoningcapacity, heating or cooling, maynot exceed 3.413tufh*st Note 7 - Refer to Section 0402,1.1.1 and Semi -Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity maynot exceed 8 Etulhtf, Onlysystems without electricresistanceheating and no cooling are eligible for thewall insulation exception undersemi-heated. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER a co 0 0 ARCHITECTS CD co c a) > < < 1:3 • ai co ro 0') CD 00 a LC) a, N- co -c La La ) (i) xD a> • • Cr? CD r> C0 CO a cs, 0 CL U-. 0 Feb 15 2018 01 cs2 a) -)) CO 0> > < co ai ) O Do z WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIENCE FORMS Ducting Systems 0403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.3 Duct construction Indicate on plans that at ductwork is constructed andsealedper IMC " " " -- M4.1 For OSA ductwork, also indicate on plans that ductw ork nem ets air leakage requireents per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC - C403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, rredium and high pressure ductwork on plans M4.1 C403.2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage test Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements. on plans; provide test results to jurisdiction when completed - - M4.1 C403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.2 Duct insulation For supply and return ductwork located in unconditionedspace or outdoors, indicate R-value of insulation on ductwork on plans; identify climate zone; note exceptions taken - NA - - For supply ductw ork boated in conditioned space, identify if design supply temperature is < 55°For > 105°Fand indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans; note exception taken M4.1 For OSA ductw ork, shafts and plenums, indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on plans per Table C402.1.3 for steel -framed walls; note exception taken - - M41 - - Piping Systems C403.2.9 Piping insulation indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches) on hydronic piping plans; or exception taken NA C403,2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage / degradation on hydronic piping plans NA Economizers C403.3 Air economizer required Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ forms at cooling systems requiring air economizer controls M3.1 R'ovide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions, including those w th water -side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans eligible exception(s) taken and measures to comply with exception(s) " NA - - 0403.31 Integrated economizer operation - air and water Indicate air and water -side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even w here additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the bad NA C403.3,2 Economizer heating system impact - air and water Verify control method of WAG systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usage during normal operation NA C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100% OSA for cooling M3.1 C403 31 C403.3.3.2 Integrated air economizer Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside air damper remains in 100% open postion w hen mechanical cooling Is also required to neat the cooling Toad, until the leaving air temrperature is <45°F M3.1, M4.1 For systems with cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h, verify that control of economizer dampers is not based only on nixed air temperature; or exception taken NA C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high II mit par Table C403.3.3.3 N13.1 C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water -side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% design cooling capacity at 50°Fdb / 45°Fw b OSA temperatures NA C403.3.4.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate pressure drop across precooling cots and heat exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop trait - - NA- C403 31 DX air handling equipment control For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h, refer to HVAC System Controls for requirements NA C403.2.4.7 DX equipment economizer fault detection and diagnostics For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity.2 54,000 Btu/h, provide a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor economizer systemoperation and report faults M3.1 Systems Requiring Energy Recovery C403.5.1 Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation /exhaust systems For systems with design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken w ith supporting calculations - NA - - For rooms served by maniple systems with aggregate design OSA >5,000 cfm, or aggregate design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables Cs403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that Increases OSA enthalpy by a 50 % based on delta - - betw een OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions NA - - C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with total lab exhaust > 5,000 cfm; indicate method of energyrecovery used to pre -condition laboratory Hake -up air; ER effectiveness (rrin 25°F); or alternative method per exception (VAV exhaust, semi -conditioned makeup, or CERM calculation) NA - C404.10.4 (under 0404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area > 200sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken NA Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by e 36°F NA C403.5.2 Energy recovery - steam condensate systems For buildings with on -site steam heating systems, indicate condensate water. ER NA For buildings that use off -site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source, indicate on -site condensate water ER NA C403.5,3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departnents that have 2 500,000 Btu/h of renete refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water heating, space heating, or dehumidification reheating) - NA - For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btuth of remote" refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating, or dehumidification reheating . - NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btulh, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that Is utilized (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). NA HydronicSystem Controls C403.2.13 C403.4.2,7 Variable flow control - hydronic system pumps For hydronic system pump motors 2 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flaw control (VSD or equivalent method that requires a 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken NA Identify whether hydronic coils have ODC controls and associated manner of pump speed control (differential pressure, zone hydronic demand, etc)- - - - NA - 0403.2.5 C403.4.2.4 dron c s stem setback y and part load controls For boilers that provide building heating, indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature NA For heating and chilled water systems a 300,000 Btu/h, indicate systems are configured to automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand; or exception taken. If system pump motor hp e 3 hp, also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by a 50%, NA For chilled water systems (e 300,000 Btu/h, purrp motor hp e 3 hp) that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners, indicate VSD or staged purrps in chilled water system and heat- rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open, or to maintain a nininumdifferential pressure; or excepton taken NA C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers NA 0403.4.E Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass, provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation; Indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 NA C403.4.2.2 Two -pipe changeover systems Indicate changeover deadband (min 15°F), heating /cooling rode scheduling and changeover temperature range (tint 30°F) NA C403.42.6 Chiller / boiler plant pump isolation Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through individual chillers and boilers w hen not in use NA - - C403.2.13.1.1 C403.4.3.1.1 C403.4.3.1.2 Heat rejection equipment - variable flow control For cooling towers with fan meters e 7.5 hp, indicate VSD and method to adjust fan. speed (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature / pressure of heat rejection device) - - NA - For multiple -cell heat rejection equipment with VSD, indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison NA C403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment - cooling tower flow turndown Indicate open -circuit coolingtowers with mutt le u p P p nps or VSD control are designed so at cells can be run in parallel NA C403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equlprrent to provide minimum 20°Fwater supply temperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes; or exception taken NA - C403.4.2.32.1 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 4 Indicate type of cooling tow er (open- or closed-circuit) in equipment schedule; indicate - method used to lima system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed - NA C403.4.2.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 5 For open- or closed-circuit cooling towers, provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling tower and heat pump loop NA C403,4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation valves For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power > 10 hp, indicate 2-w ay isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow system control - - NA _ Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems (DOAS) - Optional through 6/30/16, Prescriptive 7/1/2016 - - - C403.6 C403.6.3- Dedicated outdoor air systems For buildings with office, retail, education, library and fire station spaces, identify these spaces on plans; indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; or document compliance with C403.6.3Inpractbaley; or exception taken (buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) C403.6.1 Energy recovery vent anon with DOAS For all DOAS systems, indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken w ith supporting calculations. Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy bye 50% based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions. - NA.- - C403.6.2 Heating /cooling system controls with DOAS Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone Level heating and cooling (fans, hydronic pumps, primary air dampers, etc) are configured to shut off, and central equipment is configured to turn down, w hen there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve - - - - - If applying Exception to heating / cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods, include fan wafts per cfminequipment schedule C402.4.1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive max hum vertbal fenestrationareawith:- DOAS Indicate that all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 - Additional Efficiency Package Option, Dedicated Outside Air Systems (DOAS) C406.6 - Building provided w ith - DOAS - - To coney with additional efficiency package option, indicate that 90% or rrore of all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 NA - - Multiple Zone Air Systems - - - - - - C403.4.4 .zones Air systems serving nutiple - - Identify supplyair systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and primary of prary air control; or provide supporting documentationforapplied exception to VAV - - C403.4.4 _ VAV systems serving - - multiple zones .. Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that Ilst all VAV air terminals and types For each air termim nal include: max hum rates for primary supply air during zone peak heating and zone peak cooling; maximum airflow during reheating, recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation, and the basis for these values; if INC or ASHRAE62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates, provide calculation on plans - - - - - - NA .. - C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal units Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supplyair before. reheating or recooling- - - - - - - C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems - terminal units For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts, Indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the fbw from one duct to ninirrum before miring with air from the other duct - - - - - C403.4.1.1 C403.4.1.2 VAV system static pressure sensors - sensors and DCC set points Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch; verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor Is 51.2 inch w .g. NA For systems with zone level DDC, indicate controls are configured to mentor zone damper positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring rrost pressure; include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic, and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset - logic NA - .. C403.4.4.3 Multiple -zone VAV system ventilation optimization controls For systems with zone level DDC controls, indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes In system ventilation efficiency; or exception taken - - NA C403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset hdicate controls automatically reset supplyair temperature in response to bulding loads or outdoor air temperature; or exception taken - - - - Multiple Zone HVAC Systems, High Effidency VAV - Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2; must Comply with all 16 provisions - C403.7, Lem 1 Air atone rizer Indicate system is configured for 100 % air economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per C403.3 (w ithout economizer exceptions) - - NA C403.7, tem 2 Direct digital controls (DOC) Provide DOC controls for all components of system; identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and graphical display - - - - - NA - - C403.7, tem 3 Outdoor airflow measurement and reduction For systems with ninimum OSA > 2,500 cfm1 indicate outdoor airflow rmnitering station that measures OSA Intake under all load conditions; indicate control sequence that increases or reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV ten-rinal feedback of ventilation efficiency (per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions) or DCV (per C403.2.6.2) - " - C403.7, Lem 4 Supply airflow measurement For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, Indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable of neasuring supply air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions NA - C403.7, Lem 5 Zone isolation and maximum area served Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is5 50,000 sf, or one entire floor, - w hichever is greater; In addition if a system serves > 25,000 sf, that Includes areas that are expected to be occupied non-s'rrutaneousy, indicate zone Isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 - NA -- C403.7, tem 6 Interior / exterior zone terrperaturely air Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per desgn supply airesign temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones NA - - - - C403.7; ' "Item 7 Maximum air terminal inlet velocity Identify air terminals with minimum primary airflow setpoints -> 50 % of maximum selpolnt In equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form indicate air termnal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 fpm - - ... .. - NA C403.7, Lem 8 _ Sequence of operation Indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GFC 36 - - - - NA C403.7, tem 9 - Maximum allowable system brake horsepower Verify fan system bhp is 5 90% of the bhp linit per Option 2 equation in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system - - - NA C403.7, item 10 Fan -pow ered terminal unit motor and control Indicate all series and parallel termnal fans have electronbaly commutated rrotors; indicate DOC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; Indicate fan speed during periods of low heating, low cooling, or ventilation only Is 5 66% of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception -- NA - " C403.7, Item 11 Application of single duct and unitsan-powered terminal Indicate VAV termnal types on plans; verify fan -pow ered terrrdnal units only serve perimeter zones with envelope bads; verify all other zones are served by single, duct terminal units NA. C403.7, Lem 12 Fan -powered terminal unit pr merry air reset Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfmsetpolnt of all fan -powered termnal units to the mininumrequired to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband, based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction, - C403.7, tem 13 High occupancy space controls - - For spaces > 150 sf with occupant density a 25 people / 1000 sf, Indicate space is served by a dedicated termnal unit w ith DCV control that resets terrrinal unit ventilation setpoint; also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by a 5°F - NA - _ - - - C403.7, - tem 14 Dedicated HVAC systems - - - For server, electronic equipment, telecom or smiler spaces with cooling bads > 5 W/sf, indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HEVAV systems serving rest of building; indicate dedicated WAG systems have air econorrizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9---- - - - - - " - : C403.7, item 15 - - - - - - Central plant efficiency - - - - - - - Indicate w hether:systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant, or a high efficiency chilled water plant if complying via high efficiency heating water plant: Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating w ater system w ith either gas -fired boiterts) with thermal - efficiency a 90%, air -to -water heat pumps, or heat recovery chillers '- - . NA - - If complying via high efficiency chilled w ater plant: hdicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency thatexceeds WSEC listed PLV by at least 25% per Table C403.2.3(7)(note water-cooled IPLV is max, all others are min); indicate smallest chiller or compressor In plant is 5 20% of total plant capacity," or provide thermal- storage seed for <20% of total plant capacity'. - NA - - C403.7, 16 Fault detection and diagnostics Indicate DDC system includes a faut detection and diagnostics (FDD) system configured to monitor operation onitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HP/AV system - NA HVAC Equipment Energ Use Metering C409.3.1 HVAC equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, verify energy use metering of at equipment used to provide space heating and cooling, dehumidification and ventilation w IN be provided per C409; Indicate equipment eligible for exception M3.1 Documentation and System Spedfic Requirement To Support Commissioning - C408.2 - Scope of mechanical systems comrissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls for w hkh the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned; M6.1 For buildings w th a 240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or a 300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity, indicate that al mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; or provide bulding heating / cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception NV,1 . - C403.2.10 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate In plans and specifications that Cx per C408 Is required for all applicable mechanical systems; e°0.1 Include general sunmery w th at a minimum of tens 1 thru 4 of the Ce plan per C408.1.2 Including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities Including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); M6.1 Include In general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Or Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. M6.1 C408.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then adjusted to meet design flow conditions Mt5.1 C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and air handling equipmrent requiring system balancing M6.1 C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing Including heating and cooling coil and pumps MG i C408 2 3 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all nodes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -retrain systems MS 1 Project Close Out Documentation - C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal -. requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations - - - - - personnel is required for all mechanical components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall Include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations - - - - - ft/6.1 - Service Water Heating Permit Plans Checklist- 2015 Washington S eEnergy Code Compliance Forms for Comrercial Buildings Including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 SWH-CHK Project Title:- Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukwila WA Date 2/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na - - - Code Section - - - Code Revision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type 2 SWH equipment type and efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard P2.1 - C404.2.1 High input -rated SWH systems For Individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with a 1,000,000 Beeh capacity, indicate therrral efficiency a 90%; or exception taken NA For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHIN equipment a 1,000,000 Btu/h (exclude < 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation), Indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency a 90%; or exception taken NA If applying Exception 1 for ate -solar or site -recovered energy, provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate NA C404.4 Heat traps indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge NA C4C14 5 Mutation under electric water heater For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors, Indicate R- 10 insulation under equipment P2.1 Piping Systems C404.6 hsulatlon of piping Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9; verily insulation is provided - from the water heater to the final future in a line, from the intet / outlet piping at water heater to heat trap (up to 8 feet), and on piping that is heat traced; note exceptions taken P4.1, P4.2 C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot w ater source to hot water future (maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1); provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and / or volume P4.1, P4.2 Service Water Heating Sfstem Controls C404.7.1 C404.8 Heated -water circulating systems For circulation systems with dedicated return piping, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump w hen there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met P1.1, P2.1 For cwcuiat en systems with cold water supplypiping serving as the return, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off purrp w hen there is no demand, or w hen temperature of w ater entering the cold water supply pipe is a 104°F P2,1 C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water h piping, Indicate controls are configured to de -energize system hen there Is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is meet NA C404 7 3 Controls for hot w afar storage For systems with separate water heater and storage tank, indicate controls are configured to limit operation tirre of pump after end of heating cycle to 5 5 minutes NA - " C403.2.13 C403.4.2.7 - Variable flow control - pumps For SWH, pool / spa and pressure boosting pump rrotors a 7.5 hp, indicate rrethod of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires a 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken NA Identify basis of pump speed control (differential or static pressure setpoint, pressure, zone load demand, etc) Pools and Permanent Spas - Equipment and Controls (Sections are under C404.11) - C404.10.1 Pool heating equipment efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating equipment; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard; for heat pump water heaters Indicate COP 54 NA C403.2.13 Variable flow control - Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls NA C404.10.1 C404.10.2 Pool heater on /off controls Indicate automatic on / off control based on scheduling and readilyaccessible on / off switch on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken NA - - - C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in -ground permanent spas, indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans NA For all pooe and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate cover shall include atsulatbn a R- 12 NA C404.10.3 Pool asserrby Insulation For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with Insulation z R-12 NA C404.12 Energy consurrptlon of portable spas Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP•14 NA Energy Recovery (ER) Systems - Service Water Heating and Pool Systems C404.10.4 (Section under C40411) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation ale, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken NA Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by a 36'F NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings w tin food service, treat or deli departments that have a 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate If condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water NA For buildings w Rh 2 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and w tin a 1,000,000 Blunt of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, Indicate If condenser Eli will be used to pre -heat service w ater NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and > 1,500,000 Btu/h o1 heat rejection capacity and design SWH load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken, Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). NA C404.10 Drain water heat recovery units For systems incorporating drain water ER, indicate system design complies w ith CSA B55.2 (or CSA 55.1 for Group R); indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is < 10 psi NA Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering C404 9 SWH energy usage in dwelling units For Group R-2 muff -family buildings with central SWH systems, provide metering of hot water energy usage per dwelling unit; Indicate metering and data reporting method NA C409.3.2 SWH equipment energy use meteringcapacity For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions >25,000 sf, w th total SWH equipment a 50 kW (a 170,600 Btu/h), verily SWH equipment use rretering of all SWequipment w ill be provided per C409 NA Addltlonal Efficiency Package Option, Reduced Energy Use In Service Water Heating - Must comply with both provisions to be eligible C406.7.1 Eligible building type To comply w fth additional efficiency package option, verify that a 90% of the conditioned floor area of the building is one or rrore of the occupancies identified in this section, OR; NA Provide w hole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building Is 2 10% of total building energy loads NA - C406.7.2 C403.5.4 - Load fraction To comply with additional efficiency package option, provide documentation that verifies a 60% of building annual SWH energy is provided by high efficiency sources (heat pump water heater w th OOP 3, waste heat recovery, solar water -heating system); NA For buildings with 24-hour operation and with a 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Bluth (per C403,5.4); provide documentation that verifies 2 100 % of bullding annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source NA Documentation and Spedfic System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning C408.4 Scope of service water heating systems commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned;+D7 M6.1, M6.2 For buildings w here the largest SWH system has ? 200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. NA 01013.4.1.3 Scope of pool and permanent spa systems comissioning Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be comrrissloned; NA Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity m required to be comrrisstoned; NA Identify all pool heating and energy recovery equiprent and controls that the WSECdefines es being capable of and / or configured to perform specific functions. NA C404.13 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4,2 C103.6 Com nissioning requirements in construction docurrents ".. " Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service water heating systems; M6.1, M6.2 Include general surer wry with at a minimum of tents 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activites, responsibilities of the Cx team schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of Interest plan (if required); - : - - - .. _ M6.1, iv16.2 Include In general swrrrury that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure - C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner - prior to the final mechanical inspection. - - _ - - M6.1, MG.2. - 41 C408.testing Functional perfomance criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of al -equipment and controls during all modes of operation, Including Interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems - NA Project Close Out Documentation - - C103.6 " Documentation and project close out submittal requirements- - - Indicate In plans that project close out documentation and training ofbuildingoperations personnel is required for all SWHcomponents, equiprrentand systems governed by this - code; indicate cbse out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations: - _ - - M6.1, t/6.2•.1,w SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED giC4G1 Y GY CITY ©F TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER D \Y OOLfr2 0) co to to c 0 `) 0 0 ce d0) 0 E ARCHITECTS Ben Bridge Jewelers � N co • ce Q M 0) cen tar Lee an eel CO 0/) ra re-ea-c O cie era CO ere c rn- N N ta- Feb 15 2018 .HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM 0o cad 0) o 0 Q -a co ai4 C:D Ca NCI) .N-• -J - J CO W c ° CO CJ) CeF4 W UJ 3 m LJJ 0 1;-3z I.- aw- o W W ©wZD CL m ' ) 0) co J l- 0 0 ter • 0 ear N c• o O e- a eae Ce et O a c) PERMIT SET WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIENCE FORMS 5.2 Economizer Exceptions MECH-ECONO. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Fortis for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 ove s and R1 Revised January 2017 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS-SUM Project Title: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukw ila WA Date 2/12/2018 All cooling systems shall be configured to provide air economizer operation, regardless of systemcapacity, for new construction and mechanicalsystemateratlons. Various exceptions to this requirement are available. Identify all systems that an economizer exceptionw ill be applied to and additional information as noted below. For Building Dept. Use Economize Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503.4and Table C503.4. ECONOMIZE EXCEPTIONS -NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS Exp 1 Coolingequipment servingspaces that are provided with a dedicated outdoor alr system (DOAS) perC403.6. Spaces served shall have year- round design cooling loads fromlights and equipment less than5 watts per square foot. System ID Lighting + Equipment Loads (Wfsf) NA Exp 2 Single zone unitaryor package systems with dehumidification that affect other systems such that air econonzer w ould increase energy consumption. yytem ID Exp 3 High efrciencysingle zone unitaryor packaged systems. Equipment cooling efficiency shall be betterthan the WSEC-required minimum efficiency by at Least 64% in Climate Zone 4C and 59% in Climate Zone 5B per Table C403.3. System ID 0.39 RTU-2 0.2 Exp 4 Equipmentthat provides hydronic chilled water for chilled beams and chilled ceiling systems that is served by a w aterecononizer system per C403.3.4 in lieu of air economizer. System ID NA p 5 Water -source heat pumps withheatrecovery. Heat pump efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Provide at minimum 60% air economizer. Energy recovery to preheat OSA shall have at least 50 % effectiveness. Additional system requirements apply. System ID p 6 Cooling equipmentsetvingGroup Roccupancies. Perunit limit is less than 20,000 Btufh cooling capacity for equiprrent installed outdoors or in a rrech room adjacent to the outdoors. For cooling equiprrent installed in other locations the unit limit is less than 54,000 Btu/h. Efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. System ID Equipment Location Cooling Capacity (Btulh) NA Exp 7 Variable refrigerantttow(VRF) systems with energyrecovery. Outdoor unit shall be a reverse -cycle heat pump w ith variable speed compressor(s) and condenser f an(s). Outdoor unit cooling capacity shall be not less than 65,000 Btu/h. Energy recovery to preheat outdoor air shall have at least 50% rated effectiveness. Systemshall be capable of providing simultaneous heating and cooling by tranferring recovered energy fromzone(s)-in cooling mode to otherzone(s) that are in heating made. Outdoor Unit System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Exp 8 Cooling equipment serving Controlled Plant Growth Environments. Equiprent cooling efficiency shall be betterthan WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 20%. Not eligible: unitary and applied heat purrps. System iD SEER ER & Exp 9 Cooling equipmentwith energyrecovery. Spaces served shall have year- round design cooling bads from lights and equipment greater than 5 w atts per square foot. Energy recoverysystemshall utilize recovered energy foron-site space heating or preheating of service hot water. Provide calculations to the code of ficialthat demonstrate the amount of recovered energy used for on -site heating purposes is equivalent to the annual energy thatwould be saved by the cooling systemw Ith air economizer per C403.3. System ID Lighting + Equipment Loads (Wisp NA Economizer Exceptions, Cont. MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy eCo nce For or Comrercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 s and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Date 2/12/2018 Economize Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer. to Section C503.4 and Table C503.4. SEAN 0. EISLER ONOMIZBR EXCEPTIONS -NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS, CO NU Exp 10 Cooling equipment for dedicatedserver, electronic equipmentor telecomswitchrooms. Per building limit forthis exception is 240,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 10% of required building air econonizercapacity, w hicheveris greater. Part load control required over85,000 Btu/h. Additional requirements apply. System ID Compliance Option Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Option a - Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency.. Option b -Waterside economizer required. Cooling equipment efficiencyshallbe5%"better than theWSEC required minimum efficiency: Option c - Waterside economizer required. All cooling equipment is subject to ASHAREStandard 127. To al Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 240 k6tuth): Alternate Exp 10 Capacity Limit: ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS -MECHANICAL SYSTEM ALTERATIONS OR REPLACEMENT C503.4 Pre -approved design alternative to full compliance with air economizer Exp 1 requirement. Analternative for nechanicalsystemaIterations where existing building constraints make full compliance w ith aireconomizer requirement impractical. Provide calculations to the code official thatdemonstrate the proposed alternate ciesignstrategy provides similar energy savings to the annual energy that would be saved by the cooling systemw ith air economizer perC403.3.- - - System ID Alt. Strategy ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS -SIMPLE SYSTEMS C503.4 Qualifyingsmallequipment. ter unit limit less than33,000 Btuih. Fer Exp 2 building limit forthis exception is 72,000 Btu/hcootng capacity ors%of required building air economizer capacty, w Nchever is greater. Cooling equiprrent efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required rrinimum efficiency. Not eligible: non -unitary equipment, untary equipment installed outdoors or in mech room adjacent to outdoors, equipment installed during new construction, shell -and -core construction, or initial tenant improvement. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 72,000 Btu/h): Alternate C503.4 Exp 2 Capacity Limit: C503.4 Equipmentthat provides hydronic chilled water for chilled water terminal Exp 3 units. Equipment part load cooling efficiency (IPIM) shall be better than WSEC required minimum efficiency by atleast 25%. Per building limit for this exception is 480,000 Btulh cooling capacity or 20% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Chilled water terminal unts serving Group R occupancies are not Included in the building capacity total. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 480,000 Btuth): Alternate C503.4 Exp 3 Capacity Limit: Table Compliance Options for alteration orreplacement of existing C503.4 mechanical coofngequipment per Table C503.4.Refer totable and all applicable table footnotes for full requirements. Applies to the following retrofit conditions: Option a - Any new or replacement equipment Option b - Replacement equipment of same type w Rh same or Speller cooling output capacity. Option c - Replacement equipment of same type w ith large cooling output capacity. Option d - New equipment added to existing system or replacement equipment that is different than ex 'sting being replaced. System ID uipment Type Compliance Path NA 2015 Nkshington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Project Title: Ben Bridge- South Center Mail - Tukwila WA Date 2/12/2018 For Building Dept. Use HVAC;Air Distribution System. Schedule List al HVAC systems thathave the capabilityto pm/ids heating andforcoolingto the spaces theyserve, Systemor . Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) - Description- (Note 2) System Total ;- Nameplate HP (Note 3) - :: Fan Power" Cal ulatiort- Required " -(hate 4) RrU-1 SF CV RTU-1 SUPPLY FAN RTU-1 Yes RTU-2 SF CV RTU-2 SUPPLY FAN RTU-2 Yes EF-1 CV RESTROOM EXHAUST EF-1 Yes E°-2 CV IT CLOSET TRANSFER E'-2 Yes Note 1- Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), orHospital/Lab CV system that quail fiesforVAVbudgetper C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Sing a zone VAV systems shall comy.Vyas CV. Note 2 - Describe systemtype and list all fans (orgroups of fans) associated faith the delivery and removal ofconoffioned air bythe system. Include all supply, return/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and seriesfan-powered terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do notneedto be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3- Enterthe total nameplate hp of all fans associated,uth the delivery and removal of conditioned airb ythe system. Note 4- This form automaticallyidentifies whethera MEECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), orthislnfonnation is notrequired because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that's 5hp or less (No) MECH-FANSYS Forms Add Fan System art S AMECH-FANSYSfarmshallbeprovided for each systemwithtotal nameplate hpgreaferthan5hp Select (Add Fan System Form) to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with buttonincell E32ofthe added form. Mechanical Fan S stem Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS=SUM' 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukw ila WA Date 2/12/2018 For Building. Dept. Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule . . List all 1-1VAC systems that have the capabilityto provide heating and/orcoolingto the spaces theyserve. . System or Primary Supply Fan ID ; "- Speed Control, (Note 1) Description ; j (Note 2) ` System Total: "Nameplate HP ' "(Note 3) - - FanFbwer Calculation' ; Required (Note 4) RTU-1 SF CV RTU-1 SUPPLY FAN RTU-1 Yes RTU-2 SF CV RTU-2 SUPPLY FAN '- " RTU-2 Yes EF-1 CV RESTROOM EXHAUST - EF-1- Yes EF-2 CV IT CLOSET TRANSFER EF-2 Yes EF3 CV RESTROOM EXHAUST EF-3 Yes Note 1- Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospitattab CVsystem that qualifies for VAV budgetper C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Sing e zone VAV systems shall complyas CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and listall fans (or groups of fans) associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air bythe system. Include all supply; -return/relief, exhaust and exhausthoods(>fhp),make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and series fan -powered terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizerrelfeffans do not need to be included if the fans do not operateat peak conditions. - - - -' Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the deliveryand removal of conditioned air ythesystem.. Note 4 - This form automatical)yidentifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), or this information's not required b ecause the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that's 5hp or less (No). MECH-FANSYS Forms -, AMECH-FANSYSformshaBbe videdforeachsystemwithtota/name nameplate Add Fan uc}star(t"'j pro p p greaterthan5 hp. Select : :: Form .; System Form) .togenerate anadditional form, Added forms' can bedeletedwithbuttonincellE32oftheadded form. .' SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: 4) 0 IX ARCHITECTS Feb 15 2018 Z o O o u O N t7 wCZ tn ti au re cam Ow w0� w >Y Z? o 0 4ui (.9w � i win W J ti J M r— Ben Bridge Jewelers .HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM - J J Q J EL M (X V 0 1I— o I wZF— Er w w o Z I— o W ern 172. w W o.,--wn a tzi -, (n CO J 1— op op co cn Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/1612018 PERMIT SET WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIENCE FORMS 5.3 D\Qo4L PEAK COOLING LOADS Ben Bridge - Tukwila WA Location Building owner Program user VAP Company HEI Comments 1750003907 By HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. Dataset name J:1LenexalProgramslA-EIBen Bridge11750003907 Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukwila WA\0001Mechlcalcst1750003907_load - Adj-85.trc Calculation time 03:15 PM on 02/06/2018 TRACE® 700 version 6,33 Location Seattle, Washington Latitude 47.0 deg Longitude 122.0 deg Time Zone 8 Elevation 386 ft Barometric pressure 29.5 In. Hg Air density 0.0749 Ib/cu ft Air specific heat 0.2444 Btu/Ib•°F Density -specific heat product 1.0988 Btu/h•cfm'°F Latent heat factor 4,836.9 Btu-minlh•cu ft Enthalpy factor 4.4953 Ib•minlhr•cu ft Summer design dry bulb 86.0 °F Summer design wet bulb 65.7 °F Winter design dry bulb 26.0 °F Summer cleamess number 0.95 Winter cleamess number 0.95 Summer ground reflectance 0.20 Winter ground reflectance 0.20 Carbon Dioxide Level 400 ppm Design simulation period January - December Cooling load methodology TETD-TA1 Heating load methodology UATD System Checksums By HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. RTU-1 MAIN SYSTEM Tukwila WA By HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. Single Zone COOLING COIL PEAK CLG SPACE PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 16 Mo/Hr: Sum of HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr, Healing Design TEMPERATURES Cooling Heeing Outside Air: OADB/W8/HR: 86 / 66 / 64 OADB: Peaks OADB: 26 SADB 56.3 85.0 Ra Plenum 72.6 68.5 Space Plenum Net Percent Space Percent Space Peak Coll Peak Percent Retum 72.6 68,5 Sens. + Lat. Sens. * tat Total Of Total Sensible Of Total Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Ret/OA 75 B 58.3 Blu/h Btu/h Stu/h (%) Btu/h (%) BNIh Blu/h (%) Fn MtrTD 0.0 0.0 Envelope Loads Envelope Loads Fn BIdTD 0.0 0.0 Skylite Solar 0 0 0 0 0 0 Skylite Solar 0 0 0.00 Fn Frict 0.0 0.0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 0 0 3,243 0 0 3,243 7 0 0 0 0 Skylite Cond Roof Cond 0 0 -4,342 0 0.00 7,40 Glass Soler 0 0 0 0 0 0 Glass Solar 0 0 0.00 AIRFLOWS Glass/Door Cond 0 0 0 0 0 0 Glass/Door Cond 0 0 0,00 Cooling Heeling Wall Cond 0 0 0 0 0 0 Wall Cond 0 0 0.00 Partition/Door 0 0 0 0 0 PartidonlDoor 0 0 0.00 Diffuser 2,000 2,000 Floor 0 0 0 0 0 Floor 0 0 0.00 Terminal 2,000 2,000 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 0 0 0 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 Nein Fan 2,000 2,000 Infiltration 0 0 0 0 0 Infiltration 0 0 0.00 Sec Fan 0 0 Sub Total==> 0 3,243 3,243 7 0 0 Sub Total==> 0 -4,342 7.40 Nom Vent 480 480 AHU Vent 480 480 Internal Loads Internal Loads Innl 0 0 Lights 16,632 4,158 20,789 42 - 16,632 55. Lights 0 0 0.00 MlnStoplRh 0 0 People 14,850 0 14,850 30 8,250 27 People 0 0 0.00 Return 2,000 2,000 Mlsc 2,914 0 2,914 6 2,914 10 Mlsc 0 0 0.00 Exhaust 480 480 Sub Total =_> 34,395 4,158 38,553 77 27,795 93 Sub Total =_> 0 0 0.00 RExh m 0 0 Auxiliary 0 0 Calling Load 1,792 -1,792 0 0 2,238 7 Calling Load -1,051 0 0.00 Leakage Dwn 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 0 9,359 19 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 -23,207 39.55 Leakage Ups 0 0 AdJ Alr Trans Heat 0 0 0 0 0 AdJ Alr Trans Heat 0 0 0 Dehumld. Ov Sizing _ 0 0 OvlUndr Sizing -31,914 -31,914 54.39 OviUndr Sizing 0 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat 790 -1.35 ENGINEERING CKS Exhaust Heat -1,346 -1,348 -3 0A Preheat Din. 0 0.00 Sup, Fan Heat 0 0 RA Preheat Dlff. 0 0.00 Cooling Heating Ret. Fan Heat 0 0 0 Additional Reheat 0 0.00 % 24.0 24.0 Duct Heat Pkup 0 0 0 cfm/fP 0.90 0.90 Undedlr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 Underllr Sup HI Pkup 0 0.00 cdm/ton 481.84 Supply Air Leakage 0 0 0 Supply Alr Leakage 0 0.00 Mon 533.63 Btulhrfl' 22.49 -26.49 Grand Total==> 36,187 4,263 49,809 100.00 30,034 100.00 Grand Total=c> -32,965 -58,673 100.00 No. People 33 COOLING COIL SELECTION AREAS HEATING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coll Airflow Enter OBIWB/HR Leave DBIWBIHR Gross Total Glass Capacity Coil Airflow Ent Lvg ton MBh MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib °F °F grllb 8' (%) MBh cfm °F °F Main Clg 4.2 49.8 42.3 2,000 75.8 61.8 61.5 56.3 53.2 56.4 Floor 2,215 Main Htg -58.7 2,000 58.3 85.0 Aux Clg 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0.0 0.0 Part 0 ux Hlg 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0.0 int Door 0 Preheat 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 ExFir 0 Total 4.2 49.8 Roof 2,215 0 0 Humldlf 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Wall 0 0 0 opt Vent 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Ext Door 0 0 0 Total -58.7 Project Name: Ben Bridge - Tukwila WA Dataset Name: 1750003907_load - AdJ-85.lrc TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 03:15 PM on 02/06/2018 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 1 of 2 System Zone Room SPACE OA Room Supply Space Space Space Floor Peak Condition- Dry Dry Alr Sensible Latent Area Time DB WB Bum Bum Flow Load Load n' ! Mo/Hr °F °F °F °F cfm Btu/h Bluth COIL OA Coll Coil Peak Condlhon Supply Coll Sensible Latent Time DB WB Dry Bulb Airflow Load Load MolHr •F •F °F cfm Btu/h Btu/h Sales Peak 2,215 7/20 78 59 70,0 56.3 2,000 30,034 6,600 } 7 /15 86 66 56.5 2,000 42,289 7,520 Zone - 002 Peak 2,216I 78 - 59 70,0 56,3 2,000 30,034 6,600 86 :166 58:5 2,000'. 42,289: 7, 20 Zone- 002 Block 2,215 7/20 78 59 70,0 56.3 2,000 30,034 6,600 7/15 86 66 56,5 2,000 42,289 7,520 RTU-1 Peak _ 2,215 78 59 70.0 ' 56.3 2,000 30,034 6,000 06 66 665 2,00042,289 7,5205 RTU-1 Block 2,215 7/20 78 59 70.0 56.3 2,000 30,034 6,600 7 /15 06 66 56.5 2,000 42,289 7,520 (I IT Closet ` Peak 30 7/20 78 59 75.0 61,2 30 455 0 7:20 78 53 61.2 30 574 0;1 Restroom Peak 60 ' 7120 78 59 70.0 61.2 10 97 0 7.20 78 59 81.2 < 10 239 01 Stock ( Peak 304 7/20 7(1 [ 59 , 70.0; 61.2 810 7,827 400 i, - 7 /15 66 : 66 61 2 61d. 11 609 2,107 Watchmaker Peak 102 7/20 78 59 70.0 61.2 200 1,933 200 7 /16 85 65 612 200 2,618 314I Zone -001 Peak 496 78 59 , 70.1'. 61.2 1,050 : 10,311 ' 600 86 66 ' 61;2 1,050' 15,039 2,421`.I Zone -001 Block 496. 7/20 78 59 70.1 61.2 1,050 10,311 600 7/15 86 66 61.2 1,050 14,947 2,432 RTU-2 Peak 496 i 78 59 70.1 61.2 1,050 10,311 600 , 85 - 66 61.2 1,050 15,039' 2,421_I RTU-2 Block 496 7/20 78 59 70.1 61.2 - 1,050. 10,311 C 600 7 /15 86 66 61.2 1,050 14,947 2,432 Project Name: Ben Bridge - Tukwila WA Dataset Name: 1750003907 _load -AdJ-85.trc System Checksums By HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. RTU-2 TRACES) 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 03:15 PM on 02/06/2018 Peak CIg Loads Main System Report Page 1 of 1 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr, 7 / 15 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 86 / 66 / 84 Space Plenum Net Percent Sens. + LaL Sens.+ Lat Total Of Total Bluth Blum Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads Skylite Solar 0 0 0 0 Skylite Cond 0 0 0 0 Roof Cond 0 861 861 5 Glass Solar 0 0 0 0 Glass/Door Cond 0 0 0 0 Wall Cond 0 0 0 0 Partition/Door 0 0 0 Floor 0 0 0 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 0 Infiltration 0 0 0 Sub Total =_> 0 861 861 5 Internal Loads Lights 2,088 522 2,610 15 People 1,350 0 1,350 B Mlsc 7,270 0 7,270 42 Sub Total =_> 10,708 522 11,230 64 Ceiling Load 166 -166 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 0 5,680 33 AdJ Air Trans Heat 0 0 0 Dehumld, Ov Sizing 0 0 OvlUndr Sizing 0 0 0 Exhaust Heal -310 -310 -2 Sup. Fan Heat - 0 0 Ret, Fan Heat 0 0 0 Duct Heat Pkup 0 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 Supply Alr Leakage 0 0 0 Grand Total cc> 10,873 907 17,460 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: Sum of OADB: Peaks Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 2,088 20 750 7 7,270 71 10,108 9B 204 2 O 0 O 0 O 0 10,311 100.00 HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Ho Heating Design OADB: 26 Space Peak Coll Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sons Of Total Muth Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads Skylite Solar 0 0 0.00 Skylite Cond 0 0 0,00 Roof Cond 0 -989 3.46 Glass Solar 0 0 0,00 Glass/Door Cond 0 0 0.00 Wall Cond 0 0 0.00 Partition/Door 0 0 0.00 Floor 0 0 0.00 Adjacent Floor 0 0 0 Infiltration 0 0 0.00 Sub Total ==> 0 -989 3.46 Internal Loads Lights People Mlsc Sub Total =_> 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 Ceiling Load -119 0 0.00 Ventilation Load 0-10,637 37.15 AdJ Alr Trans Heat 0 0 0 OvlUndr Sizing-17,188-17,188 60.03 Exhaust Heat 182 -0.64 OA Preheat Dlff. 0 0.00 RA Preheat D3H. 0 0.00 Additional Reheat 0 0.00 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total =c> O 0,00 O 0.00 -17,306.-28,831 100.00 Main Clg Aux CIg Opt Vent Total Total capacity ton MBh 1.5 17,5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 17.5 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coll Airflow Enter DBIWB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib Leave DBIWB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 15.0 1,050 74.4 59.7 54,1 61.2 53.8 50.9 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Ben Bridge -Tukwila WA Dataset Name: 1750003907_load -AdJ-85.tro AREAS Gross Total Glees fl' (%) Floor 496 Part 0 Int Door 0 EoFIr 0 Roof 496 0 0 Wall 0 0 0 Ext Door 0 0 0 % OA cfm/fr crm/lon ft/ton Btu/hr4' No. People Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Inn! MlnStoplRh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MIrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frlct Single Zone TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 61.2 85.0 71.4 69.3 71.3 69,3 74.4 60.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 AIRFLOWS Cooling Heating 1,050 1,050 1,050 1,050 1,050 1,050 O 0 220 220 220 220 O 0 O 0 1,050 1,050 220 220 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 21,0 21.0 2.12 2.12 721,66 340.90 35,20 57.72 3 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coll Airflow Ent Lvg MBh cfm °F •F Main Htg -28.6 1,050 60.2 85,0 Aux Htg 0.0 0 0.0 0,0 Preheat -1.2 1,050 60.2 61.2 Humid!! 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Total -28,6 TRACE® 700 v6,3.3 calculated at 03:15 PM on 02/0612018 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 2 of 2 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: 0) too c O 0 4) 0 o) ro ARCHITECTS Ben Bridge Jewelers Feb 15 2018 .HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM p N 4,k CO CsJ Qco � M ,- a) -1- 2 N J J J et J c DD W ram- co W Z It co W 0 0 uj to 0 s- tocoJl- Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIENCE FORMS 23A: Commissioning HVACR Systems: 23A 6 GENERAL 23A 6-1 RELATED DOCUMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. THESE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO OTHER APPLICABLE DIVISION 23 AND 26 SECTIONS. SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS ON THE DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATES THE RIGOR OF THE CHECKS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION QUALIFICATION. THE COMMISSIONING AGENTS ONSITE CHECKS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE CHECKS IN THE SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS. 23A 6-2 SUMMARY SECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMISSIONING OF HVACR SYSTEMS, INCLUDING THE ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMISSIONING TEAM, SCHEDULE, ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES, AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. COMMISSIONING DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE IS INTENDED TO ACHIEVE THE FOLLOWING SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES ACCORDING TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: VERIFY THAT APPLICABLE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO INDUSTRY ACCEPTED MINIMUM STANDARDS AND THAT THEY RECEIVE ADEQUATE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS. VERIFY AND DOCUMENT PROPER PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMMISSIONED ON THIS PROJECT. ALL GENERAL REFERENCES TO EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS IN THIS SPECIFICATION REFER ONLY TO EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO BE COMMISSIONED. HEAT PUMP ROOFTOP UNITS FANS AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS STANDALONE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 23A 6-3 DEFINITIONS CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS: A QUALITY -FOCUSED PROCESS FOR ENHANCING THE DELIVERY OF A PROJECT. THE PROCESS FOCUSES UPON VERIFYING AND DOCUMENTING THAT THE COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED, TESTED, OPERATED AND MAINTAINED TO MEET THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEER -OF -RECORDS DESIGN AS ILLUSTRATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COMMISSIONING TEAM: THE INDIVIDUALS, WHO THROUGH COORDINATED ACTIONS, ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CxA): THE DESIGNATED PERSON, COMPANY, OR ENTITY THAT PLANS, SCHEDULES, AND COORDINATES THE COMMISSIONING TEAM TO IMPLEMENT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. 23A 6-4 COMMISSIONING TEAM THE COMMISSIONING TEAM SHALL CONSIST OF, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FOLLOWING: MEMBERS APPOINTED BY THE OWNER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE DURING CONSTRUCTION GENERAL CONTRACTOR ENGINEER -OF -RECORD DESIGN PROFESSIONAL COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY MEMBERS APPOINTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR: INDIVIDUALS, EACH HAVING THE AUTHORITY TO ACT ON BEHALF OF THE ENTITY HE OR SHE REPRESENTS, EXPLICITY ORGANIZED TO IMPLEMENT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS THROUGH COORDINATED ACTION. COMMISSIONING TEAM CONTACT INFORMATION OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: THE KLINKAM COMPANY CRAIG KLINKAM PH: 206.624.9735 FAX: 206.283.2446 EMAIL: CRAIG@KLINKAM.COM GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SHRADER & MARTINEZ CONSTRUCTION, INC MIKE COOK, PROJ MGR PH: 928.282.7554 FAX: 928.340.7178 EMAIL: MCOOK@SHRADERMARTINEZ.COM ENGINEER: HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC JOHN PASSANTINO 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 PH: 913.742.5451 FAX: 913.742,5001 EMAIL: JOHN.PASSANTINO@HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY: HENDERSON BUILDING SOLUTIONS, LLC TIM ZANS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 110 LENEXA, KS 66214 PH: 913.742.5497 FAX: 913.894.9051 EMAIL: TIM.ZANS@HENDERSONBUILDING.COM 23A 6-5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES FACILITATE AND SUPPORT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND APPROVE OF THE COMMISSIONING WORK. AUTHORIZE ANY OWNER -FURNISHED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS TECHNICIANS TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES APPROPRIATE TO THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. INTERFACE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVES AS REQUIRED IN SUPPORT OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. REVIEW, COMMENT AND ACCEPT THE CxA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. 23A 6-6 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES FACILITATE AND SUPPORT THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND AUTHORIZE SUB- CONTRACTORS TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES APPROPRIATE TO THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. ATTEND WITH RESPONSIBLE SUB -CONTRACTORS SCHEDULED COMMISSIONING MEETINGS AND COOPERATE WITH THE CxA FOR RESOLUTION OF ISSUES RELATING TO COMMISSIONING. INTEGRATE AND COORDINATE THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS INTO THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. AT A MINIMUM, THE ANTICIPATED DATES FOR MID - CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL COMMISSIONING VISITS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT THE TIME THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE IS PREPARED. NOTIFY THE CxA WHEN THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED TO THE POINT THAT A MID -CONSTRUCTION SITE VISIT IS WARRANTED (IF APPLICABLE). A MINIMUM OF 7 TO 10 WORKING DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CxA. DURING THE MID -CONSTRUCTION VISIT THE CxA SHALL COMPLETE THE PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, AND SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO INTERFACE WITH THE SUB -CONTRACTORS AND LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED. NOTIFY THE CxA WHEN EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE READY FOR PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION (THE FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT), WHICH SHALL OCCUR NO SOONER THAN AFTER THE SUB -CONTRACTORS COMPLETE ALL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS START-UP ACTIVITIES, PRELIMINIARY TEST AND BALANCE HAS BEEN COMPLETED, AND SUB -CONTRACTORS HAVE COMPLETED THEIR OWN FUNCTIONAL TESTING. A MINIMUM OF 7 TO 10 WORKING DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CxA. THE PURPOSE OF THE FINAL VISIT IS FOR THE CxA TO PERFORM FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING AND ACCEPT THE OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS. THE FINAL VISIT REQUIRES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THIS VISIT DATE WITH THE TEST AND BALANCE AND CONTROLS SUB -CONTRACTORS. THESE SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL ASSIST THE CxA DURING THIS VISIT. REVIEW AND COMMENT ON THE CxA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. 23A 6-7 ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITIES PROCESS CONSTRUCTION RELATED SUBMITTALS. ASSIST IN RESOLVING CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES. REVIEW AND COMMENT ON TESTING PROCEDURES SUBMITTED BY THE CxA. REVIEW AND COMMENT ON THE CxA'S COMMISSIONING REPORTS. 23A 6-8 COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY RESPONSIBILITIES COORDINATE OVERALL COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES INCLUDING DEVELOPMENT OF CUSTOM CHECKLISTS AND FUNCTIONAL TEST PLANS FOR ACTUAL HVACR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INTEGRATE THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS INTO THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. DEVELOP PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PLANS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE COMMISSIONING AGENT AS WORK PROGRESSES. COORDINATE AND EXECUTE ONSITE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING OF COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE INSTALLING SUB -CONTRACTORS. VERIFY TESTING AND BALANCING WORK IS COMPLETED AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ASSIST TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR IN TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES AS A RESULT OF START- UP, TEST AND BLANCE, OR FUNCTIONAL TESTING ACTIVITIES. SUBMIT A COMMISSIONING REPORT UPON COMPLETION OF EACH VISIT. ASSEMBLE FINAL COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION AND SUBMIT WITH THE FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORT AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF FUNCTIONAL TESTING. RECOMMEND ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 23A 6-9 SUB -CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE FURNISHED PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO THE CxA WITHIN 10 BUSINESS DAYS OF A SCHEDULED COMMISSIONING VISIT. INCLUDE SIMILAR INFORMATION IN PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. PROVIDE START-UP SERVICES AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SUBMIT START-UP REPORTS TO THE CxA AS START-UP IS COMPLETED. INCLUDE START-UP REPORTS IN THE PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. PROVIDE THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR'S AND OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES TO MAINTAIN THE WARRANTY IN PROJECT CLOSE-OUT DOCUMENTATION. PROVIDE TRAINING AS DETAILED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUB -CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE SCHEDULING OF ANY START-UP ACTIVITIES WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SUB -CONTRACTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEMS TO THE CxA, GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ANY OTHERS AS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE PRELIMINARY TEST AND BALANCE ON ALL COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, AND MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE CxA A DRAFT REPORT OF RESULTS AND FINDINGS PRIOR TO THE FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE TRAINED TECHNICIAN AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN A SAMPLE TEST AND BALANCE VERIFICATION WITH THE CxA DURING THE SCHEDULED FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE SITE VISIT. VERIFICATION SAMPLE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CxA. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND USE THE ORIGINAL TESTING EQUIPMENT (BY SERIAL NUMBER) FOR VERIFICATION THAT WAS USED DURING TEST AND BALANCE OF THE SYSTEM(S). SUB -CONTRACTORS SHALL CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAIN AN "AS -BUILT" SET OF DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 23A 6-10 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION TO THE CxA FOR INCLUSION IN THE FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORT. A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED OR CONTRACTOR INITIATED START-UP AND INITIAL CHECKOUT REPORTS. A COPY OF ANY COMPLETED COMMISSIONING CORRECTIVE ACTION REPORTS. SUBMIT TO THE CXA, FOR REVIEW ONLY, A COPY OF CONTRACTOR'S 'AS -BUILT DRAWINGS INDICATING CHANGES THAT OCCURRED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND A COPY OF THE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION (O&MS), INCLUDING SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES. 23A 6-11 CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS SEQUENTIALLY DETAIL THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS ACTIVITIES FOR THIS PROJECT. 23A 6-12 COMMISSIONING VISITS THE CxA WILL VISIT THE SITE TO OBSERVE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM INSTALLATION, COMPLETE PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AND CONDUCT FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING. THE CxA SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING THESE SITE VISITS TO INTERFACE WITH THE INSTALLING SUB -CONTRACTORS, TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR, AND ANY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVES TO RESOLVE INSTALLATION OR OPERATIONAL ISSUES RELATIVE TO COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT. 23A 6-13 MISCELLANEOUS MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS WILL BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. ISSUE: FOR INFORMATION REGARDING SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND ANY ARCHITECTURAL SUPPLENTAL INSTRUCTIONS PROTOCOL: THE CxA OBTAINS INFORMATION RELEVANT TO COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS OR THE COMMISSIONING SCHEDULE FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ISSUE: FOR COMMISSIONING REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROTOCOL: THE CxA GOES THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ISSUE: FOR MINOR OR VERBAL INFORMATION AND CLARIFICATIONS PROTOCOL: THE CxA GOES DIRECTLY TO THE INFORMED PARTY ISSUE: FOR NOTIFYING THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF DEFICIENCIES OR NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS PROTOCOL: THE CxA DOCUMENTS THE ISSUE THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH COPY TO THE OWNER'S REP ISSUE: FOR SCHEDULING COMMISSIONING VISITS PROTOCOL: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTIFIES THE CxA MINIMUM OF 10 BUSINESS DAYS AHEAD OF REQUESTED DATE, WITH SIMILAR NOTIFICATION GIVEN TO OWNERS REP ISSUE: FOR MAKING REVISIONS TO SPECIFIED SEQUENCES OF OPERATION PROTOCOL: THE CxA OBTAINS APPROVAL OF THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER -OF - RECORD ISSUE: SUBCONTRACTORS DISAGREEING WITH REQUESTS OR INTREPRETATIONS BY THE CxA PROTOCOL: THE SUB AND CxA WORK TOWARD A MUTUALLY AGREEABLE RESOLUTION, OTHERWISE WORK THROUGH GC OR OWNER'S REP TO RESOLVE THE ISSUE 23A 6-14 COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG THE CxA MAINTAINS THE COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG AND TRACKS CONSTRUCTION RELATED ISSUES THAT COULD IMPACT COMMISSIONING UNTIL THE ISSUES ARE RESOLVED. THE CxA WILL REVISE AND REISSUE COMMISSIONING RELATED DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE APPROVED CHANGES. THE CxA KEEPS THE COMMISSIONING TEAM INFORMED REGARDING THE STATUS OF LOG ENTRIES. 23A 6-15 INITIAL SUBMITTALS AND DOCUMENTATION THE CxA REVIEWS HVAC EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS RELATIVE TO COMMISSIONING ISSUES EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ONLY. THE CxA REVIEW COMMENTS ARE PROVIDED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR DISTRIBUTION AND TO THE ENGINEER. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ENGINEER NOTIFY THE CxA OF ANY NEW DESIGN INTENT OR OPERATING PARAMETER CHANGES, ADDED CONTROL STRATEGIES AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION, OR OTHER APPROVED DESIGN CHANGES THAT MAY AFFECT COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. WHERE THE WORK INTERFACES WITH A BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR PROVIDES THE CxA A FULL POINTS LIST. THE CxA MAY REQUEST ADDITIONAL DESIGN NARRATIVE FROM THE ENGINEER AND ADDITIONAL DETAILS FROM THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. 23A 6-16 COMMISSIONING PROGESS REPORTING THE CxA PREPARES AND SUBMITS TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WITH COPY TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, A COMMISSIONING PROGRESS REPORT AFTER EACH COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE PROGRESS REPORT CONTAINS: A TABLE OF PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR ROLES, A DESCRIPTION OF COMMISSIONING PROGRESS; OVERVIEW OF THE COMMISSIONING AND/OR TESTING SCOPE, RESULTS FROM THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS; AND A LIST OF OBSERVED DEFICIENCIES. 23A 6-17 PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT (PFC) IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE HOOKED UP AND OPERATIONAL AND THAT FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING CAN COMMENCE WITHOUT ANY UNNECESSARY DELAYS. EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT LISTED UNDER SECTION 23A 6-2 OF THIS DOCUMENT RECEIVES PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT BY THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY. IN GENERAL, THE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT FOR A GIVEN PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM MUST BE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED PRIOR TO FORMAL FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING. PRE -FUNCTIONAL COMMISSIONING TASKS ARE PRIMARILY STATIC INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES TO ENSURE THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM IS READY FOR INITIAL OPERATION. HOWEVER, SOME PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT ITEMS ENTAIL SIMPLE TESTING OF THE FUNCTION OF A COMPONENT, A PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. THE WORD PRE -FUNCTIONAL REFERS TO BEFORE FUNCTIONAL TESTING. PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS AUGMENT AND ARE COMBINED WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S START-UP CHECKLIST. THE CxA OBTAINS CLARIFICATION, AS NEEDED, FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR REGARDING APPROPRIATE CONTENT FOR THE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS. 23A 6-18 START-UP AND INITIAL OPERATION START-UP OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IS COORDINATED AND EXECUTED BY THE SUB -CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS. TO DOCUMENT THE PROCESS OF START-UP, THE LEAD TECHNICIAN PERFORMING THE STARTUP PROCEDURES SHALL SUBMIT A STARTUP REPORT TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITHIN 5 BUSINESS DAYS OF COMPLETION. THE START-UP REPORT SHALL BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND BE EITHER A LEGIBLE COPY OF A PRE-PRINTED MANUFACTURER'S STARTUP FORM OR TYPEDWRITTEN ON THE INSTALLING SUB- CONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD. 23A 6-19 NON-CONFORMANCE THE SUB -CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS SHALL CLEARLY LIST ANY OUTSTANDING STARTUP ITEMS NOT COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY DIRECTLY ON THE START-UP FORMS. THE CxA REVIEWS THE DOCUMENTATION AND WORKS WITH THE SUB -CONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICIANS AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED, TO CORRECT NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS. UPON APPROVED COMPLETION, THE CxA RECOMMENDS ACCEPTANCE OF THE STARTUP OF EACH SYSTEM TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS MUST BE RESOLVED PRIOR TO THE CxA PERFORMING FUNCTIONAL TESTING. 23A 6-20 FUNCTIONAL TEST PLANS AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES FUNCTIONAL TESTING IS THE DYNAMIC TESTING OF SYSTEMS UNDER FULL OPERATION. SYSTEMS ARE TESTED UNDER VARIOUS MODES, SUCH AS DURING LOW COOLING OR HEATING LOADS, HIGH HEATING OR COOLING LOADS, COMPONENT FAILURES, UNOCCUPIED CYCLES, VARYING OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURES, FIRE ALARM, POWER FAILURE, ETC. THE SYSTEMS ARE RUN THROUGH ALL OF THE CONTROL SYSTEMS SEQUENCES OF OPERATION AND COMPONENTS ARE VERIFIED TO BE RESPONDING AS THE SEQUENCES STATE. THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY DEVELOPS, COORDINATES AND EXECUTES THE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS. BEFORE TEST PROCEDURES ARE WRITTEN, THE CxA RECEIVES ALL REQUESTED DOCUMENTATION. THE CxA DEVELOPS THE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PLAN WITH SPECIFIC TEST PROCEDURES TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM. THE CxA OBTAINS CLARIFICATION, AS NEEDED, FROM SUB -CONTRACTORS, EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS, AND THE ENGINEER REGARDING CONTROL SEQUENCES AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION TO DEVELOP THESE TESTS. PRIOR TO EXECUTION, THE CxA PROVIDES A COPY OF THE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST PLANS TO THE INSTALLING SUB -CONTRACTOR VIA THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ENGINEER WHO REVIEW THE TESTS FOR FEASIBILITY, SAFETY, WARRANTY AND EQUIPMENT PROTECTION. FUNCTIONAL TESTING AND VERIFICATION MAY BE ACHIEVED BY MANUAL TESTING OR BY MONITORING PERFORMANCE AND ANALYZING THE RESULTS USING THE BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS TREND LOG CAPABILITIES OR BY USING STAND-ALONE DATA LOGGERS. THE CxA FOLLOWS THE DIRECTIONS GIVEN ELSEWHERE IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND USES JUDGMENT WHERE NEEDED TO DETERMINE WHICH METHOD IS MOST APPROPRIATE OR THE CxA PROVIDES RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE MOST APPROPRIATE TESTING METHOD. 23A 6-21 EXECUTION OF FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING THE RESPONSIBLE SUB -CONTRACTORS SCHEDULE FUNCTIONAL TESTING THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR ANY GIVEN SYSTEM, PRIOR TO PERFORMING FUNCTIONAL TESTING, THE SUB -CONTRACTORS WAIT UNTIL THE START-UP FORMS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE CxA CONFIRMING THAT THE SYSTEMS ARE READY FOR FUNCTIONAL TESTING. THE CxA SHALL COORDINATE, EXECUTE AND DOCUMENT THE RESULTS OF THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE RESPONSIBLE SUB -CONTRACTORS OR MANUFACTURERS TECHNICIANS ACCORDING TO THE FUNCTIONAL TEST PLAN. PRELIMINARY AIR BALANCING AND WATER BALANCING IS COMPLETED BEFORE FUNCTIONAL TESTING OF AIR -RELATED OR WATER -RELATED EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS WITH A PRELIMINARY COPY OF THE BALANCING REPORT SUBMITTED TO THE CxA PRIOR TO THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING VISIT. THE RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THAT THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS HAVE PASSED START-UP AND THE PRELIMINARY TEST AND BALANCE REPORT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE CxA. AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CxA, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND RESPONSIBLE SUB-CONTRACTOR(S), INCLUDING TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR, SHALL PARTICIPATE IN A TELECONFERENCE PRIOR TO ONSITE FUNCTIONAL TESTING. THE TELECONFERENCE SHALL BE USED TO RESOLVE ANY ISSUES THAT COULD INTERFER WITH FUNCTIONAL TESTING OR FINAL TEST AND BALANCE. BASED ON THE OUTCOME OF THE TELECONFERENCE A DATE TO CONDUCT THE ONSITE FUNCTIONAL TESTING WILL BE DETERMINED. THE RESPONSIBLE SUB -CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE TRAINED TECHNICIANS AVAILABLE TO ASSIST THE CxA IN THE PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONAL TESTING AND/OR COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS TO MAKE AVAILABLE AUTHORIZED TECHNICIANS FOR THE SAME PURPOSE. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB - CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE TRAINED TECHNICIANS AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPATE IN A SAMPLE TEST AND BALANCE VERIFICATION WITH THE CXA DURING THE SCHEDULED FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE SITE VISIT. VERIFICATION SAMPLE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CxA. THE TEST AND BALANCE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND USE THE ORIGINAL TESTING EQUIPMENT (BY SERIAL NUMBER) FOR VERIFICATION THAT WAS USED DURING TEST AND BALANCE OF THE SYSTEM(S). 23A 6-22 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS TESTS WILL BE PERFORMED USING DESIGN CONDITIONS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. THE CxA MAY DIRECT THAT SET POINTS BE ALTERED WHEN DESIGN CONDITIONS DO NOT EXIST. THE CxA DOCUMENTS THE RESULTS OF THE TESTS ON THE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST FORMS. CORRECTIONS OF NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS IDENTIFIED DURING TESTING MAY BE MADE AT THE DISCRETION OF THE CxA WHILE ONSITE. OTHERWISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RESCHEDULING TESTING ONCE THE NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED, AND THEN DOCUMENTING THAT TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY. DECISIONS REGARDING NON -COMPLIANT ITEMS AND CORRECTIONS ARE RESOLVED BETWEEN THE CxA AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WHENEVER POSSIBLE. FOR AREAS IN DISPUTE, FINAL AUTHORITY, BESIDES THE OWNER'S RESIDES WITH THE ENGINEER. THE CxA RECOMMENDS ACCEPTANCE OF EACH COMPLETED TEST TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING THE CxA AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE HVAC SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND ARE OPERATING ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTOF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CxA SHALL ISSUE A "STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE' TO PROVIDE NOTICE THAT THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ARE READY TO TURN OVER TO THE OWNER. 23A 6-23 COMMISSIONING FINAL REPORT A FINAL SUMMARY REPORT PREPARED BY THE CxA WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FOLLOWING THE FINAL COMMISSIONING VISIT. THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AN EXECUTIVE SUMMARY, LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND ROLES, BRIEF BUILDING DESCRIPTION, OVERVIEW OF COMMISSIONING AND TESTING SCOPE AND A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF TESTING AND VERIFICATION METHODS. FOR EACH PIECE OF COMMISSIONED EQUIPMENT, THE REPORT CONTAINS THE DISPOSITION OF THE COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY REGARDING THE ADEQUACY OF THE EQUIPMENT MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN THE FOLLOWING AREAS: EQUIPMENT MEETING THE SPECIFICATIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE ALL OUTSTANDING NON-COMPLIANCE ITEMS SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY LISTED. ANY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT TO EQUIPMENT OR OPERATIONS, FUTURE ACTIONS, COMMISSIONING PROCESS CHANGES, ETC. SHALL ALSO BE LISTED. APPENDICES SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING SUPPORTING DATA (WHERE APPLICABLE): COMMISSIONING MEETING MINUTES COMMISSIONING RELATED REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION COMMISSIONING ISSUES LOG COPIES OF COMPLETED PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION COPIES OF COMPLETED FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS AN ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CxA TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WITH COPY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 23A 6-27 SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS THE SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS INCLUDES MANY, BUT NOT ALL, OF THE COMMISSIONING RELATED TASKS CRITICAL TO THE SUCCESS OF THIS PROJECT. COMPLETION OF THE SCHEDULED TASKS SHALL BE DEMONSTRTED TO THE CxA DURING THE COMMISSIONING VISIT(S). AS AN AID TO THE CONTRACTORS IN MANAGING THESE TAKS, A CHECK MARK CAN BE PLACED IN THE TASK COMPLETE COLUMN UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CERTAIN TASKS REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT PHOTO DOCUMENTATION PRIOR TO THE COMMISSIONING VISIT(S), WITHIN 5 BUSINESS DAYS OF DOCUMENTATION. ADEQUATE PHOTOS SHALL BE SUBMITTED DEMONSTRATING CONFORMATION OF THE COMPLETED TASK. IN ADDITION THE COMMENTS COLUMN CAN BE USED BY THE CONTRACTORS TO NOTE THAT A TASK PASSED OR NOT PASSED AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMENTS. THE TASKS FOR EACH SYSTEM NAME APPLY TO ALL SIMILAR LIKE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. END OF SECTION 23A: COMMISSIONING HVACR SYSTEMS SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS SkB Architects General Contra Q) 3 0 0) C 0) CC 0) E w 0 CK w m w w Z 'ET wuj am— Feb 15 2018 J J J Q � W Ce LU W Z W Z U W I U � 0 � co r COMMISSIONING SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SET SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING TASKS ITEM SYSTEM NAME COMMISSIONING TASK DESCRIPTION PHOTO REQUIRED TASK COMPLETE y COMMENTS 1 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Permanent equipment identification (narneplate)affixed & matehes contmct documents 2 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Manufacturer (Each Unit as Applies): 3 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Model #: 4 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Serial #: 5 I -Teat Pump Rooftop Unit Submittals arc required for major pieces of1-IVAC equipment not matching equipment schedules 6 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit CxA requires submittals 10 business days prior'to a scheduled visit 7 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Permanent equipment identification a as approved by Landlord 8 Ileat Pinup Rooftop Unit Any damage to units) during installation has been repaired including replacement of all missing hardware 9 Ileat Punip Rooftop Unit Orientation and location ofunit(s) per contract documents writh nuuiufacturefs required rmainteiiance and operational clearances provided 10 Heat Puriip Rooftop Unit Unit(s) properly supported as required by contract documents X it Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Vibration isolation devices per contract doctuneuts and installed perms iufacturers requuenents 12 IIeatPttmpRooftop Unit Unit (s)niounting provides level installation within tmnufacturer's tolerance 13 Heat Pump Roo flop Unit Manufacturefs safety alert decals visible and legible 14 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Verify access doors/panels can be opened/removed and close tightly during operation ofunit(s) 15 ;HcatPurnp Rooftop Unit Unit(s) insulation adhered to casing and undamaged, unitcabiiet clean and free of debris 16 Heat Punip Rooftop Unit All shipping bolls, restraints, blocking; and bracing have been removed 17 Heat Purnp Rooftop Unit Nameplate voltage requirements match service available for unit(s) power and service properly balanced, service within manufacturer's tolerance of nameplate voltage 18 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Electrical conduits for power and controlwiri rig and service receptacle routed with penetrations into unit sealed 19 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Unit(s) power and grounding connections of proper material and terrninated correctly X 20 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Disconnecting means match requireirants ofcontract documents 21 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Disconnecting means located within sight ofun t, ifunit mounted does not interfere with access 22 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Flexible conduit used for final connections and all connections are tight 23 'HeatPuinn Rooftop Unit Fan and compressor motor rotation verified as correct 24 I-IeatPump Rooftop Unit Control damper(s) open and close smoothly throughout entire actuated range 25 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Condensate drain pan is clean and slopes to drain connection, test for positive drainage with water X 26 Heat Punip Rooftop Unit Condensate trap installed, auxiliary dram connection plugged if not used 27 Heat Punip Rooftop Unit Condensate trap primed and has adequate height to overcome the unit static pressure 28 IleatPmi Rooftop Unit Condensate drain piping extended away &omunit and discharges to appropriate receptacle 29 Ileat Pump Rooftop Unit Proper refrigeration specialties installed and operational at startup. Ili/Low pressure, TXV, Drier, etc. 30 I-leat Pump Rooftop Unit Piping at unit identified as required by contract documents 31 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Condenser coil clean and fins are in good condition 32 Hcat Pump Rooftop Unit Condenser coil hailguard installed (ifrequired by contract doctuments) 33 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Condenser fans freely rotate and fan guards installed, condenser airflow unobstructed 34 Heat PumpRooftop Unit Auxiliary healing coil safeties install and operation al at startup. Ili temp, airflow switch, ctc. 35 Beat Pump Rooftop Unit Auxiliary heating coil clean, activated and dust burnt off during system start-up 36 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Auxiliary Iteatung coil stages as specified ui Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Schedule 37 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Constriction air filters installed if unit to be operated prior to substantial completion with filters replaced during construction as required by specifications X 38 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Clean air filters installed priorto air balancing with MERVmting specified in contract documents X 39 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Factory controls, including access ories,opera ting correctly, in particular economizer controls 40 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Thermostat(s) installed at location(s)per contract documents, are as specified with required features and mounted plumb without damage 41 Heat Ptuup Rooftop Unit Temperature sensors) installed at location per contract documents, are as specified with required features and mounted plumb without damage 42 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Duct mounted smoke detector(s) installed and wired with remote annunciator (as required) 43 I-leat Pump Rooftop Unit Duct mounted smoke detectors) operational 44 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit As required by contract documents GFI protected service receptacle operation/continuity checked 45 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Ductwork connections generally comply with contract documents X 46 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Flexconneetion between ducts and unit tight and in good condition X 47 Heal Pump Rooftop Unit No apparent severe duct restrictions 48, ;HeatPtunp Rooftop Unit Turning vanes in square elbows 49 Heat Pump Rooftop Unit Supply air transition duct with maximum 15 degree expansion angle X 50 Fan Unit(s) supported overhead as required by contract documents with vibration isolation devices as specified X 51 Fan Permanent equipment identification affixed & matches approved submittal. Record unit data: 52 Fan Manufacturer (Each Unit as Applies): 53' Fan Model #: 54 Fan Serial #: 55 Fan Backdraft damper(s) open and close freely 56 Fan Unit(s) tinted speed control switch installed; wired and set where required by contract documents X 57 Fan Unit(s) power and grounding connections of proper material and temiinated correctly 58 Fan Fan installed with minimum 3 fan wheel diameters of straight ductwork downstream X 59 Fan Flexible connectors installed downstream offanas required by contract documents X 60 Fan Ceiling grille clean and tight to ceiling 61 Fan Ductwork layout generally complies with contract document requirements 62 Air Distribution Ductwork routed to avoid passing over electricalpanel boards 63 Air Distribution Concealed ductwork installed to facilitate installation and removal of ceiling tiles (as applicable) 64 Air Distnibution Duct exterior wrap as required by contract documents. Record insulation thiclmess, density, and R-value in comments column X 65 Air Distribution Ductwork supported as required by contract documents, supports attached to joists/beams not floor/roof 66 Air Distribution Ductwork penetrations of building components sealed as required by contract documents 67 Air Distribution Temporary covers fastened to open ends of ductwork during installation X 68 Air Distribution All debiis removed and ductwork cleaned as required by contract documents 69 Air Distribution Ductwork branch requirements as required by contract documents X 70 Air Distribution Balancing dampers installed in diftuserneck arbranch duct take-offas required by contract documents with colored ribbon installed for identification X 71 Air Distribution 'l'umnng vanes installed in bcations required by contract documents 72 Air Distrbution Supply diffusers installed in locations shown on contract documents 73 Air Distil ntion Flexible ductworkconuections same diameter as neck and rraximumlength as specified 74 Air Distribution Retum grilles installed in locations shown on contract documents 75 Tcst, Adjust & Balance Provide TAB services as required by contract documents. Submit draft report to CxA prior to commissioning visit. Submit final report as part of project closeout. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 4, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS SkB Architects General Contractor: tLt 0 m tr w a E z cn c '33co r CI' La La a? c'M MCD CD Cr) cci N N 0 u.0 Feb 15 2018 1- .HEN DERSON ENGIN EERS.COM COMMISSIONING TASK SCHEDULE PERMIT SET PLUMBING SYMBOLS THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS PIPING SYMBOLS JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER RE T OOM 10 -1 "HW 1"HW� r 1 "C W /2"HWR . s FD1 � STOCK NER PROVIDED REFRIGERATOR OWNER PROVIDED DISHWASHER P2 (TYP) (WHA)I J WATER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" (FCO) Cwco / (TYP) HA 1/2"Hw/CW 3/4"CW 3/4"HW/CW /2"CW 1/2"HW 1/2"HW/CW r 1 L 1-1 /2"V : /4 3"W 2'V 3"W 2"V DV V RISER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" 2 WCp (WCO) JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER DWV PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. UNO, INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS LISTED BELOW WITH FINAL APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT. LAVATORY OR SINK STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE URINAL STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER COOLER OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE ICE MAKER OUTLET BOXES WASHING MACHINE OUTLET BOXES JANITOR'S SINK FAUCET FITTINGS 31" FLOOR TO RIM 34" FLOOR TO RIM 24" FLOOR TO RIM 17" FLOOR TO RIM 15' FLOOR TO RIM 17"TO 19° FLOOR TO TOP OF SEAT 41" FLOOR TO SPOUT 36" FLOOR TO SPOUT 24" FLOOR TO CENTER OF BOX 42" FLOOR TO RIM 42" FLOOR TO CENTERLINE USE THE DEFAULT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ELSEWHERE. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ARE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) OR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE (AFG). ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. ANNOTATION CD v PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR PROVIDED UNO) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER ABBREVIATIONS ADA AFF AHU AP BFF BOP BOS BTU CU DI DN DFU (E) ETR EWC FD FFA FFB FF FL FLA FLR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT ACCESS PANEL BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BOTTOM OF PIPE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BRITISH THERMAL UNIT COPPER DUCTILE IRON DOWN DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT EXISTING EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR DRAIN FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW FINISHED FLOOR FLOW LINE FULL LOAD AMPS FLOOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HD HEAD, HUB DRAIN HZ HERTZ IE INVERT ELEVATION JB JUNCTION BOX J-BOX JUNCTION BOX KW KILOWATT MAX MBH MIN N/C N/O NIC PDI PH/0 PRV PVC RTU SF TFA TFB TYP UL UNO VTR W/ W/O MAXIMUM 1000 BTU PER HOUR MINIMUM NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN NOT IN CONTRACT PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PHASE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE ROOFTOP UNIT SQUARE FEET TO FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW TYPICAL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WC WATER COLUMN WS WASTE STACK WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT WVS WASTE VENT STACK ®O FLOOR SINK (FS), SIZE 8 TYPE FLOOR DRAIN (FD), SIZE & TYPE BALL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE -hi-- CHECK VALVE isb (23 BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS WATER METER STRAINER STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE THERMOMETER UNION FLANGE CONNECTION MANUAL /AUTOMATIC AIR VENT OR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE CLEANOUT CAP 0 E WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) ID ELBOW UP ID ELBOW DOWN TEE UP TEE DOWN „A„ IQ ELBOW UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) IQ ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) TEE UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) TEE DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) WITH PDI SIZES, (A, B, C, D, $ E) RECIRCULATION PUMP P-TRAP ---CrO-- TRAP PRIMER WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT LINETYPE LEGEND THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINE -TYPES ARE USED IN COMBINATION WITH THE SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED IN THE FUTURE. THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS 15 NOT INTENDED TO FULLY DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING, WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING LINETYPES MAY BE USED ON ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE, ETC. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. FURNISH A CONSTRUCTION RECORD SET OF "AS -BUILT" DOCUMENTS TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER REFLECTING ANY VARIANCES OF INSTALLED PIPING LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT CONTRARY TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE ENGINEER -OF -RECORD AFTER FINAL INSPECTION OF INSTALLED PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 3. FURNISH TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS. 4. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LEGALLY CONSTITUTED CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND ALSO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 5. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 7. VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS. 9. CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS AND PIPE STRAINERS PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER. 10. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ROD AND SCOPE WASTE LINE TO LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 12. PROVIDE SIZE AND LENGTH OF HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE FROM CIRCULATED HOT WATER BRANCH OR MAIN TO TERMINATION OF HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE AT EACH FIXTURE PER 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, TABLE C404.3.1. FOR 1/2" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL LAVATORIES, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF TWO FEET. FOR 1/2" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL SINKS, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 43 FEET. FOR 3/4" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL SINKS, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 21 FEET. O PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: 1. CONNECT AND EXTEND NEW 1" COLD WATER PIPE REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK . FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE NEW WATER SUBMETER, REMOTE READER AND PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE. COORDINATE AND VERIFY ANY WATER METER, REMOTE READER AND PRV REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 3. CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY PIPE TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPE REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, DIRECTION OF FLOW AND INVERT ELEVATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 4. CONNECT NEW 2" VENT PIPE TO EXISTING VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 5. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ACCESS TO SHUT-OFF VALVES. REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS. 6, ROUTE WATER HEATER DRAIN AND TV DRAIN PIPING TO DISCHARGE SEPARATELY OVER NEAREST RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP, 7. 1"HW DN IN WALL TO LAV WITHIN 24" OF LAVATORY HOT WATER STOP VALVE, AND 3/4" HW UP. EXISTING DEMOLISH NEW FUTURE DOMESTIC COLD WATER (CW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER (HW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. (HWR) TRAP PRIMER LINE (T) SOIL PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (S) SOIL PIPING - BELOW FLOOR (S) WASTE PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (W) WASTE PIPING - BELOW FLOOR (W) VENT BELOW FLOOR (VBF) CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) VENT PIPING (V) _----HW T S- - —6 — W — —VBF— — CD— V— SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER w Q `0) E ARCHITECTS W 0 CC 0 CO CO J W Z o W LLJ a m -, Mw lC)c� .tC .NM\7�)s><0)) 12 NC!0) EL Lt. O Feb 15 2018 CD CH 4* CO C3 rn o Q i� o m 0) .4. ca co NV). PLUMBING PLAN AND RISER DIAGRAMS SEAN 0. EISLER THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP). CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE / INSULATION WITH HANGER. PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE. PROVIDE SHORT INSULATION SHIELD FOR LAPPING INSULATION JACKET OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER COLD PIPE HOT PIPE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TYPES, INSULATION THICKNESSES, HANGER TYPES, HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS TO SRUCTURE AND HANGER SPACING. INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR HOT PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND HANGER. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION ENDS WITH JOINT SEALANT WATER HAMMER ARRESTER, PDI SIZE "A" STRAINER ADAPTER, SWEAT TO GARDEN HOSE THREAD FLOW CONTROL VALVE, SET AT 1.0 GPM RE: SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONS MAKE CONNECTIONS TO UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 11. INSTALL WATER AND WASTE HOSES FURNISHED WITH DISHWASHER. 1/2" HOT WATER SUPPLY FROM WATER HEATER 3/4" PIPE FROM COLD WATER SUPPLY TO WATER HEATER, WITH NO CHECK VALVES INTERVENING FDA -COMPLIANT BUTYL DIAPHRAGM WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING, NSF APROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE PIPE HANGER NEXT TO ELBOW PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTION FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS AIR CHARGING VALVE. FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SMALL EXPANSION TANK NO SCALE PROVIDE AIR GAP FITTING IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES OR AUTHORITIES, OR HANG WASTE HOSE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE UNDER COUNTERTOP, 38" MAXIMUM. NEARBY SINK CONNECT DISHWASHER DRAIN HOSE TO BRANCHING TAILPIECE OF SINK (REFER TO SCHEDULE AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS), OR CONNECT TO GARBAGE DISPOSER IF PROVIDED. 10" MINIMUM PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESSORIES SHOWN. IF SINK IS ADA, DO NOT ENCROACH ON ACCESSIBILITY ZONE. RESIDENTIAL DISHWASHER CONNECTION WITH INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER NO SCALE INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 6" CLEARANCE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE ABOVE — REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FURNISHED WITH WATER HEATER THERMOMETER PROVIDE A HARD COPPER RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE FULL SIZE OF VALVE OUTLET — ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR SCHEDULE — DRAIN VALVE WITH HOSE BIBB BY WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER PROVIDE 6" DEEP RUST -PROOF WATER -TIGHT PAN UNDER HEATER, WITH DRAIN PIPE -I SET WATER HEATER ON MEZZANINE -H- IF CEILING EXISTS, INSTALL ABOVE IT IF THERE IS ADEQUATE SPACE AND EASY ACCESS PROVIDE AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ABOVE TOP OF HEATER CHECK VALVE (TYPICAL) ,,-,..-SHUT-OFF VALVE 51 'f{ WATER SUPPLY HOT WATER TO FIXTURES -14 - 3/4" BRANCH TO EXPANSION - TANK PROVIDE 12"WIDE x 12"DEEP HEAT TRAP AT INLET AND OUTLET (TYPICAL) RECIRCULATION PUMP WITH UNION CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE, AQUASTAT AND STRAINER UPSTREAM, CHECK VALVE AND SHUTOFF VALVE DOWNSTREAM PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTIONS FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL) ROUTE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE AND DRAIN PAN PIPE SEPARATELY TO DISCHARGE INTO RECEPTOR SHOWN ON PLAN, WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH WATER HEATER FURNISHED. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACE WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE WATER HEATER PLATFORM ATTACHED TO WALL AND/OR SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. INSTALL BOTTOM OF PLATFORM AT MINIMUM 6'-6" ABOVE FLOOR IF ABOVE JANITOR'S SINK; OTHERWISE HIGH AS POSSIBLE. POWER WIRING AND DISCONNECT ARE SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL. INTERLOCK OF AQUASTAT WITH RECIRCULATION PUMP IS SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL. COLD WATER MAIN BRANCH PIPE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE FEEDING PLUMBING FIXTURE(S) AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH INTEGRAL AIR GAP. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER MINIMUM 12" ABOVE FLOOR FOR EVERY 20' OF PRIMER DISCHARGE PIPE. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT(S) WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS SERVED BY ONE TRAP PRIMER VALVE. IF TRAP PRIMER IS INSTALLED ABOVE HARD CEILING, PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN BODY OR P-TRAP WITH THREADED TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. PROVIDE SWEAT TO THREADED ADAPTER. BRAZE JOINT BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE. WATER HEATER NO SCALE CONNECT 1/2" PIPE (WITHOUT SHUT-OFF VALVE IN BRANCH) TO TRAP PRIMER VALVE OFF TOP OF BRANCH PIPE. INSULATE PIPE UPSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER, BUT NOT DOWNSTREAM, INSTALL TRAP PRIMER LINE(S) DOWNSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER OR DISTRIBUTION UNIT USING 1/2" SOFT COPPER TUBING. INSTALL WITHOUT KINKS, AND SLOPE CONTINUOUSLY TOWARDS FLOOR DRAIN. CONCEAL PIPE(S) IN PARTITION OR CHASE IN FINISHED AREAS. TRAP PRIMER AND PIPES MAY BE INSTALLED EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED, NON-PUBLIC AREAS. IF PIPE IS BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE, PROVIDE 1/2" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM PRIMER CONNECTION TO 1" ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY LCCAL AUTHORITIES. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE AND DISTRIBUTION UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. TRAP PRIMER OVERHEAD NO SCALE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ARE PROVIDED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON EACH OF THESE ITEMS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. (DAGF) DISHWASHER AIR GAP FITTING: SIOUX CHIEF #249, DISHWASHER AIR GAP MEETING ASSE 1021 WITH POLYPROPYLENE BODY, CHROME -PLATED BRASS CAP, 1/2" INLET HOSE BARB, AND 3/4" OUTLET HOSE BARB. CD E• XPANSION TANK: AMTROL "THERM-X-TROL" # ST-5, WELDED STEEL PRESSURE TANK, POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FLEXIBLE BUTYL DIAPHRAGM, AIR CHARGING VALVE, 150 PSI MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, 2.0 GALLON CAPACITY, 0.45 MAXIMUM ACCEPTANCE FACTOR, 3/4" PIPE CONNECTION. SET THE AIR CHARGE PRESSURE TO MATCH EXISTING WATER SYSTEM PRESSURE. FCO) FLOOR CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH, CAST IRON BODY, FLASHING FLANGE WITH CLAMPING COLLAR, ABS PLUG, AND ADJUSTABLE, SQUARE, SECURED, NICKEL BRONZE, TOP. #4051L (-F-C), SCORIATED TOP FOR EXPOSED, FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR, APPLICATION(S), #4171 (-F-C), 1/8" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TILED FLOOR AREA(S), # 4211 (-F-C), 1/2" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TERRAZZO AND SIMILAR POURED FLOOR AREA(S). REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. FD1) FLOOR DRAIN: JAY R. SMITH # 2005L (-A), CAST IRON BODY AND CLAMPING COLLAR, ADJUSTABLE 6" ROUND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. USE PUSH -ON JOINT OF OUTLET SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ( FD2) FLOOR DRAIN: JAY R. SMITH # 2110L (-B), CAST IRON BODY, 8" ROUND, LOOSE, MEDIUM DUTY, CAST IRON GRATE, SEDIMENT BUCKET, BOTTOM OUTLET, SEEPAGE PAN, AND MEMBRANE FLASHING CLAMP. USE PUSH -ON JOINT OF OUTLET SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. INSTALL "WCO" IN VENT ABOVE FIXTURE. ( IMB) ICE MAKER BOX: GUY GRAY MODEL # BIM875, 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BOX, 18 GAUGE STEEL FACEPLATE, BOTTOM INLET WATER SUPPLY WITH 1/2" x 1/4" COMPRESSION ANGLE STOP VALVE. TRIM: LOOP 4 FEET OF 1/4" TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER TUBING. C---) JANITOR'S SINK: STERN-WILLIAMS # MTB-2424, 24" X 24" X 10" HIGH TERRAZZO BASIN WITH INTEGRAL STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN BODY. FAUCET: CHICAGO FAUCET # 897-CP FAUCET WITH WALL BRACE, INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER, PAIL HOOK, AND 3/4" MALE HOSE THREADED OUTLET. SECURE FAUCET IN WALL WITH BACKBOARD. TRIM: # BP TYPE 304, 20 GAUGE, STAINLESS STEEL WALL SURROUNDS, # T-35 THREE FOOT LONG REINFORCED HOSE WITH 3/4" CHROME COUPLING AND WALL HOOK, # V-70 EXTRUDED VINYL BUMPER GUARD, AND # T-40 24" STAINLESS STEEL MOP HANGER. WALL -MOUNTED LAVATORY (ADA ACCESSIBLE): AMERICAN STANDARD #0124.131 "COMRADE" 20 x 18-1/4" RECTANGULAR WALL MOUNTED WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE WITH FAUCET LEDGE AND REAR OVERFLOW. FAUCET: CHICAGO FAUCET # 857-E12-665PSHABCP 4" CENTERSET, LEAD FREE SELF CLOSING METERING FAUCET, POLISHED CHROME, BRASS BODY, 4-1/2" INTEGRAL SPOUT WITH # E12 2.2 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 155A GRID DRAIN WITH TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # LF2165CCLK LEAD FREE BRASS LOOSE KEY COMPRESSION ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 8872CF 1-1/4" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP AND WASTE ARM WITH CLEANOUT PLUG AND ESCUTCHEON, CONCEALED ARM CARRIER WITH STANCHIONS TO FLOOR, AND TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. SINK: KOHLER "STRIVE", #K-5286 24" x 18-1/4" x 9-5/16" DEEP, SINGLE COMPARTMENT, UNDER MOUNT, 16 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL, FIXTURE WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE AND CUT-OUT TEMPLATE. SET IN BED OF CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. FAUCET: MOEN "ALIGN" # 5923 SINGLE HOLE, WITH SINGLE LEVER HANDLE, PRE -RINSE SPRING PULLDOWN HIGH ARC FAUCET AND 1.5 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 1LF2165CC LEAD FREE BRASS WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 151M CUP STRAINER WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # B8912CF 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, PLUMBEREX "PRO -EXTREME" # X-4222 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. (--) SINK: KOHLER "STRIVE", #K-5287 15" x 15" x 9-5/16" DEEP, SINGLE COMPARTMENT, UNDER MOUNT, 16 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL, BAR SINK WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE AND CUT-OUT TEMPLATE. SET IN BED OF CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. FAUCET: MOEN "ALIGN" # 5965 SINGLE HOLE, WITH SINGLE LEVER HANDLE, PULLDOWN HIGH ARC PREP/BAR FAUCET AND 1.5 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 1LF2165CC LEAD FREE BRASS WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 151M CUP STRAINER WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # B8912CF 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, PLUMBEREX "PRO -EXTREME" # X-4222 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE: POWERS # e480, SOLID BRASS BODY, THERMOSTATIC WAX ELEMENT, CORROSION RESISTANT INTERNAL PARTS, AND INTEGRAL CHECKS, ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT, CAPABLE OF 2.2 GPM WITH A 20 PSI DIFFERENTIAL AND A MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF 0.5 GPM. SET TEMPERATURE TO 110°F FOR DUEL TEMPERATURE LAVATORIES AND HAND SINKS, 100°F FOR SINGLE TEMPERATURE LAVATORIES AND HAND SINKS AND 120°F FOR SINKS. MOUNT BELOW THE PLUMBING FIXTURE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN(S). CD T• RAP PRIMER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS # PR-500 "PRIME RITE", CORROSION RESISTANT BRASS BODY, "0" RING SEALS, 1/2" INLET AND OUTLET, AND INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. INSTALL THE VALVE AT A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. C-� TIME SWITCH: INTERMATIC #ET1705CSPST, 7 DAY, ONE CIRCUIT -SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW, ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH OR EQUAL BY TORK. TIME SWITCH SHALL BE MOTOR RATED (1H.P. @ 120 VOLT, SINGLE PHASE), MINIMUM OF 20 SETPOINTS (14 ON/OFF CTCLES) AND BATTERY BACKUP. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 16 FOR INSTALLATION AND INTERLOCK OF TIME SWITCH IN SERIES WITH THE AQUASTAT AND RECIRCULATION PUMP. WALL -MOUNTED WATER CLOSET: ZURN "Z5560" TANK TYPE WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE WITH ELONGATED , DUAL FLUSH 1.6 GALLON OR 1.0 GALLON PER FLUSH, PRESSURE ASSISTED TANK, SIPHON JET ACTION AND SPEED CONNECT TANK/BOWL COUPLING SYSTEM. TRIM: WHITE OPEN -FRONT CONTOURED, SOLID PLASTIC, HEAVY DUTY, SEAT LESS COVER WITH SELF-SUSTAINING CHECK HINGES AND STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. McGUIRE # LF2166CC LEAD FREE BRASS ANGLE STOP VALVE WITH RISER AND CHROME -PLATED ESCUTCHEON. INSTALL "WCO" IN VENT ABOVE FIXTURE. (WCO) WALL CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH # 4530S, CAST IRON CLEANOUT TEE, COUNTER SUNK PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW, AND IRON PLUG WITH GASKET SEAL. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. (WHA) W• ATER HAMMER ARRESTER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, HARD DRAWN COPPER BODY WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, PISTON TYPE WITH LUBRICATED EPDM "0" RING SEALS, MEETING ASSE 1010 OR PDI WH-201. PROVIDE PDI SIZES "A" THROUGH "F" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE SIZE "A" UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. ( WH) WATER HEATER: A.O. SMITH # DEL-40, 40 GALLON GLASS LINED LOW BOY STORAGE TANK, TWO 3.0KW DIRECT -IMMERSION HEATING ELEMENTS, INTERLOCKED FOR NON -SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION, SURFACE -MOUNTED THERMOSTATS, ANODE ROD, T & P VALVE, AND 14 GALLONS PER HOUR RECOVERY AT A 90 DEGREE TEMPERATURE RISE. SET WATER HEATER OPERATING TEMPERATURE TO 140 °F. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE, 25 FULL LOAD AMPS. asso SFPARAT RP RO6. l AND EGUI,? RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER FIXTURE BRANCH CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT WATER CLOSET (FT) 1/2" - 4" 2" LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" FLOOR DRAIN - - 3" 2" HAND SINK 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" JANITOR'S SINK 3/4" 3/4" 3" 2" NOTE: PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM. ARCHITECTS 0) Lrs m t co oCD CO M CO Cr? rn-. tj co (fl (0 Cs' N 0 CL u.0 General Contractor: Feb 15 2018 .HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM m 1) c 0 0 8) O 8) (0 0 w wJ EL mw Z oww 0 CD --� PERMIT SET PLUMBING DETAILS AND SCHEDULES H. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL Warranties shall include labor and material, including travel expenses. Make repairs or replacements without any additional costs to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, Architect, and Engineer. L. SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING Division 22: PLUMBING 1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All requirements under Division 01 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 01, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all its contents as to requirements that affect this division, section, or both. Work required under this division includes all material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably Inferred to be necessary to facilitate the function of each system as implied by the design and equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the Project are complementary, and any portion of work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the Engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the systems without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory, and properly operating system. B. DEFINITIONS Division: References contained in this specification follow the numbering system defined in the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat 2004 Edition. Specification Divisions 01 through 13 provided with this project may reference the CSI MasterFormat 1995 Edition. The corresponding division references between the 2004 Edition and 1995 Edition are as follows: 2004 Edition 1995 Edition 1. Division 21 - Fire Suppression Division 15 2. Division 22 - Plumbing Division 15 3. Division 23 - HVAC Division 15 4. Division 26 - Electrical Division 16 5. Division 27 - Communications Division 16 6, Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security Division 16 Furnish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar operations." Install: "to perform all operations at the project site including, but net limited to, the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use." Provide: "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use." Furnished by Owner (or Owner -Furnished) or Furnished by Others: "an item furnished by the Owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete, and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division." Engineer: Where referenced in this division, "Engineer" is the Engineer of Record and the Design Professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of the Architect, as defined in the General and/or Supplementary Conditions. When used to this division, Engineer means increased involvement by and obligations to the Engineer, in addition to involvement by and obligations to the Architect. AHJ: The local code and/or inspection agency (Authority) Having Jurisdiction over the work. NRTL: Nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. Nationally recognized testing laboratories and standards listed are used only to represent the characteristics required and are not intended to restrict the use of other NRTLs that are acceptable to the AHJ and standards that meet the specified criteria. Substitution: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. Substitutions include Value Engineering proposals. A Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. B Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent", or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the Engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, or both, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. The term lead free refers to the wetted surface of pipe, fittings and fixtures in potable water systems that have a weighted average lead content of less than or equal to 0.25% per safe drinking water act as amended January 4, 2011 Section 1417. C. PREBID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to comply with this requirement shall not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. D. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide new material, equipment, and apparatus under this contract unless otherwise stated herein, of best quality normally used for the purpose in good commercial practice, and free from defects. install material and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Model numbers listed in specifications or shown on the drawings are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim, written descriptions of the trim govern model numbers. Pipe, pipe fittings, pipe specialties and valves shall be manufactured in plants located in the United States or certified to meet the specified ASTM and ANSI standards. Work performed under this contract shall provide a neat and "workmanlike" appearance when completed, to the satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer. Workmanship shall be the finest possible by experienced mechanics. Installations shall comply with applicable codes and laws. The complete installation shall function as designed and intended with respect to efficiency, capacity, noise level, etc. Abnormal noise caused by rattling equipment, piping and squeaks in rotating components shall not be acceptable. Materials and equipment shall be of commercial specification grade in quality. Light duty and residential grade equipment shag not be accepted unless otherwise indicated. Remove from the premises waste material present as a result of his work, including cartons, crating, paper, stickers, and/or excavation material not used in backfilling, etc. Clean equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean Installation at the termination of the work. Repair or replace public and private property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract to the satisfaction of authorities and regulations having jurisdiction. Provide all safety fights, guards, and waming signs required for the performance of the work and for the safety of the public. E. MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Where a list is provided, manufacturers are listed alphabetically and not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. F. COORDINATION Coordinate work with that of other trades so that the various components of the systems are installed at the proper time, will fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Components which are installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the Owner. Unless otherwise indicated, General Contractor shall provide chases and openings in building construction required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the General Contractor with Information where chases and openings when required. Contractor shall keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project and shall execute his work in such a manner as not to interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall be taken in preference to scaled dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor shall be held responsible for errors which could have been avoided by proper checking and verification. Provide materials with trim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed in the specifications or shown on the drawings are not intended to designate the required trim. G. ORDINANCES AND CODES Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be In conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be In strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ, including any amendments and standards as set forth by the following: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 5. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 7. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 8. Other national standards and codes where applicable. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Where conflicts between various codes, ordinances, rules, and regulations exist, comply with the most stringent. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the attention of the Architect and Engineer for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law. Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described. Where required, obtain, pay for, and furnish certificates of inspection to Owner. Store and protect from damage equipment and material after delivery to job site. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic. as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material damaged by construction activities shall be rejected and Contractor shall fumish new equipment and material of a like kind at his own expense. Keep premises broom clean of foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Piping, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of piping systems while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. Keep the manufacturer -provided protective coverings on floor drains, floor sinks and trench drains during construction. Remove coverings at the termination of the work and polish exposed surfaces. I. SUBSTITUTIONS Materials, products, equipment, and systems described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by the proposed substitution. The base bid shall include only the products from manufacturers specifically named in the drawings and specifications. To request a substitution, request the Substitution Request Form from the Architect or Engineer. Complete and send the Substitution Request From for each material, product, equipment, or system that is proposed to be substituted. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Unless stated otherwise in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor, Contractor warrants to the Engineer, Architect, and Owner the following: 1. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to meet or exceed the specified Work in all respects unless stated otherwise in the substitution request. 2. Proposed substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results, Including functional clearances, maintenance service, and sourcing of replacement parts. 3. Proposed substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified Work. 5. If accepted substitution fails to perform as required, Contractor shall replace substitute material or system with that originally specified and bear costs incurred thereby. 6. Coordination, installation and Granges in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. No substitutions will be considered unless the Substitution Request Form is completed and attached with the appropriate substitution documentation. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of bids unless written request for approval to bid has been received by the Engineer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be stated in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other way. Verbal approval will not be given. No substitutions will be considered after the contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the contract documents. J. SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit for review shop drawings, material lists, manufacturer product literature for equipment to be furnished, and items requiring coordination between contractors under this contract. Provide submittals In sufficient detail so as to demonstrate compliance with these Contract Documents and the design concept. Prior to transmitting submittal, verify that the equipment submitted is mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, will fit the available space, and maintain manufacturer recommended service clearances. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any change in location or configuration, submit a shop drawing showing the proposed layout. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks Engineer review time, plus to/from mailing time via the Architect, plus a duplication of this time for resubmittal, if required. Only resubmit those sections requested for resubmit -MI. Submittals shall contain the project name, applicable specification section, submittal date, equipment identification acronym as used on the drawings, and the Contractor's stamp. The stamp shall certify that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor, complies with the drawings and specifications, and is coordinated with other trades. Manufacturer product literature shall include shop drawings, product data, performance sheets, samples and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list, or indicate the materials, performance criteria, and accessories that are being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain the firm name, logo, seal, or signature of the Engineer. They shall not be copies of the work product of the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use elements of such product, refer to paragraph "Electronic Drawing Files" for procedures to be used. Separate submittals according to individual specification sections. Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned without review. Catalog data shall be properly bound, identified, Indexed and tabbed in a 3-ring binder. Each item or model number shall be clearly marked and accessories indicated. Label the catalog data with the equipment identification acronym or number as used on the drawings and include performance curves, capacities, sizes, weights, materials, finishes, wiring diagrams, electrical requirements and deviations from specified equipment or materials. For equipment with motor starters or VFDs, include short circuit current ratings. Mark out inapplicable items. Shop drawings will be returned without review if the above mentioned requirements are not met. Provide the quantity of submittals required by Division 01. If not indicated and hard -copy sets are provided, submit a minimum of six (6) copies. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, Contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in Division 01. Contractor shall notify the Architect and Engineer that the submittals have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in Division 01, Contractor shall include the webslte, user name, and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, Contractor shall copy the designated representatives of the Architect and Engineer. Contractor shall allow for the Engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal. The checkingand subsequent acceptance of submittals bythe Engineer and/or Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from T e q p g responsibility for deviations from the drawings and specifications, errors in dimensions, details, size of members, or quantities, omissions of components or fittings; coordination of electrical requirements; and not coordinating items with actual building conditions and adjacent work. Proceed with the procurement and installation of equipment only after receiving approved shop drawings relative to each item. K. ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, Contractor may, at his option, obtain electronic drawing files in AutoCAD or DXF format on CD-ROM disk, DVD disk, flash drive, or direct download, as desired, from the Engineer for a shipping and handling fee of $200 for a drawing set up to 12 sheets and $15 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the Architect for written authorization and Engineer for the necessary release agreement form and to specify shipping method and drawing format. In addition to payment, written authorization from the Architect and release agreement form from the Engineer must be received before electronic drawing fifes will be sent. L. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS -BUILT DRAWINGS) During progress of the work in this division, Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all changes made during the installation of the system. Upon completion of the work, accurately transfer all record Information to three identical sets of the approved shop drawings. Insert one set into each copy of the manual described below. See Division 01 and General Conditions for additional information. M. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Dudng the course of construction, collect and compile a complete brochure of equipment furnished and installed on this project. Include operational and maintenance Instructions, manufacturer's catalog sheets, wiring diagrams, parts lists, approved submittals and shop drawings, warranties, and descriptive literature as furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Include an inside cover sheet that lists the project name, date, Owner, Architect, Engineer, General Contractor, Sub -Contractor, and an index of contents. Submit three copies of literature bound in approved binders with index and tabs separating equipment types to the Architect, for Engineer's review, at the termination of the work. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, loose-leaf binding, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders. Final approval of systems installed under this contract shall be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the Architect and Engineer. Instruct workmen to save required literature shipped with the equipment itself for inclusion in this brochure. Include record drawings as described above. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic manuals for this project. For electronic manuals, refer to paragraph "Submittals" for requirements. N. SPARE PARTS Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the spare parts for faucet washers and O-ringsand water closet tank repair kits for the fixtures fumished for this project. O. TRAINING At a time mutually agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train Owner's designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include, but not be limited to, an overview of the system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole; operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals, Submit a certification letter to the Architect staling that the Owner's designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The Contractor and the Owner's representative shall sign the certification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days advance notice. P. WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design, or material for a period of 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturer's standard warranty exceeds 12 months. Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated in the General Conditions and Division 01. Warranty shall Include a guarantee of free circulation of liquids throughout the system as intended without leaks, excessive noise, or water hammer. Perform the remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the Engineer or Owner. At the time of Substantial Completion, deliver to the Owner all warranties, in writing and property executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the one year period and any actions the Owner must take in order to maintain warranty status. Each warranty instrument shall be addressed to the Owner and state the commencement date and term. 2. GENERAL MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. BUILDING OPERATION Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in operation during normal workday hours. Accomplish work requiring interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation and only with written approval of building Owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation with the Owner and/or tenant a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of work. B. EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL Provide items of plumbing systems modification required because of building remodeling, as noted on the drawings, or necessary far proper operation. Match existing materials and construction techniques when modifying existing systems. Coordinate requirements with general contractor and architect. Seal existing floor drains to be abandoned or not in use at completion of work gas -tight with plug. Clean P-trap of debris. Provide blank grate. Cover drains with floor material matching adjacent area In finished portions of the building. New floor drains shall be connected to the existing sanitary drainage system as shown on the drawings or as required. Saw -cut existing concrete floor as required to Install new underfloor lines, and patch to match existing sub -floor. Refer to architectural specifications for finish floor patching requirements. Existing plumbing fixtures where indicated on the drawings to be reused shall be cleaned, repaired, provided with new washers, etc. As required to put them into good operating condition. Patch hales weather -tight in existing roofs caused by removal of plumbing items such as piping. Make connection of new pipe to similar existing waste, water and gas pipe using standard fittings and joining practices. C. COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE Repair streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged in the course of the work. Repair materials shall match existing construction. Repair work shall meet all requirements of the Owner, local authorities having jurisdiction, and meet the satisfaction of the Architect. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING Conform to the requirements in Division 01. Cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions of the facility as required to install work under this division. Obtain permission from the Architect prior to cutting. Do not disturb structural members without prior approval from the Architect. Cut holes as small as possible. Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility as required by work under this division. Patching shall match original material and construction including fire ratings, if applicable. Repair and refinish areas disturbed by work to the condition of adjoining surfaces in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. E. ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay all roughing -In with other divisions. Conceal piping, conduit, and rough -in except in unfinished areas and where otherwise shown. F. SUPPORT SYSTEMS Structural steel used for pipe supports, equipment supports, etc., shall be new and clean, and shall conform to ASTM designation A-36. Support plumbing equipment and piping from the building structure. Do not support plumbing equipment and piping from ceilings, other mechanical or electrical components, and other non-structural elements. G. ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors for all concealed equipment where indicated or as required, except where above lay -in ceilings. Access doors shall be adequately sized for the devices served with a minimum size of 18 inches x 18 inches. Access doors must be of the proper construction for type of construction in which it is installed. Obtain Architect's approval of type, size, location, and color before ordering. Provide factory -fabricated and assembled units, complete with attachment devices and fasteners ready for installation, concealed hinges, flush screwdriver -operated cam lock, and anchor straps. Provide access doors manufactured by Milcer, Titus, Zurn, or equal. H. PENETRATIONS Provide sleeves for pipes passing through above grade concrete or masonry walls, concrete floor or roof slabs. Sleeves are not required for core drilled holes in existing masonry walls, concrete floors or roofs. Provide 10 gauge galvanized steel sleeves for sleeves 6 inches and smaller. Provide galvanized sheet metal sleeves for larger than 6 inches. Schedule 40 PVC sleeves are acceptable for installation in areas without return air plenums. Seal elevated floor, exterior wall and roof penetrations watertight and weathertight with non -shrink, non -hardening commercial sealant. Pack with mineral wool and seal both ends with minimum of 1/2 inch of sealant. Seal around penetrations of fire rated assemblies. Coordinate fire ratings and locations with the architectural drawings. Refer to architectural specifications for fire stoppings. Provide a product schedule for UL listing, location, wall or floor rating and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Extend pipe Insulation for Insulated pipe through floor, wall and roof penetrations, Including fire rated walls and floors. The vapor barrier shall be maintained. Size sleeve for a minimum of 1 Inch annular clear space between inside of sleeve and outside of insulation. Seal concrete or masonry exterior wall penetrations below grade with "wall pipes" and mechanical sleeve seals. Provide cast iron "wall pipes" with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. Provide modular mechanical sleeve seals, manufactured by Thundedine 1 Link Seal, Catpico, Inc. and Metraflex. Seal elevated concrete slab with water proof membrane penetrations with 'wall pipes" and water proof sealant. Secure waterproof membrane flashing between 'wall pipe" damping flange and clamping ring. Provide cast iron wall pipes" with integral waterstop ring manufactured by Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade, Watts or Zurn. Provide sleeves for horizontal pipe passing through or under foundation. Sleeves shall be cast iron soil pipe two nominal pipe sizes larger than the pipe served. Provide Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves for vertical pressure pipe passing through concrete slab on grade. Sleeves shall be one nominal pipe size larger than the pipe served and two pipe sizes larger than pipe served far ductile iron pipes with restraining rods. Seal water -tight with silicone caulk. Provide 1/2 Inch thick cellular foam insulation around perimeter of non -pressure pipe passing thru concrete slab on grade. Insulation shall extend to 2 inches above and below the concrete slab. I. FIRESTOPPING Sealants and accessories shall have fire -resistance ratings indicated, as established by testing identical assemblies in accordance with UL 2079 or ASTM E 814, or other NRTL acceptable to AHJ. Manufacturers: Hilti, RectorSeal, Specified Technologies Inc., United Slates Gypsum Company, or 3M corp. Through and Membrane Penetration Firestopping Systems Product Schedule: Provide UL listing, location, wall or floor rating, and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Where project conditions require modification to qualified testing and Inspecting agency's illustrations for a particular fireslopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. Include qualifications data for testing agency. J. ELECTRICAL WIRING Line voltage wiring shall be provided by Division 26. Line voltage control and interlock wiring for plumbing systems shall also be provided by Division 26. Low voltage control wiring shall be provided by Division 23. Furnish wiring diagrams to Division 26 as required for proper equipment hookup. Coordinate with Division 26 the actual wire sizing amps for plumbing equipment (from the equipment nameplate) to ensure proper installation. K. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS Provide necessary equipment and accessories that are not provided by the equipment supplier or Owner to complete installation of equipment furnished by others in locations as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or both. Furnish and install roughed -in wastes, vents and water services. Provide final connection to kitchen equipment, fumished by others, in locations as indicated on the drawings. Provide accessory items that are required but not fumished with the equipment including traps, stop valves, PRVs, indirect drain from equipment to floor drains, and accessory items indicated or required for the proper operation of the complete system at the termination of the work. Contractor shall be responsible for correct rough -in dimensions and shall verify same with Architect and/or equipment supplier prior to service installations. Install the emergency natural gas shutoff valve furnished with exhaust hood fire extinguishing system ie an accessible location. Upon completion of each phase of the installation, test each system in conformance with local code requirements and as noted below. Furnish labor and equipment required to test each system installed under this contract. Assume all costs involved in making the tests and repairing and/or replacing any damages resulting therefrom. Notify the Architect and the AHJ, three (3) working days prior to making plumbing system tests. Leave concealed work uncovered until the required tests have been completed, but if necessary due to construction procedure, tests on portions of the work may be made, and when satisfactory, the work may be concealed. Test piping before insulation Is installed, and before backlit. Pipes, joints, flanges, valve stems, etc., shall be leak tight. Repair or replace system defects with new materials. Caulking of detective joints, cracks or holes will not be permitted. Repeat tests after defects have been eliminated. Make tests in the presence of the administrative authority and/or the Owner's authorized representative. Upon completion of the systems installation, and prior to acceptance by the Architect and Engineer, make general operating tests to demonstrate that equipment and systems are In proper working order, and are functioning In conformance with the intent of the drawings and specifications. As a part of these tests, open every water outlet to ensure complete system flushing, remove and clean faucet aerators, clean strainers, light pilot lights, and operate every piece of equipment fumished under this contract to demonstrate proper functioning. Test the drainage and vent system by plugging openings with test plugs, except those at the top of the stacks. Fill the system with water; test results will be satisfactory if the water level remains stationary for not less than one (1) hour. Subject the drainage and vent system to a pressure of at least ten (10) feet of water. If leaks develop, repair them and repeat the test. Test the domestic water system by filling it with water and then isolating the system from its source. Keep the system closed for a period of twenty-four hours with no fixture being used. The pressure differential for this test period shall not exceed 10 psig. Test water piping to a 125 PSI hydrostatic pressure. M. VIBRATION ISOLATION Provide vibration Isolation equipment and materials by a single manufacturer. If type and deflection for specific equipment is not specified within the contract documents, reference ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications" or provide per manufacturer's recommendations. Approved manufacturers Amber Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Mason Industries, Inc., Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc., and Vibration Mounting and Controls, provided their systems are In compliance with the specified design and performance requirements. General Requirements: Select vibration isolators by the weight distribution to produce uniform deflection. Vibration isolators shall have either known us -deflected heights or calibration markings so that, after adjustment, the static deflection can be verified, thus determining that the toad is within the proper range of the isolator. Isolators shall operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curves. Spring Isolators shall have 50 percent excess capacity without becoming coil bound. Coat vibration isolators with factory -applied paint. Coat vibration isolators exposed to weather and other corrosive environments with factory -applied corrosion resistance protection. Install and adjust vibration Isolators in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Isolator Types 1. Provide type MWP (Metal and Waffle Sandwich Pads) for equipment mounted on equipment pads consisting of two, 5/16 inch thick ribbed or waffle neoprene pads sandwiching a 16 gauge stainless steel shim plate with bridge bearing quality neoprene with a maximum durometer of 50 and designed for 15 percent strain. If the isolator is bolted to the structure, provide a neoprene vibration Isolation washer and sleeve (Uniroyal Type 620/660, or as approved) installed under the bolt head between the steel washer and the base plate. Provide Mason Industries Type WSW or equal. 2. Provide type DDNM (Double Deflection Neoprene Mounts) for piping suspended from the structure within 50 feet of rotating equipment, consisting of double deflecting, molded neoprene isolators and be laterally stabilized with all metal surfaces covered with neoprene. Top and bottom surfaces shall be ribbed and bolt holes shall be provided in the base. The mounts shall have leveling bolts rigidly secured to the equipment. The isolator shall be manufactured with bridge bearing quality neoprene, and selected for a maximum durometer of 50 and designed for 15 percent strain. DDNM mounts shall be selected for a static deflection of 3/8 inch unless otherwise specified. Provide Masan Industries Type ND or as equal. 3. Provide type DDNH (Double Deflection Neoprene Hangers) for piping supported on the floor within 50 feet of rotating equipment, consisting of a molded neoprene isolating element in a steel hanger box. A neoprene sleeve shall be provided where the lower hanger rod passes through the steel hanger box, such that the hanger rod cannot contact the steel hanger. The diameter of the clear hole in the hanger box shall be at least 3/4 inch larger than the diameter of the hanger rod and permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degree arc. When installed, the hanger box shall be allowed to rotate through a full 360 degrees without encountering any obstructions. The isolator shall be manufactured with bridge bearing quality neoprene, and selected for a maximum durometer of 50 and designed for 15 percent strain. Unless otherwise specified, the static deflection of DDNH hangers shall be 0.3 inches. Provide Mason Industries Type HD or as equal. N. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEPF SYSTEMS Seismic Protection Criteria: Risk/Occupancy Category: III Site Soil Category: Contractor's Seismic Engineer to Determine Seismic Design Category: Contractors Seismic Engineer to Determine Component Importance Factor: Determined From ASCE 7-2010 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the requirements for seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems. Seismic protection criteria used to determine seismic bracing requirements of all mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems shall be determined by the applicable code adopted In the project jurisdiction. Where not already determined within the contract documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting a licensed professional engineer to establish building site class, seismic design category, seismic zone, or any other criteria necessary to determine the requirements for seismic bracing on mechanical, electrical, and/or plumbing systems. Seismic bracing of fire protection systems shall be installed in strict accordance with the provisions of NFPA 13 (2010 or later edition). The Contractor shall determine the type and location of seismic bracing required for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing elements shown on the drawings based on the established seismic criteria, the size and weight of the supported element, and the distance from structure of the supported element. The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawing information to the AHJ and the Engineer for review and approval: 1. Seismic analysis listing all applicable seismic design criteria. 2. Descriptive catalog data of seismic bracing materials. 3. Shop drawings showing bracing type and location. 4. Installation details dell bracing used. 5. Calculations showing that the seismic restraints meet the seismic requirements. Shop drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer, licensed in the state of the project and employed by the manufacturer of the seismic bracing products. Calculations shall include dead loads, static seismic toads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections. Seismic bracing, restraints, isolators, and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are: Amber/Booth Company, Inc., B-Line/Tolco, ISAT, Kinetics Noise Control, Inc., Loos & Company, Inc., Mason Industries, Inc., Uni-strut, or Vibro-Acoustics. Each device shall have a pre -approval number from California OSHPD or other recognized govemment agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Seismic bracing measures to be applied to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment/systems shall be installed in strict accordance with all applicable local, state, and/or federal codes as well es manufacturer's requirements. The most stringent criteria shall apply. All anchor connections to structure for support of mechanical and electrical equipment, regardless of the need for seismic restraints, shall be shown on shop drawings. 3. PLUMBING PIPING A. PIPING MATERIALS Materials specified or noted on the drawings are subject to the approval of local code authorities. Verify approval before installing any material or Joining method. Domestic Water (Cold and Hot): Domestic water piping installed above the floor slab inside the building shall be Type "L" hard temper copper tube with wrought copper fittings and soldered connections made up with 95/5 solder. Brazed mechanically formed lee connections (T-drill) may be used in copper lines where approved by code; connection shall be brazed joints made with AWS A5.8, BAg Silver filler metal. Underground domestic water piping 2 inch and smaller shall be Type "K" soft temper copper tubing with flared copper alloy fittings and connections, or Type "K" hard temper copper tubing with conventional wrought copper fittings and brazed joints made with AWS A5.8, BAg Silver filler meta. Install as few underground copper piping joints as possible. At building service entrance, no joints shall be installed under or within 5 feet of the building. Install domestic water piping below grade outside building at adequate depth to prevent freezing. Interior Waste And Vent Below Slab: Waste and vent pipe below slab Inside building shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe with hub and spigot fittings with neoprene gasket joints, meeting ASTM A74, manufactured by AB & I Foundry, Charlotte or Tyler pipe and bearing the trademark of the CISPI and NSF. Hubless waste and vent pipe Is not permitted below base slab. PVC schedule 40 DWV ASTM 02665 pipe with PVC meeting ASTM B1784, "solid wall° cell class 12454-B with ASTM 2665 socket fittings with solvent weld joints is also permitted where approved by code.[Waste and vent pipe above slab Inside building shall be hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings, meeting ASTM A888 and CISPI 301, manufactured by AB & I foundry, Charlotte or Tyler pipe and bearing the trademark of the CISPI and NSF. Interior Waste and Vent Above Slab: Waste and vent pipe above slab inside building shall be hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings, meeting ASTM A888 and CISPI 301, manufactured by AB & I foundry, Charlotte or Tyler pipe and bearing the trademark of the CISPI and NSF. Connections to Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: 1-1/4 inch and larger waste connections from fixture traps to cast iron pipe shall be "DWV" copper with wrought copper drainage pattern fittings with copper sweat or compression joints at fixture trap connections and threaded joints at connections to cast iron pipe. Indirect and Condensate Drain Inside Building: Indirect and condensate drain pipe instated inside the building shall be Type "M" hard copper with wrought copper fittings for 1" and smaller and "DUNI" copper with wrought copper drainage pattern fittings for 1-1/4" and larger herd temper copper tube and soldered connections made with 95/5 solder Instalnleeaanoutslat, elbows greater than 45 degrees. RECEIVED CITY FFORF TTUKWILA h one-piece fibDr�ss 1 " 2018 rtainteed, Owens-Corning or PERMIT CENTER B. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION Provide domestic cold water, hot water, indirect and conda t9ryir=�.'=i (Eirihin buildin Insulation with ell -service Jacket with self-sealing lap to proyidp-�gpotiIrti1br.AND Armstrong. Provide Insulation thickness es follows: iGRt 1" thick for cold piping APPROVAL REQUIRED ARCHITECTS C S SkB Architects 0 v a) 0 a) E U) N N C C CD Imo- OOD Q >< no-CI) M Mf/) Cc.�" 0 to VI CO CD CC c N uN N ) a. u..O Feb 15 2018 W zwa• w 0 -1 'y w C) iC w J raw z oww 0 m > < Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SET 1' thick for hot water piping 6" and smaller Provide 1 inch fiberglass insulation on vent piping within six feet of vent through the roof. Provide fiberglass insulation on domestic cold and hot water pipes installed In walls and chases. Provide fiberglass insulation on domestic cold and hot water pipes installed in walls and chases, Provide plastic laminate or brass valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each plumbing piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn -watering hose bibbs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures and similar rough -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. 4. PLUMBING SPECIALTIES Provide handicap insulation kits for lavatories and sinks on exposed water and waste pipes and fittings, including offset drain and continuous waste covers where required by Brocar, McGuire, Plumberex "Pro-2000", Proflo, Trap -Wrap or Tru-Bro. Provide Smith, Josam, Wade, Watts, or Zum chair carriers for mounting wall lavatories as described on the drawings. Securely fasten cancers to floor and test per manufacturer's recommendations prior to installation of partitions. Secure lavatory chair carders to floor with 1/2 inch anchor bolts. For hot and cold water piping installed inside masonry units of walls, provide 1/2 inch flexible unicellular insulation by Armacelt Insulate water heaters, storage tanksetc. that are not factory insulated. For hot piping, provide pipe hangers and riser clamps sized for the outside diameter of piping. Butt insulation to hanger or riser clamp for vertical pipe. Seal exposed insulation with insulation sealer. Exception for Vertical Piping: Provide clamps sized for the outside diameter of the vertical pipe and extend clamp through insulation. Seal penetrations of insulation and vapor barrier with wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement. For pipes 2 inch and smaller using fiberglass or flexible elastomeric insulation without pre -insulated supports, provide insulation protection shields installed between hanger and pipe which meets the following minimum length requirements: Pipe Insulation Minimum Shield Length, (in) Size Thickness Hanger Spacing, (ft) (NPS) (inches) 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 5 5 - Less than 1" 1.5 3 5 5 - 1-1/4" to 2" and Less 1 5 6 8 9 11 11 1.5 5 6 8 8 9 9 2 5 5 6 6 8 8 Cover fittings with Zeston, Knauf, or equal one-piece PVC premolded insulating covers. Fitting covers, jackets and adhesives shall not exceed flame spread rating of 25 and smoke development rating of 50 per ASTM E84. Fill voids between covers and piping with fiberglass insulation and tape joints at all elbows and tees. Install pipe insulation in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where premolded insulating fittings are not approved by the local AHJ, miter insulation at fittings. C. PIPING JOINTS Copper Tubing: Joints in hard temper tubing shall be soldered joints using lead-free 95/5 solder except where tubing is installed below grade or below the base slab, in which case joints shall be soldered with silver solder (Sit -Fos). Joints in soft temper copper tubing shall be of the flared type installed in compliance with the fitting manufacturer's recommendations. Cast Iron Pipe Above Grade: Joints in hubless pipe shall be standard CISPI 310 NSF certified by Anaco, Ideal, Misson or Tyler. Joints in storm piping, including connections to roof drains, shall be heavy duty couplings meeting ASTM C1540 and FM 1680, Anaco Husky #HD-2000, Clamp -All "Hi Torque" 80 in. lb, Ideal Tridon "HD" or Mission "Heavyweight". PVC Pipe: Clean joints free from debris and moisture. Apply PVC primer meeting ASTM F656 to each joint. Apply solvent cement meeting ASTM D2564 and make joint while wet and in accordance with ASTM D2855. Dissimilar Pipes Above Grade: Make connection of new waste pipe to new or existing dissimilar waste pipe using shielded transition couplings meeting ASTM C1460 with neoprene adapter gasket with stainless steel shield and hose damps, Femco, Proflex 3000 Series or Mission Flexseal MR56 Series Dissimilar Pipes Below Grade: Make connection of new waste pipe to new or existing dissimilar waste pipe using shielded adapter couplings meeting ASTM C1173 with neoprene adapter gasket with stainless steel shield and hose clamps, Femco, 1056 Series or Mission Sewer Couplings. D. PIPING INSTALLATION General: Clean pipe thoroughly prior to installation. Ream ends of pipe to remove burs. Cut pipe accurately to measurements taken on the job. Install with adequate clearance for installation of coverings where required. Pipe shall not be sprung or bent, Neatly align pipe, conned it securely, and support it from the building structure with hangers as specified below. Provide chrome -plated escutcheons on pipes passing through ceilings, floors or walls of finished spaces, Run pipes freely through floor and wall penetrations using pipe sleeves. Do not grout in place unless required for structural fire integrity. Install pipe concealed in finished spaces wherever possible. Use a dielectric union where ferrous and copper pipe connect. Dielectric union shall have a zinc -plated steel body, a threaded nylon insert, and insulating pressure gasket. No ferrous metal -to -copper connection made without insulating unions will be allowed. Hanger & Supports: Pipe hangers shall be as described in the specifications by B-Line or equal by Anvil, Michigan, Truscon, or Unistrut. Connect hangers to the structure with side beam connectors and all thread hanger rods. Provide engineered support struts between joists and other structural members as required to provide a rigid hanging installation. Do not hang pipes from other pipes, conduit or ductwork. Provide hanger rods and space hangers at intervals as specified in "hanger spacing". Provide support within 1 foot of each elbow and tee. Provide supports within 1 foot of each equipment connection. Provide two nuts on threaded supports to securely fasten the support. Install hanger types or supports for various piping as follows: Copper Tube: Adjustable band hangers for bare copper tube 3 inches and smaller shall be B-Line #B3170 CT copper plated adjustable band swivel ring type. Adjustable band hangers for insulated copper tube 3 inches and smaller shall be$ -Line #63170 NF adjustable band swivel ring type. Clevis hangers for insulated copper tube 4 inches and larger shall be B-Line #B3100 galvanized steel deals type. Support exposed copper tube 2 inches and smaller to walls or in chases with B-Line #B3198RCT copper coated extension split ring pipe clamps, 3/8 inch threaded rod and B-Line #B3199CT ceiling flanges. Support copper tube in chases and walls at plumbing fixtures with plastic or copper brackets secured to structure and U-bolts sized to bare on the pipe. Riser clamps to support vertical copper tube shall be B-Line #B3373CT copper coated steel, cut insulation, seat vapor barrier, and attach to bare tube. Steel Pipe: Adjustable band hangers for 2 inch and smaller shall be B-Line #63170 NF adjustable band swivel ring type. Clevis hangers for 2-1/2 inch and larger shall be B-Line #B3100 galvanized steel clevis type. Riser clamps to support vertical pipe shall be B-Line #83373 galvanized steel. Cast Iron Pipe: Adjustable band hangers for 2 inch and smaller. Clevis hangers for 3 inch and larger shall be B-Line #B3100 galvanized steel clevis type. Riser clamps to support vertical pipe shall be B-Line #B3373 galvanized steel. Insulation Protection Shields: B-Line #B3151 of 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Shield shall cover hall of the circumference of the pipe and shall be of length Indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of Insulation. Hanger Spacing, Rod Sizes & Connectors: Conned rods to steel beams or joists with B-Line #83031 or#83033 beam clamps as required. Conned rods to concrete with B-Line #3014 malleable Iran single type inserts with malleable iron nut. Connect rods in wood construction with B-Line #B3058 side beam connectors. Hang and support piping with spacing and rod sizes as follows: Copper Tube: 1-1/2 inch and smaller - every 6 feet with 3/8 inch hanger rods; 2 inch - every 10 feet with 3/8inch hanger rods; Cast Iron Pipe: Every 10 feet and within 1 foot of each joint. 2 inch end smaller with 3/8 inch hanger rods; 3 inch with 1/2 Inch hanger rods; 4 inch with 5/8 inch hanger rods; 6 inch with 3/4 inch hanger rods; 8 inch and larger with 7/8 Inch hanger rods. Support vertical cast iron pipe every 15 feet. Supports On Floor: Support piping from the floor where required for ferrous pipe or insulated copper tube, shall be B-Line B3093 galvanized steel with pipe saddle, threaded shank for height adjustment and floor stand secured to the floor. Below Ground Installation for Soil, and Waste: Install soil and waste piping to a uniform slope of not less than 1/8 inch per foot for piping 4 inch or larger, and not less than 1/4 inch per foot for piping 3 inch or smaller. Lay pipe et uniform slope, free from sags, with hub end upstream. Make changes in direction from horizontal to vertical, at fixture branches and other branch connections with sanitary "tees" or short sweep "ells". Make changes in direction from vertical to horizontal or horizontal to horizontal with Tong radius fittings, long sweeping "ells", combination "Y and 1/8 bend' fittings, or 45 degree "ells" (1/8 bend fittings), 1/6 bend or 1/16 bend and "Y' fittings. Install pipe with the barrel of the pipe on firm, solid earth for its entire length, and excavate holes for the pipe bells. Lay pipe In a straight line and install with uniforrn grade to line with batten boards set not more than 24'-0" apart. Close open ends of pipe with a stopper when pipe laying is not in progress. Center spigots accurately in bells for uniform caulking. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert in the system. Drilling or tapping of soil and waste lines, and saddle hubs and bands are not permitted. Locate and Install soil and waste lines as indicated on the drawings. Determine exact locations in such a manner as to maintain proper clearance. Prior to installation of any building drain pipe, verify elevation of connection point of existing sewer, service line or existing tenant connections Indicated on the drawings. If the installation will not tie into the Indicated invert elevation point while maintaining proper fall, notify Architect so that an alternative may be determined. Above Ground Installation for Soll, and Waste, and Strm: Install soil and waste piping to a uniform slope of not less than 1/8 inch per toot for piping 4 inch or larger, and not less than 1/4 Inch per foot for piping 3 inch or smaller. Lay pipe at uniform slope free from sags. Support plpe within 12 inches of each joint. Make changes in direction from horizontal to vertical, at fixture branches and other branch connections with sanitary "lees" or short sweep "ells". Make changes In direction from vertical to horizontal or horizontal to horizontal with long radius fittings, long sweeping "ells", combination "Y and 1/8 bend" fittings, or 45 degree "ells" (1/8 bend fittings), 1/6 bend or 1/16 bend and "Y" fittings. Provide a smooth and uniform Invert In the system. Drilling or tapping of soil and waste lines, and saddle hubs and bands are not permitted. Locate and install soil and waste lines as indicated on the drawings. Determine exact locations in such a manner as to maintain proper clearance. Plumbing Vent: Connect plumbing vent pipes to fixture drain pipes as indicated on the drawings or as required by the installation practices adopted and enforced by local codes official, and extend vent pipes full size through the roof line. Grade pipe to a uniform slope so as to drain back by gravity to the drainage piping system. Vents passing through the roof shall be minimum 3 inch size except in tropical climates. Tura flashing down into stacks at least 2 inches, and extend flashing 24 inches in all directions from the pipe at the roof line. Vent lines shall be air and water tight. Domestic Water: Arrange cold, and hot piping to drain at the lowest point in each system. Install at least one pipe union adjacent to all shutoff valves, at connection points of each piece of equipment, and elsewhere In the system where required to allow proper maintenance. Provide unions of the ground joint type. Make allowance for expansion and contraction where required by the installation. Where water piping occurs in exterior walls, hold pipe as close es possible to the interior face of wall and install insulation bait or other insulation (minimum R-8) between piping and the exterior wall face. E. PIPING SANITIZATION Sanitize the entire domestic water piping system (cold, and hot water) with a solution containing not less than 50 ppm available chlorine. Keep solution in the system for a minimum of 24 hours, with each valve being operated several times during the period. After completion, flush system with city water until chlorine residual is lowered to incoming city water level. F. PIPE AND VALVE MARKERS Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi -rigid snap -on or permanent adhesive, pressure -sensitive vinyl pipe markers. Pipe markers shall be color -coded complying with ANSA A13.1. Install pipe markers on each plumbing piping system and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Locate pipe markers and color bands wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non -concealed locations. A. AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES Provide air admittance valves where indicated on drawings. Air admittance valves shall meet ASSE 1050 or 1051 where applicable by Studer, Oatey, Preset, Rectorseat, or equal. Motet] per code and manufacturer requirements. B. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, AND TRAPS Provide water hammer arrestat valves or batteries of fixturesas indicated on the drawings to prevent water hammer. o de ors g Arrestors shall be Josam, Sioux Chief, Smith, Precision Plumbing Products, Proflo, Wade, Watts, or Zum, stainless steel bellows type, or 0-ring sealed and lubricated acetal piston. Install water hammer arrestors per the Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PEA) WH-201 installation instructions. Installation of arrestors et batteries of fixtures precludes the requirement for individual alr chambers at each battery fixture. Submit certification that water hammer arrestors comply with NSF 61 Annex G and/or NSF 372. Provide water -seal traps on floor drains, fixtures and equipment with drain connections, including traps not furnished in combination with fixtures and equipment. Place trap as close to the fixture or drain as possible. Exposed traps in finished spaces shall be chrome -plated brass. Provide conventional "P" type trap, water -sealed self-cleaning design. Full "S" traps or trap standards shall be used only where specifically called for on the drawings or elsewhere in this specification. Trap water seats shall not be less than 2 inches, and deep seal traps shall be provided where specified or indicated. Each trap not integral with the fixture or floor drain or installed below the base slab shall be provided with an accessible deanout of adequate size. Provide trap primers where required by code and where indicated on the drawings. C. CLEANOUTS, and FLOOR DRAINS Cleanouts, and floor drains shall be by one manufacturer If possible. Acceptable manufacturers are Josam, Sioux Chief, Smith, Wade, Watts, and Zurn. Provide long sweep fittings for cleanout extensions; short sweeps at start of runs or change in direction and combination wye and eight bend fittings in horizontal runs. Install cleanouts with a minimum of 18 inches clear all around, consult local codes for other requirements, for easy system maintenance. Install plug with Teflon joint compound. Floor Drains: As scheduled on the drawings. Floor Cleanouts: As scheduled on the drawings. Install cleanouts at points as noted on the drawings, at the building exit; at e minimum of every 50 feet in horizontal soil and waste lines; and at turns of pipe greater than 45 degrees cleanouts shall be full size of the pipe up to 4 Inches, and 4 inch size for pipes larger than 4 inches. Determine the type of floor covering to be used at each floor deanout location and provide top with variations suitable for floor covering (carpet markers, recessed for tile and scoriated for unfinished floor). Rough -In and install each floor cleanout flush with the finished floor construction. Wall Cleanouts: As scheduled on the drawings. Install wall cleanouts at points as noted on the drawings; at the foot of each soil, waste or interior downspout stack; at horizontal soil and waste branches longer than five feet not served by a floor cleanout; consult local codes for installation at specific fixture types. Install wall cleanouts above the flood rim of the fixture served within four feet of the floor and install extensions from the cleanout tee to the wall to locate the plug within 2 inch of the wall where required. Install cleanouts on urinals and sinks where required by code. D. VALVES, STRAINERS, AND UNIONS Plumbing system valves shall be designed for 125 psi steam working pressure and 200 psi cold water pressure. Install valves on the hot and cold wafer lines at the water heater connections and other items of equipment, at branches from mains serving groups of fixtures, and at other places indicated or required by the installation to allow ease of future maintenance. Submit certification that valves, fittings and specialties comply with NSF 61 Annex G and / or NSF 372. Except for the following: trap primers. Gate Valves 2 inch and Smaller: Class 125, rising stem, soldered lead free cast bronze body and parts, sweat ends, with wedge disc. By Apollo # 1025-LF, Hammond # UP-668, Milwaukee # UP668 or Nibco # S-113-LF Ball Valves 2 inch and Smaller (may be used in lieu of gate valves up to 2 inch): Class 150, two piece lead free cast bronze body, with sweat ends, chrome plated bronze ball with conventional port, 600 psi, blow-out proof stem by Apollo # 70-LF-200, Hammond # UP8501, Milwaukee # UPBA-150. Swing Check Valves 2 inch and Smaller. Class 125, lead free cast bronze body and with sweat ends by Apollo # 163S-LF, Milwaukee #UP-1509, or Nibco # S-413-Y-LF. Install In horizontal pipe runs. Lift Check Valves 2 inch and Smaller: Class 125, lead free cast bronze body, stainless steel spring and with sweat ends by Hammond # LP-947 or Nibco # 5-413-Y-LF. Install in vertical pipe or in horizontal runs where required. Point of Use Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Thermostatic mixing valves shall be Powers as scheduled on the drawings by Powers or equal by Acorn Engineering Co. or Leonard meeting ASSE 1070 with lead free brass body, non -corrosive internal parts, tamper resistant temperature adjustment, union inlets and check stops with strainers. install valve at public lavatories and handwashing sink locations in accessible location. Set temperature es scheduled on the drawings. Strainers: Strainers 2 inch and smaller shall be Watts #LFS77751 with lead free cast bronze body and soldered ends, brass cap and Manel 40 mesh screen. Strainers 2-1/2 inch and larger shall be Watts #77F-DI-FDA-125 with flanged iron body with fused FDA epoxy coating, bolted iron cap and stainless steel screen with 1/16 inch perforations. Strainers size 2-1/2 inch and larger shall have a 1 inch blow -off line with a 1 inch gate valve connected to the blow -off connection and shall be extended to the nearest floor drain. Unions: Ferrous unions shall be Crane or equal, combination iron and brass, ground joint with screwed ends. Copper unions shall be streamline or equal, cast bronze sweat type with ground joint. Ferrous to copper unions shall be universal controls or equal, dielectric type with threaded nylon insert. E. WATER SERVICE ENTRANCE: PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER Provide a pressure reducing valve (PRV) if required by water pressure greater than 80 psi, on the domestic water service immediately downstream of the backftow preventer at the water service entry. Set the pressure reducing valve as indicated on the drawings. Provide a pressure gauge and hose bibb with isolation valve down stream of the backflow preventer and / or PRV for system drain dawn. F. SYSTEM ACCESSORIES Thermometers shall be American 3 inch bi-metal dial type with separable socket, and shall be installed where indicated or required. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft 3 inch dial type with shut-off cock, and shall be installed where indicated or required. Trap primers shall be as specified on the drawings, Precision Plumbing Products "Prime Rite" or equal by Mifab or Sioux Chief with brass body and integral vacuum breaker. Provide distribution box where more than one trap is indicated to be primed on the drawings. Provide access panel where required. Trap seals shall be by Proset systems or equal by Mifab, Smith or Sure Seal Systemsof molded PVC elaslomer that allows the flow of waste water and closes upon termination of flow. Install per manufacturers installation instructions. Do not touch elastomeric plug or allow contact with primer or solvent cement. Or, shall be by Sure Seal, Inc. of smooth, soft, flexible, elastomeric PVC material with a flapper closure. The flow of wastewater allows flapper to open and adequately discharge to floor drain through its interior. The flapper closes and returns to original molded shape after wastewater discharge is complete. 5. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. PLUMBING FIXTURES Furnish and install commercial grade plumbing fixtures, see the drawings for quantities and descriptions. Provide china fixtures as scheduled by American -Standard or approved equal by Gerber, Kohler, Sloan Valve Co, Toto-Kiki or Zurn. Provide stainless steel sinks as scheduled by Elkay or equal by Just. Provide electric water coolers as scheduled by Elkay or approved equal by Acorn / Aqua, Halsey Taylor or Haws. Provide mop sinks as scheduled by Stern -Williams or equal by Acorn Engineering Co., Fiat or Fiorestone. Provide emergency equipment as scheduled by Bradley or equal by Chicago, Encon, Guardian, Haws or Speakman. Provide fixtures of same manufacturer where possible. Fixtures shown on the drawings or specified herein shall be furnished and installed, set firm and true, connected to required piping services, thoroughly cleaned, left clean and ready for use. Exposed fittings and piping at the fixtures shall be chrome -plated, and water supply piping shall be valved at each fixture. Vitreous china fixtures shall be of the best grade vitreous ware, without pit holes or blemishes, and the outlines shall be generally true. The engineer reserves the right to reject any pieces which, in his opinion, are faulty. Fixtures set against walls shall have ground backs and shall be caulked with silicone sealant of a matching color. B. PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM Submit certification that faucets and trim comply with NSF 61 Annex G and / or NSF 372 Fixture trim shall have the manufacturer's name stamped clearly and visibly on each item. Provide faucets as scheduled on drawings by Chicago, Delta -Commercial, Speakman, T&S Brass or Zum. Provide single lever handle faucets as scheduled on drawings by Chicago, Delta -Commercial, Kohler or Symmons. Fixture P-traps shall be 17 gauge brass body with cleanout, 17 gauge seamless tubular wail bend with cast brass slip nut, shallow steel flange, all chrome plated by McGuire, Brass Craft, Dearborn Brass, EBC, Proflo, Watts Brass and Tubular or Zurn. Lavatory, sink, and water closet supplies shall be solid brass angle or straight type with full tum brass stem, wheel handle, or loose key types as noted on drawings, shallow steel flange, 3/8 inch copper riser flange, all chrome plated, final connection as required by McGuire, Brass Craft, EBC, Proflo or Zurn. Lavatory drains shall be grid type chrome plated 17 gauge brass open grid with 1-1/4 inch x 6 inch long seamless brass tailpiece and brass locknut with heavy rubber basin washer and fiber friction washer, by McGuire, Brass Craft, Dearborn Brass, EBC, Proflo, Watts Brass and Tubular or Zurn. Sink drains shall be basket type with chrome plated forged brass basket strainer and strainer body with 1-1/2 inch x 4 inch long seamless brass tailpiece and cast brass lock and coupling nuts by McGuire, Brass Craft, Dearborn Brass, EBC, Proflo or Zurn. C. WATER HEATER Water heater shall be by A.O. Smith, Bradford -White, Lochinvar, State, Rheem or Ruud with capacity as scheduled on the drawings. Unit shall be electric glass -lined tank type complete with steel jacket, fiberglass insulation, magnesium anode, integral thermostats and controls, and temperature & pressure relief valve. Water heater shall be UL listed and meet ASHRAE 90.1 B standards for thermal efficiency and standby heat loss. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: lead free brass body meeting ANSI Z21.22, The temperature shall be normally set to relieve at 210 F and the pressure relief shall beequal to the tank pressure rating . Install line size relief valve discharge line to discharge to an approved receptor with air gap. Vacuum Relief Valve: Lead free brass body meeting ANSI Z21.22 with silicon disc. Valve shall open at 0.5 Inches HG vacuum and be rated for 200 psig working pressure and 250 F operating temperature by Apollo 437, Cash ACME #VR801, Watts #N36 or Wilkins #VR-10. Install in cold water supply to each water healer downstream of the shutoff and check valves. Expansion Tank: Expansion tank shall be Amtrol "Therm-X-Trot" as scheduled on the drawings or equal by Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, Proflo, Taco, or Watts. Unit shall be constructed of welded carbon steel IistedlASME labeled for 150 psig working pressure, with a FDA approved butyl rubber diaphragm, taps for pressure gage, air charging fitting, and drain fitting. Support as detailed on the drawings. Charge tank with air pressure equal to the static water pressure. Water Heater Drain Pan: Galvanized steel or aluminum with outside diameter minimum 2" greater than water heater diameter, with 3/4" screwed drain outlet by Holdrite, Killarney Metals, Oatey. Install under water heater on wall or ceiling supports or resting on elevated floor slabs. Install drain pan drain line to discharge to an approved receptor with air gap. 6. ALTERNATES A. DESCRIPTION Refer to the architectural portion of the specification for list of alternates. Applicable sections of the base specifications shall apply to all work required by the alternate unless otherwise specified. Determine whether or not and how each alternate affects work. Include labor, materials, equipment, and transportation services necessary for and incidental to the completion of work under each particular alternate. Furnish separate bid for each altemate applicable to work, stating the amount to be added or deducted from the base bid SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS General Contractor La 5)) 0 n) 10 0 c 0 a> IY a) E Z w 0 m U 'o w a CO Feb 15 2018 W w WWI C-3 .REND ERSON ENGINEERS.COM J J -J co O W~ Itou N o0 h— LZLIt=Q w w w CD - N W=�� cD 0 - — . a rCO j a) Oco U) 00 J I- Q. 0 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SET Division 21: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements under Division 01 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications shall apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 01, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with all its contents as to requirements that affect this division, section, sr both. Work required under this division includes all material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate the function of each system as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and any portion of work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the Engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the systems without showing al of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will tit into the designated spaces, and which when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory, and properly operating system. Refer to Division 22 for additional requirements that apply to this installation that are not written herein. B. DEFINITIONS Division: References contained in this specification follow the numbering system defined in the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat 2004 Edition. Specification Divisions 01 through 13 provided with this project may reference the CSI MasterFormat 1995 Edition. The corresponding division references between the 2004 Edition and 1995 Edition are as follows: 2004 Edition 1995 Edition 1. Division 21 - Fire Suppression Division 15 2. Division 22 - Plumbing Division 15 3. Division 23 - HVAC Division 15 4. Division 26 - Electrical Division 16 5. Division 27 - Communications Division 16 6. Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security Division 16 Furnish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, Installation and similar operations." Install: "to perform all operations at the project site including, but not limited to, the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use? Provide: "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.' Furnished by Owner (or Owner -Furnished) or Furnished by Others: "an item furnished by the Owner or under other divisions or contracts, and instated under the requirements of this division, complete and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division." Engineer. Where referenced in this division, "Engineer' is the Engineer of Record and the Design Professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of the Architect, as defined in the General and/or Supplementary Conditions. When used in this division, Engineer means increased involvement by and obligations to the Engineer, in addition to involvement by and obligations to the Architect. AHJ: The local code and/or inspection agency (Authority) Having Jurisdiction over the work. NRTL: Nationally recognized testing laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. Nationally recognized testing laboratories and standards listed are used only to represent the characteristics required and are not intended to restrict the use of other NRTLs that are acceptable to the AHJ and standards that meet the specified criteria. Substitution: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. Substitutions include Value Engineering proposals. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions far Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent", or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the Engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, or both, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. C. PREBID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to comply with this requirement shall not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. D. MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Where a list is provided, manufacturers are listed alphabetically and not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. E. COORDINATION Coordinate the connection of the fire sprinkler alarm devices to the fire alarm system or fire sprinkler monitoring panel as required. Coordinate work with that of other trades so that the various components of the systems are installed at the proper time, will fit the available space, and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Components installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the Owner. F. SUBSTITUTIONS Materials, products, equipment, and systems described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by the proposed substitution. The base bid shall Include only the products from manufacturers specifically named in the drawings and specifications. To request a substitution, request the Substitution Request Form from the Architect or Engineer. Complete and send the Substitution Request From for each material, product, equipment, or system that is proposed to be substituted. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Unless stated otherwise in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor, Contractor warrants to the Engineer, Architect, and Owner the following: 1. Proposed substitution has been fully Investigated and determined to meet or exceed the specified Work in all respects unless stated otherwise in the substitution request. 2. Proposed substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results, including functional clearances, maintenance service, and sourcing of replacement parts. 3. Proposed substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified Work. 5. If accepted substitution fails to perform as required, Contractor shall replace substitute material or system with that originally specified and bear costs incurred thereby. 6. Coordination, installation and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. No substitutions will be considered unless the Substitution Request Form is completed and attached with the appropriate substitution documentation. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of bids unless written request for approval to bid has been received by the Engineer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be stated in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made In any other way. Verbal approval will not be given. No substitutions will be considered after the contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the contract documents, G. SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit for review shop drawings, material lists, manufacturer product literature for equipment to be fumished, and items requiring coordination between contractors under this contract. Provide submittals in sufficient detail so as to demonstrate compliance with these Contract Documents and the design concept. Prior to transmitting submittal, verify that the equipment submitted is mutually compatible and suitable for the intended use, will fit the available space, and maintain manufacturer recommended service clearances. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any change in location or configuration, submit a shop drawing showing the proposed layout. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow for two weeks Engineer review time, plus to/from mailing rime via the Architect, plus a duplication of this time for resubmittal if required. Only resubmit those sections requested for resubmittal. Submittals shall contain the project name, applicable specification section, submittal date, equipment identification acronym as used on the drawings, and the Contractor's stamp. The stamp shall certify that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor, complies with the drawings and specifications, and is coordinated with other trades. Manufacturer product literature shall include shop drawings, product data, performance sheets, samples and other submittals required by this division. Highlight, mark, list, or indicate the materials, performance criteria, and accessories that are being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. Shop drawings shall meet the requirements of NFPA 13 for working level drawings and shall include the following: 1. Working plans per NFPA 13, including layout drawings of the complete overhead sprinkler system that indicates the relationship of sprinkler piping and sprinklers to all other overhead items, including ceiling grid and tiles, light fixtures, diffusers, registers, grilles, ductwork, structure, soffits, obstructions, etc. Location of risers, piping, etc., shall be as inconspicuous as possible and shall fulfill all functional requirements. System design capabilities and demand shall also be noted on the drawings. 2. Complete details and sections as required to clearly define and clarify the design, including a materials list describing all proposed materials by manufacturer's name and catalog number. 3. Hydraulic calculations. 4. Product data for all fire sprinkler system components. Clearly indicate components to be used where multiple components appear on the some cut sheet. Where required by the AHJ, Contractor is responsible .for obtaining a professional engineer or NICET stamp and signature on their shop drawing submittal. The Engineer is not responsible and will not provide this. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain the firm name, logo, seal, or signature of the Engineer. They shall not be copies of the work product of the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use elements of such product, refer to paragraph "Electronic Drawing Files" for procedures to be used. Separate submittals according to individual specification sections. Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned without review. Shop drawings shall be produced using Computer Aided Design. Hand drawn documents will not be reviewed or approved. Catalog data shall be properly bound, identified, indexed and tabbed in a 3-ring binder. Each item or model number shall be clearly marked and accessories indicated. Label the catalog data with the equipment identification acronym or number as used on the drawings and include performance curves, capacities. sizes, weights, materials, finishes, wiring diagrams, electrical requirements and deviations from specified equipment or materials. For equipment with motor starters or VFDs, include short circuit current ratings. Mark out inapplicable items. Shop drawings will be returned without review if the above mentioned requirements are not met. Provide the quantity of submittals required by Division 01. If not indicated and hard -copy sets are provided, submit a minimum of six (6) copies. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, Contractor shall submit the documents in accordance with the procedures specified in Division 01. Contractor shall notify the Architect and Engineer that the submittals have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in Division 01, Contractor shall include the website, user name and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent by e-mail, Contractor shall copy the designated representatives of the Architect and Engineer. Contractor shall allow the Engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the electronic submittal. The checking and subsequent approval of such shop drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of members, quantities, omissions of components or fittings; coordination of electrical requirements; or for coordinating items with actual building conditions. Proceed with the procurement and installation of equipment only after receiving approved shop drawings relative to each item. H. ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, Contractor may, at his option, obtain electronic drawing files in AutoCAD or DXF format on CD-ROM disk, DVD disk, flash drive, or direct download, as desired, from the Engineer for a fee of $200 for a drawing set up to 12 sheets and $15 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the Architect for written authorization and Engineer for the necessary release agreement form and to specify shipping method and drawing format. In addition to payment, written authorization from the Architect and release agreement from the Engineer must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. 1. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS -BUILT DRAWINGS) During progress of the work in this division, Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all changes made during the installation of the system. Upon completion of the work, accurately transfer all record information to three identical sets of the approved shop drawings. Insert one set into each copy of the manual described below. See Division 01 and General Conditions for additional information. J. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS During the course of construction, collect and compile a complete brochure of equipment furnished and installed on this project. Include operational and maintenance instructions, manufacturer's catalog sheets, wiring diagrams, parts lists, approved submittals and shop drawings, warranties, and descriptive literature as furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Include an inside cover sheet that lists the project name, date, Owner, Architect, Engineer, General Contractor, Sub -Contractor, and an index of contents. Submit three copies of literature bound in approved binders with index and tabs separating equipment types to the Architect, for Engineer's review, at the termination of the work. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, loose-leaf binding, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders. Final approval of systems installed under this contract shall be withheld until this equipment brochure is received and deemed complete by the Architect and Engineer. Instruct workmen to save required literature shipped with the equipment itself for inclusion in this brochure. Literature shall contain the following items: 1. Identification clearly visible on or through the cover, the name of the project, and description °Fire Sprinkler System Manual". 2. Neatly typed index at front with all emergency information dearly Identified. 3. Complete list of all system components with manufacturers names, catalog numbers, and all data for ordering parts. 4. One copy of the record drawings as described above. 5. All information required to secure emergency repairs or service. 6. Test reports and certificates including "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate(s) for Underground Piping" and "Contractors Material and Test Certificate(s) for Above Ground Piping" as described in NFPA 13. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic manuals for this project. For electronic manuals, refer to paragraph "Submittals" for requirements. K. WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against all defects due to faulty workmanship, design, or material for a period of 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in the construction documents or manufacturer's standard warranty exceeds 12 months. Remedy all defects, occurring within the warranty period(s), as stated in the General Conditions and Division 01. Warranties shall include labor and material, including travel expenses. Make repairs or replacements without any additional costs to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, Architect, and Engineer. Perform the remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the Engineer or Owner. At the time of Substantial Completion, deliver to the Owner all warranties, in writing and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the one year period, each warranty instrument being addressed to the Owner and stating the commencement date and term. L. SCOPE Provide a wet -pipe, automatic fire sprinkler system for the building or area of work as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be approved and state licensed for design and installation of fire protection systems. The work done under this section shall be performed only by a Contractor whose workmen are experienced and regularly engaged In the installation of fire protection systems. Contractor shall be capable of preparing hydraulic calculations and system layouts. System shall, at a minimum, be in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13, 24, Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and must be acceptable to the Owner's Insurer, the AHJ, and all applicable local, state and national codes and standards. Where the Contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Work shall include, but shall not necessarily be Limited to the following: 1. Design and installation of a complete wet -pipe, automatic fire sprinkler system for the area of work shown on the drawings or specified herein. 2. Portions o1 systems subject 10 freezing or temperatures below 40 degrees F shall be protected against freezing as required by NFPA 13. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs and all costs incurred from damage caused by freezing of the fire protection system. M. SYSTEM DESIGN Contractor shall verify design criteria and rating hazards with the Owner's Insurer prior to designing the system. Waterflow and pressure test data shall be acquired before system is calculated and be dated not more than 12 months prior to the submittal of sprinkler shop drawings. Arrangements far and cost of flow tests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Submit hydraulic calculations and plan, including a supply and demand graph; all hydraulic reference points and area of application shall appear on the plan. Contractor shall verify with AHJ any minimum safety factor requirements. Demand shalt not be less than 10 percent below the supply at the demand point. Protect entire building with a wet -type sprinkler system designed in accordance with NFPA 13 unless noted otherwise. Design system for Light Hazard, 0.10 gpm/SF over the hydraulically remote 1500 SF area. Include minimum 100 gpm hose allowance added at the base of riser. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the hydraulic calculations, the final system design, and the layout of all components of the system as required for approval by the Owners Insurer and the AHJ. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordinating system layout with other contractors. Changes to system design due to lack of coordination shall be paid for by the Contractor. Designs requiring cutting of structural members for passage of sprinkler pipes or hangers shall not be accepted. When design appearance or similar aspects require cutting due to economy, it shall be held to an absolute minimum and done only with the Architect and Structural Engineer's written approval. Any excessive requirements of this type shall be Identified during the bid period. Sprinkler spacing shall conform to NFPA 13. Extended coverage sprinklers shall not be used in unfinished (shell) spaces. The hydraulic area of operation shall be increased by 30% without revising the density for areas with sloped ceilings with a pitch exceeding 1 in 6 (16.7% slope) in accordance with NFPA 13. The hydraulic area of operation shall be increased by 30% without revising the density for dry -pipe and double interlock preaction systems in accordance with NFPA 13. The hydraulic area of operation shall not be reduced as allowed by NFPA 13 for areas utilizing quick response sprinklers. 2. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. PRODUCTS All fire protection system components shall be Underwriter's Laboratories listed for their intended use. B. PIPING AND COMPONENTS Sprinkler piping 2-1/2" and larger shall be Schedule 10 or Schedule 40 black steel. Threaded sprinkler piping 2" and smaller shall be Schedule 40 block steel. Roll -grooved sprinkler piping 2" and smaller shall be Schedule 10 or Schedule 40 black steel. Pipes shall have welded, threaded. or mechanically joined fittings, based on the pipe material and size per NFPA 13 requirements. Acceptable alternatives to Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe shall be manufactured to standards recognized by NFPA 13. Pipe shall have a corrosion resistance rating of 1.0 or greater. Crimp -type couplings are not permitted. Threadabte thinwalt pipe with corrosion resistance rating less than 1.0 is not permitted. All piping on the exterior of the building and/or exposed to the elements shall be externally galvanized. C. SPRINKLERS Sprinklers in areas with gypsum board ceilings and suspended acoustical ceilings shall be. 1. White -plated, recessed type with white escutcheons. Sprinklers in areas with wood and metal ceilings shall be: 1. Black -plated, recessed type with black escutcheons. Sprinklers in areas with exposed piping may be pendent or upright types with rough brass finish. Provide quick response sprinklers in all light hazard areas. Coordinate sprinkler temperature rating near heat -producing sources in accordance with NFPA 3. EXECUTION A. PIPING AND FINISHES Conceal piping in areas having ceilings, other than the underside of the root deck. Piping in areas without ceilings may be exposed but kept at a minimum distance from the deck. All piping shall be clean and free of rust. Install system such that all piping is rigidly secured and supported. All ductwork, lights, structural members and main runs of piping shall take precedence over sprinkler piping. Cutting of structural members for passage of sprinkler pipes or hangers shall not be permitted. All horizontal piping in ceiling space shall be at an elevation above the top of light fixtures and air outlets to allow for access to light fixtures and air outlets without removing horizontal piping. Route all sprinkler piping and provide all offsets, bends, and elbows around all mechanical, electrical, and structural members as required. Where exposed piping passes through finish work, install chrome plated (or other finish acceptable to the architect) split wall plates or escutcheons to fit snugly around the piping. Provide at each penetration to assure effectiveness of construction as a fire stop where piping is concealed or installed in unfinished areas. All openings for piping shall be anticipated and indicated on the approved shop drawings. Any additional cutting of openings must have the written approval of the Architect, Route piping parallel to major building lines. Coordinate pipe routing near electrical equipment In accordance with NFPA 70. Do not connect more than one sprinkler to a one inch outlet unless hydraulic calculations are included to verify performance. Installation shall allow for suitable drainage of system to meet with the approval of the AHJ. Provide access panels as required. All drain locations requiring access panels shall be approved by the Architect prior to installation. Sprinklers in suspended ceilings shall be not less than 6-inches from the grid In all directions. B. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEPF SYSTEMS Seismic Protection Criteria: Risk/Occupancy Category: IV Site Soil Category: Contractor's Seismic Engineer to Determine. Seismic Design Category: Contractors Seismic Engineer to Determine. Component Importance Factor. Determined from ASCE 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the requirements for seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems. Seismic protection criteria used to determine seismic bracing requirements of all mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems shall be determined by the applicable code adopted in the project jurisdiction. Where not already determined within the contract documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting a licensed professional engineer to establish building site class, seismic design category, seismic zone or any other criteria necessary to determine the requirements for seismic bracing on mechanical, electrical and/or plumbing systems. Seismic bracing of fire protection systems shall be Installed In strict accordance with the provisions of NFPA 13. The Contractor shall determine the type and location of seismic bracing required for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing elements shown on the drawings based on the established seismic criteria, the size and weight of the supported element and the distance from structure of the supported element. The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawing information to the AHJ and the Engineer for review and approval: 1. Seismic analysis listing all applicable seismic design criteria. 2. Descriptive catalog data of seismic bracing materials. 3. Shop drawings showing bracing type and location. 4. Installation details of ail bracing used. 5. Calculations showing that the seismic restraints meet the seismic requirements. Shop drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer, licensed in the state of the project and employed by the manufacturer of the seismic bracing products. Calculations shall include dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections. Seismic bracing, restraints, isolators, and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are: Amber/Booth Company, Inc., B-LinelTotco, Kinetics Noise Control, Inc., Loos & Company, Inc., Mason Industries, Inc., Uni-strut, or Vibro-Acoustics. Each device shall have a pre -approval number from California OSHPD or other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Seismic bracing measures to be applied to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment/systems shall be installed in strict accordance with all applicable local, state, and/or federal codes as well as manufacturer's requirements. The most stringent criteria shall apply. All anchor connections to structure for support of mechanical and electrical equipment, regardless of the need for seismic restraints, shall be shown on shop drawings. C. PENETRATIONS Seal all fire protection floor, wall and roof penetrations watertight and weathertlght. Caulk around fire protection penetrations with 3M CP-25, or approved equal lire barrier caulk (thickness as required and recommended by manufacturer) to maintain fire resistance rating of fire -rated assemblies. D. TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Complete the automatic fire sprinkler system, as soon as possible, when building construction allows. Following system installation, Place the system in service. After the system has been placed in service for continuous use, water charges, if any, will be paid by Owner. Upon completion of the systems installation, and prior to acceptance by the Engineer and Owner, the Contractor shall make general operating tests to demonstrate that all equipment and systems are in proper working order, and are functioning in conformance with the intent of the drawings and specifications. Test above ground piping in accordance with NFPA 13. Hydrostatically test all sprinkler piping at a minimum pressure of 200 psi for a minimum 2-hour period of time. Correct any faulty or leaking joints and pipe. The use of any substance or material added to the water to correct leaks shall not be permitted. Caulking of defective joints, cracks or holes shall not be permitted. Repeat tests after defects have been eliminated. Perform all tests In the presence of the AHJ and/or the Owner's authorized representative. Upon completion of each phase of the installation, test each system in conformance with Local code requirements. Furnish all labor and equipment required to properly test all sprinkler equipment installed under this contract. Assume all costs Involved in making the tests and repair and/or replace all damage resulting therefrom. Notify the Architect and the AHJ three (3) working days prior to making sprinkler system tests. Concealed work shall remain uncovered until the required tests are complete. Portions of the work may be concealed if approved by the AHJ or if necessary due to construction procedure. E. INSTRUCTIONS After completion of all installation, tests, etc., and prior to the final acceptance date, instruct the building Owner and his selected personnel in the operation of the sprinkler system. Include in the training the procedure to conduct quarterly main drain tests as required by NFPA 25. Special care shall be taken to make sure the building personnel will immediately recognize whether the main valve is in an open position, know how 10 drain the system, and know how to test the system. The building personnel shall also be made familiar with the existence and contents of the System Manual described In the Operation and Maintenance section of this specification. END OF SECTION 21 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER U a) ea ea General Contractor: ARCHITECTS SkB Architects N C/) 00CD IC') to a) ca in u° a- o .- a, c+M co co 'a (7 a 0 0 c 7 <v N N p m1 U) CL 0 Feb 15 2018 0 0 0 W52 CA O U ) 3 0 if) co 0 0 0) ay ) d) EE Z W U' U) CI CC LL J m W U Z 'o W W 1. m FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS 15C PENETRATIONS SEAL ALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT. CAULK AROUND FIRE PROTECTION PENETRATIONS WITH 3M CP-25, OR APPROVED EQUAL FIRE BARRIER CAULK (THICKNESS AS REQUIRED AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER) TO MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE - RATED ASSEMBLIES. 15C TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, WHEN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ALLOWS. FOLLOWING SYSTEM INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE. AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN PLACED IN SERVICE FOR CONTINUOUS USE, WATER CHARGES, IF ANY WILL BE PAID BY OWNER. UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, AND ARE FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO THE OVERHEAD SPRINKLER PIPING, THE UNDERGROUND MAIN SHALL BE FLUSHED THOROUGHLY AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 24. SECURE ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS OF THE FLUSHING OPERATION. ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 200-PSI FOR A MINIMUM 2-HOUR PERIOD OF TIME. CORRECT ANY FAULTY OR LEAKING JOINTS AND PIPE. THE USE OF ANY SUBSTANCE OR MATERIAL ADDED TO THE WATER TO CORRECT LEAKS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. TESTS SHALL BE REPEATED AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED. ALL TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AHJ AND/OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, EACH SYSTEM SHALL 8E TESTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROPERLY TEST ALL SPRINKLER INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND HE SHALL ASSUME INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS, AND REPAIRING AND/OR ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. EQUIPMENT ALL COSTS REPLACING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TESTS. CONCEALED WORK SHALL REMAIN UNCOVERED UNTIL THE REQUIRED TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, BUT IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE, TESTS ON PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE MADE, AND IF SATISFACTORY, THE WORK MAY CONCEALED. 15C INSTRUCTIONS AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL INSTALLATION, TESTS, ETC., AND PRIOR TO THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE DATE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT THE BUILDING OWNER AND HIS SELECTED PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND THE PROCEDURE TO CONDUCT QUARTERLY MAIN DRAIN TESTS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 25. SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO MAKE SURE THE BUILDING PERSONNEL WILL IMMEDIATELY RECOGNIZE WHETHER THE MAIN VALVE IS IN AN OPEN POSITION, WILL KNOW HOW TO DRAIN THE SYSTEM, AND WILL KNOW HOW TO TEST THE SYSTEM. THE BUILDING PERSONNEL SHALL ALSO BE MADE FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTENCE AND CONTENTS OF THE SYSTEM MANUAL DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. END OF SECTION 15C FOUR TIGHT TUR NO. 12, 440-LB WIRE BAR JOIST WEB MEMBERS INSULATED METAL ROOF DECK 2)#8 XY":SELF TAPPING SCREWS STEEL STRAPS 3" WIDE X 4" LONG X 12 GALVANIZED FOUR TIGHT TURNS NO. 12, 440-LB WIRE ACCEPTABLE CONNECTIONS OF RESTRAINT WIRE TO STEEL FRAMING ROD TIGHT TO PIPE - ALL THREAD ROD ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING BRANCH LINE PIPE ACCEPTABLE HANGER CONFIGURATION TO RESIST UPWARD MOVEMENT RESTRAIN BRANCH LINES TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA #13 9.3.8 USE NO. 12, 440-LB WIRE INSTALLED AT LEAST 45° FROM THE VERTICAL PLANE AND ANCHORED ON BOTH SIDES OF PIPE. (SEE DETAIL ABOVE FOR ACCEPTABLE CONNECTIONS TO STEEL FRAMING) WIRE USED FOR RESTRAINT SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 2 FT. OF A HANGER. THE HANGER CLOSEST TO A WIRE RESTRAINT SHALL BE OF A TYPE THAT RESISTS UPWARD MOVEMENT OF BRANCH LINE. (SEE DETAIL ABOVE FOR ACCEPTABLE HANGER CONFIGURATION TO RESIST UPWARD MOVEMENT OF PIPE) THE END SPRINKLER ON A LINE SHALL BE RESTRAINED AGAINST EXCESSIVE VERTICAL AND LATERAL MOVEMENT. BRANCH LINES SHALL BE RESTRAINED AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 30 FT. SEISMIC BRACING DETAILS NO SCALE STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBER STEEL STRAP FOUR TIGHT TURNS NO. 12, 440-LB WIRE ANGER ASSEMBLY Ag'm'�i' 1ARM OVER OUTLET 1" DROP CEILING 61.11111111 if NIB �I r%////////��i., //% CONCEALED SPRINKLER WITH DEFLECTOR IN= r' DROPPED POSITION 1 PROVIDE HANGER ASSEMBLY THAT PREVENTS UPWARD MOVEMENT OF THE PIPE WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 12-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE AT THE SPRINKLER EXCEEDS 100 PSI. PROVIDE HANGER WHEN ARMOVER LENGTH EXCEEDS 24-INCHES AND SYSTEM STATIC PRESSURE AT THE SPRINKLER DOES NOT EXCEED 100 PSI. ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. MODIFY TO SUIT CONDITIONS AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONCEALED SPRINKLER NO SCALE FASTENER DETAILS 3 1/4' TOP OF JOIST �_ III,;••. JOIST SWIVEL 'i! SWSTEAY BRACE SWAY ADAPTER ••. ••., .. 1/2'BOLT BRACE PIPE 1/2• EXPANSION SHIELD OR ! t .'• .. • ' illt.° BRACE PIPE 1/2" QUICK BOLT (A) STEEL BAR JOIST (B) CMU WALL 1/2" THRU BOLT (60° MIN) 1/2" EXPANSION SHIELD / QUICK BOLT (45° MIN) 2550 LBS 1782 LBS '(1744 LBS MAX) '(1744 LBS MAX) FASTENER (B) ONLY ALLOWED ON FOUR WAY BRACE WHERE LOAD IS DISTRIBUTED ACROSS TWO CMU ATTACHMENTS SEISMIC CALCULATIONS BASED ON S-10 MAINS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REVISE CALCULATIONS AND ADD BRACES AS REQUIRED SHOULD LIGHT WALL PIPING BE USED. CONTRACTOR MUST USE ATTACHMENTS & SWIVELS WITH A LOAD RATING OF AT LEAST 2015 LBS FOR S-10 PIPE. WEAKEST LOADS REDUCED PER NFPA-13 FOR 60 DEG. MIN. ANGLE: (2015 LBS / 1.155) = 1744 LBS MAX LOAD TYPICAL BRACE ARRANGEMENT _` L \ = / NOTE: MUST USE RETAINER STRAPS IF TOP BEAM CLAMPS ARE USED FOR HANGER CONNECTION. HANGER O' ."� \' FASTENER lir 1 INCH MINIMUM EXTENDED THROUGH BRACE AN CONTRACTOR MUST USE ATTACHMENTS & SWIVELS WITH A .24' 1° SCH-40 PIPE IS.'TO" MAX LENGTH (3,061 LBS) OR >� BRACE 11/4" SCH- 0 PIPE ' ATTACHMENT 9'0" MAX LENGTH (4,145 LBS) LOAD RATING OF AT LEAST 2015 LBS FOR S-10 PIPE. TYPICAL BRACE FITTINGS SWIVEL SWIVEL SWIVEL `\ T,� BRACE PIPE BRACE PIPE \` BRACE PIPE SWIVEL (TYPICAL) �` �` �� BRACE ATTACHMENT • BRACE ATTACHMENT LATERAL BRACE LONGITUDINAL PIPE CLAMP 4.,E (TYPICAL) BRACE FOUR WAY BRACE CONTRACTOR MUST USE ATTACHMENTS 8 SWIVELS WITH A LOAD RATING OF AT LEAST 2015 LBS FOR 5-10 PIPE. SEISMIC BRACING DETAILS NO SCALE SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 162018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS cn U a) i h General Contractor: O O 0 0) 0 14 Q w W CO w W LJI � Z a CO w O N co C co C"7 Co co Q) N CO Fr) tiea-c Ix) Lo co co C/) a) �J U N N 0 O-. U_. U Feb 15 2018 J J <J LIJ LU zco UJ = O F_ - <cc I— ° LU O W CO CO —I a o 00 CV O N 0 U O N • O co a O FIRE SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS PERMIT SET JASON P. WOL r -r r--11 II II I I I I I L__J I 1 1 L \ • 1 < / T \ 1 // ' -. Y// '\» \ \; \ L"-T-_-1 / / (' I �• J \ '1 l \ • \ • \ • \ I • \ \ • r • • a T T T l I r I I l II I \ • • y \ \\ \\ I I \ L • \ • -r 1 I 11 lI 11 11 Ll --J I I r--I -i II II -J I r--1 i I i I ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 114"=1'-0' ELECTRICAL GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF 81D. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO SALVAGED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. 4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 6. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES: 1. EXISTING PANELBOARD(S) AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANELS TO BE DEMOLISHED. EXTEND EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO LOCATION SHOWN ON NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS. REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, DEMOLISH ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, DEVICES, SWITCHES, CONDUITS, ETC. WITHIN THE SPACE. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE. ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNITS WILL BE REPLACED WITH NEW UNITS. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 162018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: c V c 0 ca 0 0 a> m E z ARCHITECTS SkB Architects m 0)) csi 0)°� L0oo_ >• < ova? c") m c/) VD rri O U cOD o N N 0 N v) CL U O Feb 15 2018 La) *.-"' O N O a) CS') CD �o *1 C9 CO CON . U3 -J -J J < J :3O W cc cc, 0 co uj EiE W 0? CO W O=,� o W c> W Y CD D. CC)— CCOop�I 0 CV ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. V2.01 STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS ANNOTATION LIGHTING (REFER TO'LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO) LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES, WIRING DEVICES & BOXES ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE & RISER DIAGRAM AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 84" ALARMS 48 ANNUNCIATOR PANELS (DISPLAY) 60" CONTROLS (TOP OF DEVICE) 48° EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED) 80" FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) 60" FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) (CENTERLINE) 120" FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL/UNIT (DISPLAY) 60" INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) 36" INTERCOMS (TOP OF DEVICE) 48" PULL STATIONS (TOP OF DEVICE) 4B" PHOTOCELLS 144" RECEPTACLES 16" RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) 24" RECEPTACLES (GARAGES) 24 RECEPTACLES (POOLS) 27" RECEPTACLES (ABOVE COUNTER) +6" ABOVE BACKSPLASH/COUNTER, 40" MAX RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS 44" REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT ROOMS) 48" REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT ( FINISHED AREAS) CEILING SAFETY SWITCHES (TOP OF DEVICE) 48" STARTERS (TOP OF DEVICE) 48" (TOP OF DEVICE) qq" TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS SAME AS ADJACENT DEVICE, UNO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM) 6" TELEVISION OUTLETS REFER TO ARCH DRAWINGS VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 84" 0 MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT OP 1 ELECTRICAL OR FIRE ALARM PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLAN CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION, (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND CD INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES LIGHT FIXTURE. x �ii� 8 $ 3 BT th JJ,,,,�� RY 4 OR OR V.V 0RECEPTACLE C nuup tltltltl SINGLE POLE SWITCH (NO LETTER DESIGNATION) SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 2 = TWO POLE 3 = THREE-WAY" 4 = FOUR-WAY D = DIMMER F =FAN SPEED CONTROL K=KEYED LV =LOW VOLTAGE OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR P = SPST PILOT LIGHT VS = VACANCY SENSOR WP = WEATHER PROOF AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY BRANCH CIRCUIT TRANSFER SWITCH SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO RECEPTACLE - NEMA TYPE AS NOTED TWIST -LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE GFCI 8GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE' ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE' EM EMERGENCY RECEPTACLE' RECEPTACLE INSTALLED ABOVE COUNTER OR BACKSPLASH' INSTALLED IN CEILING' RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD' RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: C = AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED CH = CLOCK HANGER TYPE D =DEMOLISHED WRANP E/ETRJEX = EXISTING EM = EMERGENCY POWER GFCI =GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER H = HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED IG =ISOLATED GROUND R = RELOCATED MANUALLY SWITCHED TV = TEMPERRRESISTANT TV=TELEVISION USB=USBIDUPLEX WP= WEATHER PROOF COVER WR = WEATHER RESISTANT MULTI ASSEMBLY ( " �sP li'151 1 i _ }+ 1 SWITCH (RATING AS INDICATED) DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER (RATINGS AS INDICATED) +++YYY (,"AS FUSED SWITCH (RATING, POLES AND FUSE TYPE AS INDICATED) �1 COMBINATION FUSED SWITCH/STARTER AND STARTER SIZE '" "'" CIRCUIT BREAKER �r (RATINGS AS INDICATED) COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER/STARTER AND STARTER SIZE 2 _ a = SWITCHED BY SWITCH "a" I G ( "A„ A =LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE a.(� I v =WALL MOUNT \)i?uv O ®/ ) = ARROW INDICATES AIMING DIRECTION * rTECHNOLOGY 1 1 LIGHT FIXTURE CIRCUITED AS A NIGHT LIGHT (NL) EMERGENCY LIGHT' FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY C� PACK OR CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SOURCE 1 EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) ❑ PANELBOARD, SINGLE OR MULTI -SECTION (REFER TO SCHEDULES) AM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ... NIGHT LIGHT/EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK OR CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SOURCE ram, !.v�..l r MDPswRrna�o ISOLATED POWER PANELBOARD WI INTEGRAL TRANSFORMER (REFER TO SCHEDULES) TRANSFORMER (TYPE AND RATINGS AS INDICATED) ; SHIELDED TRANSFORMER (TYPE AND RATINGS AS INDICATED) c AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) 0 NEW WORK T EXISTING & CONNECTION POINT OFO Q DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER ® LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER .. _. ,. LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DUAL BALLASTS CIRCUITED SEPARATELY (SHADING IMPLIES EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE) 0 V © LIGHTING TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AS INDICATED USE THE DEFAULT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNO IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ARE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) OR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE (AFG) TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. MIRROR LIGHTS) e e eSPECIAL 0-O DOI o-O EXTERIOR SITE PARKINGLOT LIGHT FIXTURE ® EXTERIOR PEDESTRIAN POST TOP LIGHT FIXTURE 0 EXTERIOR LIT BOLLARD LIGHT FIXTURE ® EXIT SIGN - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED, FACE ..- HATCHED ¢� EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT EQUIPMENT WITH BATTERY PACK - �-1 CEILINGIWALL MOUNTED 3' 1.411 g AFEA (AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE) SIGN - CEILING/WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED SECTION CUT DESIGNATION ABBREVIATIONS AF AMPERE FRAME SIZE AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AS AMPERE SWITCH AT AMPERE TRIP SETTING ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AV AUDIO VISUAL BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BKR BREAKER C CONDUIT CAT CATEGORY CAN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CD CANDELA CKT CIRCUIT CODE APPLICABLE CODE ADOPTED BY JURISDICTION CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTR CENTER CVO CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP DEMO DEMOLITION DPDT DOUBLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW DPST DOUBLE -POLE, SINGLE -THROW (E) EXISTING EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EF EXHAUST FAN EM EMERGENCY EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FCA FAULT CURRENT AMPS AVAILABLE FCU FAN COIL UNIT FF FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLR FLOOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR GES GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY G GROUND IG ISOLATED GROUND ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT JB/J-BOX JUNCTION BOX LF LINEAR FEET LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LTG/LTS LIGHTING/LIGHTS MAU MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAX MAXIMUM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MTD MOUNTED N/A NOT APPLICABLE NF NON -FUSED NL NIGHT LIGHT (24HR ON) NRTL NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (CSA,ETL,NSF,UL) OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR P POLE PART PARTIAL CIRCUIT PH/0 PHASE PNL PANEL PNLBD PANELBDARD PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER QTY QUANTITY RCPT RECEPTACLE RELO RELOCATE RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SCCR SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR SF SQUARE FEET SPDT SINGLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW SPST SINGLE -POLE, SINGLE-THROWT= ST SHUNT TRIP SWBD SWITCHBOARD SWGR SWITCHGEAR TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE TBD TO BE DETERMINED TGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BUS BAR TL TWISTLOCK TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BUS BAR TX TRANSFORMER TYP TYPICAL U/F UNDERFLOOR U/G UNDERGROUND UIS UNDERSLAB UH UNIT HEATER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY VD VOLTAGE DROP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE W WIRE W/ WITH WP WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANT WT WATERTIGHT XP EXPLOSION -PROOF ON PIPS nme EVE l SWITCHGEAR, SWITCHBOARD AND/OR DISTRIBUTION — PANELBOARD (TYPE, RATING, DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED) CIRCUITING & WIRING , �7 5 3 HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD. INFORMATION AT ARROWS ARE CIRCUIT O/ R 7 NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD FOR TERMINATION. REFER TO P1-3 5 7 P1 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES. Wm COMBINATIONDIGITAL VOLT METERIAMMETER I ### ( CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION (REFER TO CIRCUIT SCHEDULE) _ ^ T CIRCUIT CONTINUATION OR PARTIAL CIRCUIT /� 'N.,CONDUIT CONCEALED — CONDUIT IN/UNDER FLOOR/GROUND CONSTRUCTION ---- EXPOSED CONDUIT /\ �/ \� FLEXIBLE CONDUIT , LOW VOLTAGE CABLE(NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT) CM ST AM UTILITY METER VS WH 13 -3E- GROUND FAULT RELAY PHASE FAILURE RELAY KIRK -KEY INTERLOCK (# INDICATES KEY PAIR) SHUNT TRIP AMMETER (RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED) ❑ VOLTMETER (RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED) UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) O AMMETER SWITCH VOLTMETER SWITCH D WATT-HOUR METER, "D" DENOTES DEMAND REGISTER, "15" DENOTES 15 MINUTES OF DEMAND INTERVAL CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED POWER EQUIPMENT & DEVICES ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT) O Q TERMINAL CABINET (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT), TYPE AS NOTED PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE SYSTEM, UNO. SIZE AS CONDUIT TURNING DOWN NOTED 0 CONDUIT TURNING UP CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION ��� ff�j� SWITCHBOARD OR: MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD �i%/�/. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD n TRANSFORMER 'CT MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH - "20013I15013R" DENOTES 300131150/3R cziAMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING, NF= NON -FUSED, CB=CIRCUIT BREAKER (200/3/CB), NO VALUE (200/3/150) FOR NEMA ENCLOSURE MEANS STANDARD NEMA 1 RATING COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND MOTOR STARTER 3a/3n5H/3R "30/3/15/1/3R" DENOTES AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA STARTER L� SIZE/NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING. NF= NON -FUSED, CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (30/3/CBl1), NO VALUE (200/3/150/1) FOR NEMA ENCLOSURE MEANS STANDARD NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE RATING MI MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NEMA SIZE AS NOTED. 3-POLE, UNO a MANUAL MOTOR STARTER DISCONNECT 4.FR $ FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL CONTROLLER o-1 INTEGRAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL CONTROLLER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE O RELAY OR CONTACTOR (IN SCHEMATICS) CONTACTOR (SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND NUMBER OF POLES AS a INDICATED) TS TIME SWITCH pC PHOTOCELL INDICATING LIGHT ID EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON • • STOP -START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION ® HAND -OFF -AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION ❑i -p MUSHROOM -TYPE PUSH BUTTON % ` OVERHEAD PADDLE FAN —III TERMINATION CONDUCTOR TICK MARK LEGEND WHERE TICK MARKS ARE SHOWN, THE FOLLOWING SHALL GOVERN: SWITCHED HOT (PHASE) (SHOWN SHOWN TRAILING NEUTRAL) NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) CONDUCTOR UNSWITCHED HOT (PHASE) CONDUCTORS (SHOWN LEADING NEUTRAL)MULTI-SERVICE NOTE: HASH MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT (GREEN INSULATION OR BARE) ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW TRACER) -OUTLET m ' * TELEPHONE OUTLET ® V DATA OUTLET v OUTLET; TELEPHONE AND DATA �� ABOVE COUNTER, TYP WALL,TYP -o-�I FLOOR, TYP A MULTI -SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER 21 OUTLETS A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS A MULTI -SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER IA OUTLETS A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS OA POKE THROUGH, A = TYPE, REFER TO PLANS, SCHEDULES AND O SPECIFICATIONS 8 THERMOSTAT ❑') pj JUNCTION BOX/OUTLET BOX © BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE (SPD I SURGE•PROTECTIVEOEVICE --•-I 1 GROUND CONNECTION I GROUND ROD �I 1 LIGHTNING ARRESTER 1 HI. CAPACITOR — CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED) �A' ' V VHEATER MOTOR ��,��.VJJJ BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA El X F# X FP# FAULT POINT REFERENCED IN SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE DROP SPREADSHEET BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR TABLE WHERE TICK MARKS # OF POLES ARE NOT SHOWN, THE HOT (PHASE)' FOLLOWING SHALL GOVERN: NEUTRAL (GROUNDED)" GROUNDING"' 1P (1) (1) UNO (1) 2P (2) (1) UNO (1) 3P (3) (1) UNO (1) • PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTORS THROUGH ENTIRE CIRCUIT (SW TCHED, UNSWITCHED/EM, ETC.) AS INDICATED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. " REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIMITATIONS ON SHARING NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) CONDUCTORS. DO NOT CIRCUIT AS A MULTI -WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT, UNO. "' PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS WHERE INDICATED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, PLANS, NOTES, WIRING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS. LINETYPE LEGEND REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL DEVICE SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. 'SYMBOL DEMONSTRATED WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WHEN USED IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER DEVICES MEANING IS SIMILAR FOR THOSE DEVICE TYPES. THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINETYPES ARE USED IN COMBINATION WITH THE SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED IN THE FUTURE. THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS IS NOT INTENDED TO FULLY DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING, WHICH 15 DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING LINETYPES MAY BE USED ON ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE, ETC. SIGNALING Fy 1 `C) SIGNALING BELL a SIGNALING BUZZER �T LV TRANSFORMER EXISTING DEMOLISH NEW FUTURE ---- SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: V 3 0 N (O 0 O ID E a Z ARCHITECTS Ben Bridge Jewelers CO W —J W W 7 Feb 15 2018 N C) J J J �( �¢ O c00 o LU ti CY.70 I- It 0)) w=w_ U F , :- I-- CD En OD J F- ELECTRICAL LEGEND Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2016 LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 1. (2) 300W TRANSFORMERS FOR TYPE FL1 FIXTURES AT ARCHITECTURAL COVE. JASON P. WOLLUM 2❑ LP1 (NEW) A-10 (PART) VIA LP1-19 RESTROOM PNL A (NEW) A-14 PART) A LP1-21 OYEE AR (PART) DL6 DL6A D •.emu .•,•_• (PA"T) 1-10 (PART) \ VIA LP1-11 F11 F11 A-14 (PART) DL4 ♦` DL4 DL4 DL4 f DL A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-7 A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-6 -4 (• ART) VI LP1-8 F11 F11 F11 F1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. (PART) VIA LP1-4 F10 F10 A-2 (PART) VIA LP1-2 SALES FLOOR A-12 (PART) VIA LP1-24 ROLEX A-6 (PART) VIA LP1-13 A-2 (PART) VIA LP1.3 A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-9 IGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0 EX1 DL DL DL DL E1A DL DL DL DL 1 DL E1A A-12 (PART) A-12 / (PART) VIA.LPT2 FL3 DL1 DL1 L1 • DL1 • DL1 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F11 F11 F11 F11 ' F11 F11 F11 F11 F11 F11 F 6. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. 9. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR OWNER OR VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH -IN. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" CONDUIT. 11. LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING INFORMATION AND ADDITIONAL NOTES. A-2 (PART) VIA LP1-1 A-6 (PART) VIA LP1-12 A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-5 12. PROVIDE GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC FOR ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 13. ALL FIXTURES LABELED'NL' ARE NIGHT LIGHTS TO REMAIN ON CONTINUOUSLY FOR SAFETY AND/OR SECURITY REASONS. PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR. 14. PROVIDE ALL FIXTURE EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLASTS/DRIVERS WITH UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR. 15. REFER TO SHEET E3.2 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 16. NORMAL AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING OUTSIDE OF LEASE AREA PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 17. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. 18. GENERAL LIGHTING SHALL BE DIMMABLE IN THE SALES AREA. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 1 2. RELAY PANEL AND TIMECLOCK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD. REFER TO DETAIL 3, SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL SWITCH, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL STATION AND PROGRAMMING CONTROL INTERFACE. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION FROM LIGHTING POWER PACK TO RECEPTACLE POWER PACK(S) IN SPACE FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL OF RECEPTACLES. REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR CONTINUATION. 6. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL CONTROL BOTH LIGHTING AND CODE REQUIRED SWITCHED RECEPTACLES IN THIS SPACE. REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES AND DETAIL 2, SHEET E3.3 FOR SCHEMATIC CONTROL DIAGRAM. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL3 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ROLEX FEATURE WALL. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1)100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT FEATURE WALL. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 8. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, LOCKABLE DISCONNECT SWITCH, AND 120V CIRCUIT AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING OR WITHIN WALL AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT FOR CONNECTION TO STOREFRONT SIGNAGE. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND ADJUST ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CONDUIT THROUGH WALL FOR CONNECTION TO SIGN. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL2 LIGHT FIXTURES AT UNDERSIDE OF CABINETS. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1)100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED UNDER WATCHMAKER WORKSTATION TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT CABINET. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITHIN ADJACENT CABINETRY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. 10. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR SPECIFIC DESIGNATIONS OF LV1, LV2, LV3 CONTROL STATIONS. 11. TRANSFORMER FOR LOW VOLTAGE LED TAPE LIGHT WITHIN ARCHITECTURAL COVE. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING FIXTURE(S). MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. 12. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL2 LIGHT FIXTURE AT UNDERSIDE OF BAR COUNTER. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT BAR. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 13. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL3 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ARCHITECTURAL COVES. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 14. (1) 100W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL2 FIXTURE AT HORSESHOE BAR. (1) 100W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL3 FIXTURES AT ROLEX WALL. (1) 200W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL3 FIXTURES IN CIRCULAR COVES. 15. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL1 LIGHT FIXTURE AT ARCHITECTURAL COVE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 300W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 0. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER 0) Q `o m 0 0 5 0`) c a) (0 0 a) 0 0`) E Z ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Feb 15 2018 J -J J Q J co W N o I- P# rn W Z F- LU U - W O w C/) 00 J f LIGHTING PLAN Project no.1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET ■ 0 A LP1 (NEW) RESTROO PNL A (NEW) WATCHMAKER (PART)3 N ROOF) 01 tNF/tC 70 EMPLOYEE Tv AREA A 31(PART) A 28(PART) ON ROOF) MVP A 28(PART) 0013/NF13R ROLEX 103 ill POWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" LOWVOLTAGE SYSTEM CONTACTS VENDOR NAME PHONE NO., ALARM SYSTEM ' TYCO SECURITY CAMI MULDER 1 (800) 453-2814 ALARM SYSTEM TYCO SECURITY JOHN PENFOLD (661) 246-5996 VIDEO SYSTEM ' INTERFACE SECURITY MATT SMITHEMAN (240) 460-0287 VIDEO SYSTEM INTERFACE SECURITY TANYA SMITH (314) 595-0218 SAFE LIGHTING NORTH COAST LIGHTING RYAN SCHLEMMER (206) 812-3683 LIGHTING NORTH COAST LIGHTING JORDAN AKHLAGHI (206) 442-9899: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED PER LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND AMENDMENTS. VERIFY WITH LANDLORD IF SPECIFIC FIRE ALARM VENDOR IS REQUIRED. FIRE ALARM DESIGN PROVIDED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. COORDINATE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ASON P. WOLLUM 36 34 32 A SALES FLOOR 102 Dn. DOD L N IrilATZI 37 m EI (TYP A-12 (PART) VIA LP1-24 3 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT' CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 6. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. 9. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, OWNER AND VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR OWNER OR VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH -IN. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. 11. ALL GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE INDIVIDUAL AND DEDICATED NEUTRALS. 12. ALL DATA AND PHONE WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE PHONE AND DATA CONDUITS WITH PULL WIRES. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 13. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" CONDUIT, AND AT MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT IN SLAB. 14. COORDINATE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS WITH THE TENANT OR HIS AUTHORIZED AGENT. COORDINATE THE EXTENSION, MODIFICATION, FINAL CONNECTION AND TESTING OF ALL INTERFACED SYSTEMS WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LOCAL UTILITY PROVIDER WHERE THE TENANT IS A DIRECT CUSTOMER OF THE LOCAL UTILITY. 15. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PULL STATIONS, STROBES, HORN/STROBES, DUCT DETECTORS, REMOTE TEST STATIONS, FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DEVICES AND TO EXISTING LANDLORD SYSTEM. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE, LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND LANDLORD. 16. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. 17. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. 18. CODE MANDATED CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) SHOWN ON E1.1. REFER TO DETAIL 2, SHEET E3.3 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. LABEL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES WITH PERMANENT AND DURABLE MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. ❑ ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: 1. PROVIDE (1) WP/WR GFCI RECEPTACLE AT ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT FOR SERVICEABILITY PER NEC AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE UP TO CEILING SPACE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. PROVIDE 3/4" X 3'W X 8'H PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR TELECOM, SECURITY, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTING. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. ROUTE MINIMUM 1" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BENEATH SLAB FROM JUNCTION BOX TO NEAREST FULL -HEIGHT WALL SPACE OR COLUMN. ROUTE ALL CONDUITS BACK TO PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN WORKROOM. VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 5. PROVIDE (2) QUAD TELEPHONE OUTLETS AT PHONE BOARD. 6. DEVICES FOR FAX MACHINE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR OWNER PROVIDED AUDIO DEVICE. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. 8. MOUNT WITHIN 72" OF NEARBY UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES AT MANAGERS DESK PER WSEC SECTION C405.10. 9. RECEPTACLE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED PER EXEMPTION TO SECTION C405.10 OF THE WSEC. REFRIGERATOR REQUIRES 24 HOUR OPERATION. 10. RECEPTACLE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED PER EXEMPTION TO SECTION C405.10 OF THE WSEC. RECEPTACLE(S) FOR CCTV/SECURITY EQUIPMENT. 11. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION FROM RECEPTACLE POWER PACK(S) TO LIGHTING POWER PACK IN SPACE FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL OF RECEPTACLES. REFER TO SHEET E1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12. PROVIDE (4) CAT-5E CABLES TO THIS LOCATION. 13. PROVIDE (3) CAT-5E CABLES TO THIS LOCATION. 14. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN CASEWORK. RECEPTACLE AND FACEPLATE TO MATCH CASEWORK FINISH WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS, REQUIREMENTS, AND FINISH COLOR WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 15. PROVIDE TELECOM OUTLET IN CASEWORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 16. PROVIDE DISCONNECT FOR WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 17. DISCONNECT FOR EXHAUST FAN TO BE PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 162018 PERMIT CENTER 0 1) General Contractor: 0) w v a) O a) m 0 aa) a) E Z ARCHITECTS SkB Architects au 3 a) a) m z 0 to cc to w WZ =w w 0 CO Lw CO J w z .o w w a CO -3 as U) to a) co L O CL co CO CO Ch OD V N N 0 CL LLL.) Feb 15 2018 o 0 `=o to 0 w ti 5 2 IW CO CV to _ •- Z GYM Z 0¢ o O o X 0' re w uWwv 0 jJCs. m = 'Cr CD CO ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ■ Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 RESTROOM WATCHMAKER A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-23 A-10 (PART) VIA LP1-18 STOCK A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-14 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-15 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-16 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-17 A- (P VIA EMPLOYEE AREA SALES FLOOR ROLEX CASEWORK POWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET E1.1 AND E2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING NOTES. 2. ALL CONDUIT IN CASEWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH BASEBOARDS OF CASEWORK. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CASEWORK LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS. 4. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES MOUNTED IN CASEWORK WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH- IN. 5. OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR ALL SAW CUTTING AND CORE DRILLING OF SLAB. WHERE TENANT SPACE IS ABOVE ANOTHER SPACE, ONLY CORE DRILLING IS ALLOWED. COORDINATE ALL FLUSH FLOOR JUNCTION BOXES AND BELOW SLAB CONDUIT RUNS WITH ARCHITECT AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO MINIMIZE CONSTRUCTION COSTS AND ALTERATIONS TO SLAB. REPAIR SLAB TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY IS COMPLETE. El ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: 1. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL1 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP(S) ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP(S) BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 3. (5) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL1 FIXTURES. (6) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. 4. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL1 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 5. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP(S) ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE, LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP(S) BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 6. (5) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL1 FIXTURES. (6) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2/RL3 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIPS ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 8. (1) 50W TRANSFORMER FOR 3000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. (3) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL3 FIXTURES. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2/RL3 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIPS ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 10. (1) 50W TRANSFORMER FOR 5000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. (3) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL3 FIXTURES. 11. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 12. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURE AT CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED WITHIN ADJACENT CASEWORK TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION WITH CASEWORK MANUFACTURER AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 13. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED UNDER WATCHMAKER WORKSTATION TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 14. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO (1) 18W DRIVER LOCATED WITHIN CASEWORK TO POWER LOW VOLTAGE TYPE RL4 AND RL4A FIXTURES IN CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 0 o U - c%) General Contractor Feb 15 2018 L 4) N a) N > rn o Q CO CD C co CD o O CON " 0 d1 E z Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 PERMIT SET CASEWORK POWER PLAN ■ JASON P. WO TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY TENANT OCCUPANCY TYPE: M TENANT SQUARE FOOTAGE: 2,862 SERVICE DESCRIPTION: 208Y/120V, 3PH LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR Demand KVA HVAC - SUMMER 0.00 100% 0.00 HVAC - WINTER 22.10 100% 22.10 LIGHTING (PER NEC-220) 8.59 125% 10.73 RECEPTACLES 6.48 100%;50% 6.48 MOTOR LOADS 9.87 100% 9.87 LARGEST MOTOR LOAD 6.31 125% 7.88 SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEAT 3.00 100% 3.00 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 10.38 100% 10.38 DISPLAY CASE/SIGNAGE 1.20 125% 1.50 TOTAL LOAD 67.92 KVA 71.94 TOTALAMPACITY 188.53 AMPS 199.70 SERVICE AMPACITY 200 AMPS 200.00 SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 0 Short -Circuit and Voltage Drop Calculations Distances are for calculation purposes only and shall not be used for contractor takeoffs nor bidding - Contractor shall notify The following calculations are based on the' Point -by -Point" method where: ISC (2)=ISC(t)XMo) M=1/(1+f) Feeder: f(30)=1.732xLxIse ISC (1) = short circuitcurrentat fault point 1 ISC (2)= short circuitcurrentatfault point2 Feeder: f(lm)=2xLxIse IP= Primary shortcircuit current Vp = Primary voltage IS= Secondary shortcircuitcurrent Vs= Secondary voltage L = Length of circuit E = Line to line volts C = "C" Factor from Bussman table where "C" =1 /impedance per linear foot Feeder Types = NM - Non Magnetic Conduit M- Magnetic Conduit, FB - Feeder Busway, PB - Plug-in Busway, TX -Transformer Engineer of anyfieid condition that results in a change XFMR: fpen = XFMR: f(1g)=IP(sca)xVpx%Z of 10% or greater circuit distance IP(sca)xVp x1.73 x%Z IS/sc°)=VpxMx(P(„a), VOLTAGE DROP (30): %VD=((Rxcos(arccos(pf))+Xxsin (arccos(pf)))xL/#xIx1.73)/E VOLTAGE DROP (10): %VD= ((R x cos(arccos(pf)) + X x sin(arccos(pf)))x2xL/#xl)FE %VD CUM= Cumulative Voltage Drop from Fault Point l to Fault Point# R= resistance in ohms per LF X= reactances in ohms per LF System Voltage: 480Y/277V- 3 phase C x E 100,000 x KVA Vs C x E 100,000 x KVA Fault Point (F#) Bus/Feeder Description Source (Fault Point) Phase Source Isc (amps) Feeder Conductor 'C' Value Busway 'CI Value L-L Voltage (E) Circuit Length (L) Load Power Factor(pf) Load (Amperage) Conductor Transformer f M Fault Current (amps) Voltage Drop (%VD) Cumulative Voltage Drop (%VD) Fault Point (F#) Conduit Type/TX Material Quantity Quantity of Parallel Sets and Bus/ Phase &Neutral Size Resistance (R) Reactance (X) Arccos(pf) Type Degree Rise kVA New XfmrZ Existing XfmrZ; Secondary'' Voltage Tap Setting (Radians) 1 Utility Service Point 79,400 atthe secondary of the utilitytransformer Source Ise + 6X Motor Contribution = 79670 Motor Contribution 45 The connected full load motor amps ('ncludes compressors) on the system 2 Landlord Switchboard 1 3 79670 NM CU 4 Set(s)of 350 kcmil 22737 ._ -- 480 225 0.9 9.6 _ 0.000038 0.000040 0.451027 0.711 0.58' 46557 -0.01% -0.01% 2 3 To Landlord Transformer 2 3 46557 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3 AWG 4774 -- 480 25 0.9 80 0.000250 0.000059 0.451027 0.880 0.53 24768 -0.18% -0.19% 3 4 Landlord Transformer 3 3 24768 TX 480 ETR K-4 150 75 5 208 13.727 0.07 3881 -0.19% 4 5 Main Disconnect 4 3 3881 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3/0 AWG 12844 -- 208 5 " 0.9 160 0.000079 0.000052 0,451027 0.013 0.99 3833 -0.06% -0.25% 5 6 To Panelboard A 5 3 3833 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3/0 AWG 12844 -- 208 75 0.9 160 _ 0.000079 0.000052 0.451027 0.186 0.84 3231 -0.94% -1.19% 6 7 To RTU 1 6 3 3231 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3 AVM 4774 - 208 25 0.85 64 0.000250 0.000059 0.554811 0.141 0.88 2832 -0.32% -1.51% 7 8 To RTU 2 6 3 3231 M CU 1 Set(s) of 4 AWG 3806 -- 208 95 0.85 51 0.000310 0.000060 0.554811 0.671 0.60 1933 -1.19% -2.38% 8 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. NOTE: UTILITY TRANSFORMER: 1000 KVA, 5%Z, SECONDARY 480Y/277V, PAD MOUNT AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT SECONDARY IS: 79,400A UTILITY COMPANY: PUGET SOUND ENERGY UTILITY CONTACT: CHENE' WITTER, 1 (888) 321-7779 ext 88-7138 CONTACTED ON 01/25/2018 FAULT CURRENT SOURCE: UTILITY CONTACT & WEBSITE CHART EXPLANATION: LANDLORD SWITCHBOARD IS FED AT 480Y/277V, UTILITY TRANSFORMER FEEDING THIS SECTION IS ASSUMED TO HAVE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 480Y/277V. ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST APPLICABLE EDITION OF THE CEC, LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED AND BEAR THE LABEL OF AN APPROVED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. 2. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. ANY CONDUCTOR LENGTHS PROVIDED IN THESE DESIGN DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED SOLELY FOR USE IN THE DESIGN CALCULATIONS BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DOCUMENTS. THEY SHALL NOT BE USED BY CONTRACTORS IN BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTING THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MATERIAL QUANTITIES REQUIRED TO BID AND CONSTRUCT THE COMPLETE PROJECT. 5. FEEDER VOLTAGE DROP (%CVD) VALUES ARE CUMULATIVE FROM THE POINT OF SERVICE TO THE LOCATION INDICATED. 6. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. El ONE -LINE KEYED NOTES: 1. VERIFY EXISTING CONDUCTORS AND FUSES ARE MINIMUM SIZE INDICATED. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. EXISTING UTILITY METER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING METER MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE AMPACITY REQUIRED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE 3. PROVIDE NEW PANELBOARD. EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER TO NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDUIT SIZE, AND CONDUCTOR SIZES AND QUANTITIES PRIOR TO BID. EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS MAY BE REUSED IF THEY MEET OR EXCEED THE SIZES AND QUANTITIES INDICATED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. EM LIGHTING SUMMARY FIXT. TAG WATTAGE COUNT TYPE E1A 13 TYPE E1B TYPE E2 TYPE EX1 TYPE EX2 6 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 TOTAL WATTS 26 12 2 2 1 TOTAL: TOTAL SOFT: EM W/SQFT: 2832 °A16 CIRCUIT SCHEDULE: ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON 75 DEG C RATED TERMINATIONS. COPPER CONDUCTORS ARE BASED ON THHN/THWN-2 INSULATION. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS (PREFIX "A") ARE BASED ON XHHW-2 INSULATION. FOR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS ALLOWED PER SPECIFICATIONS, OR FOR TERMINATIONS OR INSULATION TYPES RATED LESS THAN 75 DEG C, MODIFY SIZES ACCORDING TO NFPA 70. 204 I ETR I 200A, (4)#3/0, (1)#6G, 2" C EXISTING TO REMAIN 1 GF GF GF TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER F1 PANELBOARD: A (NEW) FED FROM: LL SWBDVIAXFMR EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS. BUS AMPS: 225A AIC RATING: 25000 FULLY RATED MAIN SIZE/TYPE:200AMCB SERVES: ENTIRE STORE VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W MOUNTING: SURFACE SECTION:1 LOCATION: IT CLOSET CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE WRE NO. BKR AMP P P BKR AMP WIRE NO. VOLTAMPS/PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A B- C A B C 1 RCPT - MAIN CASHWRAPS 1,080 r 12 20 1 1 20 10 1,852 LTG-HORSESHOEICENTER 2 3 RCPT- TELECOM 1 360 ( 12 20 1 1 20 12 ;, 1,497 H LTG -WEST WALL, ROLEX 4 RCPT-TELECOM2 360 12 20 1 1 20 12 " 1,570 LTG- SALESCOVESBAR/PEND. 7 SPARE;, 20 1 1 20 12 1,518 LTG -VATRINES/PERIM./CURIO 8 9 RCPT-SALES REFRIGERATOR , 500 i 12 20 1 1 20 10 1,700 LTG -LED CASES, SIGNAGE 10 11 RCPT-SALES COFFEE 1,200 12 20 1 1 20 12 896 LTG -FLOOR DECOR, BOH, IT,EM 12 13 RCPT-BOH REFRIGERATOR 1,200 ` `"° 12 20 1 1 20 12 652 LTG -WATCHMAKER 14 15 RCPT-BOHCOFFEE 1 1,200 ' 12 20 1 1 20 12 100 RELAYPANEL(LP1) 16 17 RCPT-ULTRASONIC 500 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 18 19 RCPT -STEAMER 1,500 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 20 21 RCPT-GRINDER/POLISHER 1500% °'` 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 22 23 RCPT-MICROWAVE 800 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 24 25 RCPT-FAXMACHINE 360 �;,° 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 26 27 RCPT- DISHWASHER v . 1000 12 20 1 1 20 12 360 RCPT-ROOFTOP 28 29 RCPT-WATER COOLER a< `• 600 12 20 1 1 30 10 3,000 WATER HEATER 30 31 RCPT-BOHGENERAL,EF2 1,126 12 20 1 3 80 3 7,045 RTU-1 32 34 33 RCPT-BOH JEWELER 360 12 20 1 7,04 7,045 35 RCPT-WATCHMAKER, RP 953 12 20 1 36 37 RCPT- PERIMETERN,CASES 540 12 20 1 3 60 4 5,714 . =. RTU-2 38 40 42 39 RCPT -AV/CCTV 360 12 20 1 5,714 41 RCPT-MANAGERS DESK 720 12 20 1`,' , 5,714 SUBTOTAL 5,806 5,280 5,133 16,781 16,416 18,225 SUBTOTAL TOTAL PHASE A -VA 22,587 LOAD CONN. VA DF LOAD CONN. VA DF AMPS 188 COOLING 0 HEI-HIG 1.00 TOTALPHASEB -VA 21,696 HEATING 22,101 1.00 SIGN/DISP 1,200 1.25 AMPS 181 LIGHTING 8,305 1.25 KITCHEN 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C -VA 23,358 RECEPTACLES 6,480 1,0/.5 EXISTING 1.00 AMPS 195 MOTORS 9,871 1.00 LRG MOTOR 6,305 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND TOTALPNLBD -VA 67,641 SUPPHEAT 3,000 1.00 SHOWWNDW 1.25 71,594VA AMPS 188 MISC EQUIP 10,379 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 199 A PANELBOARD NOTES RP - VIA RELAY PANEL EM - EMERG LTG HANDLE -ON CLAMP IG - ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT GF- GFCITYPECIRCUITBREAKER SIGN/DISPLAY- SIGNAGE & DISPLAYCASE EXISTING LANDLORD SWITCHBOARD 1200A SUPPLY (SECTION 3 OF 3) - 480Y/277V 30 4W MANUFACTURER: CUTLER HAMMER MODEL: POW-R-LINE C DATE: 02/08/99 F2 1200A 3P ETR EXISTING SERVICE GROUND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 2 200AS 200AF 3P 0 co a F3 TX 4 175KVA 480- -- J (ETR)120V F6 z 200AS 3P 200AF NEMA 1 (ETR) ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE LANDLORD ELEC RM TENANT SPACE 1 LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM (CORRIDOR) KEY PLAN b\%- SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RP RP RP RP. RP RP,EM L RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS SkB Architects General Contractor: .:9 c (-3 0 in CZU) Q W zE WZ = W Ben Bridge Jewelers co 0 aY m E Z c to to m co c oIa• o • CO N N p 0- u 0 Feb 15 2018 .H ENDERSONENGI N EERS.CO M F- to 7. m� o» MZc 0 C. r42o d~dW 0 0 3 J -J J < co 0 0 W pc z C) F-Ouj • J O Lu 09 1- (A co J I- 0 (V 0 0 CO N CO U 0.) a; O - a o PERMIT SET ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES 3.1 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER/MODEL # LAMPS INPUT WATTS INPUT VA DESCRIPTION NOTES NO. TYPE VOLT ALT METALUX 22GR-L05-32-F125-UNV-L835-CD1 1 LED 80 CRI, 3500K 3288 LUMENS 120 30 31 NOMINAL 2'X2' X3-1/4" DEEP SPECIFICATION GRADE RECESSED NEUTRAL WHITE 3,500K LED STATIC TROFFER SUITABLE FOR GRID CELINGS. 4 FIXTURE CONSTRUCTED FROM COLD ROLLED STEEL HOUSING AND FLAT VVHITE STEEL DOOR FRAME VvITH STANDARD 0.125" THICK PATTERN 12 ACRYLIC PRISMATIC LENS. FIXTURE FURNISHED WTH INTEGRAL 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER DL1 AMER LUX EZ-NC-A17-T-18-120-LE/TE-EZRD-A17-T-MVWV-SP-309 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 1020 LUMENS 120 18 19 NOMINAL 2-3/4" DIAMETER APERTURE X3" DEEP RECESSED WARM VVHFTE 3,000K LED FIXED POSITION DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, WHITE REFLECTOR AND OVERLAPPING FLANGE YIELDING 15 DEGREE SPOT DISTRIBUTION AND NOMINAL 9,000MBCP WTH HIGH 90+CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE, FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TR IAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF RJLL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 DL2 AMER LUX . E4.75S-NC-A17-TL-30-120-LE/TE-E4.750LW-A17-TL- B-WvV-309 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 2000 LUMENS 120 30 32 NOMINAL 4-3/4" SQuARE ApERTURE X4-1/2" DEEP RECESSED VvARM VvHITE 3,000K LED FIXED POSITION LENSED VvALLWASH FIXTuRE wITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, SPECULAR BLACK REFLECTOR AND TRIMLESS FINISH FOR ZINC CEILING APPLICATION. FIXTURE EQUIPPED ' VviTH HIGH 90+CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TRIAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WTH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 DLO AMERLUX E4.75SX-NC-A17-TL-36-120-LE/TE-E4.75S0X-A17-TL-MB-SP15-309 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 3000 LUMENS 120 36 38 NOMINAL 4-3/4" SQUARE APERTURE X5-1/2" DEEP RECESSED WARM VVHITE 3,000K LED FIXED POSITION DOWN LIGHT FLXTURE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, SPECULAR BLACK REFLECTOR AND TRIMLESS FINISH FOR ZINC CEILING APPLICATION YIELDING 15 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION AND 12,000 MBCP OUTPUT WITH HIGH 90-,-CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED WTH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TRIAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 DL4 AMER LUX E4.75SA-C3-NC-A17-TL-33-120-SP15-309-LE/TE- E4.75SA-03-A17-1L-MB 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 2400 LUMENS 120 33 33 NOMINAL 4-3/4" sQUARE APERTURE X8" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K LED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT LIGHT VvITH NEW CoNsTRuCTION HOUSING, SPECULAR BLACK REFLECTOR AND TRIMLESS FINISH FOR ZINC CEILING APPLICATION WITH LOCKING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT CAPABLE OF 35 DEGREE AIMING AND YIELDING 15 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION AND 10,000 MBCP OUTPUT WITH HIGH 90+CRI SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED WTH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TR IAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,4 5 DL4A AMER LUX E4.75SA-C3-NC-A17-TL-33-120-VVEL40-309-LE/TE- E4.75SA-C3-A17-TL-MB 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 2400 LUMENS 120 33 33 SAME AS TYpE DL4 EXCEPT WITH VvIDE FLOOD- 40 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION i 2,3,5 DL5 AMERLUX EZ-NC-A17-T-18-120-LEITE-EZRA-A1 7-T- -VVF-309 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 1020 LUMENS 120 18 19 NOMINAL 2-3/4" DIAMETER APERTURE X3" DEEP RECESSED VVARM WHITE 3,000K LED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT FIXTURE VVITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, WHITE REFLECTOR AND OVERLAPPING FLANGE YIELDING 45 DEGREE FLOOD DISTRIBUTION AND LOCKING TOOLESS VERTICAL AIMING WTH HIGH 90+CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL MLVFORVVARD PHASE-TR IAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING, UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 DL6 AMER LUX E2.95A-HP-NC-A17-TL-18-120-GB-SP15-309-LE/TE- E2.9SA-HP-A17-TL-MB 1 LED 90+ CR I, 3000K 1020 LUMENS 120 18 19 NOMINAL 3" SQUARE APERTURE X5-1/2" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K LED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT LIGHT WITH NEVV CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, SPECULAR BLACK REFLECTOR AND TRIMLESS FINISH FOR ZINC CEILING APPLICATION WITH LOCKING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT CAPABLE OF 35 DEGREE AIMING AND YIELDING 15 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION AND 8,000 MBCP OUTPUT WITH HIGH 90+CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED 1MTH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TR IAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WTH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING VVITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 DL6A AMER LUX E2,9SA-HP-NC-A17-TL-18-120-GB-LS-309-LE/TE- E2.9SA-HP-A17-TL-MB 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 1020 LUMENS 120 18 19 SAME AS TYPE DL6 EXCEPT EQUIPPED WITH LINEAR SPREAD LENS YIELDING 10 DEGREE X60 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION 2,3,5 DL6B AMER LUX E2.9SA-HP-NC-A17-TL-18-120-GB-WF-309-LE/TE- E2.95A-1-1P-A17-TL-MB 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 1020 LUMENS 120 18 19 SAME AS TYPE DL6 EXCEPT EQUIPPED WITH WIDE FLOOD 45 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION FOR ALCHEMY DOOR 2,3,5 DL7 (F10) ROLEX AMER LUX E4.75R-NC-A17-T-29-120-LETE-E4.75RD-A17-T-SDC-SP15-309 1 LED 90+ CRI, 3000K 1950 LUMENS 120 29 29 NOMINAL 4-3/4" DIAMETER APERTURE X5-1/2" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K LED FIXED POSITION DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION HOUSING, SEMI-SPECULAR CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR AND OVERLAPPING FLANGE YIELDING 15 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION AND 12,000 MBCP OUTPUT WITH HIGH 90+CRI SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE, FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE TRIM STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-WIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPUTTERING, UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. LOCATE ONLY IN THE ROLEX AREA 2,3,5 DL8 (F11) ROLEX AMER LUX E4.75RA-c3-NC-A17-T-29-120-VVF-40-309-LETE-E4.75RA-C3-A17- T-SDC 1 LED 90+ CR I, 3000K 1950 LUMENS 120 29 29 NOMINAL 4-3/4" DIAMETER APERTURE X6" DEEP RECESSED WARM VVHITE 3,000K LED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT LIGHT WITH NEW CONSTR UCTION HOUSING, SEMI-spECULAR CLEAR ALZAK REFLECTOR AND OVERLAPPING FLANGE WITH LOCKING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT CAPABLE OF 35 DEGREE AIMING AND YIELDING 40 DEGREE WIDE FLOOD DISTRIBUTION WITH HIGH 90+CR I SINGLE CHIP LED MODULE. FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL MLV FORWARD PHASE-TR IAC STYLE DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 5% OF FULL OUTPUT COORDINATED WITH WITH SPECIFIED DIMMING SYSTEM TO HANDLE 2-VVIRE DIMMING WITHOUT LAMP SPU i i ERING. UL DAMP LOCATION LISTED. 2,3,5 FL1 ACOLYTE CH-AC5-C-HI-20-24-8.8-27K-5-MLV/ DR WVDIM24300- MC 1 LED 90 CRI, 2700K 670 LUMENS/FT 120 PRIMARY 24V SECOND 8.8W/FT 9 WET NOMINAL 1-1/4" WDE X1-1/4" HIGH X VARYING LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED VERY WAR M VVHFTE 2,700K HIGH OUTPUT LINEAR LOVV VOLTAGE LED SYSTEM WTH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING ENCASING A CHIP -ON -BOARD LED ARRAYWTH AN INTEGRAL CURVED CLEAR LENS ASSEMBLYYIELDING A130 DEGREE OPTICAL BEAM FOR COVE APPLICATIONS, SYSTEM TO INCLUDE TWO (2) REMOTE 300 WATT 120V/24VOLT , MAGNETIC MLVDIMMNG TRANsFoRMER/ DRIVERS. REMOTE TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OF OFFICE AREA REMOTE TRANSFORMERS/ DRIVERS INCLUDED WITH NEMATYPE ENCLOSURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO COORDINATE WITH FACTORY APPROVED CUT LENGTHS TO COMPLYWITH COVE LENGTHS. FIXTURE ENDS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH WIRE ENDS TO TRANSFORMER AND ip20 FEMALE/ MALE QUICK CONNECTS FOR CONNECTING RUNS. NO SOLDERING OF ENDS OF RUNS TO BE ACCEPTABLE, WHITE FINISH OF EXTRUSION AND MANUFACTURER'S FIXED MOUNTING CLIP TO SECURE EXTRUSION TO HORIZONTAL SURFACE. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LENGTHS AND REQUIRED NUMBER OF TRANSFORMERS FOR ACOMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 1,8,9 FL2 ACOLYTE CH-A53-F-HI-20-24-3.0-30K-5-MLV/ DRVWD111/04200- MC 1 LED 90 CRI, 3000K 225 LUMENS/FT 120 PRIMARY 24V sECoND 3 W/FT 3 W/FT NOMINAL 1 " WIDE X1/2" HIGH XVARYNG LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED WARM WHITE 3,000K LOW OUTPUT LINEAR LOVV VOLTAGE LED SYSTEM WITH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING ENCASING ACH IP-ON-BOARD LED ARRAY WITH AN INTEGRAL FLAT FROSTED LENS WITH 85% TRANSMISSION YIELDING A 120 DEGREE OPTICAL BEAM FOR COVE APPLICATIONS. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ONE (1) REMOTE 200 WATT 1201/124VOLT MAGNETIC MLV DIMMING TRANSFORMER/ DR IvERS. REMOTE TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OF OFFICE AREA REMOTE TRANSFORMERS/ DRIVERS INCLUDED WITH NEMATYPE ENCLOSURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO COORDINATE WITH FACTORY APPROVED CUT LENGTHS TO COMPLY WITH COVE LENGTHS. FIXTURE ENDS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH WIRE ENDS TO TRANSFOR MER AND 1620 FEMALE/ MALE QUICK CONNECTS FOR CONNECTING RUNS. NO SOLDERING OF ENDS OF RUNS TO BE ACCEPTABLE, WHITE FINISH OF EXTRUSION AND MANUFACTURER'S FIXED MOUNTING CLIP TO SECURE EXTRUSION TO HORIZONTAL SURFACE. REFER TODRAWINGS FOR LENGTHS OF EXTRUSIONS REQUIRED FOR CURVED SURFACES AND FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM, i 8 9 FL3 ACOLYTE CH-AS1-F-HI-20-24-3.0-27K-5-MLV/ DRWIEM24200- MC 1 LED 90 CRI, 2700K 205 LUMENS/FT 120 PRIMARY 24V SECOND 3 VV/FT 3 W/FT NOMINAL 3/4" WIDE X1/2" HIGH XVARYING LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED VERY INARM VVHITE 2,700K LOW OUTPUT LINEAR LOVV VOLTAGE LED SYSTEM WITH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING ENCASING A CH IP-ON-BOARD LED ARRAY WITH AN INTEGRAL FLAT FROSTED LENS WITH 85% TRANSMISSION YIELDING A120 DEGREE OPTICAL BEAM FOR COVE APPLICATIONS. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE 100 OR 200 WATT 120V/24VOLT MAGNETIC MLV DIMMING TRANSFORMER/ DRIVERS. REMOTE TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OF OFFICE AREA REMOTE TRANSFORMERS/ DRIVERS INCLUDED WITH NEMATYPE ENCLOSURE REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO COORDINATE WITH FACTORY APPROVED CUT LENGTHS TO COMPLY WITH COVE LENGTHS. FIXTURE ENDS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH WIRE ENDS TO TRANSFORMER AND IP20 FEMALE/ MALE QUICK CONNECTS FOR CONNECTING RUNS. NO SOLDERING OF ENDS OF RUNS TO BE ACCEPTABLE. WHITE FINISH OF EXTRUSION AND MANUFACTURER'S FIXED MOUNTING CLIP TO SECURE EXTRUSION TO HORIZONTAL SURFACE, REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR ' LENGTHS OF EXTRUSIONS REQUIRED FOR CURVED SURFACES AND FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL sYsTEm. I 8 9 - , FL4 ACOLYTE CH403-C-HI-20-24-4.4-30K-5-MLW DR VvVD1M24200- MC 1 LED 90 CRI, 3000K 330 LUMENS/FT 120 PRIMARY 24V SECOND 4.4 W/FT 5 W/FT NOMINAL 3/4" wiDE X3/4" HIGH X VARYING LENGTH SURFACE MOUNTED WARMWHITE 3,000K MEDIUM OUTPUT LINEAR Low vOLTAGE LED SYSTEM WM-I EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CORNER MOUNT HOUSING ENCASING A CH IP-ON-BOARD LED ARRAy WTH AN INTEGRAL CLEAR LENS ASSEMBLYYIELDING AN 80 DEGREE OPTICAL BEAM FOR CORNER CASE DISPLAYS. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE 100 CR 200 WATT 120W24VOLT MAGNETIC MLV DIMMING TRANSFORMER/ DRIVERS. REMOTE TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OF OFFICE AREA REMOTE TRANSFORMERS/ DRIVERS INCLUDED WITH NEMATYPE ENCLOSURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO COORDINATE WTH FACTORY APPROVED CUT LENGTHS TO COMPLY WITH COVE LENGTHS. FIXTURE ENDS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH WIRE ENDS TO TRANSFORMER AND IP20 FEMALE/ MALE QUICK CONNECTS FOR CONNECTING RUNS. NO SOLDERING OF ENDS OF RUNS TO BE ACCEPTABLE. WHITE FINISH OF EXTRUSION AND MANUFACTURER'S FIXED MOUNTING CLIP TO SECURE EXTRUSION TO HORIZONTAL SURFACE OF DISPLAY CASE STRUCTURE. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LENGTHS OF EXTRUSIONS AND REMOTE TRANSFORMERS FOR ACOMPLETEAND OPERATION& SYSTEM. 1,8,9 PN1 FLOS SKYGARDEN SERIES 52-BLACK 1 OSRAM 150T10/ HALF E26 BASE #18851 120 150 150 NOMINAL 36" DIAMETER X18" HIGH PENDANT MOUNTED MEDIUM BASE QUARTZ LAMP DECORATIVE OPAQUE SHIELD FIXTURE WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM EXTERIOR SHELL AND INNER DIFFUSER OF ORNATE DETAILING CAST PLASTER, FIXTURE FURNISHED WTH 12 FOOT LONG CLEAR PENDANT POWER CORD AND CANOPY. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AROUND CEILING RECESSED JUNCTION BOXTO SUPPORT 30 LB.WEIGHT OF FIXTURE, BLACK FINISH AND FIELD CUT CORD SO THAT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE IS 8 FEET AFF. UL LISTED 10,11 PN2 BRENDAN RAVENH ILL 1 LED 90 CRI, 3000K 2400 LUMENS 120 30 30 NOMINAL 6 FOOT DIAMETER X11"HIGH PENDANT MOUNTED MEDIUM BASE REPLACEMENT LED DECORATIVE FIXTURE WITH TENSILE CORD CONSTRUCTION AND 8 EXTENSION ARMS FROM CENTRAL PENDANT MOUNT WITH MANUFACTURER FURNISHED FIELD CUTTABLE CABLE TO CONTRACTOR pRovIDED RECESSED JUNCTION BOX SUITABLE TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF FIXTURE. CONNECT TO STANDARD FORWARD PHASE TRIAC DIMMER. 10,11 PN3 360 VOLT SCISSOR OLA SERIES 057F-BLACK 1 OSRAM 150T10/ HALF E26 BASE #18851 120 150 150 NomiNALv-8" DIAMETER X 11 " HIGH WITH OVERALL LENGTH OF 6'-6" PENDANT MOUNTED MEDIUM BASE QUARTZ LAMP DECORATIVE OpAQUE SHIELD FIXTURE WITH DIE-CAST ALUMINUM EXTERIOR SHELL AND WHITE INNER DIFFUSER. FIXTURE FURNISHED WITH FOLDING SCISSOR LIFT PENDANT CONNECTED TO MANUFACTURER'S TERMINATING CANOPY. CONTRACTOR TO PROMDE BLOCKING AROUND CEILING RECESSED JUNCTION BOX TO SUppORT 13 LB.VVEIGHT OF FIXTURE, BLACK ENAMEL EXTERIOR FINISH. MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE ETL OR UL LISTED LABELS 10,11 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MAN UFACTURER/M0,DEL a LAMPS INPUT WATTS INPUT VA DESCRIPTION NOTES NO. TYP E VOLT RL1 IGUZZINI ip130-REUC-02/ 4450-0700-050-UNV-ED10 3 2 LED 97 CRI 3000K AND 5000K ALTERNATING 120 11 , 11 NOMINAL 1-3/4" WIDE 5-7/8" LONG X2-1/4" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K AND VERY COOL WHITE 5,000K ALTERNATING LED FIXED posmON LINEAR DOWN LIGHT WITH INDIVIDUAL DIODES IN A DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH THERMOPLASTIC REFLECTOR YIELDING NARROW SPOT 12 DEGREE OPTIC AND VERY HIGH 97 CRI SINGLE CHIP DIODE. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH 5-CELL FIXTURE WITH THREE (3) 3,000K LED DIODES STARTING AT ENDS AND TWO (2) 5,000K LED DIODES IN BETWEEN AND WITH REMOTE HOUSING FOR UNDERCABINET INSTALLATIONS. MANUFACTURER TO ALSO INTERNALLY WIRE EACH 5-CELL FIXTURE WITH TWO (2) 10 FOOT LONG QUICK DISCONNECTS, EACH VVIRED TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURE DIODES. SYSTEM TOINCLU DE REMOTE 50 WATT UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE CI-10V DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 1% OF FULL OUTPUT FOR CONNECTION TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURES AND CONNECTED TO DIMMING SYSTEM. BLACK REFLECTOR FINISH AND BLACK OVERLAPPING FLANGE FINISH. 6,7,8, 13 RL2 IGUZZIN I 1.P1 33-REUC-10/ 4450-0700-050-UNV-ED10 5 LED 97 CRI 3000K AND 5000K ALTERNATING 120 21 21 NOMINAL i -3/4" WIDE 11" LONG X2-1/4" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K AND VERY COOL VVHITE 5,000K ALTERNATING LED FIXED FOSITION LINEAR DOWN LIGHT WITH INDIVIDUAL DIODES IN A DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH THERMOPLASTIC REFLECTOR YIELDING NARROW SPOT 12 DEGREE OPTIC AND VERY HIGH 97 CRI SINGLE CHIP DIODE. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH 10-CELL FIXTURE WITH FIVE (5) 3,000K LED DIODES STARTING AT END AND FIVE (5) 5,000K LED DIODES IN BETWEEN AND WITH REMOTE HOUSING FOR UN DERCABINET INSTALLATIONS. MANUFACTURER TO ALSO INTERNALLY WIRE EACH 10-CELL FIXTURE WITH TVVO (2) 10 FOOT LONG QUICK DISCONNECTS, EACH VVIRED TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURE DIODES. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE 50 WATT UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 1% OF FULL OUTPUT FOR CONNECTION TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURES AND CONNECTED TO DIMMING SYSTEM. BLACK REFLECTOR FINISH AND BLACK OVERLAPPING FLANGE FINISH. , 6,7,8, 13 RL3 IGUZZINI I.P136-REUC-10/4450-0700-050-UNV-ED10 8 7 LED 97 CRI 3000K AND 5000K ALTERNATING 120 32 ' ' 32 NOMINAL 1-3/4" WIDE 16" LONG X2-1/4" DEEP RECESSED WARM WHITE 3,000K AND VERY COOL VvH ITE 5,000K ALTERNATING LED FDED pOSITION LINEAR DOWN LIGHT WITH INDIVIDUAL DIODES IN A DIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH THERMOPLASTIC REFLECTOR YIELDING NARROW SPOT 12 DEGREE OPTIC AND VERY HIGH 97 CRI SINGLE CHIP DIODE. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH 5-CELL FIXTURE WITH EIGHT (8) 3,000K LED DIODES STARTING AT ENDS AND SEVEN (7) 5,000K LED DIODES IN BETWEEN AND WITH REMOTE HOUSING FOR UNDERCABINET INSTALLATIONS. MANUFACTURER TO ALSO INTERNALLY WIRE EACH 5-CELL FIXTURE WITH TVVO (2) 10 FOOT LONG QUICK DISCONNECTS, EACH WIRED TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURE DIODES. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE REMOTE 50 WATT UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER SUITABLE FOR 1 % OF FULL OUTPUT FOR CONNECTION TO DEDICATED COLOR TEMPERATURES AND CONNECTED TO DIMMING SYSTEM. BLACK REFLECTOR FINISH AND BLACK OVERLAPPING FLANGE FINISH. • 6,7,8, 13 RL4 MP LIGHTING L52-2-W3011 W HS D MAI LED18Vv7001-B LED 90 CR I, 3000K 200 LUMENS 120 PRIMARY 12V SECOND 2.5 2.5 NOMINAL 2" DIAMETER WfTH 1/2" APERTURE X1/2" DEEP RECESSED LOVV VOLTAGE WARM VVHITE 3,000K LED CABINET STYLE FUCED DOWNLIGHT WITH SOLID ANODIZED ALUMINUM HOUSING AND QUICK DISCONNECT LEADS FROM BACK OF HOUSINGLESS FIXTURE. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH FIXTURE WITH SINGLE DIODE HIGH 90+ CR I CHIP 120 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION, HALF SHROUD TO OBSCURE FIXTURE BRIGHTNESS FROM VEVv, AND REMOTE DCBASED ELV DIMMING DRIVER TO FEED ALL SIX (a) TYPE RL4/ RL4A FIXTU RES WITHIN CURIO CABINET. FIXTURE FACEPLATE FINISHED IN MATTE CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT. RL4A , MP LIGHTING L52-2-VV30H-N-HS-D-MA/ LED18W7001-8 LED 90 CR I, 3000K 200 LUMENS 120 PRIMARY 2.5 2.5 SAME AS TYPE RL4 EXCEPT WITH 30 DEGREE DISTRIBUTION BEAM WN1 SERGE MOUILLE ' LES GRANDE APPLIQUE URALES-4 SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI -ARM DECORATIVE FIXTURE WITH BLACK FINISH 10,12 WN2 RICH BRILLIANT VVILLING CR-Si /Si 1-30K-120-IP20 1 LED 120 6.5 9 'CRISP' SER IES FLUSH VVALL-MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE VVITH SOLID CAST GLASS LENS, GROOVED FRONT FACE, AND ANODIZED ALUMINUM BASE. CHROME TRIM AND WHITE GLASS. (1) 8.5W LED, 3000K PROVIDED WITH FIXTURE, IP20 RATED, El A CONCEALITE F5000-LED6.5-90-CF 2 LED 120 13 13 RECESSED/CONCEALED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM VVITH CUSTOM COLOR FINISH AND (2) 6.5W LED LAMPS VvITH 38 DEGREE OPTICS. 90 MINUTE EMERGENCY BAi IERY BACKUP. COORDINATE CUSTOM FINISH WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDER. Ei B CONCEALITE F5000-LE045-90-CF 2 LED 120 6 6 RECESsED/coNcEALED 2-HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTE m vVITH CUSTOM COLOR FIN IsH AND (2) 3W LED LAWS %MTH 45 DEGREE OPTICS. 90 MINUTE EMERGENCY BATTERY EIPCKUP. COORDINATE CUSTOM FINISH WIT/ -I ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDER. E2 SURE-LITES 2 LED 120 1 1 SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE HEAD EMERGENCY"BUG EYE" LIGHT WITH VVHITE FINISH. 90 MINUTE EMERGENCY BATTERYBACKUP. EX1 SU RE-LITES EUX6G - LED 12D 1 1 RECESSED CEILING MOUNTEDGE-LIT EXIT SIGN WITH BRUSHED ALUMINUM FINISH, GREEN LETTERS, AND 90 MINUTE EMERGENCy BATTERY BACKUP. • EX2 SU RE-LITES LPX,6 - LED 120 2 2 POLYCARBoNATE SINGLE -FACE EXIT SIGN VV(TH VVHITE FINISH, GREEN LETTERS AND 90 MNUTE EMERGENCY BATTERy BAckup. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL. REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: 0 81) 81) cu .o E ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Ben Bridge Jewelers LLI 0 CO X X I:9 CO u Z 'EDT LJJ a. CCI a) M co O) > < < CD. c." C., CU CO (1) CV CI) cx1 7 C7) Lo CO t•-- co -a Lc) Lo CU Y) cY0 CD CD • • 0? 0" tj (0 cc; a CD c 0.1 CV 0 0- LL Feb 15 2018 .HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM c, CNI it CO C:3 CT> cc 7 < -0 co CD ‘r Cs1 CI) z...7-• < CO 1:4 `2 ,s, W N- 4t z u j Z 0 LU 5 Lu C/7 > 0 Lu U7 CO F— LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 3.2 PERMIT SET JASON P. WOLL MAIN ISLAND CASHWRAPS COUNTER FAX WORK WATCH MANAGER ROOM MAKER DESK NOTES: PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AS NEEDED AND COMBINE WIRING INTO 2" CONDUIT BACK TO TELECOM BOARD 1. THIS DETAIL IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. REFER TO SHEETS E2.1 AND E-2.2 FOR DEVICES REQUIRED PER PROJECT. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRINGS FOR ROUTING OF CABLING, AND OUTLET BOXES AS SHOWN ON SHEETS E-201 AND E-202. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING TO ALL LOCATIONS AS NEEDED. FOUR PAIR CAT 5 PLENUM RATED CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED, (4) CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR (3) MAIN CASHWRAPS, AND (2)CABLES TO OTHER DESKS OR WORKSTATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER. 3. BEN BRIDGE PHONE AND DATA CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE CABLES AND INSTALL APPROPRIATE JACKS. TYPICAL COMMUNICATIONS RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: 1. UPON DETECTION OF OCCUPANCY IN THE SPACE, SENSOR SHALL ENABLE CONNECTED RECEPTACLES "a" OR SHALL TURN ON RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN. HOWEVER, LIGHTS SHALL NOT TURN ON AUTOMATICALLY. "b" LIGHTS SHALL TURN ON AND OFF MANUALLY VIA LOW VOLTAGE DIMMING WALL STATION. 2. IF MOTION IS NOT DETECTED WITHIN SPECIFIED TIME DELAY RECEPTACLES AND LIGHTING ZONE CONTROLLED SHALL TURN OFF. 3. FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING MODEL NUMBERS, TIME DELAYS, COVERAGE PATTERNS, ETC. REFER TO OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE. SUPPLY 1 S SUPPLY 2 THIS CONTROL DIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL INTENT AND USES WATTSTOPPER REQUIREMENTS AS THE BASIS -OF -DESIGN MANUFACTURER. DIAGRAMS MAY BE DIFFERENT FOR ALLOWED EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURERS. REFER TO FINAL APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR INSTALLATION. POWER SUPPLY OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLLED RCPTS a POWER ia SUPPLY F- OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROLLED LOAD (LIGHTS) b 0-10V WIRE TO FIXTURES WHERE SHOWN ON E-101. 1 WALL BOX DIMMER SWITCH LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR — — — — LOW VOLTAGE WIRING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETAIL - MULTIPLE POWER SUPPLIES, RECEPTACLE CONTROL, AND LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES NO SCALE UNSWITCHED HOT FOR EMERGENCY FIXTURES POWER PANEL 'A' to /� DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR RELAY PANEL POWER f BRANCH CIRCUITS PER ir PANEL SCHEDULES (TYPICAL U-N.O.) DIMMING PANEL 'LP1' L1 Min LUTRON GRAFIK EYE 4000 -a EMERGENCY FIXTURES WITH BATTERY PACKS SALES FLOOR LIGHT FIXTURES LUTRON PROGRAMMING CONTROL INTERFACE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE ZONES 1-24 ZONES 20,21,22 J. ALL ZONES EXCEPT 20,21,22 LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: 1. LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND REPRESENTS THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK AND THE LOCATION OF DEVICES IN RELATION TO EACH OTHER ALONG THE POWER CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH SELECTED MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL PARTS AND PIECES REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. 2. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTEGRAL TIME CLOCK, RELAYS, AND DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHES. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 3. INTEGRAL TIME CLOCK SHALL BE ASTRONOMIC AND PROGRAMMABLE WITH 365 DAY AND HOLIDAY SCHEDULING AND 24 HOUR BATTERY BACK-UP. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL AND STATE ENERGY CODES. 4. CIRCUITING SHOWN ON THE PLAN CORRESPONDS TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEME. IF CIRCUITING IS CHANGED IN THE FIELD, ENSURE THAT SYSTEM PROGRAMMING WITH REVISED CIRCUITING MEETS THE ORIGINAL LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEME. UPDATE RELAY PANEL SCHEDULES IN RECORD DRAWINGS. 5. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD FOR PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK SCHEDULES. PROVIDE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH OPERATIONS MANUAL AFTER JOB IS COMPLETE. A COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND RELAY SCHEDULE WITH ANY FIELD CONDITION CHANGES IDENTIFIED SHALL BE LEFT IN THE DOOR OF THE PANEL. 6. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO TRAIN OWNER TO PROPERLY USE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. COORDINATE RECORDING VIDEO OF TRAINING SESSION WITH OWNER. ❑ LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM KEYED NOTES: 1. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT INFORMATION: 1.1. MANUFACTURER: LUTRON GRAFIK EYE 4000 SERIES: #GRX-4524-A-WH 1.2. PROVIDE WITH GRX-CI-PRG PROGRAMMING CONTROL INTERFACE 2. DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHES 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. LV1: LV2: LV3: LUTRON SG-2BN-XX (COLOR BY ARCHITECT) LUTRON SG-4BN-XX (COLOR BY ARCHITECT) LUTRON SG-4SN-XX (COLOR BY ARCHITECT) 3. LIGHTING RELAY PANEL INFORMATION: 3.1. MANUFACTURER: LUTRON 3.2. MODEL: CCP CUSTOM COMBINATION PANEL REFER TO MAIN LUG LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON MODULE LOADS AND TYPES. LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE OCCUPANCY SENSORS WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS SYMBOL TYPE MANUFACTURER MODBJSERIES ":EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER - DEVICE DESCRIPTION : : COVERAGE (WXD) ON MODE 11MEDELAY VOLTAGE NOTES apsi -. - WATTSTOPPER PW-200 - COOPER HUBBELL - LEVITON SENSORSWITCH WALL MOUNT PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL RELAY INTEGRAL MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCHES. LINE VOLTAGE. MAJOR 30' x35' MINOR 15' x20' 1: MANUAL 2: MANUAL 1:15 MIN 2:15 MIN 120277V CBUNG MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSORS ((15 ", WATTSTOPPER LDMC-100 COOPER HUBBELL LEVITON CEILING MOUNT DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 360 DEGREE COVERAGE LOW VOLTAGE PIR MAJOR 44'0 PIR MINOR 25' 0 ULT MAJOR 40' x40' ULT MINOR 30' x30' MANUAL 20 MIN 24V AUXILIARY DEVICES SYMBOL TYPE MANUFACTURER MODQJSERIES EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE NOTES O WATTSTOPPER-' _LMRC-212 - COOPER HUBBELLL LEVITON POWER PACK FOR LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH TW020A LOAD RELAYS AND INTEGRAL TRANSFORMER.MANUAL- AND AUTO -ON MODES, HOLD ON AND HOLD -OFF INPUTS. 0-10V DIMMING CONTROL OF LIGHTING. 0LMPL-101 WATTSTOPPER-' COOPER ` HUBBELL POWER PACK FOR LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH A20A LOAD RELAY AND INTEGRAL TRANSFORMER. MANUAL AND AUTO -ON MODES, HOLD -ON AND HOLD -OFF INPUTS. ON/OFF CONTROL OF SWITCHED RECEPTACLES. LEVITON WALL DIMMINGSWITCHES SYMBOL TYPE :.MANUFACTURER: : MODB.JSERJES : .EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER DEVICE DESCRIPTION LOAD TYPE WATTAGE VOLTAGE NOTES 0 WATTSTOPPER- LMDM-101 - - LEVITON -- -"LEGRAND -- LUTRON LOW VOCTAGE SLIDER- TYPE WALL BOXDIMMER FOR MANUAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING CONTROL. 0-10V 1000 24V 1 GENERAL NOTES:. A OCCUPANCY SENSOR LAYOUT BASED ON WATTSTOPPER COVERAGE PATTERNS:: ADJUST QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW PER MANUFACTURER -SPECIFIC SPACING CRITERIA B MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED EQUIVALENT FCR SUBMISSION ARE LISTED IN 'EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER' COLUMN IN SCHEDULE. DURING SUBMITTALS, PROVIDE PRODUCT CUTSHEETS AND SHOP DRAWINGS (AS FURTHER DEFINED IN GENERAL NOTES OF THIS SCHEDULE) FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. C SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS ALIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE PROJECT SPECIFIC LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATICS AND SCHEDULES. ALSO, AT ENGINEER'S REQUEST, PROVIDE ASCALED EQUIPMENT PLAN FOR REVIEW OF EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITHIN PROJECT SPACE CONSTRAINTS. D OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE LIGHTING PLANS SHOWING LOCATION, MOUNTING HEIGHT, ORIENTATION AND COVERAGE AREAS FOR EACH OCCUPANCY SENSOR. ALSO INCLUDE ON PLANS OTHER CEILING MOUNTED SYSTEMS, SHOWING COORDINATION WITH CEILING DEVICES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES, SPRINKLERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. E PROVIDE ALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. F VERIFY COLOR (S) FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES VVSTH THE ARCHITECT, G PROVIDE COPIES OF OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL DEVICES TO OWNER H ALL WALL SWITCH AND CEILING SENSORS SHALL HAVE AN ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY RANGE OFO-30 MIN, UNO. I DO NOT INSTALL LINE VOLTAGE SENSORS ON GEC' PROTECTED CIRCUITS. J LIGHTING CONTROLS PRICING SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEPARATE OF ,WY LIGHT FIXTURE PRICING. ANY LIGHTING CONTROLS PRICING THAT IS SUBMII IED WITH LIGHT FIXTURE PRICING (UNIT OR MINI -LOT) WILL BE IMMEDIATELY REJECTED IN ITS ENTIRETY. K INSTALL WALL BOX DIMMERS TO ACHIEVE FULL RATING SPECIFIED: AND INDICATED AFTER. DE -RATING FOR GANGING AS INSTRUCTED BY MANUFACTURER. L CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPATIBILITY OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES IN THIS SCHEDULE THAT ARE INTENDED TO OPERATE TOGETHER. M PROVIDE A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR TO ALL WALL BOX DIMMERS DO NOT SHARE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR ON LOAD SIDE OF DIMMER. 1 REQUIRES COMPATIBLE POWER PACK FOR SVVITCHING BALLASTS AND DRIVERS. '. MASTER CONTROL STATION -OFFICE BUTTON (ZONES CONTROLLED LABEL 1 -.ZONES 1.24 ALL ON -FULL OUTPUT 2 :ZONES 1-19 AND 23+24 AFTERNOON SCENE ". ,ZONES 1-19 AND 23+24 NIGHT SCENE :. 4 ZONES 1-24 CLEANUP SCENE 5 ..ZONES 1.24 : ALL OFF CONTROL SWITCH 'LV1' SCHEDULE BUTTON RELAYS OR ZONES CONTROLLED LABEL ZONES 1-24 SCENE 9-OPENING 2 ZONES 1-24 SCENE 10-CLOSING CONTROL SWITCH 'LVT SCHEDULE BUTTON RELAYS OR ZONES CONTROLLED LABEL 1 ZONES 20,21,22 SCENE 1-FULL ON ZONES 20,21,22 SCENE 2-WORK ONLY 3 ZONES 20,21,22 SCENE 3-SPECIAL EVENT 4 ; ZONES 20,21,22 SCENE 4-CLEANUP CONTROL SWITCH `LV3' SCHEDULE BUTTON RELAYS OR ZONES CONTROLLED LABEL 1 ZONES 1-19 AND 23 + 24 r." : SCENE S-SPECIAL EVENT 1 _.-'. 2 '. ZONES 1-19 AND 23+ 24 ' ' SCENE 6SPECIALEVENT-VITRINES _ 3 ZONES 1-19 AND 23+ 24'. SCENE 7-3,000K VITRINES _ 4 - ZONES 1-19AND 23+ 24 °: : SCENE S-5,000KVETRINES -.. 5 'ZONES '1-19AND 23+24 - OFF SCENE -.AIL ZONES 1-19 AND 23 + 24 MASTER RAISE/LOWER MAIN LUG SECTION: 1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL: LP1 SERVES: BEN BRIDGE- SOUTHCENTER MALL MOUNTING SURFACE LOCATION: AV CLOSET ZONE NO. CKT NO. LOAD DESCRIPTION MODULE TYPE LOAD (WATTS) COMMENTS 1 2 TYPE DL1- HORSESHOE DISPLAY MLV 450 2 2 TYPE DL3-DL4-ZINC HORSESHOE MLV 621 3 2 TYPE DL4-CENTER DISPLAY MLV 396 4 2 TYPE DL4-ZINC-CONSULTANT DESK MLV 132 5 4 TYPE F11-ROLEX ART WALL MLV 286 8 4 TYPE OL2-WEST WALLWASH MLV 270 7 4 TYPE DL4A-WEST DISPLAY ACCENT MLV 165 8 4 TYPE FI0-ROLEX DISPLAY CASE MLV 390 9 4 TYPE F11-ROLEX BACK WALL MLV 260 10 6 TYPE FL1 -ROOM UPLIGHT COVE MLV 600 11 6 TYPE FL3-FL2 BAR -DRYWALL COVE MLV 300 12 6 TYPE PNI-HORSESHOE PENDANT INC 450 13 6 TYPE PN2-CENTER TABLE PENDANT INC 400 .. 14 8 :>.TYPE RL1-RL2-VITRINE-3,000K -0.10V :550 15 8 : ;TYPERLI-RL2-VITRINE-5,000K 0-10V: - 550 16 8 TYPERL2-RL3-WALL-3,000K 0-10V ::200 17 8 : TYPE RL2-RL3-WALL-5,000K 0-10V ..:.. 200 18 10 : TYPE FL4•WEST WALL DISPLAYS MLV :: 300 19 10 : TYPE FL4-FRONT:HORIZ,.SIGN AGE c: MLV _; 1400 :-'20 14 TYPEDL6-GL6A-ALCHEMY ACCENT:: MLV 162 21 14 TYPE FL2-ALCHEMYCOVE MLV -. 100 22 14-. TYPEPN3- ALCHEMY PENDANTS -: INC -. 200 23 8 : TYPERL4-RL4A CURIO CABINET --: ELV 18 24 12. WN1:-LOUNGE WALL LAMPS INC 400 NOTES: SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: 2 U a`) 0`) E ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Ben Bridge Jewelers a) C 0.3 Q -O M a) op co C')) a) o4 U2 Feb 15 2018 HEN D ERSONENGINEERS.COM J J J ct Q ro LU N- W EIt a) I— aH W U 2 H-- 0 O W c0)Go.JI— Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING DETAILS JASON P. WOLLUM Division 26: GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS I. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All requirements under Division 01 and the general and supplementary conditions of these specifications apply to this section and division. Where the requirements of this section and division exceed those of Division 01, this section and division take precedence. Become thoroughly familiar with at its contents as to requirements that affect this division, section, or both. Work required under this division Includes all material, equipment, appliances, transportation, services, and labor required to complete the entire system as required by the drawings and specifications, or reasonably inferred to be necessary to facilitate the function of each system as implied by the design and the equipment specified. The specifications and drawings for the project are complementary, and any portion of work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of discrepancies, notify the Engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the Work involved. Drawings are graphic representations of the work upon which the contract is based. They show the materials and their relationship to one another, including sizes, shapes, locations, and connections. They convey the scope of work, indicating the intended general arrangement of the systems without showing all of the exact details as to elevations, offsets, control lines, and other installation requirements. Use the drawings as a guide when laying out the work and to verify that materials and equipment will fit into the designated spaces, and which when installed per manufacturers' requirements, will ensure a complete, coordinated, satisfactory, and properly operating system. B. DEFINITIONS Division: References contained in this specification follow the numbering system defined in the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat 2004 Edition. Specification Divisions 01 through 13 provided with this project may reference the CSI MasterFormat 1995 Edition. The corresponding division references between the 2004 Edition and 1995 Edition are as follows: 2004 Edition 1995 Edition 1. Division 21 - Fire Suppression Division 15 2. Division 22 - Plumbing Division 15 3. Division 23 - HVAC Division 15 4. Division 26 - Electrical Division 16 5. Division 27 - Communications Division 16 6. Division 28 - Electronic Safety and Security Division 16 Furnish: "to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembling, installing, and similar operations." Install: "to perform all operations at the project site including, but not limited to, the actual unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, testing, commissioning, starting up and similar operations, complete, and ready for the intended use" Provide: "to furnish and install" Furnished by Owner (or Owner -Furnished) or Fumished by Others: "an item furnished by the Owner or under other divisions or contracts, and installed under the requirements of this division, complete, and ready for the intended use, including all items and services incidental to the work necessary for proper installation and operation. Include the installation under the warranty required by this division. Engineer: Where referenced in this Division, "Engineer" is the Engineer of Record and the Design Professional for the work under this division, and is a consultant to, and an authorized representative of the Architect, as defined in the General and/or Supplementary Conditions. When used in this division, Engineer means increased involvement by and obligations to the Engineer, in addition to involvement by and obligations to the Architect. AHJ: The local code and/or inspection agency (Authority) Having Jurisdiction over the Work. NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory, as defined and listed by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 (e.g., UL, ETL, CSA), and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. Nationally recognized testing laboratories and standards listed are used only to represent the characteristics required and are not intended to restrict the use of other NRTLs that are acceptable to the AHJ and standards that meet the specified criteria. Homerun: That portion of an electrical circuit originating at a junction box, termination box, receptacle, or switch with termination at an electrical panelboard. Note: Where MC cable is utilized for receptacle and/or lighting branch circuiting loads, the originating point of the homerun shall be at the first load in the circuit or at a junction box located in an accessible ceiling space as close as possible to the first load. Substitution: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. Substitutions include Value Engineering proposals. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required In order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. The terms "approved equal", "equivalent", or "equal" are used synonymously and shall mean "accepted by or acceptable to the Engineer as equivalent to the item or manufacturer specified". The term "approved" shall mean labeled, listed, certified, or all three, by an NRTL, and acceptable to the AHJ over this project. C. PRE -BID SITE VISIT Prior to submitting bid, visit the site of the proposed work and become fully informed as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to comply with this requirement shall not be considered sufficient justification to request or obtain extra compensation over and above the contract price. D. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Provide new material, equipment, and apparatus under this contract unless otherwise stated herein, of best quality normally used for the purpose in good commercial practice, and free from defects. Model numbers listed in the specifications or shown on the drawings are not necessarily intended to designate the required trim, written descriptions of the trim govern model numbers. Provide markings or a nameplate for all material and equipment identifying the manufacturer and providing sufficient reference to establish quality, size, and capacity. All workmanship shall be of the finest possible by experienced mechanics of the proper trade. In general, provide the following quality grade(s) for all materials and equipment. Commercial specification grade: Provide all hoists, scaffolds, staging, runways, tools, machinery, and equipment required for the performance of the electrical work. Store and maintain material and equipment in clean condition, and protected from weather, moisture, and physical damage. Furnish only material and equipment that are listed, labeled, certified, or all three, by an NRTL whenever any listing or labeling exists for the types of material and equipment specified. At a minimum, general work practices for electrical construction shall be in accordance with NECA 1 (latest edition), "Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction". E. MANUFACTURERS In other articles where lists of manufacturers are introduced, subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Where a list is provided, manufacturers are listed alphabetically and not in accordance with any ranking or preference. Where manufacturers are not listed, provide products subject to compliance with requirements from manufacturers that have been actively involved in manufacturing the specified product for no less than 5 years. F. COORDINATION Coordinate all work with other divisions and trades so that various components of the systems are installed at the proper time, fit the available space, and allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. Components which are installed without regard to the above shall be relocated at no additional cost to the Owner. Unless otherwise indicated, the General Contractor shall provide chases and openings in building construction required for installation of the systems specified herein. Contractor shall furnish the General Contractor with information where chases and openings are required. Contractor shall keep informed as to the work of other trades engaged in the construction of the project and shall execute work in a manner as to not interfere with or delay the work of other trades. Figured dimensions shall be taken in preference to scale dimensions. Contractor shall take his own measurements at the building, as variations may occur. Contractor shall be held responsible for errors that could have been avoided by proper checking and inspection. Provide materials with Vim that will properly fit the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. Model numbers listed in the specifications or shown on the drawings are not intended to designate the required trim. Make all offsets required to clear equipment, beams, and other structural members, and to facilitate concealing raceways in the manner anticipated in the design. Provide materials with trim that will fit properly the types of ceiling, wall, or floor finishes actually installed. G. ORDINANCES AND CODES Work performed under this contract shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction. Equipment furnished and associated installation work performed under this contract shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted by the local AHJ, including any amendments and standards as set forth by the following: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 5. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 6. Rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal departments affected by connection of services. 7. Other national standards and codes where applicable. Where the contract documents exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents shall take precedence. Where conflicts between various codes, ordinances, rules, and regulations exist, comply with the most stringent. Promptly bring all conflicts observed between codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, referenced standards, and these documents to the attention of the Architect and Engineer for final resolution. Contractor will be held responsible for any violation of the law. Procure and pay for permits and licenses required for the accomplishment of the work herein described. Where required, obtain, pay for, and furnish certificates of inspection to Owner. Provide all safety lights, guards, and warning signs required for the performance of the work and for the safety of the public. H. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Store and protect from damage equipment and materials delivered to job site. For materials and equipment susceptible to changing weather conditions, dampness, or temperature variations, store inside in conditioned spaces. For materials and equipment not susceptible to these conditions, cover with waterproof, tear -resistant, heavy tarp or polyethylene plastic as required to protect from plaster, dirt, paint, water, or physical damage. Equipment and material damaged by construction activities shall be rejected, and Contractor shall fumish new equipment and material of a like kind at his own expense. Keep premises broom clean of foreign material created during work performed under this contract. Conduit, equipment, etc. shall have a neat and clean appearance at the termination of the work. Plug or cap open ends of conduits while stored and installed during construction when not in use to prevent the entrance of debris into the systems. I. SUBSTITUTIONS Materials, products, equipment, and systems described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by the proposed substitution. The base bid shall include only the products from manufacturers specifically named in the drawings and specifications. To request a substitution, request the Substitution Request Form from the Architect or Engineer. Complete and send the Substitution Request From for each material, product, equipment, or system that is proposed to be substituted. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution Is upon the proposer. Unless stated otherwise in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor, Contractor warrants to the Engineer, Architect, and Owner the following: 1. Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to meet or exceed the specified Work in all respects unless stated otherwise In the substitution request. 2. Proposed substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results, including functional clearances, maintenance service, and sourcing of replacement parts. 3. Proposed substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified Work. 5. If accepted substitution fails to perform as required, Contractor shall replace substitute material or system with that originally specified and bear costs incurred thereby. 6. Coordination, installation and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. No substitutions will be considered unless the Substitution Request Form is completed and attached with the appropriate substitution documentation. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of bids unless written request for approval to bid has been received by the Engineer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt of bids. If the proposed substitution is approved prior to receipt of bids, such approval wilt be stated in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other way. Verbal approval will not be given. No substitutions will be considered after the contract is awarded unless specifically provided in the contract documents. Provide factory generated point -by -point calculations for all exterior light fixtures (photometric files supplied so the engineer can generate a point -by -point do not suffice for the point -by -point calculations). Provide interior point -by -point calculations at the discretion of the engineer. J. SUBMITTALS Assemble and submit for review shop drawings, material lists, manufacturer product literature for equipment to be furnished, and items requiring coordination between contractors under this contract. Provide submittals in sufficient detail so as to demonstrate compliance with these Contract Documents and the design concept. Prior to transmitting submittals, verify that the equipment submitted is mutually compatible with and suitable for the intended use, will frt the available space, and maintain manufacturer recommended service clearances. If the size of equipment furnished makes necessary any change in location or configuration, submit a shop drawing showing the proposed layout. Transmit submittals as early as required to support the project schedule. Allow two weeks for Engineer review time, plus to/from mailing time via the Architect, plus a duplication of this time for resubmittals, if required. Only resubmit those sections requested for resubmittal. Submittals shall contain the project name, applicable specification section, submittal data, equipment identifications acronym as used on the drawings, and the Contractor's stamp. The stamp shall certify that the submittal has been checked by the Contractor, complies with the drawings and specifications, and is coordinated with other trades. Manufacturer product literature shall include shop drawings, product data, performance sheets, samples, and other submittals required by thls division. Highlight, mark, list, or indicate the materials, performance criteria, and accessories that are being proposed. General product catalog data not specifically noted to be part of the specified product will be rejected and returned without review. Submittals and shop drawings shall not contain firm name, logo, the seal, or signature of the Engineer. They shall not be copies of the work product of the Engineer. lithe Contractor desires to use elements of such product, refer to paragraph "Electronic Drawing Files" for procedures to be used. Separate submittals according to individual specification sections. Illegible submittals will be rejected and returned without review. Catalog data shall be properly bound, Identified, indexed and tabbed in a 3-ring binder. Each item or model number shall be clearly marked and accessories indicated. Label the catalog data with the equipment identification acronym or number as used on the drawings and include performance curves, capacities, sizes, weights, materials, finishes, wiring diagrams, electrical requirements and deviations from specified equipment or materials. Mark out inapplicable items. Shop drawings will be retumed without review if the above mentioned requirements are not met. Provide the quantity of submittals required by Division 01. If not indicated and hard -copy sets are provided, submit a minimum of six (6) copies. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic submittals for this project. For electronic submittals, Contractor shall submit the documents In accordance with the procedures specified in Division 01. Contractor shall notify the Architect and Engineer that the submittals have been posted. If electronic submittal procedures are not defined in Division 01, Contractor shall include the website, user name, and password information needed to access the submittals. For submittals sent bye -mail, Contractor shall copy the designated representatives of the Architect and Engineer. Contractor shall allow for the Engineer review time as specified above in the construction schedule. Contractor shall submit only the documents required to purchase the materials and/or equipment in the submittal The checking and subsequent acceptance of submittals by the Engineer and/or Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the drawings and specifications, errors in dimensions, details, sizes of equipment, or quantities, omissions of components or fittings;' coordination of electrical requirements, and not coordinating items with actual building conditions and adjacent work. Contractor shall request and secure written acceptance from the Engineer and Architect prior to implementing any deviation. K. ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES In preparation of shop drawings or record drawings, Contractor may, at his option, obtain electronic drawing files inAutoCAD or DXF format on CD-ROM disk, DVD disk, flash drive, or direct download, as desired, from the Engineer for a shipping and handling fee of $200 for a drawing set up to 12 sheets and $15 per sheet for each additional sheet. Contact the Architect for written authorization and Engineer for the necessary agreement form and to specify shipping method and drawing format. In addition to payment, the written authorization from the Architect and release agreement form from the Engineer must be received before electronic drawing files will be sent. L. RECORD DRAWINGS (AS -BUILT DRAWINGS) During progress of the work in this division, Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all changes made during the installation of the system. Upon completion of the work, accurately transfer all record information to three Identical sets of the approved shop drawings. Insert one set into each copy of the manual described below. See Division 01 and General Conditions for additional information. M. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS During the course of construction, collect and compile a complete brochure of equipment furnished and installed on this project. Include operational and maintenance instructions, manufacturer's catalog sheets, wiring diagrams, parts lists, approved submittals and shop drawings, warranties, and descriptive literature as furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Include an inside cover sheet that lists the project name, date, Owner, Architect, Engineer, General Contractor, Sub -Contractor, and an index of contents. Submit three copies of literature bound in approved binders with index and tabs separating equipment types to the Architect, for Engineer's review, at the termination of the work. Paper clips, staples, rubber bands, loose-leaf binding, and mailing envelopes are not considered approved binders. Final approval of systems installed under this contract shall be withheld until this equipment brochure Is received and deemed complete by the Architect and Engineer. Instruct workmen to save required literature shipped with the equipment itself for inclusion in this brochure. Include Record Drawings as described above. Refer to Division 01 for acceptance of electronic manuals for this project. For electronic manuals, refer to paragraph "Submittals" for requirements. N. TRAINING At a time mutually agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor, provide the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to train Owner's designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the equipment provided for this project. Provide training to include, but not be Limited to, an overview of the system and/or equipment as it relates to the facility as a whole operation and maintenance procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance and appropriate operator intervention; and review of data included in the operation and maintenance manuals. Submit a certification letter to the Architect stating that the Owner's designated representative has been trained as specified herein. Letter shall include date, time, attendees and subject of training. The Contractor and the Owner's representative shall sign the certification letter indicating agreement that the training has been provided. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days advance notice. O. WARRANTIES Warrant each system and each element thereof against ail defects due to faulty workmanship, design, or material for a period of 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, unless specific items are noted to carry a longer warranty in these construction documents or manufacturer's standard warranty exceeds 12 months. Remedy all defects occurring within the warranty period(s) as stated in the General Conditions and Division 01. Warranties shall include labor and material, including travel expenses. Make repairs or replacements without arty additional costs to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Owner, Architect, and Engineer. Perform the remedial work promptly, upon written notice from the Engineer or Owner. Also warrant the following additional items: 1. All raceways ere free from obstructions, holes, crushing, or breaks of any nature. 2. All raceway seals are effective. 3. The entire electrical system is free from all short circuits and unwanted open circuits and grounds. At the time of Substantial Completion, deliver to the Owner all warranties, in writing and properly executed, including term limits for warranties extending beyond the one year period and any actions the Owner must take in order to maintain warranty status. Each warranty instrument shall be addressed to the Owner and state the commencement date and term. 2. GENERAL MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. BUILDING OPERATION Comply with the schedule of operations as outlined in the architectural portions of this specification. Building shall be in operation during normal workday hours. Accomplish work requiring interruption of building operation at a time when the building is not in operation and only with written approval of building Owner and/or tenant. Coordinate interruption of building operation with the Owner and/or tenant a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of work. B. EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL Provide all demolition of existing electrical systems and new electrical system modifications required because of building remodeling, as noted on the Drawings, or necessary for proper operation and new construction. Remove all abandoned cables and wiring and conduit above accessible ceilings and ventilation shafts. Remove all existing wiring, light fixtures, exposed conduits, and other electrical installations not reused prior to substantial completion of the work. Existing raceways may be reused if their points of terminations are suitable; if they are clean inside with no evidence of rust or burrs; if free from cracks, flattened sections, or sharp bends; and, if suitably located to avoid conflicts with other trades or installations. Carefully "fish" all existing conduits reused under this contract to remove all debris and obstructions, and swab until all moisture is removed. Cut, patch, and repair where required for new electrical installations, and patch and repair all surface damage resulting from this work. Cut flush with the floor and plug at both ends raceways stubbed above the floor and not used at substantial completion of the work. Relocate all existing electrical systems required to be in operation at substantial completion of the contract, if required, as a result of work included under this contract, even if not specifically indicated in the drawings or specifications. Existing service entrance conductors and feeder conductors may be reused if all of the following conditions are met: 1. Conductor sizes meet or exceed the sizes specified on the drawings, 2. Conductor insulation is in good or better condition. 3. Conductor insulation is the correct type for the conditions. C. COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE Repair streets, sidewalks, drives, paving, walls, finishes, and other facilities damaged In the course of this Work. Repair materials shall match existing construction. Repair work shall meet all requirements of the Owner, local authorities having jurisdiction, and meet the satisfaction of the Architect. Repair work shall be thoroughly first class. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING Conform to the requirements in Division 01. Cut walls, floors, ceilings, and other portions of the facility as required to install work under this division. Obtain permission of the Architect prior to cutting. Do not cut or disturb structural members without prior approval from the Architect. Cut holes as small as possible, Patch walls, floors, and other portions of the facility as required by work under this division. Patching shall match the original material and construction including fire ratings, if applicable. Repair and refinish areas disturbed by work to the condition of adjoining surfaces In a manner satisfactory to the Architect. E. ROUGH -IN Coordinate without delay all roughing -in with other divisions. Conceal all conduit and raceways except in unfinished areas and where otherwise indicated on the drawings. F. SUPPORT SYSTEMS Steel Slotted Support Systems (Slotted Channel): Comply with MFMA-3, factory -fabricated components for field assembly; 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch by 1-5/8-inch. Finishes: 1. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-3. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-3. 3. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-3. Aluminum Slotted Support Systems (Slotted Channel): Comply with MFMA-3, Type 6063-T6, per ASTM B221; factory -fabricated components for field assembly; 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch by 1-5/8-inch. Manufacturers: Cooper B-Line, ERICO International, Hilti, Power -Strut, Thomas and Betts, or Unlstrut. Field Fabrication: Where field cutting of standard lengths of channel are required, make cuts straight and perpendicular to manufactured surfaces. For field -cut or damaged surfaces of coated channels, dress cut ends, damaged surfaces, or both, with an abrasive material (e.g., file, grinding stone, or similar) and cleanser to remove oils, rust, sharp edges, and shards. For channel with a factory -applied coating, re -finish cut edges with a coating compatible with the factory finish and as recommended by the manufacturer (e.g., manufacturer's touch-up paint or zinc -rich cold -galvanizing compound, as applicable). G. ACCESS DOORS Provide access doors for all concealed equipment where indicated or as required, except where above lay -in ceilings. Access doors shall be adequately sized for the devices served with a minimum size of 18 inches x 18 inches. Access doors must be of the proper construction for the type of construction in which it is installed. Obtain Architect's approval of type, size, location and color before ordering. Provide factory -fabricated and assembled units, complete with attachment devices and fasteners ready for installation, concealed hinges, flush screwdriver -operated cam lock, and anchor straps. Provide access doors manufactured by: Bar -Co, J.L. Industries, Karp Associates, Milcor, Nystrom Building Products, Wade, or Zum. H. PENETRATIONS Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of fire -stopping specified In Division 07 section "Through -Penetration Firestop Systems." Roofs: 1. Coordinate all roof penetrations with Engineer, Owner, and as applicable, the roofing contractor providing a roof warranty. 2. Keep all raceway penetrations within mechanical equipment curbs wherever possible. Coordinate with Division 01. 3. Flash and counterflash all openings through roof, and/or provide pre -fabricated molded seals compatible with the roof construction installed, or as required by the Engineer, Owner, or roofing contractor. All roof penetrations shall be leaktight at the termination of the work and shall not void any new or existing roof warranties. Walls and Floors: 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves for Raceways and Cables: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends, and drip rings. 2. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves for Raceways and Cables: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052 inch thickness and of length to suit application. 1. FIRESTOPPING Sealants and accessories shall have fire -resistance ratings indicated, as established by testing Identical assemblies in accordance with UL 2079 or ASTM E 814, or other NRTL acceptable to AHJ. Manufacturers: Hilti, RectorSeal, Specified Technologies Inc., United States Gypsum Company, or 3M corp. Through and Membrane Penetration Firestopping Systems Product Schedule: Provide UL listing, location, wall or floor rating, and installation drawing for each penetration fire stop system. Where project conditions require modification to qualltied testing and inspecting agency's illustrations for a particular firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. Include qualifications data for testing agency. J. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS Provide necessary equipment and accessories that are not provided by the equipment supplier or Owner to complete Installation of equipment fumished by others in locations as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or both. Equipment and accessories not provided by the equipment supplier may include, but not be limited to, flexible cords and plugs as required for proper operation of the complete system, in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. Contractor shall be responsible for correct rough -in dimensions, and verify them with Architect and/or equipment supplier prior to rough -in and service installations. K. SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING Adjust, align, and test all electrical equipment on this project provided under this division and all electrical equipment furnished by others for Installation or wiring under this division for proper operation. Test all systems and equipment according to the requirements in NETA ATS (latest edition) and all additional requirements specified in following sections. Maintain the following on the project premises at all times: a true RMS reading voltmeter, a true RMS reading ammeter, and a megohmmeter insulation resistance tester. Provide test data readings as requested or as required by the Engineer. L. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR MEPF SYSTEMS Seismic Protection Criteria: Risk/Occupancy Category: Site Soil Category: Determine. Seismic Design Category: Determine. Component Importance Factor: I, II or III Contractor's Seismic Engineer To Contractor's Seismic Engineer To Determined From ASCE 7-2010. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the requirements for seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems. Seismic protection criteria used to determine seismic bracing requirements of all mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems shall be determined by the applicable code adopted in the project jurisdiction. Where not already determined within the contract documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for contracting a licensed professional engineer to establish building site class, seismic design category, seismic zone, or any other criteria necessary to determine the requirements for seismic bracing on mechanical, electrical, and/or plumbing systems. Seismic bracing of fire protection systems shall be installed in strict accordance with the provisions of NFPA 13 (2010 or later edition). The Contractor shall determine the type and location of seismic bracing required for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing elements shown on the drawings based on the established seismic criteria, the size and weight of the supported element, and the distance from structure of the supported element. The Contractor shall submit the following shop drawing information to the AHJ and the Engineer for review and approval: 1. Seismic analysis listing all applicable seismic design criteria. 2. Descriptive catalog data of seismic bracing materials. 3. Shop drawings showing bracing type and location. 4. Installation details of all bracing used. 5. Calculations showing that the seismic restraints meet the seismic requirements. Shop drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer, licensed in the state of the project and employed by the manufacturer of the seismic bracing products. Calculations shall include dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections. Seismic bracing, restraints, isolators, and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are: Amber/Booth Company, Inc., 6-Line/Telco, Kinetics Noise Control, Inc., Loos & Company, Inc., Mason Industries, Inc., Uni-strut, or Vibro-Acoustics. Each device shall have a pre -approval number from Califomia OSHPD or other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Seismic bracing measures to be applied to mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment/systems and shall be installed in strict accordance with all applicable local, state, and/or federal codes as well as manufacturer's requirements. The most stringent criteria shall apply. All anchor connections to structure for support of mechanical and electrical equipment, regardless of the need for seismic restraints, shall be shown on shop drawings. M. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Provide equipment identification nameplates on all switchboards, panelboards, electrical equipment enclosures, access doors, transformers, disconnect switches, enclosed circuit breakers, motor starters, feeder devices in switchboards, distribution panelboards, and motor control centers. Nameplates: 1. Engraved, contrasting color, three -layer, laminated plastic, indicating the name of the equipment, load, or circuit as designated on the drawings and in the specifications: 2. Field -applied permanent epoxy adhesive, compatible with the equipment finish. Attachment method shall be acceptable to the manufacturers of the equipment to which the nameplates are being applied. Nameplate Color: 1. Black background with white letters for Normal Power; 2. Red background with white letters for Emergency Power. Letter height: 3/8-inch minimum. B. SYSTEM START UP Perform the following prior to starting up the electrical systems: 1. Check all components and devices and lubricate items accordingly. 2. Tighten screws and bolts for connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3. Adjust taps on each transformer for rated secondary voltage when the transformer is at minimum toad. 4. Check and record building's service entrance voltage, grounding conditions, grounding resistance, and proper phasing. 5. Replace all bumed-out lamps and lamps used for temporary construction lighting in permanent light fixtures. 6. After all systems have been inspected and adjusted, confirm all operating features required by the drawings and specifications and make final adjustments as necessary. END OF SECTION 26 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 161010 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: a) 3 0 io 0 lY a)) E z ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Ben Bridge Jewelers W J W fA a) = 7 co Ln) CD N mo o) to to FL > < O to M MV) O O - • M a) O c 0 L") o oa ea (aN N c Nr/) cL 11_0 Feb 15 2018 o w co COw re N- 5 �» w MZ,a 0 o oi_u) • ` Octo. O QX O o = 0 N 4t CO O o -o m eta 0 "Zr CD 0 N co N- ilCO In co J F- o CI ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS JASON P. WOLLUM Division 26: BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1. RACEWAYS A. METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING Electrical Metallic Tubing, Couplings, and Fittings (EMT): ANSI C80.3, UL 797. Only steel products allowed. Reduced wall EMT is not allowed. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): Zinc -coated steel or aluminum, UL 1. Reduced -wall FMC is not allowed. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Hot -dip Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit, ANSI C80.6, UL 1242. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket, UL 360; fittings: NEMA FB 1. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): 1. Hot -dip Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS): ANSI C80.1, UL 6. Plastic -Coated IMC, RMC, and Fittings: NEMA RN 1, NRTL listed. Coating thickness of 0.04 inches minimum. IMC and RMC Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit type and material, NRTL listed. Manufacturers: AFC Cable, Alflex, Anamet Electrical, Electri-Flex, Indalex, Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex, O-Z/Gedney, Republic Raceway, Tyco International, Western Tube and Conduit, or Wheatland Tube. B. NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): Schedule 40 PVC, 90 deg C rated, NEMA TC-2, UL 651 Fittings: NEMA TC 3, TC 6; UL 651, compatible with conduit/tubing type and material, NRTL listed. Manufacturers: AFC Cable, American International, Anamet Electrical, Amco, Cantex, Certainteed, Condux International, Elecsys, Electri-Flex, Lamson and Sessions, Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex, Prime Conduit, Raco, Spiralduct, Superflex Ltd, or Thomas and Betts. 2. RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. GENERAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Install raceways parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Install raceways to requirements of structure, to requirements of all other work on the project, and to clear all openings, depressions, pipes, ducts, reinforcing steel, and other immovable obstacles. Install raceways set in forms for concrete structure in such a manner that installation will not affect the strength of the structure. Except where approved in writing by the Engineer, install no raceway in a slab -on -grade. Locate raceway below granular fill below slabs -on -grade. Install raceways continuous between connections to outlets, boxes, and cabinets with a minimum possible number of bends and not more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends between connections. Use manufactured elbows for all 45- and 90-degree bends, unless approved by the Engineer in advance. Make other bends smooth and even and without flattening raceway or flaking galvanizing or enamel. Radii of bends shall be as long as possible and never shorter than the corresponding trade elbow. Use long radius elbows for all underground installations, where necessary, or where otherwise indicated. Securely fasten raceways in place with approved straps, hangers, and steel supports as required. Attach raceway supports to the building structure. Hang single raceways for feeders with malleable split ring hangers with rod and turnbuckle suspension from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in construction above. Clamp groups of horizontal feeder raceways to steel channels that are suspended from inserts spaced not over 10 feet apart in construction above. Securely clamp vertical feeder raceways to structural steel members attached to structure. Install cable clamps for support of vertical feeders where required. Add raceway supports within 12 inches of all bends, on both sides of the bends. Do not support raceways from suspended ceiling components. Ream raceway ends, thoroughly clean raceways before installation, and keep clean after installation. Plug or cover openings and boxes as required to keep raceways dean during construction and fish all raceways clear of obstructions before pulling conductor wires. Provide raceways of ample size for pulling of wire, not smaller than code requirements and not less than 1/2-inch in size, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Homeruns containing more than one branch circuit shall not be less than 3/4-inch in size. Protect all raceway installations against damage during construction. Repair all raceways damaged or moved out of line after roughing -in to meet Engineer's approval without additional cost to the Owner. Align and install true and plumb all raceway terminations at panelboards, switchboards, motor control equipment, and junction boxes. Install approved expansion/deflection fittings where raceways pass through (if embedded) or across (if exposed) expansion joints, and when using RNC or RAC in exposed environments in accordance with NFPA 70 and expansion/contraction properties of RNC or RAC. Install a pull wire in each empty raceway that is left for installation of conductors or cables under other divisions or contracts, Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib tensile strength. Leave at least 24 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Make all joints and connections in a manner that will ensure mechanical strength and electrical continuity. B. ABOVE GROUND RACEWAY USE: Install all circular raceways concealed above suspended ceilings or concealed in walls or floors wherever possible except where otherwise indicated. Provide GRS for all conduits exposed to weather or other hazardous conditions. Unless noted otherwise, all other raceway may be EMT where approved by local code. Use compression type fittings for EMT, with all fittings NRTL listed for the environment in which they are used. Unless noted otherwise, set -screw type fittings are not allowed. C. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Use FMC for final connection to each motor, transformer, and any device that would otherwise transmit motion, vibration, or noise. Use LFMC where exposed to liquids, vapors, or sunlight. Provide all FMC and LFMC with an insulated bonding conductor. Use only metal raceways for all power wiring from the output of variable frequency drives to their respective motors. 3. BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS Rigidly terminate conduits entering sheet metal enclosures to the enclosure with a bushing and locknut on the inside and a locknut or an approved hub on the outside. Conduit shall enter the enclosure squarely. Provide bushings and locknuts made of galvanized malleable iron with sharp, clean-cut threads. Where EMT enters a box, provide approved EMT compression connectors. Use insulated, grounding, or combination bushings wherever connection is subject to vibration or moisture, when required by NFPA 70, or both. 4. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES standards 44 or 83 as applicable. Conductor Insulation Types: 90-degree C-rated, Type THHN/THWN-2 or XHHW-2 complying with ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70. Sizes of conductors and cables indicated or specified are in American Wire Gage (AWG - Brown and Sharpe). All feeder and branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger: Stranded. All conductors, No. 10 AWG and smaller: Solid copper. All Branch Circuit Wiring: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. If no conductor size is indicated on the Drawings for a branch circuit, provide conductors and conduit sized per NFPA 70 and based on the indicated branch circuit overcurrent protective device (OCPD) rating and number of poles. Where no circuit size (i.e., conductors and OCPD) is indicated on the drawings for a branch circuit, provide three No. 12 AWG conductors, in 3/4-inch raceway, and a 20A circuit breaker. Control Wiring: Stranded copper conductors, 600V insulation, of the proper type, size, and number as required to accomplish specified function. Minimum size: No. 14 AWG, unless noted otherwise. Flexible Cords and Cables: Stranded copper conductors for all, unless noted otherwise. Special Purpose Conductors And Cables, Such As Low Voltage Control And Shielded Instrument Wiring: As recommended by the system equipment manufacturer unless indicated otherwise. Copper Conductor Manufacturers: Advance Wire and Cable, AFC Cable, Alan Wire, Alflex, American Insulated Wire, Encore Wire, Northern Cables, Okonite, or Southwire. Connections: Apply a zinc based anti_oxidizing compound to connections. Do not use terminals on wiring devices to feed through to the next device. 5. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INSTALLATION Install all wiring in approved raceway and enclosures, except where specified or indicated for low -voltage wiring, where specified or indicated for direct -buried cables, or where type MC cable is indicated or specified as acceptable. Install all conductors and cables in raceways continuous without taps or splices. Splice or tap only in approved boxes and enclosures with approved solderiess connectors, or crimp connectors and terminal blocks for control wiring, and keep to the minimum required. Insulate all splices, taps, and joints as required by codes. All materials used to terminate, splice, or tap conductors: designed for, properly sized for, and NRTL listed for the specific application and conductors Involved, and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using the manufacturer's recommended tools. Where wiring is indicated as Installed, but the connection is indicated "FUTURE" or "BY OTHER DIVISION, TRADES, OR CONTRACTS", leave a minimum 3-foot "Pigtail" at the box, tape the ends of the conductors, and cover the box. In general, the direction of branch circuit "home run" routing is indicated on the drawings, complete with circuit numbers and panelboard designation. Continue all such "home run" wiring to the designated panelboard, as though "circuit runs" were indicated in their entirety. The number of conductors in a specific raceway "home run" is indicated with cross lines (tick marks) on each "circuit run" on the drawings. Common or shared neutrals are not allowed unless shown on the drawings to be used or specifically noted to be allowed. Where multi -wire branch circuits (i.e., shared neutral) are allowed, they shall be provided with a means that will simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded conductors at the point the branch circuit originates. Multi -pole breakers or 3 single -pole breakers with a handle tie are two examples. When multiple home runs are combined into a single raceway such that the number of conductors exceeds four (conductor count is made up of any combination of phase and neutral conductors), the following restrictions apply, which are in addition to those in NFPA 70: Normal or Non -Essential circuits: 1. Maximum of 16 conductors in a single raceway. For up to eight conductors in a raceway, minimum raceway size: 3/4-inch. For greater than eight conductors, minimum raceway size: 1-inch. Do not install any other type of circuit in this raceway. 2. Minimum wire size for all conductors in this raceway: No. 10 AWG. 3. Only 15A and 20A branch circuit homeruns may be combined into one raceway. GFCI circuits: 1. Do not use multi -conductor circuits, with a shared neutral, for any GFCI circuit breaker or receptacle circuit. For branch circuits fed from GFCI circuit breakers, limit the one-way conductor length to 100 feet between the panelboard and the most remote receptacle or load on the GFCI circuit. Properly identify all terminal blocks and wire terminals for control wiring with vinyl stick -on markers or equivalent. Provide Engineer with a list of proposed identifying numbers for review prior to installing markers. Provide an equipment -grounding conductor or bonding jumper, as applicable, in all feeders and branch circuits, sized in accordance with NFPA 70 Tables 250.66 or 250.122, as applicable, unless indicated as larger on the drawings. Wiring shall have insulation of the proper color to match color code system in the table below unless there is a color system currently in use by the facility, in which case the colors are to match the existing system. In larger sizes where properly colored insulation Is not available, use vinyl plastic electrical tape of the appropriate color around each conductor at all termination points, junctions, and pull boxes. System Voltage: 240V and under, including 208Y/120, 120/240, 120/208, and 240D/120 systems: 1. Phase A: Black. 2. Phase B: Red. 3. Phase C: Blue. 4. Neutral: White. 5. Equipment Ground: Green. 6. Isolated Ground:Green with yello w stripe. 480V and 480Y/277V 1. Phase A: Brown 2. Phase B: Orange 3. Phase C: Yellow 4. Neutral: Gray 5. Equipment ground: green. 6. MC CABLE Melal-clad cable (MC Cable) is not allowed on this project. 7. JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS, AND WIREWAYS Provide junction boxes, pull boxes, cabinets, and wireways wherever necessary for proper installation of various electrical systems according to NFPA 70 and where indicated on the drawings. Size as required for the specific function or as required by NFPA 70, whichever is larger. Construction shall be of a NEMA design suitable for the environment installed. Junction boxes installed behind wall cases and in or on other store fixtures, except where otherwise specified, shall be 4 inches square or larger with galvanized covers. Horizontally mount junction boxes under center fixtures (and cases), handy boxes or 4-inch square boxes with tops of boxes not more than 3-1/2 inches above the floor. Size junction boxes to adequately contain all required conductors and splices. 8. OUTLET BOXES All outlets including light fixture, switch, receptacle, and similar outlets: galvanized steel knockout boxes, suitable in design to the purpose they serve and the space they occupy. Size as required for the specific function or as required by NFPA 70, whichever is larger. Set all outlet boxes in walls, columns, floors, or ceilings so they are flush with the finished surface, accurately set, and rigidly secured in position. Provide plaster rings, extension rings and/or masonry rings as required for flush mounting. Provide approved cast outlet boxes with hubs and weatherproof covers in all areas subject to damp, wet, or harsh conditions. Manufacturers: Appleton, Cooper, Erikson Electrical, Hoffman, Killark Electric, O-Z/Gedney, Raco, Robroy Industries, Scott Fetzer, Spring City Electrical, Thomas and Betts, Walker Systems, or Woodhead. 9. OUTLET LOCATIONS Coordinate locations of cutlet boxes. Outlets are only approximately located on the small scale drawings. Use great care in the actual location by consulting the various large scale detailed drawings used by other division trades, and by securing definite locations from the Architect. 10. MOUNTING HEIGHTS Unless noted otherwise, install wiring devices vertically aligned at height indicated on construction drawings. A. RECEPTACLES Unless indicated otherwise, install vertically with the ground slot mounted at the top. Where installed horizontally, install with the neutral slot mounted at the top. Above counter: mount vertically aligned. Mechanical and electrical equipment rooms and janitors closets: mount vertically aligned. Garages: mount vertically aligned. Weatherproof exterior receptacles: horizontally aligned. GFCI receptacles: Same as general receptacles. Isolated ground receptacles: Same as general receptacles. SPD receptacles: Same as general receptacles Clock Receptacles: 84 inches above finished floor. Concrete Block Walls: As long as ADA requirements are maintained, dimensions above may be adjusted slightly as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions such that bottom or top of boxes, as applicable, are at block joints. B. SWITCHES General: All switches shall be mounted at the same height throughout the project unless noted otherwise. Above Counters: Same as for receptacles. Concrete Block Walls: As long as ADA requirements are maintained, dimensions above may be adjusted slightly as required to compensate for variable joint dimensions, such that bottom or top of boxes, as applicable, are at block joints. Walls with Wainscoting: 6 inches minimum above wainscoting, but not exceeding 48 inches above finished floor. C. TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET BOXES General: Match mounting height of adjacent wiring device listed above. Wall -mounted Telephone (Public): One at 48 inches above finished floor and one at 36 inches above finished floor. For other than wiring devices, refer to paragraphs, articles, sections, divisions, or drawings to obtain mounting heights for specific equipment or systems. 11. WIRING DEVICES The catalog numbers listed for wiring devices are generally for 20A rated devices. Where 15A rated devices are indicated on the drawings or required for circuit rating limitations, provide wiring devices equivalent to those specified for 20A, but rated for 15A. All receptacles located outdoors or in damp or wet locations: Listed as' weather Resistant', designated by a 'WR' on the faceplate. Minor changes relative to the location of electrical equipment may be made to comply with structural and building requirements as determined in the course of construction. Provide all wiring devices of the same manufacturer and not mixed on the project, to the maximum extent possible. Provide color of toggles and receptacles as requested by the Architect. Wiring Devices: Unless noted otherwise, devices shall be commercial grade and rated for 20A. Wiring device manufacturers: Cooper, Hubbell, Legrand, or Leviton. Floor Boxes: UL 514A listed for scrub water exclusion. For slab on grade - Watertight, Class 1, and fully adjustable cast iron box. For slab above grade - Concrete -tight, fully adjustable, stamped galvanized steel box. Floor box shape, quantity of gangs, type and quantity of devices, finish, and flange type per drawings. Floor box manufacturers: Hubbell, Legrand, Thomas and Betts, or Walker. Fire -Rated or Pedestal Poke-Thru Devices: NRTL listed and NRTL fire classified with one- to four-hour fire rating as required by floor rating and type. Cover must be UL 514A listed for scrub water exclusion. Poke-Thru shape, quantity of gangs, type, and quantity of devices, finish, and flange type per drawings. Poke-thru device manufacturers: Hubbell or Legrand. 12. SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES Switch and Outlet Plates: Colored, smooth nylon; by the same manufacturer as the wiring devices, wherever possible. Verify desired materials and colors with Architect before installation. Switch plates in unfinished rooms and spaces: Stamped steel, cadmium plated. Install groups of switches under one ganged -plate, usually horizontally; or, where required by details, vertically. Set all cover plates plumb, parallel, and finished flush with the wall. 13. WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES Provide GFCI receptacles for designated weatherproof receptacles, unless indicated otherwise an the drawings, Unattended Exterior, Wet Locations or Other Locations as Indicated: In -use, NEMA 3R, recessed or flush mount, NRTL labeled plates molded from a clear high impact ultraviolet stabilized polycarbonate material for easy verification that cords are plugged in and that the GFCI is functioning. Back box must be suitable for conduit connecting. Coordinate back box with wall depth. Intermatic WP1000RC/HRC or equal Attended Wet Or Damp Locations: Weatherproof cover plates NRTL listed for wet locations with cover(s) closed; die-cast aluminum or Type 302 stainless steel; single -cover for switches and vertically mounted receptacles; double -cover for horizontally mounted receptacles; self -closing' covers. Cover Plates: By the same manufacturer as the wiring devices; complying with NFPA 70 ARTICLES 406.9 (A) or (B) requirements for attended or unattended use as applicable. 14. ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND GROUNDING A. ELECTRICAL SERVICE See drawings for type, size, voltage, phase, and other requirements. Provide, or arrange with the serving utility for installation to provide, a recording voltmeter at the service point, on the first day the facility is open for business, for a 24-hour voltage test. If voltage and regulation are not within acceptable limits, arrange with the utility far proper voltage. Submit to the Owner a report of maximum and minimum voltage and a copy of the recording voltmeter chart. B. CONNECTION TO SERVING UTILITIES Provide raceways, terminations, metering provisions, and miscellaneous equipment as required for electrical and telephone services for connection by the serving utility, in strict compliance with the requirements of all applicable codes and of the serving utility involved. Verify all service terminations and connection points in the field and work in conjunction with the utility involved in the installation of all services. Provide all materials and equipment required for complete utility connection but not fumished by the serving utility. Notify the utility companies involved within two weeks after notice to proceed of all required information necessary for the utility to supply the project without delay. Pay all charges of the serving utility for the electrical service(s). C. GROUNDING Permanently and effectively ground and bond the electrical installation in a thorough and efficient manner, and in conformance, at a minimum, with NFPA 70, or these documents, where they exceed code requirements. Use bare or insulated conductors as specified herein, and other materials indicated on the Drawings. 15. DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS Panelboards: Complete with bolt -on thermal magnetic, molded case circuit breakers assembled in a dead -front finished cabinet containing a typewritten card directory indicating exactly what each circuit breaker controls; fully -rated and with the integrated short circuit current ratings indicated on the drawings. Plug-in type breakers will not be acceptable. All two- and three -pole breakers: Common trip type. 1. Type SWD Circuit Breakers: Use when breaker serves as a switch for 120V or 277V lighting circuits. 2. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6-mA trip). Use as indicated on drawings. 3. Ground -Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground -fault protection (30-mA trip). Use as indicated on drawings. 4. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment for holding circuit breaker handle in "on" position. Use for all circuits containing emergency lighting loads, fire alarm loads, and as indicated on drawings. Breakers serving fire alarm loads must have a permanently -affixed red label stating "FA" in white letters adjacent to the circuit breaker. 5. Handle padlocking device: fixed attachment for locking circuit breaker handle in "on" or "off' position. Use as indicated on drawings. Manufacturers: Square D Type NQOD or NF (as applicable, based on voltage and ampere ratings and required short-circuit interrupting ratings as scheduled on the drawings) or approved equal by Eaton, G.E., or Siemens. B. DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES Disconnect (Safety) Switches: Heavy-duty, fused or non -fused (as indicated on drawings or required) NEMA KS1, externally operated, visible -blade safety switches; NEMA enclosure type indicated on the drawings or suitable for the environment in which installed. based on fusible switch and fuse sizes indicated, include Class R, J, or L fuse provisions as applicable. Where Indicated, provide fusible switches permanently labeled as suitable for use as service entrance equipment, with integral and separate neutral and ground assemblies, suitable for the sizes of conductors indicated. Do not double -lug any terminations not specifically listed as suitable for more than one conductor. Provide switches where not furnished with the starting equipment, at all other points required by NFPA 70, and where indicated on the drawings. Manufacturers: Eaton, G.E., Siemens, or Square D. C. FUSES Provide each circuit and set of fuse clips throughout the work with sizes and types as required or indicated. All fuses larger than 600A: UL Class L, similar to type KRP-C Bussmann Low Peak or equal. Fuses used to protect motors: UL Class RKS, Bussmann Fusetron or equal. Fuses used to protect all other electrical equipment: UL Class RK1, dual element, Bussmann LPS/LPN or equal. All fused devices shall be labeled as to type and size of fuse required. Furnish three spare fuses of each size and type used on the project (except for main switch fuses, fumish one spare), neatly contained in a properly labeled cabinet. Manufacturers: Bussmann, Edison Fuse, Mersen/Ferraz Shawmut, or Littlefuse. D. FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL CONTROLLER Manual motor starters for fractional horsepower single-phase motors shall consist of a manually operated toggle switch equipped with melting alloy type overload relay. Thermal unit shall be of one piece construction and interchangeable. Starter shall be inoperative if thermal unit is removed. Provide flush mounted units in finished areas and surface mounted units in unfinished areas. Starters shall have NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure, unless otherwise indicated, and be rated for the motor horsepower required. Provide with handle guard with locking provisions and an integral pilot light. Manufacturers: Square D Class 2510 Type F, Eaton 9101 series, G.E. CR101 series, Siemens MSF series, or Westinghouse MST series. 16. LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS A. LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS Light fixtures shown on the drawings represent general arrangements only. Refer to architectural drawings for more exact locations. Coordinate location with all other trades before Installation to avoid conflicts. Coordinate light fixture locations in mechanical rooms with final installed piping and ductwork layouts. B. LIGHT FIXTURES Provide light fixtures as scheduled on drawings, including all lamps, all necessary accessories, material and labor to securely hang, clean, and make light fixtures completely ready for use. Light fixture model numbers scheduled on the drawings show onlythe manufacturer,grade,and le of light fixtures required. Provide all style 9 q hangers, supports, and miscellaneous hardware required to install light fixtures, proper trim to fit each ceiling condition actually encountered, and additional tie wires connected to structure to conform to seismic requirements where required by the applicable building code. Packaging of light fixtures will not be allowed. Only those luminaires listed in the Light Fixture Schedule or approved in accordance with substitutions of these specifications will be accepted. Where the Light Fixture Schedule indicates an allowance for a specific light fixture, the price is a Contractor price. Include all additional costs for freight, lamps, and installation of light fixture and lamps. Install fluorescent light fixtures hung in continuous rows on channel struts specifically designed for this purpose. Surface -mount all fluorescent light fixtures located in areas with a ceiling but without suspended ceilings unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide rigid metal spacers finished in white enamel between the top of each light fixture and the ceiling above to maintain a 1-1/2 inch space. Spacers shall be approved before installation. Install all fluorescent light fixtures located in areas without ceilings immediately below the roof -framing members, or suspended from chain hangers suitable in length to provide the indicated mounting height. Hangers: "Hydee" hanger type for outlet box mounting, complete with grounding receptacle, plug, 3-wire cord, and necessary chain. Through -wiring of recessed light fixtures in suspended ceilings is not permitted. Connect each light fixture by a whip to a junction box. Provide cable whips of sufficient lengths to allow for relocating each light fixture within a 5-foot radius of its installed location, but not exceeding 6 feet in unsupported lengths. C. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS Description: Self-contained units complying with UL 924. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type. The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87-1/2 percent of the nominal battery voltage for the total lamp load associated with the unit for a period of at least 1-1/2 hours, or the unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the initial emergency illumination for a period of at least 1-1/2 hours. Charger. Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. Operation: Relay automatically tums lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep -discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. Test Push Button: Push -to -test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power, and demonstrates unit operability. LED Indicator Light: indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge, and bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle. D. LAMPS Provide lamps and color temperatures as Indicated on the drawings for all light fixtures; or, if not indicated, per the Architect and/or lighting designer. Lamps shall be by the same manufacturer for color consistency. Lamps shall be compatible with the specified light fixture. Fluorescent, metal halide, and incandescent lamp manufacturers: Eiko, G.E., Osram/Sylvania, Philips, Soraa, or Venture. LED Lamps and Luminaires: Comply with ANSI C78.377 for white light LED color range; minimum CRI of 80 unless noted otherwise; LED binning specification tolerance to be within 3 macadam ellipses of rated values; all LEDs used for same fixture type throughout the project must originate from the same production bin; minimum average rated life of 20,000 hours for LED lamps and 50,000 hours for LED luminaires; Rohs compliant. LED lamp manufacturers: Bridgelux, Cree, Nichia, Osram, or Xicato. E. DRIVERS LED Drivers: Comply with NRTL requirements and ANSI C82.77; designed for type and quantity of lamps served; sound levels not exceeding Class A ambient noise levels; lamp current crest factor of 1.5 or less; 90-percent power factor or greater; line transient withstand ratings as defined in ANSI/IEEE C62.41, Category A.; total harmonic distortion less than 20 percent; shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage; shall not over -drive LEDs at a current or voltage above LED rated values; ROHS compliant; meets EN610000 requirements for input harmonics. F. DIMMABLE LIGHT FIXTURES For dimmable light fixtures provide both control and power wiring between light fixture and control device and between light fixtures. Quantity of low voltage and line voltage wiring and wire type shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate light fixture and control device dimming types for compatibility. 17. MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL A. WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Provide all raceways and power wiring for all Division 23 equipment requiring electrical connections, including but not limited to pumps, water heaters, and HVAC equipment, and all line -voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under Division 23. Connect per manufacturers' wiring diagrams. Coordinate with Division 23 for disconnects and variable frequency drives (VFD) furnished with equipment, and provide all disconnect switches and final connections as required. If VFD is separate or does not have an integral disconnect feature, provide disconnect switch with auxiliary contact such that motor will be turned off if switch is off. provide VFD cable, Belden or approved equivalent, for connection of VFD to motor when required. After installing wiring, verify that each motor load has the correct phase rotation. Verify the actual "Maximum Overcurrent Protection" (MOCP) device ratings and "Minimum Circuit Ampacity" (MCA) conductor sizing for mechanical equipment from the equipment nameplate. Base electrical installations on actual required amperages, which may vary somewhat from the conductor and equipment sizes shown on the drawings; however, in no case, reduce the size of conductors indicated on the drawings without authorization from the Engineer. Provide properly sized electrical wiring and equipment without extra cost to the Owner. Notify the Engineer of all changes required in the electrical installation due to equipment variances so that the effects on feeders, branch circuits, panelboards, fuses and circuit breakers can be checked prior to purchasing and installation. Be responsible for coordinating with Division 23 to verify the actual ampacities and correct sizes of all conductors and overcurrent protective devices for all equipment, and correct overload heaters for all motors, when starters are provided under Division 26. B. WIRING OF THERMOSTATS, TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Provide all raceways, power wiring, and line -voltage control and interlock wiring not provided under Division 23, for all thermostats, temperature control devices, and controls, including, but not limited to, night-stats, water heater interlocks, time switches and override timers. See mechanical drawings for locations and temperature control diagrams. Low -voltage conductors far thermostats and temperature control system may be run exposed above finished accessible ceilings, if approved and listed for this purpose, but shall be installed in conduit within walls and where exposed in the work areas. C. TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS Provide incoming telephone service raceways as indicated on drawings or as required by the serving telephone company. Provide 3/4-inch thick plywood board, fire -retardant -treated and stamped FRT, securely anchored to the wall, at the location and of the size as indicated on the drawings. Provide flush mounted telephone outlet boxes with 1 inch conduit stub -up with pull -string concealed to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings. D. DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS Provide flush mounted data outlet boxes with 1 Inch conduit stub -up with pull -string concealed to accessible ceiling space at locations as indicated on the drawings. E. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS All wiring and connections to illuminated cases. All raceways, wiring, and connections of devices to energy management system that are not the responsibility of Division 23. All wiring and connections of exit door alarms. END OF SECTION 26 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: w co co 0 0 0 a) 0 a? co 0 ARCHITECTS SkB Architects Ben Bridge Jewelers CD to N C cO) r`"ca Q o'-aL .t COCO CO -o rn ate; COm 59 COc o o. N N N U) O. 1L0 Feb 15 2018 J J tY CC W w~ 1- Z Z w w U U coco o co v cO 4t o0 rn Q Z 11.1 - LLI J F- ri Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02116/2018 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SET Annealed (soft) copper complying with ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70 and UL JASON P. WOLLUM Lighting Summary LTG -SUM vie t41v 2017 stortes and ail Rt Re ed 2075 Washington Slate titer Cade Compliance Forms for ComTrerOial Buldings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 qY rrP Project Info Compliance farmsdo not requirea password to use, Instructional and calculathg cells are write- protected. " Prole le: San Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Malt- Tukwila, WA Date 2/15/201e Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individualwhocan respond to inquiries aboutcomplianceforminformatbnprovided. for Building Departrnent Ise Company Nacre: Henderson Engineers Company Address: 5345 Lenexa Dr. Suite #300, Lenexa, KS 66214 Applicant Name: Adam MacKenzie Applicant Fhon e: (613) 742-5721 Applicant 6Tail: edam,mackenzte@hendersonengineers.com Project Description 0 Now Building 0 Addition 0 Ataation ❑ No Lighting Scope tnctude PROJ-SUM form (Included in envelope forms workbook) vvith /tgh tin g c ompiiaroe tams. Interior Lighting System Description Briefly des tribe lntenbrtighting s yshem type and features. 0 Interbr lighting Plans Included All new LED -based lig hting sys tem with a full multi -zone dimming system based on theLutron CCP control system. Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method ❑ Building Area Method 0 Space -by -space Method select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls Setectmethedofcompliance fal/ghting controls 0 All C405.2.1-C405,2.8 Lighting Controls ❑ C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Controls (LLLC) ❑ Additional Deeiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digtal Lighting Controls Tocomplyadth C406.4, no less lhan90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply wnth the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting . Permanenttyinstolledinferior ighfergfixtures indwnllingunitscomp ywith : tl No Drueliine 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units 0 C408.31tigh Efficacy Lighting 0 R404.1 Residential high Efficacy LgMing. Dwelling unit righting complies wuthWSECResidential provisions in lieuofWSEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting System Description Bdefydestribe exterbrltghting system type and features. ❑ Exterior Lghhg Plans Included N/A- Interior retail space. Building Additions ' Refer to Section C502,2.6for additional requirements. Compliance Method I Interior Ighting Exterior lighting Lghthg systems in addion area comply wth all applicable I❑ provisions as a standalone new construction project _0 Lghtng systems in addition arecombined with existing 0 - building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance , 0 Addition ls combinedwith existing: For interior(' hti oech, inctudenew. existing -to -remain intermit' tog fixture wattageinProposet 9 tabl J T 5 LightfngWatfagetable in LT0-1141-8LDa'LTG-lN7 SPACEform. For Weed orlighting projects, include new+ existing-to4emabexterior Whine fixture wattage in Proposod7radabteand Proposed Non-Tadable Lighting Waltagetab(es in LTG-EXT form. Lig htin Summa Cont. g g ry / LTG -SUM r and at RI Revised Nov 2017 4 over 3 stories g R2 R3 R e n e Iknce Ferns for Commercial Buildings Including 2015 Vyashhgton State Energy led Comp g Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Malt- Tukwila, WA 10ate 2/15/2018 Change of Space Use ,r Existing interior lighting systems inareas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply wahLPAsforthe new space types per Ta Nes C405.4.2(1) or0105.4.2(2). identify interior spaces requring LPD upgrade to the c urrentCode /n Propos ed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INTSPACEform. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations SelectaltLighting Power and Lighting Control elements thatapplyto the scope of the retrofit project. Ifproject loclodes a combination of spaces where lessthan 50%of the existing ftxtuesaereplac6fn somespace$, end 00%amore ofthe fixtures are replaced in others, then providesepamfelightingp0vwar compliance forms for the Marefro0f conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofitmaybecombined info one lighting power compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6for additional requirements. All aiteratiootightingo000ois shalt be commissioned perC408.3. • ❑ No changesarebotrgmade to thetntariororeJattng lfghttng systems and eafsraifena ce • uses andconfiguradonarenot changed Lighting Power interior Ighting I Parking garage ' Ecterbr Ighting • 50% or more of existing are replaced 0 ❑ 0 Less than 50% of existing are replaced 0 ❑ ❑ Lamp and/or ballast replacement only - existhgtotal wattage not increased 0 0 ❑ 50% or more replaced- Total li htOn 9 9power otnew* existing-to-ramah fixtures shahlcompfyw /th total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2, include new, existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLO, LTG-INTSPACEorLTG-EXrform. Less than50%repfaced- Total lighting power of new. existing -to -remain fixtures sha0 not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. include new* existingdo-remainfixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattagatable in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACEor LTG-EXrform. 50%threshold apples to number ofluminatesfor tnteriaspaces and parkinggarages, and total installed wattage for exteriorluminares. Lighting Controls Interior Ighting I Parking garage Exterior lighting (.low whag instaliedto serve added Postures and/or laturesrelocatedto new cbcuit(s) 0 ❑ ❑ . how or moved lighting panel 0 ❑ ❑ Interior space lsreconfgured- luminaires unchangedy Newwiringor circuit- For inferior lfgh Sensor controls per C405.2,1, dayllghtrespons/econtrots controls perC405.2.5. Forexteriorlightarg, Newer moved panel- Provideall applicable b'mesrl/tchconbnls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured Interior spa se-Rovideall Application specfic trghtingconbatprovisions ❑ ing provide requked perC405.2.4 provide requited controls lighting combs/sea required lightilg contrds per0405.2.5donot manual controls per C405.2, 3, occupancy and application specific lighting per C405.2.7. noted for New Wiring andautomatic thatepplytoa new interiorspace. applyto recenhguredspaces. Interior Lighting Space -By -Space ethod LTG-INT-SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Go hence Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Tale: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall - Tukwila, WA Date 2/15/2018 CalculationGearUse OTED �� standalone +existing Spaceswhere<50%ol Spaces where P50%of Spaces w herethe Use ©luminaires arereplaced © Nninaires are replaced © is changing(C505) LPA CalculationC406.3 Type QStandard Q Additional Efficiency Package Option 0 Clear Reduced Interior Lighting Power To complywllh C406.3, the Reposed LPD shall De25% lower than the TargetLPA. Refer to C406.3for additional requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage"0TE7 Location (plan#, room#) - Space Type - Ceiling Fieght"OTE$ Gross Interior Area In fN Allowed Watts per it' Watts Allowed (watts/ffxarea) Jewelry (101) Office: Enclosed: 109 0.890 97 Saks Floor (102) Sales area - - 2290 1.270 2908 ITQoset(104) EecldcaVnechanical - - 29 0.760 22 Stock(105) Loungelbreahroom al other - 344 0.560 200 Restroom(106) Resfroom all other- - 60 0.780 4'1 - -_ - Lobby ArUExhibt Dsplay Alowance from LTG-INT-DSFLAY 'Eel Total Area Retail Display 2832 LTG-INT-DSRAY Allowed Watts Allowance from I 4838 8112 Proposed Lighting Wattage"" Location (plan it, room If) - Fixture Des flatten N0TE4Se Number of Futures Watts! Future NOTE? r ; :� > z�.. Watts Proposed Jewelry (101) DL6- LED Downfght : 5 18 r T 90 Jewelry (101) DL6A- LED Dow nllght, Adjustable - 2 18 `r" 3 36 Jewelry (101) DLBB- LED Cow nlight, Adjustable - .1 19 , ,, 1.8 Jewelry (101) FL2- Low Voltage Transformr (Ceiling Cove, Undercab.) 2 100 t1{ t , 200 Saks Floor (102) C2-LE) Cownlght 9 30 i ) r -: s< q`a i,' 270 Sales Floor (102) DL4A-LED Dow night, Adjustable (South Mirror) 1 33 33 Saks Floor (102) FL1 -Low Voltage Transformer 2 300 '' '� '- 600 Sales Floor (102) FL2- Low Voltage Transformer (Bar Handrail) 1 100 g ` r- 100 Sales Floor (102) FL3 - Low Voltage Transformer (Circular Coves) 1. 200 irrrt iri 200 Sales Floor (102) PN1 - Pendant Future, Norsesboe Cases 3 150 :_i s'� ' 950 Sales Floor (102) PN2- Fendant Future, Center Cases 4 30 ' �. Lst `�.: 120 Sales Roar (102) FTL3- Fendant Future, Jewelry and Watchrelor 2 150 ;`, '- ;"i 300 Sales Floor (102) Rl4/RL4A - Low Voltage Transformer 1 18 sr `' 18 Saks Floor (102) WN1 - Deco mtNe Fixture 2 150 *rt;�;-, 300 IT Closet (104) AL1-2x2Lm Troffer 1 30 -r°. r.r2 § :; 7 30 240 Stock 105 AL1 -2x2 LED Troffer 8 30 a:. Y r . Restroom 106 CL5-LED Lbw nl' tit 2 19 ;rjp .-1 �.;-_� 36 Restroom(106) WN2- LFDWaH Sconce RioPo sadRetail DsplayLighting fram LTG-INT-CISRAY Total Proposed Watts maynot exceed Total Allowed Wafts for Inferior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 4838 1880 (Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1- Listen unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2)ttratoccurin the project scope. Selects pace type category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceilingheight foratriums and spaces ub'tizingllreceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes dtrvu 1 Note 3 - Listen proposed lighting fixtures including exempfl ghfing equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For propesedFixture lesaPxliat Indicate fix hie type, lamp type (e.g. 7-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included) track lighting, list the length of the track (in feel) in addition to the fixture, lamp. and ballast inMrnafon. Note 5 - Fa lighting equipmenteligrble forexemptbn per C405.4,1, note exception numberand leave Watts/Fixtureblank. Note 6 - Exis ling-toremain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lfolding Wattage tablein the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixturedescriplltn. Note 7- For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire"allage for installed lamp and ballast usingmanufacfureraother approvedsource. Fer lurnfnaires with scretwin tamps, enter the rrranufacturer'slisted maximum input wattageof the fixture (not thelemp vahage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of fhetransformer. For line voltage tracWbus4aysysfems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattageor wattdfneal fool, or enter the wattage Iimilo!permanent current lirrnling device. Note 8 - LobbyAreExhltxt Display Allowanceis Independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Enter all proposed lobbyart/exhibf display fixtures in I. TG-1NT-0/SPLAYform only. 0 Interior Disla Lighting Space -by -Space ace p y 9 g p y p LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Cade Compliance Form; for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R7 Revised hbv 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Malt -Tukwila, WA Date .2/15/20a OeneraiNote-In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance ispermitted for lighting installed specificeltyfwthepurposeofhighlighting merchandise. OniySales areas iflumimtedalthetiglbiemerchandtse dispteytighNngmaybeincludedinfheGrosstnterlorAreaundereachRetaiicategoy. This lighting power allowanceisthe Maximum Retail DisplayAllowance OR the Total Retail ProposedDisaayWatts, whichever is less. Proposed retail disptayfightingaattage that exceeds this allowance is appliedfogeneral area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Buiklilg Cepadrrentlke - User Nate Location (plan #, room#) Retail Sales Area Type"0Ts1 Gross Interior Area in ft' Allowed Watts perft2 N°TE2 Watts Allowed (watts/re x area) „ors Sales Floor (102) Rerail4: Jewelry, crystal, china 2290 2.50 5725. Total Retail With Dsplay Area lvhximum 2290 Total Watts Base Allowance Allowance NOTE° - 5725 Retel Dsplay Lighting Retai Dsplay 500 6225 Proposed Retail Display Lightrng Wa geNOTED Retail Area Location (pen #, room tit - - • Future Description NOTE6 N4rrber of Fixtures Watts per FotareNrnET 'Waits ROpesed Retail Sales Floor (102) D.1-LEE/Downright 25 10 450 . Retail4 Sales Floor (102) CL3- LID Cownfight 7.0 27 496 Retal 4 Sales Floor (102) CIA - LED Dow Might 21 33 593 Retal 4 Sales Floor (102) CL4A - LED DwnI'ghl Adjustable (West Wale 5 33 165 Retail Saks Floor (102) RL1 - Remote Driver 10 50 500 Retail 4 Sales Floor (102) - RL2- Remote Driver 14 50 700 Retal 4 Sales Roar (102) - RL3 - Remote Driver • 6 50 300 - " Retal 4 Sales Floor (102) - FL4 - Low Volt. Trans., 100W (Cashwrap) 1 100 100 Retail 4 Sales Floor (102) FL4 - Low Vott. Trans., 200W (Dsp. Cases) 2 200 : 400 . Reta(4 Sales Floor (102) F10 • LED Downlighl 15 29 435 - - RAM 4 Sales Floor (102) F11 -LED Dow nlight 21 29 609 RETAIL CSPLAY WATTAOEALLOWANCE-AS Proposed Retail Totals from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Retail Proposed Dsplay Watts 'en " PROPOSE') Retail Display Power Allow ance"OTE9 4838 -- 4839 Display Lighting Retail 1 Retail Retail 3 Ratai 4 4838 Note 1- Selectretailsafes areas from dropdorm menu. Oniyretailsafes areasthatcomplyaith C405.4.2.2.1 may beentered in this fable. Note2 - Retaiidisplaytigbtrrgpower allowan0esper C405.4.2.2.1, Equation4-11, Note3-UnlitMessage- Enter lighting fixtureinforTnation fathis retail salesarea in Pepose d LightingWattarjetabietogeneratetIghting - Power Allowance. Note4- Maximum retail displayuattageattowanceascalcnlatedperC405.4.2.2.1, Equation4-11. Note5 - Onlyseparatetycontroikdretaildispbyflxturesihat are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2. t maybeentereJ/n this table, Note6 - For proposed Fixture Description, listALLp oposeddisplaylighhngfixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamptype (e.g. T-8), numberof tamps in the fixture, and bailesttype(if included). For tracklighting, Ifstthetengthofthe track (in teet)in addition to the fixture, - lamp, and ballast lnfoematbn. - • Note7- ForeroposedWatts/Ftureenter lheluminairewattage for installed fampandbailastusingmanufactureraotherapprovedsource. For luminarieswithscrew-in lamps, enter themanufacturerslisted maximumin3of watts ysof the fixtre(notthelamawatt+ e. For lumvroNrenter thewattage of the transformer.Forfine voltagetrackrusweysystems, enter the lacgeroffh attached (uminafre waoagea50raffs!inealfoot, center the wattage limitofpermanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Total Retail ProposedDfsptayWatts isautomatica/tyenteredinto the Proposed FixtureWattagefabtein LTG-INT-SPACE Nofe8-Retail displaylightingpowerallorvanoeis thelesseroftheMaximum Retail DisplayAlloaance OR the Total Retail Proposed ' Display Watts. Retalldisplaywattage allowance is automahcalyenteredin the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage tablein LTG-INT-SPACE. - Note to - Enters unique title foreach tobbyarea in the project Mathes seperatetycontroltedart/exhdbffdisptaylighling. A lobbyareatit/e (Column A) and the gross interiorstof the lobbyers. areareboth required tagenerate the maximum disptayallowancw • Note 11- Lobbyarf andexhibitdisplaywattago allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes =0.5 WAh. Note12 - Proposed displayllghbngtotals for each lobbyer. per information entered into ProposedtobbyArll3tsplayLighthrg Wattage table. • Note 13 - Ontyseparetelycontrotteddisplay fixtures rnstatlodrn lobbies for the purposeof highlighting artandexhibils, lhatare independent of general area lighting, may beentered in this table. Note 14 - LobbyArttExlribitDispfayAhowenceis automat/eatlyenlered in LTG-INTSPACE Interior Display Lighting Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State Energy Dade Compliance Forms far Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 dJ 2016 Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall- Tukwila, WA Date 2/15/2ota General Note -In Lobbyareas, en additional vatfageallowanceispermitted for tightinginshttedspecific* for the purposeof highlighting artand exhibits. OnyLobbyareas with eligible display tlghtingmayusethls additional allowance. Proposeddlspfaylightingfor each Lobbyarea maynotexceed this allowance. Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building DaPartnsent ilea Lobby Area "brew Lobby Description including (plan #& room#) Gross Interior Area in ft2 ilaxinumb3splay Watts Allowed Per Area Nwew1 Proposed Display Lighting Total _, per Area"0TE12 Total Lobby with Dsplay Area Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Dsplay Albwance"0TE14 Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting WattageNOwm< Lobby Area Location (plan #, room el Fixture Description NOTES Nutter of Futures Watts per - Future NOTE" Wahs - Proposed Total Lobby Ar0Exhbit Proposed Dsplay Watts interior Lighting Power Allowance ' See footnotes on previous page Interior Lighting Building Area Method LTG-INT-BLD 2015 Washington Slate Energy Code Compliance Forms for CUnmerciai Buikiin chiding R2, R3, R4 over 3 stones and all R1 Revised NOV 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall -Tukwila, WA Date 2/15/2018 Calculation Area NOTED Addition • Addition Q New Construction O standalone 0+existing Qear i Spaceswhere<50%or Q Spaceswherea50%of 0 Spaceswherethelke luninalres are replaced luminaires arerepiaced is changing(C505) For Building Wpanment Use LPA Calculation Type - 0 Standard Q AddHhnat4'ficiency Packageoptbn ® Clear - C408.3 Reducetl Interior Lghtmg Power Tocomplywith C406.3, the ProposedLPO shallbe25%lowerihan the Target CPA. Referfo C406.3for addition°trequirenents. User Pbte Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage ND E' Building Area . Location (plan, it, room if, or ALL) - Area Dose stion - - Gross Interior Area inft7 Allowed Waits per ft' Watts Allowed:. (watts/ft' x area) "° Total Proposed Lighting Wattage Building Area Location (plan #, room#) Fixture Description NOTE"" Number of Futures Watts Per FBdure5OTET Watts Proposed Compliance by Building Area"orea Building Area Warnings Total Allow ed Watts Total Proposed Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance Note 1-List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1)Ihatoccfir in the Totals f ro/est scope. Selectbuidhg areacalegoryfrom dropdown menu. Note 2 - UntltMessage- Enter lighting fixture information for this budding area surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage(abk logenerale Lighting Pouer Allowance. Note 3 - Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area In which fheyoccur. List all proposed lighting fix rues including exempt lighting equipment and existing-forenein fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate hxf✓e type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and bellesf fype(iflncluded) For track lighting, list the length of the back (in feet) In addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5- For lighting equipnlenfelrgble forexemptionperC405.4.1, nate exception number and leave Wals/Fidureblank. Note 6 - Exis Ping-foremain fixbresshallbeincludedin the Proposed Lighting Wattagetablein the same manneras new fixtures. Idealifyas existing rn fixfrre description. Note 7 - For proposed Walts<Fdtute enter the luminatrewattage for installed lamp and ballast us/rgmanufacturerorotherapprovedsouree For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maxlmuminput wattage of the fixture (notthe/amp wattage). Fa law voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. Fort/new/Mee track/busweysystems, enter the largerof the attached luminaire wattage or 50. ffs4ineal foot center the wattage limit of permanent current limiting deice. Note 8- Reposed Wattage for each Building Area type shell not exceed the Mowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Tradinguettage between Building Area types Is nolallovwed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition maycomplyas a standalonepro%act or they may becombined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Referlo C502.1. b. for alterations and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross inferior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. Ira budding addrtkxa wf)f complyas combrred with Iheouerall existing building lighting systems, include a!I applicable existing Building Area types and grass interior areas. c. Iffess than 50% of exislinglighllngfrxtures will bereplaced, use LTG-INT-SPACEform fodocumentcompliance. Exterior Li • htin • LTG-EXT 2015 Washington State Ever Code Compliance Fours for Coral -ere Bui b ncludin R2, R3, R4 ev Project Title: - Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall - Tukwila, WA Date 2/15/2018 Exterior Lighting Zone - 0 Zone 1 0 Zone2 - 0 Z0ne3 0 Zone4 0 Clear EiteriorUghtingZoneselecfian required toenable LTG-EXTform. ZoneSaredehnedIn Tab! eC405.5.2(f)endspecified bylhejurisdiction. For Building Deportn»nt Uee Calculation ,Area - _ - - 0 New construction 0 Addition -standalone 0 Addition +existing Aterationweh<50% Aaera:nrwdha50% ext. ext.wadagereplaced - Q wattage replaced d Qear Lher Note Building Grounds . Applies to individual iumfnafres> 100 Wafts 0 ETricacy>80lurrenstwatt ❑ Etenption ' ❑ Controled by motion sensor Tradable Maximuin Allowed Lighting WattageHOTe' Base Site Allowance: 0 Tradable Surfaces - -Surface Description Area (Fe), perimeter (If) or# of dens Allowed Watts per fe or per if Allowed Watts x f1 (or x It)NOTE2 Total Allowed Tradable + Site Allowance Watts: 1 : . Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattageeorea . Tradable Surface - Future Description NOTE4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE+ Watts Proposed Total proposed tradable watts maynotexceedthe sumo! total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: wafts plus thebasesiteaflowance. Any basesitealtoaancenot needed tomake tradable netts compiycan beapplied to individual non-Iradabtscategoles. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE' Site Alow ante Remaining: - - Non -Tradable Surfaces - - - - - Surface Descdption Area fie), perimeter (If) or # of terrs Allowed Watts per ff, If or item Allowed Watts x f1(or x r) NOTE2 Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage"OTaa,T - - Non -Tradable Surface : - Fatore DescriptionN0TE4,5 Number of Futures Watts per FIXtureNOTES Watts Reposed Non -tradable proposed watts maynot exceed allowedwatts for any individual surface unless the total excess +efts feral/ non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining s ite al towence. Nan -Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: Remaining Site Allowance: Exterior Lighturg Note 1 List all exteriors urlacesper Table C405.5.2(2)thatoccurin thepojectscape. Select exterior surface categories from drop dormmenu. Note 2 - UnlltMessa ge- Enter lighting fixture Information Rx this surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage fable fo generate Lighting Power Allowance. Note3 -List all proposed lighting fixtures including exisfi g-torenwin fixtures. Noted - For proposed Fixture Deso-iptim, indicate fixlurelype, lamp type, number of lamps in the fixture and banes ttype(if applicable). Note 5- Existing -to -remain fixlu,essha/lbe included in the Tradable end Nan -Tradable ProposedLigh@rg Wattage fables in the same manna as new fixtures. Identltyas existing in fixture description, - Note 6-For proposed Wafts/F/xlura enter the luminale watts hvi II m 1 I proms r wattage installed wife !empanel fla usngmaxfure(raaoamp0prove). source. luminaires with screweln lamps, enter the manufacturer's listedmax/muminpuf uattageo/the fixfure(nl the lamp wattage): Falow voltage lighting, enterthe wattage of the transformer.': Note -Automated Teller and Night Depositories- Fa each location, enter the number of ATM machines ordeposifaes within IhatIocatian. If them ere multiple locations in the project, entereach beaten /ndividual yin fheNon-Tradable Maximum Mimed Lighting Wattage fable and1dentifythe location in the Surface Description section. D%--Do(42._ SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER 43) 0 Z ARCHITECTS Ben Bridge Jewelers co C co a) to -a tw) CO' ch CO 0, o) N Cn CI) C L o co o) co t O amct- -ct O 1 d1 as eV N 0 0- LL.0 Feb 15 2018 .H ENDERSONENGINEERS.COM -J J J J Q J W W N- Cr I--0) Z Q LU n. I—O � CO.> O W 14 co J F— Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS E5.1 PERMIT SET JASON P. WOLLUM Lighting;,.Motor,••••-and:Electrical•Permit.Checklist ..Pg 1 '- • • • •• - • and all Rl• - . • LTG-. NovCHlk, Revised 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Combercial Buildings including RC& R3, R4 over 3 stories Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mall -Tukwila, WA . • • • • • . . ICiate: . 2/15/2018 The following information is necessary to checka permit application for compliance with the lighting, rrotor, and electrical requirements In the Washington State Energy Code, Corrnercial Provisions. Applicability - -- (yes,no,na) Code Section . Location in Building tibpartment Component Corrplence Information required in permit documents Documents Wes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes-, C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all Ighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans . • •- for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, Or exception lair" • • E1.1, E22, E3,3 NA 0405.2 Lurrinaire level lighting control (LLLC) indicate on plans allf Ntures provided w ith LLLC in keu of. C405.2 lighting controls; provide description Of Control capabilties and perferrrencriparaneters : : • NA 0405.1 Lghting In dwelling units For pert -Tenantry installed lighting fixtures in di/Yelling units, • indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and • lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate conplience w th high efficacy exception - Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 0405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 CA05.2.5 Manual controls Indicate an plans the mathod of manual lighting control- • - (whether combined w ith occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specff b application controls), location of manual control device and area or specific applbation it serves E1.1, E2.2, E3,3 Yes C405.2.2.1 C405.2,2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior fight reduction controls Indicate on plans which rrethod of manual 50% lighting bad reduction is provided, or whether fighting toad Is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls Eli, E2.2,161,3 Yes 0405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automata shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor, tirre switch or digital timer switch) for alighting zoneS; E1.1,1222, 63,3 Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or dIgftal timer switch) or which time sw itch control exception applies Yes C405.2.1 C405,2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; Eli Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manuakon, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception EU 50. CA05,2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses indicate ais low ays and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% Yes 0405.2.2.1 Automatic time sw ech controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. 434 0405.2.6 Digital timer sw ftch Indicate digital timer switch control includes, rrenual on/off, tine delay, audible and visual indication of Impending tine -out Itik C405.2.4.2 0005.24.3 Dayight zones Sidelight and lopIght Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, Include sq. ft.; For smell vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary dayfight zone) whore daylght responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA 040524 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans Ighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and topfight daylight eon. that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indeate on plans the lghting load reduction method - continuous diming, or stepped dewing that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power-, Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone NA 0405.2.5 Additional controls - Specific application lighting controls Identiy spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific °probation fighting controls per this section Yes • • -•••• • • •-• : ,,- . ... . Lighting;._Motor;.and•Electrical 2015 Washington 040025 - Items 182 -- - •• •• • .., . .. . State Energy prepay and ecoont lighting • • •.- •• • • . .... . . ... „ . ... Code Conpliance Indicate on plans that de pby and accent Ighhng, and display case rghting are controlled independently f rom both general area lighting and other fighting applications wehin the Sang space; • Eri 1 , E12.2,123.3 • Imitate manual and automatic Ighting control method - .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . ..... ... . . . . . ...„ .. .....,, .. . . ... . ., .. . . . „ . • • - - Perrnit-Checklist,.Pg:2.:... ....,. Forms for Conmercial Buildings including Fe2; R3, R4 over 3 stones E4.1, E22,161.3 . • :.:•.• - - and all R1 • - • • ' • • ' •- -1.1*G.CHK.• Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Mali -Tukwila, WA : . .. ..-- we. -. 2/15ge1a The follow in information is necessary to °hooka permit application for compliance w ith the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component . . Obrplence information required in permit documents': . • . Location in Cocuments Building Departnent lutes 0005.2.5 - Item 3 Hotetimetel guest rooms Indicate Method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all hstalled luminaires. and switched receptacles' in guest room - NA C405.2.5 - 8em4 Supplerrental task righting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, inclaking under-sheff or under -cabinet lighthg . NA 04002.5 - Item 5 , Lighting for non - vbuaappfications l • - • Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. ft erea of each lighttig control iamb.: • . Indicate on plans that non -visual lighting are controlled . : • independently f rom both general area lighting and other lighting applications Within the same space; . • - -• • -.: . • i - • Indicate method of manual fighting control and applcable automatic, lighting oontrol . . . : .• : . . . : C405.2.5 - -. ftem6 . • • • Lighting equipment - for sale or demnnstration - Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or i - • derronstratien are controlled independent(' from both general area lighting and other lghting applications withinithe sane space' - • : E.,,,, ,.2. ,..,.3 Indicate method of manual lighting control and appficable . • • • • • • automatic lighting control : - - :• . ' • - - • : - - - •• Et 1,12.2, E3.3 • . Yes : • - CA05.2,5 - , Item 7 • Means of egress lighting - . • . . Idenby on plans egress tortures that function as both normal • end emergency means. Of egress illurrinetkin; : • I : :• : - - -• .• i • -- - - Provide calculation. of fighting power densiteof total egress • .. lighting; : , • • , Eli . . . NA If total egress lighting power densit45o is -greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft, indicate on plans egress fbtures requiring automatic shut- off during unoccupied perbds; • - • . - 1 . .: Indicate method of automatic shutioff control . . . NIA 4315 C405.2.7 • Exterior lighting . • controls - - - - Indicate on exterbr fighting piens and Baum schedules the • automatic lighting control method, control sequenee, and - locations served; • . For building facade and .tandscape lighting, indicate autorratic controls shut off lighting es a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/cbsille tin: For all other exterior lIghtkg, indicate autormtic controls shut off fighting as a function of avertible daylight; include . sequence that also reduces lghting power by at least 30% .: between 12arri-0a0o or frorel hour efter closirig to 1 hour • : before opening, or based upon motion sensor .• -. • .. • : 4315 • 0405.5.1 . • - : Exterior building • grounds fighting controls • . . - • . . For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts,• Indicate on plans whether f atures have efficacy greater than 80 • . lurrens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are Menet • • Ighting per C405.5.2 , : • • Yes C405.2.5 (toted after CA05.27). : Area controb Master control • sw lchis and cirFuit pew er lirrit - -53.1 In400to location(s) of master control sw itch(es) intended to- 000trot101dsplo independent sw itches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; • - • 54.:1, E3.3 Verify that no 20 amp dread controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% - ' : • - ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION -ENHANCED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS 336, , . , • • . 0406.4 : , . . Enhanced digital Ighthg controb . To comply w Do additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans al interior lighting fixtures that are hdbidualy - - addressed end provided with continuous dinning, or exception talon; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power Matt configured with required enhanced lighting .1. • control functions (min 90% to:comply w err additional effbiency package option) .• -3• . .. „ ........ - • Lightin...,g...•.,.. Motor, • an.....d. Electrical P• e• .. r. m• ..i. tCh- e. c. k- list,. Pg • "• . _ ._ . • • and all R1 • LTG•• -.. C•H••._• K• 2015 Washington State Energy Code Corrpliance Forms for Coarrercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories Revised 1i-b02017 Project Title: Ben Bridge Jeweler at Southcenter Malt- Tukwila; WA . • IDate • • 2/3.5/2028 The following informetion is necessary to checka permit application for compliance w ith the lighting, rrotor, and electrical requirements In the Applicabilty (yes,no,na) Code Section . . , • : Location in Building Cepartnent . mponent 000p1a0u8 information required in permit docurrents - . Documents Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4.1 CA05.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting f attire schedule; indicate fbdure types, grips, ballasts, and ininufaeturert rated watts per fixture; . . . . E3.2 Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exenption on plans and in co lance forms; indbate the exce on a ied- npl , pti pp , E1.1, ESA, 52.2 Identif y lighting equbment eligible for lighting power exemption In fixture schedule and in complicate forms; indicete the , exception applied; .. • • • • : : 63.2 . . . . Indicate that exempt ['Ohne equiprrent is in addition to general area lighting and Is controlled independently • „is. 53ii2 Yes CA05.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per • fixture in lighring fkture seheduro (maxima» 5 watts per skle) • EI.1, E3.2 • NA C405.1 Lighting in ciw tiling units _ „inn stf ins cY: . If high efficacy exception Is -applied to permanently installed • lighting fixtures in. chvelling units, indicate in fighting fixture schedule 1/ lames in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1, • Calculate percentage of f &tures with high efficacy. lens in project (min 75 to comply w kr exception). . - • • .: • :. - interior Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliancepath taken • - NA CA05.4.2.1 Building Area Method Correlate required compliance forms - proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum albw ed wattage per buikting area; identify locations of building areas on plans • Yes. • CA05,4.2.2 . Space -By -Space Method .: . Complete required compliance:forms iiE total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed w allege; identify locations or space typos on plans, Including retail dispiay areae, lobby ad & exhibit display areas, and Ceiling heights as applicable E6 ,1 Es 2 • • ' • ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY - NA C406.3 ij.itnduced ighting power d•ensity To comply w th additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in corrpliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 25% leso than the total maximum allowed • fighting wattage vg Buildig Area Method or Space -By -Space Nbthod NA C406.3 Reduced ighting power density - . e..., ow iei, g unit lamp effbacy For project w fth dwelling units, to comply with addtional efficiency package option indicate h lighting f Nture schedule if lenses in interior fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lurrens per Watt or mere. Calculate percentage of fettures w Rh lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option) EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA 04055.2 Total connected exterior lighting power: Include all luminaires in lighting fteture schedule; indicate fixture types, lanps, ballasts, and rrenufactureds rated watts per fixture; identify exterior applications eligible for lighthg power exemption on plans and in conpliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting Is controlled independently from non-exerrpt exterior lighting include exception claimed for each fkture or group& frotures under exception category NA Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterbr Ighting zone as defined by the AHJ NA CA05.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lanp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA LiOhtingi..1111otcir,•:Eand:ElettricatPermi C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form- proposed wattage for exterior lIghthe plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed .Checklist,..Pg:..4-.-.....-:.- •• . - - • • • •• • •LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Obrmarcial Buildings Including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stones and all R1 Revised NDV 2017 Ben Bridge Jewel° at Southcenter Mall - Tukwila, WA . • Date' 2/15/2018 The following informetion is necessary to checka permit application for compliance with the lighting,- rrotor, and electrioal requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section (ltrrponent . . . .. . Compliance infortration required in permit documents • • Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING ALTERATIONS 1315 C503.6 Interior and parking garage lighting fixture akerations • Where 250% of existing birinaires In interior space(s) br . parking garage are replaced; indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space rrmthcd); include all new and einsting- to-rerraln luminaires In compliance form (L7G-INT-GLD or LTG- INA-SPACE); indicate proposed ighting wattage does not exceed maxirumelowed per conplience path : • . . . . . VVhere < 5055 Of existing lerin4tei in interior space(s) or . .- parking garage are replaced; indicate total existing lightin9. wattage in each space prior te alteration; Include all new and existing -to -remain luminaies in LTD-INT-SPACEform indicate proposed total lighting wettage in alteration area' does not :. exceeektotatexisting lighting wattage prior toalteration - • ,,„ BB ,....,.„ j., • • l--0'"•ti . . . , . . Exterior fighting fixture akerations Where 2 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; include all new and existiog-to-rerrein brrinaires h LTG-Etili form Indicate propoied total exterio0. lighting wattage does. not exceed maktrum.alowed - • :. -. . . Mere e 50% of existing exterior fighting wattage is replaced; indicatetolel existing Ighthg Wattage prior lo alteration; include all new and existing-to-reirein luminaires in LTO-OPtiTforrn • indicate proposed total exterior ighting wattage does not" exceedtotal existing wattage prior to alteration . . . , • • - , - . Yes . . . • - C503,6 , - • , - . - Interior liebtino w Ono - . - alterations . . . Wnere new wiring is Installed to serve new interior luminaires . . .. .. and /or luminaires are relocated to -a new circuit; indicate lighting controls are proviled (as applcable) - manual ' (C405.2.3); occupancy sensor (C405.2.1); daylight responske (CA05.2.4); specifiaapplicatiori (C405.2.5); exit signs (C405.3) 51.1,54.2,53.3 • 144 0203.6 - - ' Ederbr lighting • - • wiring alterations - Where new .wiring Is Installed to serve new exterior luminaires end/or luminaires are relocated to new circuit indicate , • exterior lighthg controls are provided (CA05.2.7) . Yes • - • 05016 . • : Lighbrig panel alterations - Where a new lighting panel is installed or an existing panel is moved (all new raceway and 'Conductor wiring); indbate fighting controls are provided (as eppicable) - same provisions as wiring alterations; time switch controls and manual light redaction controls (CA05.2.2) • , Et,. mi, ,,,,, . , • Yes • • C503.6 - • Interior space - reconfiguration • . • VVhere interior space(s) Is reconfigured (permanently Installed walls or ceiling -height partitions); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) -"same•proVisions as lighthg panel alterations EI.1, E2.1, F2.2, 163.3' • NA • 0004,2 Lighting repairs identify existing luminaires being upgraded with bulb and / or. ballast replacement indicate fkture alteration does not ." Increase existing fixture wattage 344 0005.1 - . • • °Range of space use identify spaces on plans where the building area type or space use type is bong changed from one type to another per Tables C4054.2(1) or (2) indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space rrethoci); incl.:deal new and existing -to -remain luminaires in corrplance form (LTGANT-BLD or LTG4kff-SPAC4; indicate - proposed lighting wattage does noi exceed rrax imum allowed • per compliance path RECEPTACLES C405,10 • Controlled - receptacles' - • Identity all controlled and uncontrolied receptacles on electrical plans Peach space in which they:are required; Include • • ' receptecle configuration such as spacing between oontrolrod and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; • • • I - 53.1,' E2.1, E2.2. E3.3 • - • ndicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for . • each controlled roceptaclezone ieby occupant sensor or progranbribletina-ofroay control E1.1'E2.1, E2.2, . .. . .. .... .. . ........: . . . • . . .. . . . . . Lighting,..Motor,-•and.Electrical Per CheckliSt;;Pg:.5.-: • • and all R1 • • • •• - • • LTG-CHK Revised Nov 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Complence Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories s. ..-• - - •- Ben Bridge -Jeweler at-Southcenter Mall - Tekwila, WA • 'Date . 2/15/2018 The follow ing information is necessary to checka permit apprication for compfiance w ith the lighting, motor, and ebctrical requirements in the Appioabi4y.. (yes,no,na) Cede Section • Corrponent Compliance information required in pemit documents . - Location in ',Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS; TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC METERS, INTERIOR .TRANSPORTATION 434 • 04056 : Electrical • -. • transformers - - Include electrical transforrrer schedule on electrical planet indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exceirtion taken NA C405.7 Cw elling and - - electrical energy - , • • consumption, • Indicate on electrical plans that each dw eking unit in Group R•2 has a separate' •electricai energy meter • , . . . .: • • • .. - - Yes C405.8 . - Beetle meter . ef fieRaney • - • • - .• Include all n-otorsi including fractional hp motors, in electric,. motor schedule on electrical plans; Indicate hp• rprrt rated I eff biency, or eiception applied • • • • •-• • Eli, MECH. , . 434 04059.1 . ' Devote:- cabs' - • ' . • For luminaires in each elevator tab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined f Mitres that indicates efficacy Is not less than 35 lumens per watt; •- - • • Indicate rated watts per elm f or elevator cab ventibtion fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cirri • • i -- - Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans When elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 rrinutes or rnore - • • - • NA C405.9.2 - Escalators 'and moving wal„ •-• .i •'• • . . Indicateescalators comply.w ith ASMEA17.1/CSA 844; . • • automatic controb are configured to reduce operational speed to the rrinkrunipertritted when not in use 344 0405.9.3 - - Regenerative drke - • - • • Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are- - • • provided w ith a variable frequency regenerative drive • . DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS TOSUPPORT COMMISSIONING (Cx). yes ceos., -- - -• , . • . -. :' • •• • . - -• Scope of electrical . power and lighting . systems .. ,' •• - - : •• cormissioning .; • : - . - - . • • . . . -••. • • . , i .. • ' • " Indicate that all electrical systems (receptacles, transformers, motors; vertical and horizontal transportation) for which the ' r MEC requires control f unctions and / Orconfiguration to perform specific f onetime are required to be commissioned; • • • • tri6.1. 2182 . • " - Where total buroing lighthe bad is > 20 kW, or where total.,- p. I Ming load of luminaires requiring daylight Sensing and / or occupancy control > 10 kW, indhatethat ell automatic lighting control systems are required to be connissioned; "or provide buiklinglighting power calculation demonstrating eligibility. for • ' • . . • . M6.1, M6.2 - ,-.: • ' - Von - ' 0405.13 0409.1.1: t4°81' 2 I ' 0408.1.4.2 • , 0003.6 - - . • • .„ • . . - • : . Contrissbning .- . rcerlqui:rtreuneetionn- in . .. • ' i di,i0iiiiirierits •- :- :. • • - - • . . . . Indicate Qc requirements il plans and specifications for all applicable eiectrical and lighting control system° per CA08; M6.1, M6.2 ' . . Include general summery with at ninlmurn kerns 1 ,thru 4 of the. Cr plan per C408.1.2 including:.narrative description of • . activitieS; responsibilities of theCk team schedule °poet:lobes including berificatien of project close Out clocUrrentation per ' • C103.6, and.ronfliot Of intereetplan (if requted); - - .. : M6.1, M6.2 •• . ' Include in general summery that a Or project report or - . . Conplbnce Checklist (Pigure 0408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior tothe final electical inspection - - ' :- - • • • - , mmi in, • ' • - Yes - - . 6408.31 - . : - . .. . Functional - , ": performance testing • criteria .. ..• . Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of at equipment and -controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing.betWeen new:and existing-to-rernaro systems • . . M6,1, M6.2 PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION - • • - . - .. . - Yea • - - C103.6.3 . Project close out • documentation - • requberrents -• • i Indicate in pgns that project close outdocurrentetion b . . required including WSEClighting compliance forms and -- calculatione that document al interior' and exterior lighting area and l or surface types,ilighting power allowances and. installed densities' If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist SEPARATE PERMIT PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 16 2018 PERMIT CENTER 40, 62 92 General Contractor: co 0 0 *a; as 0 C 0 (33 112 9, ARCHITECTS co a00 a) co Lo to 113 co-c Lo co cso cro C/3 CD CD • OD CD 140 so co CD CD CV CV cp O LL Feb 15 2018 7; 2 80 62 uJ 20 62 20 20 cis re I satu LiZ wow:. Ben Bridge Jewelers 1.11 m LLJ eE 0) Lu Ltd LLJ -J 00 en iv- ca z o Lu co ,er u1 c2jz 0 0- a- >< CC ul 0 0 < (0 :E Or e' UJ f-- F- 22 z z 0 2' w C) _ QC : __ C) uJ U) co -J 1- Project no. 1442.00 Date: 02/16/2018 WSEC LIGHTING COMPLIANCE FORMS 1- LU U) LU 0. E5.2 SEAN 0. EISLER NOTE: THE HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, DUCTWORK ROUTING AND SIZING IS BASED UPON LIMITED INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. FIELD CHANGES FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATION, DUCTWORK LOCATIONS, ROUTING AND SIZING MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO UNFORESEEN STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS AND OBSTACLES LOCATED ABOVE THE HARD CEILINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DEFICIENCIES AND DEVIATIONS OF SYSTEM INSTALLATION REQUIRED DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS DISCOVERED AFTER DEMOLITION OF EXISTING HARD CEILINGS. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW DUCTWORK WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS AND INSTALL NEW DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. LANDLORD'S GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA AND CENTERS RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR OR MALL FACILITIES MANAGER AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO START OF JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES, THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 2. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION.ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. ALL COST ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. 3. TENANT GC REQUIRED IS TO CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WITH FACILITIES MANAGER AND ABIDE BY ALL CURRENT "TENANT CONTRACTOR SAFETY STANDARDS" AND "TENANT CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS" AS ISSUED BY THE LOCAL CENTER MANAGEMENT TEAM. 4. BARRICADE GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BARRICADE INSTALLATION. GRAPHICS MUST BE APPROVED BY DISTRICT MARKETING MANAGER MICHELLE GILES (MGILESAWESTFIELD.COM 206-802-6048). 5. TENANT GC IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE FINAL SET OF DRAWINGS CONTAINING ALL COMMENTS INCLUDING WESTFIELD, CITY AND TENANT, AS WELL AS WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL STAMP AND CITY PERMIT STAMP AT PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND MAINTAINED AT WORK SITE AT ALL TIMES. 6. TENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQUIRED, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. 7. ALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED. 8. NO ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE, GRAPHICS OR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE PERMITTED TO BE AFFIXED TO OR ON THE APPROVED DESIGN, DISPLAYED OUTSIDE OF THE PREMISES OR PLACED WITHIN OR ON TOP OF COUNTERS AND SNEEZE GUARDS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD. ALL LANDLORD APPROVED SIGNAGE, PROMOTIONAL OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE PROFESSIONALLY PRINTED AND MOUNTED. 9. WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL REQUIRED PRIOR TO BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. TENANT GC TO SCHEDULE PRELIMINARY PUNCH WALK WITH WESTFIELD TC ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SCHEDULED BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. 10. VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING SUPPORTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, WATER HEATERS, TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC, WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT. ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER 101 RESTROOM 106 A STOCK 105 AIM IL - EL_ -_E3 8"0 CRG2 8" ___ CSD2-1 M2. 20i I _JI ❑ ❑ 0 L IT 104 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BRANCH DUCT WITH 45° RECTANGLE -ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES N IN RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP I! ".J RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN IIXI SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP •[x5 ILA SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION RD FD SD 0 MD BD 10" CSD-1 300 CFM NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) FIRE DAMPER FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER VOLUME DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER BACKDRAFT DAMPER CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR El HUMIDITY SENSOR PULL STATION STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HUMIDISTAT THERMOSTAT ABBREVIATIONS AFF BAS BD CFM DDC DX EA FFA FFB GPM IN WC MAX MBH ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BACKDRAFT DAMPER CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DIRECT EXPANSION EXHAUST AIR FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW GALLONS PER MINUTE INCHES OF WATER COLUMN MAXIMUM 1000 BTU PER HOUR MC MIN NC OA RA SA SD TFA TFB TYP UNO W/ W/O MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM NOISE CRITERIA OUTSIDE AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR TO FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH WITHOUT STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS MECHANICAL THERMOSTATS (USER ADJUSTABLE) CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) 48" 48" ANNOTATION 0 MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION 14x8 8"0 CSD1 200 co • r 0 ACCESS PANEL -8•,p = =� I SD2 180 '_ - --I r x CO 0 N <❑ <❑ <❑ cV N 8"0 LSD 1 160 1 II �Tl 1 8"0 LSD2 180 dl I 1 <❑ <❑ <❑ <❑ LSR1 8„2 21 (TYP) LSD2 180 i <I <o <❑ <❑ 1 I� I Ile <0 8"O LSD2 180 0 D3 00 EMPLOYEE AREA 107 O O O O O --- Lr O O O 0 7 N2j M2.1 (TYP) p(TYP) ) 7D it r -L_ - -1 _r -L_I--LJ- -1 SALES FLOOR 102 II II-{ r ❑ II II ❑ 8" 0 LSD1 160 6,0 LSD1 160 LSR1 (rrP) (TYP ink 2. r 1 , { 8" 0 LSD1 160 oo 0 11 O 1- 0 0 o j o 0 L O /"-\ MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN 1 ,. SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" ROLEX 103 0- TT 0 0- O 0- CS- 11 8"0 LSD1 160 8"0 LSD1 160 8" 0 LSD1 160 I LSD11 160 1 2 M1J. (TYP) I1 0 MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES: 1. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT AND REPLACE IN WITH NEW ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULED IN SAME LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. COORDINATE WITH MALL FACILITIES DIRECTOR (ANDY THOMPSON) PRIOR TO ANY ROOF WORK OR CHANGES MADE. 2. ROUTE SUPPLY DUCT UP TO UNIT ON ROOF. PROVIDE TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT CONNECTION SIZE. 3. ROUTE RETURN DUCT UP TO NEW RTU. RETURN DUCT SHALL MATCH UNIT INLET SIZE. PROVIDED WITH SOUND BOOT AND MINIMUM 1" LINER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 4. CEILING DIFFUSERS INSTALLED IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL HAVE CABLE OPERATED DAMPERS FOR AIR BALANCING. PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGIES MODEL RT-250 WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OR YOUNG REGULATOR EQUIVALENT BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER. DAMPER CABLE ACTUATOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FOR BALANCING FROM THE PLENUM OF A SLOT DIFFUSER OR THE TOP OF A SQUARE OR ROUND FACE DIFFUSER AS APPLICABLE. INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER AT LOCATION INDICATED ON PLAN. 5. CONNECT NEW 810 EXHAUST DUCT TO EXISTING ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST HOOD. CLEAN HOOD AND RE -INSULATE DUCTWORK PER SPECIFICATIONS. 6. LINEAR RETURN SLOT DIFFUSER SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS LENGTH BETWEEN DIFFUSERS, WALLS AND SOFFITS AS SHOWN. FIELD MEASURE PRIOR TO PURCHASE. BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION AND SHARED DIFFUSER TYPE. 7. PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT 8. PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT FOR RTU-2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 9. DO NOT ROUTE DUCTWORK OR PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 10. NOT USED. GENERAL NEW NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT, REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS NEEDED FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS IN THE PROJECT BASED ON THE SEISMIC ANALYSIS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING NEW WORK, COORDINATE SHUTDOWN TIME AND DURATION WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. NOTIFY OWNER SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 6. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 7. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO CONTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK TO THE AREA WHERE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. 8. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS. 11. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 12. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS BECOME WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING/RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. THE INTERNAL SURFACES AND ASSOCIATED COILS OF ANY HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED SHALL ALSO BE CLEANED. 13. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 14. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF EXCEPT WHERE CONCRETE INSERTS IN CONCRETE SLABS ARE ALLOWED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS. 15. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. 16. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 17. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 18, ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 19. LOCATE AND SET THERMOSTATS AND HUMIDISTATS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES WITH TOP OF DEVICE AT MAXIMUM 48" AFF TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR THERMOSTATS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING, 20. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. 21. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS. 22. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR/ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE -OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. 23. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 24. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY TO ACCOUNT FOR THICKNESS OF DUCT LINER. 25. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5'-0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 26. PROVIDE A NEW SET OF AIR FILTERS IN UNITS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM(S) OVER TO OWNER. 27. FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. 28. CLEAN EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE NEW FILTERS FOR EXISTING AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO STARTUP OF EQUIPMENT. NEW FILTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUAL IN PERFORMANCE TO THE EXISTING FILTERS AT NEW CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CLEAN STRAINERS IN PIPING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO STARTING PUMPS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISION 1614 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 02 2010 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS 7007 co REGISTERED I1 v ARCHITECT 1 BRAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS 1 STATE OF WASHINGTON General Contractor. i rri 5 0 0 Date: Owner. 03/12/2018 Ben Bridge Jewelers 04/10/2018 0 oC aLi E Z PERMIT COMMENTS 0 m N STOCKROOM REVISION 2/16/2018 May 12018 co 0) .HEN D ERSONENGI N EERS.COM -J J 2 o w W�� 0 CO ctH-# w Q W V Z m W (-) z 1- 0 Lu O_ CO CO ao --1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN Project no. 1442.00 Date: 04/16/2018 0 W H 0 Z re r W 0 0 C)G HEAT PUMP ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE WITH AUX. ELECTRIC HEAT MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL UNIT SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL TOTAL HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL AUXILIARY HEATING COIL MIN ELECTRICAL WEIGHT NOTES TYPE FAN CFM ESP BHP VFD TH SH EAT LAT REFR MIN EFF MIN NO MAX VEL HTG CAP MIN OUT AMBIENT EAT LAT MIN OUT NOM MIN NO O/A V/PH MCA MOCP DISC (LBS) TYPE (IN) (Y/N) (MBH) ;MBH) (°F DB) (°F WB) (°F DB) (°F WB) TYPE (SEER) STAGES (FPM) (MBH) (MBH) (D8) (°F DB) (°F DB) (MBH) (KW) STAGES CFM TYPE RTU-1 TRANE WSC060 CV FC 2,000 0.75 0.82 N 55.43 50.85 75.7 61.8 51.96 51.87 R410A 16.4 2 216 58.7 50.1 40 70 95 61.5 18 2 480 208/3 77 80 NF 775 A-Q RTU-2 TRANE WSC036 CV FC 1,200 0.75 0.43 N 35.79 30.11 74.4 59.7 51.59 50.49 R410A 15.8 2 192 28.6 33.76 40 70 95 40.9 12 2 220 208/3 58 60 NF 620 A-Q MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURERAND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEWTHE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED, THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL MATRIX FOR CONTROL FEATURES, MODULES, AND ACCESSORIES THAT SHALL 3E PROVIDED WITH THE EQUIPMENT, B. EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 95°F AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. C. PROVIDE 2 INCH MERVB, EFFICIENT PLEATED THROWAWAYAIR FILTERS. D. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR. E. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL WITH UNIT. F. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. G. COORDINATE SIZE OF CONDUCTOR TERMINATION LUGS WITH CONDUCTOR SIZES SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. H. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON UNIT FOR FIELD WRING. J. SPECIFIED FAN ESP ACCOUNTS FOR DUCT LOSSES EXTERNAL TO UNIT. K. PROVIDE MOTOR HORSEPOWER TO OVERCOME INTERNAL UNIT STATIC PRESSURE DROP PLUS SPECIFIED EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE DROP. NOMINAL MOTOR HP SHALL BE NO LARGER THAN THE FIRST AVAILABLE NOMINAL MOTOR SIZE GREATER THAN THE REQUIRED BHP. L. PROVIDE SEISMIC INSULATED ROOF CURB WITH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 14 INCHES. PROVIDE SLOPED CURB IF NEEDED TO MATCH ROOF SLOPE. M. COOLING COIL LAT IS LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE OF COIL. N. PROVIDE GUARDS TO PROTECT CONDENSER COIL FROM HAIL OR OTHER DAMAGE. 0. TOTAL HEATING CAPACITY INCLUDES THE HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL CAPACITYATTHE AMBIENT DRY BULB TEMPERATURE LISTED PLUS THE AUXILIARY HEATING COIL OUTPUT LISTED. HEAT PUMP HEATING COIL MINIMUM EFFICIENCY IS CALCULATED AT47°F. P. SELECT EQUIPMENT FOR ELEVATION OF 385 FEETABOVE SEA LEVEL. R. PROVIDE AFACTORYAPPLIED COIL CORROSION COATING TO CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR COIL WHICH IS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING GREATER THAN 6,000 HOURS OF THE ASTM 8117 SALT SPRAYTEST. Q. PROVIDE AUXILARY HEAT LOCKOUT ABOVE 40 DEGREES, TRANE TCON802 AND OUTDOOR SENSOR OR EQUIVALENT. AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE EXHAUST EQUIPMENT AREA/EQUIPMENT SERVED EXHAUST (CFM) TOTALS (CFM) EF-1 RESTROOM 100 EF-2 NOT USED 0 100 MAKEUP AIR EQUIPMENT AREA/EQUIPMENT SERVED SUPPLY AIR (CFM) DESIGN OA (CFM) PERCENT OA/SA 700 RTU-1 SALES 2,000 480 24.0% RTU-2 SALES / BACK ROOM 1,200 220 18.3% TOTAL AIRFLOW 3,200 700 21.9% TOTAL POSITIVE AIR FLOW PERCENT POSITIVE AIR FLOW 600 85.7% ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL MATRIX CONTROL FEATURE UNITS RTU-1 SETPOINTSETPOINT OR Y/N RTU-2 OR Y/N NOTES SETPOINTS COOLING - OCCUPIEDSETPOINT °F 75 75 COOLING - UNOCCUPIEDSETPOINT °F 80 80 DEAD BAND - MINIMUM HEATING AND COOLING TEMPERATURE SETPOINT DIFFERENCE °F 5 5 HEATING - OCCUPIED SETPOINT °F 70 70 HEATING - UNOCCUPIEDSETPOINT °F 60 60 PROGRAMMED CONTROL FEATURES HVAC SYSTEM OCCUPIEDAJNOCCUPIED MODE - PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT Y Y B EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES AND CONTROL MODULES INTEGRATED ECONOMIZER - DIFFERENTIA_ ENTHALPYENABLE (OAENTHALPY<RAENTHALPY) BTU/LB Y Y E ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) SYSTEM Y Y F, G RELIEF -BAROMETRIC DAMPER Y Y LOWAMBIENTCONTROL KIT °F 25 F 25 F COOLING COIL (DX -STAGED) Y Y M HEAT PUMP AUXILIARY HEATING COIL Y Y N SUPPLY FAN CONTROL METHOD ON DURING OCCUPIED HOURS Y Y CONSTANT VOLUME FAN CONTROL N N SAFETIES, INTERLOCKS, AND ALARMS SUPPLYAIRSMOKEDETECTOR-SAFETY SHUTDOWN Y N C RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR - SAFETY SHUTDOWN Y N C LOW LIMIT FREEZESTAT - FREEZE PROTECTION SAFETY SHUTDOWN Y Y F DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH - FILTER CHANGE ALARM Y Y F FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL - SAFETY SHUTDOWN INTERLOCK Y Y HIGH SUPPLYAIR STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR - SAFETY SHUTDOWN Y Y F BUILDING SEISMIC VIBRATION SWITCH - SAFETYSHUTDOWN INTERLOCK Y Y B DIV. 23 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL PANEL(S), WIRING, THERMOSTAT(S), TEMPERATURE SENSOR(S), HUMIDISTAT(S), AND/OR CO2 SENSOR(S) WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE SCHEDULED CONTROL MODULES AND SEQUENCES OF OPERATION. EACH UNIT SHALL CONTROL BASED ON ITS OWN INTERNAL SAFETIES, TIME DELAYS, AND SEQUENCES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FINAL BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES DURING STARTUP. NOTES: B. DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DEVICE. REFERENCE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMEN1 C. DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DEVICE. REFERENCE DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMEN1 E. THE FOLLOWING SENSORS SHALL DETERMINE ECONOMIZER ON POINT. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMENTS: OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. RETURN AJR TEMPERATURE; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. OUTSIDE AIR HUMIDITY; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. RETURN AJR HUMIDITY; DIVISION 23 PROVIDED AS PART OF ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE. F. DEVICE SHALL BE FACTORY MOUNTED AND PRE -WIRED FOR OPERATION SUBJECT TO THE ONBOARD CONTROLLER. G. PROVIDE UNIT WTH AN FDD SYSTEM CONSISTING OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLYAIR, AND RETURN AR TEMPERATURE SENSORS. THE UNIT CONTROLLER SHALL ATA MINIMUM BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING SYSTEM STATUS OF ECONOMIZER, COMPRESSOR, HEATING, MIXED AJR LOW LIMIT ALARM, AND SENSOR VALUES. EACH OPERATING MODE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF INDEPENDENTLY OPERATING FOR TESTING. THE SYSTEM SHALL REPORT FAULTS TO AN APPLICATION ACCESSIBLE BY SERVICE PERSONNEL. THE FOLLOWING FAULTS SHALL BE DETECTED: AR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE, ECONOMIZER ENABLED/DISABLED WHEN ECONOMIZER SHOULD BE OFF/ON, RESPECTIVELY, DAMPER NOT MODULATING, AND EXCESS OUTSIDE AIR, M. UNITARY CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE AND/OR CYCLE SUPPLY FAN SPEED SETTING AND COIL CAPACITY STAGES N. CONTROLS FOR AUXILIARY HEATING COIL SHALL PREVENT HEATER OPERATION WHEN THE HEATING LOAD CAN BE MET BYTHE HEAT PUMP ALONE. AUXILIARY HEATER OPERATION SHALL BE ALLOWED DURING DEFROST CYCLES. GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER SERVICE MODEL CONSTRUCTION FACE MOUNTING BORDER FACE SIZE MAX. MAX. PRESS. NOTES TYPE TYPE LOCATION TYPE (IN) NC DROP (IN. W.C.) CSD1 TITUS SUPPLY OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING -- 24x24 25 0.1 AB,D,H CS02 TITUS SUPPLY OMNI STEEL PLAQUE CEILING -- 12x12 25 0.1 A,B,D,H CRG1 TITUS RETURN 5OF ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CEILING -- 24x24 25 0.05 C,D CRG2 TITUS RETURN 50F ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CEILING -- 12x12 25 0.05 C,D LSD1 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 22 5'-0" LONG-1" SLOT 25 0.1 B,C,E,H,J,K LSD2 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 77 5'-0" LONG -1" SLOT 25 0.1 B,C,F,H,J,K LSD3 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOVVBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING 55 5'-0" LONG - 1" SLOT 25 0.1 B,C,F,H,J,K LSR1 TITUS SUPPLY/RETURN FLOWBAR FL-10-HT ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT CEILING -- CONTINUOUS 1" SLOT 25 0.05 B,C,G,H,J,K PSD1 TITUS SUPPLY FBPI-10 STEEL 1" SLOT PLENUM LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER -- 5'-O (NOMINAL) 25 0.1 L MODEL NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY, REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A 4-WAYTHROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY FLOW ARROWS ON DRAWINGS. B. NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCT TO MATCH NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. D. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILING/WALL CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILINGNVALL PLAN. E. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WTH CONCEALED BORDER MOUNTING, AND INSULATED PLENUMBOXWITH NECK. F. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WTH EXPOSED BORDER MOUNTING, AND INSULATED PLENUM BOXWTH NECK. G. PROVIDE BORDER TYPE TO MATCH CEILING CONSTRUCTION WITH CONCEALED BORDER MOUNTING. H. PROVIDE DIFFUSERS, LINEAR SLOTS, AND GRILLES WITH NO EXPOSED MOUNTING SCREWS. J. PAINT ALL INTERIOR SURFACES SLOTS, GRILLES AND PLENUMS FLAT BLACK. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REMOTE CABLE -OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER BY METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGIES MODEL RT-250 WITH EXTERNAL WORM GEAR OPERATOR OR EQUIVALENT YOUNG REGULATOR BUTTERFLY DAMPER WITH 270-275 CONTROLLER. OPERATOR SHALL HAVE ASQUARE DRIVE FOR 1/4" NUT DRIVER. DAMPER ASSEMBLYSHALL INCLUDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT WITH ROLLED BEAD STIFFENERS, REINFORCED BLADE, SELF LUBRICATING BEARING AND WORM GEAR MOUNTING PLATE. DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN BRANCH DUCT NOT INLET OF PLENUM DIFFUSER. (RE: M2.1) L. SUPPLY PLENUM MAYBE FIELD FABRICATED BASED ON PROVIDED DETAILS (RE: 3/M2.1), OR PURCHASED FROM THE SLOT DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE 1/4" CLOSED CELL INSULATION ON THE INTERIOR OF THE SUPPLY PLENUM. FAN SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER AREA MOUNTING MODEL CFM ESP (IN) DRIVE WATTS RPM V/PH NOTES EF-1 EXHAUST GREENHECK RESTROOM CEILING SP-A190 100 0.250 DIRECT 113 1400 115/1 A,C,D E F,G,J EF-2 NOT USED EF-3 NOT USED NOTES: A. PROVIDE RUBBER IN SHEAR B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR C. INSTALLA FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR D. PROVIDE DISCONNECT E. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL F. PROVIDE WITH VARIABLE G.G. PROVIDE WITH STANDARD ISOLATION AND ALL -THREAD HANGING RODS. SHALL INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION WITH TIME CLOCK. BETWEEN DUCT AND FAN. SWITCH. BACKDRAFT DAMPER. SPEED CONTROLLER MOUNTED ON UNIT HOUSING. ALUMINUM GRILLE WITH WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR FAN CONTROL. NOT S J DIVISION 26 SHALL PROVIDE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TIU'KWILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: c co d) c 0 0 ARCHITECTS 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON ` 2/16/2018 May 1 2018 0 to Q W Wz Ben Bridge Jewelers co a; 0 0 0 N E PERMIT COMMENTS 0 0 N CO 0 0 STOCKROOM W 0 CO C L IJJ m J w Z E W LV a m -) HVAC SCHEDULES EconomizerxEKceptions MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Co rcial Building includl g over 3 stori and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - TuINv ila WA to 2/12/201 All cooling systons shall beconfigured to provide air economizer operation, regardless of systemcapaoity, for new ccnstruction and mechanical systematterations. Various exceptions to this requirement are availabe. ktentify all systems that an economzer exception w ill be applied to and additional informetiorasnoted below. For Building Dept. Use Economize Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptionsof economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503.4 and Table C503.4. ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS. -NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS Exp 1 Cooling equipment serving spaces that are provided with a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) per C403, 6. Spaces served shall have year- round design cooling loads from lights and equlprrent less than 5 w atts per square foot. System ID Lighting + Equipment .oads (W/sf) A Exp 2 Single zone unitaryor package systems with dehumidificationthat affect other systems such that air economizer would increase energy consumption. System ID p 3 High arncfencysirrgle zone unitary orpackaged systems Equipment cooling efficiency shall be better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 64% in Climate Zone 4C and 59% in Climate Zone 5B per Table C403.3. System ID 0 U-2 0.2 Exp 4 Equipment that provides hydronicchilled water for chilled beams and chilled cei/ingsystems that is served by a w ater economizer system per C403.3.4 in lieu of air economizer. System ID NA Exp 5 Water -source heat pumps with heatrecovery. Heat pump efficiency shall be 15% betterthan WSEC required mnimum efficiency. Provide at minimum 60% alr economizer, Energy recovery to preheat OSA shall have at least 50% effectiveness. Additional system requirements apply. System ID A Exp 6 Cooling equipment serving Group R occupancies. Per unit limit Is less than 20,000 Btu/h cooling capacity for equiprrent installed outdoors or in a meth room adjacent to the outdoors. For cooling equipment installed in other locations the unit limit Is less than 54,000 Btu/h. Efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. System ID Equipment Location Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Exp 7 Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems with energyrecovery. Outdoor unit shall be a reverse -cycle heat pump with variable speed compressor(s)and condenser fan(s).Outdoor unit cooling capacity shall be not less than 65,000 Btu/h. Energy recovery to preheat outdoor air shall have at least 50% rated effectiveness. System shall be capable of providing simultaneous heating and cooling by trenferring recovered energy f rom zone(s) in cooling mode to other zone(s) that are in heating mode. Outdoor Unit System ID Cooling Capacity (Btuth) NA Exp 8 Cooling equipment servingControl led Plant Growth Environments. Equiprrent cooling efflciencyshall be betterthan WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 20%, Not eligible: unitary and applied heat purrps. System ID SEER EOM, & EER NA Exp 9 Cooling equipment with energyrecovery. Spaces served shall have year- round design cooling loads from lights and equipment greaterthan5 watts per square foot. Energy recoverysystemshall utilize recovered energy for on -site space heating or preheating of service hot ater. Provide calculations to the code off iclaithat demonstrate the amount of recovered energy used for on -site heating purposes is equivalent to the annual energy thatw ould be saved by the cooling systemw ith air economizer per C403.3. System ID Lighting + Equipment Loads (Wlsf) NA EconomizerExceptions, cont. .,, ; MECH ECONO 2015 Washington State ergy Code Compliance Forrrs or Col r rxr I Buildings Including R over 3 ories and RI Revised January 2017 Project Title Date 2/12/2018 Economize Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503,4 and Tab le C503.4, EAN 0. EISL ONOMIZ EXCEPTIONS -NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS, CONTINUED Exp 10 Cooling equipment for dedicated server, electronic equipment or telecom switch rooms. Per building Ilrrit forthis exception Is 240,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 10% of required building air economizer capacity, w hicheveris greater. Part load control required over85,000 Btulh. Additional requirements apply. Option a • Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency.. Option b - Waterside economizer required. Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 5% betterthan the WSEC required minimum efficiency. Option c • Waterside economizer required. All cooling equipment is System ID Com pliance Option Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA subject to ASHAREStandard 127. Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 240 kBtu/h): Alternate Exp 10 Capacity Lim it: ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS -MECHANICAL SYSTEM ALTERATIONS OR REPLACEMENT C503.4 Pre -approved design alternafve to full compliance with air economizer Exp 1 requirement. An alternative for tree hanical systemalterations w here ex isting building constraints make full compliance w ith air economizer requirement impractical. Rovide calculations to the code official that demonstrate the proposed alternate design strategy provides similar energy savings to the annual energy that would be saved by the cooling systemw ith air economizer per C403.3. y em ID Alt Strategy NA ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS -SIMPLE SYSTEMS C503.4 Quallfyingsmall equipment. Fer unit limit less than33,000 Btu/h. fir Exp 2 building lint for this exception is 72,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 5% of required building air economizer capacity, w tic hever is greater. Cooling equipmnt efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required mnimum efficiency. Not eligible: non -unitary equipment, unitary equipment installed outdoors or in meth room adjacent to outdoors, equipment Installed during new construction, shell -and -core construction, or Inttlal tenant improvement. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed>72,000 Btulh): Alternate C503.4 Exp 2 Capacity Limit: C503.4 Equipment that provideshydronlcchilled water for chilled water terminal Exp 3 units. Equipment part load cooling efficiency (IPLV) shall be betterthan WSEC required mnimum efficiency by at least 25%. Per building limit fcc this exception Is 480,060 Btu/h cooling capacity or 20% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Chilled w ater terminal units serving Group R occupancies are not included in the building capacity total. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) NA Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 480,000 Btu/h): Alternate C503.4 Exp 3 Capacity Lim it: Table Compliance Options for alteration or replacemert of existing C503.4 mechanical cooling equipment per Table C503.4, Refer to table and all applicable table footnotes for full requirements. Applies to the follow ing retrofit conditions: Option a - Any new or replacement equipment Option b - Replacemnt equipment of same type w ith same or smaller cooling output capacity. Option c - Replacement equipment of same type w th large cooling output capacity, Option d - New equipment added to existing system or replacement equipment that Is different than existing being replaced. System ID Equipment Type Compliance Path NA Mechanical Fan System PowerAflowande 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliant For for Co TECH FANSYS ;SUM rcial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukwila WA Date 2/12/2018 For Building Dept. Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capabilityto provide heating andror cooling to the spaces they serve. System or Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) Description (Note 2) System Total Nameplate HP (Note 3) Fan Power Calculation Required (Note 4) RTU-1 SF CV RTU-1 SUPPLY FAN RTU-1 Yes RTLL2 SF CV RTU-2 SUPPLY FAN RTU-2 Yes - s EF-2 CV IT CLOSET TRANSFER EF-2 Yes Note 1- Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), orHospitauLab CVsystemthat quail fiesfor VAV budget per C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Sing a zone VAV systems shall comply as CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and ll st all fans (or groups of fans) assod atedWtlr the delivery and removal ofconditioned air b ythe system. Include all supply, return/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside alr (DOAS), booster fans, and series fan -powered terminals, VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be Included! f the fans do not operate et peak conditions. Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned atrb ythe system. Note 4- This form automaticallyidentifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp Malls 5 hp or less (No) MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be rovidedforeachssystemthtotalname nameplateAdd Fan System p ys p hpgreaterthanShp.Select(AddFan System Form) to generate an addih'onal form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form. Form Mechanical Fan S ste Power Allowance:: 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance For MECH-FANSYS-SUM or Convrx;rolal Buildings Including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Protect Title: Ben Bridge - South Center Mall - Tukw lla WA Date 2/12/2018 For Building Dept. Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capabilityto provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. System or Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) Description (Note 2) System Total Nameplate HP (Note 3) Fan Power Calculation Required (Note 4) RTU-1 SF CV RTU-1 SUPPLY FAN RTU-1 Yes RTU-2 SF CV RTU-2 SUPPLY FAN RTU-2 Yes C R US Y s EF-2 NOT USED EF-3 NOT USED Note 1- Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), orHospitaVLab CVsystem thatqualifresforVAVbudgetper C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Single zone VAV systems shall compy as CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and list all fans (or groups of fans) associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Include all supply, return/relief,, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans. and series fan -powered terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be Included /f the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air bythe system. Note 4 - This form automatically, identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), or this Information's not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that Is 5hp or less (No) MECH-FANSYS Forms Add Fan System A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select (Add Fan Form System Form) to generate an additionalform. Added forms can be deleted withb utton in cell E32 of the added form. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED - CITY OF T►UKWILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER U a) General Contract 0) 10 0 0 N a) IY `0) ARCHITECTS SkB Architects lV CO o) Q E 0) Cn CO NCD r/) 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 2/16/2018 May 12018 Z o O 0 Ben Bridge Jewelers m PERMIT COMMENTS CO 0 w CC STOCKROOM REVISION M J gco LL1 cc O co I- _ N W= l -- c� �W V m W .-- - to LU J -5 Z =cn> 0 47 ZC.) li CO —Wa 8 ao .J 1 a a 23 G WSEC MECHANICAL COMPLIENCE FORMS LJ (Fa) 4"W-. WC RESTR00 l0I JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER F2j (TYP) (TYP) OWNER PROVIDED "I !REFRIGERATOR ^{'i ER PROVIDED DISHWASHER-.. ea) WATER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1/2"HW/CW 1 /2"CW .,--{ 1/2"Hw /2„HW/CW it (TYP)I ! — (WHA I .1 jL DWV RISER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" r- r L JEWELRY AND WATCHMAKER I 105 2"V SK OAGF WCO DWV PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" LANDLORD'S PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. TENANTS ON THE GROUND FLOOR REQUIRING BELOW -GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOW -GRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF PATCHING OF SLAB -ON -GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER, AND CONCRETE. TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPH DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. 2. TENANT SHALL INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN RESTROOM AREA AND UP THE WALL 6" TO ISOLATE LEAKS AND SPILLS. PLUMBING SYMBOLS THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED. STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS PIPING SYMBOLS REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. UNO, INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS LISTED BELOW WITH FINAL APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT. LAVATORY OR SINK STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE URINAL STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE WATER COOLER OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN STANDARD HEIGHT ADA ACCESSIBLE ICE MAKER OUTLET BOXES WASHING MACHINE OUTLET BOXES JANITOR'S SINK FAUCET FITTINGS 31" FLOOR TO RIM 34" FLOOR TO RIM 24" FLOOR TO RIM 17" FLOOR TO RIM 15" FLOOR TO RIM 1T' TO 19" FLOOR TO TOP OF SEAT 41" FLOOR TO SPOUT 36" FLOOR TO SPOUT 24" FLOOR TO CENTER OF BOX 42" FLOOR TO RIM 42" FLOOR TO CENTERLINE USE THE DEFAULT MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ABOVE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ELSEWHERE. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ARE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) OR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE (AFG). ALL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ADA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. ANNOTATION O Cip Q s PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR PROVIDED UNO) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER ABBREVIATIONS ADA AFF AHU AP BFF BOP BOS BTU CU DI DN DFU (E) ETR EWC FD FFA FFB FF FL FLA FLR GPM HD HZ IE JB J-BOX KW AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT ACCESS PANEL BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BOTTOM OF PIPE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BRITISH THERMAL UNIT COPPER DUCTILE IRON DOWN DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT EXISTING EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR DRAIN FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW FINISHED FLOOR FLOW LINE FULL LOAD AMPS FLOOR GALLONS PER MINUTE HEAD, HUB DRAIN HERTZ INVERT ELEVATION JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX KILOWATT MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR MIN MINIMUM WC NORMALLY CLOSED N/O NORMALLY OPEN NIC NOT IN CONTRACT PDI PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PH/0 PHASE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SF SQUARE FEET TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW TYP TYPICAL UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WC WATER COLUMN WS WASTE STACK WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT WVS WASTE VENT STACK ® ®® 1A FLOOR SINK (FS), SIZE & TYPE FLOOR DRAIN (FD), SIZE & TYPE BALL VALVE —DQ-- SHUTOFF VALVE --I 4— CHECK VALVE OTA l yl BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS WATER METER STRAINER STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE THERMOMETER UNION FLANGE CONNECTION 1 C MANUAL / AUTOMATIC AIR VENT OR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE CLEANOUT CAP WALL CLEANOUT (WOO) FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) ELBOW UP ELBOW DOWN TEE UP TEE DOWN IQ ELBOW UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) 40 ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) lal TEE UP WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) 1'JI TEE DOWN WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE (SOV) „A„ WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) WITH PDI SIZES, (A, 8, C, D, & E) RECIRCULATION PUMP CO P-TRAP TRAP PRIMER WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT LINETYPE LEGEND THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS DIFFERENT LINE -TYPES ARE USED IN COMBINATION WITH THE SYMBOLS TO INDICATE THE STATUS OF ITEMS AS EXISTING, TO BE DEMOLISHED, TO BE INCLUDED AS PART OF NEW WORK AND/OR ITEMS WHICH ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE PROVIDED IN THE FUTURE. THE STATUS OF ITEMS USING THESE LINETYPES ARE RELATIVE TO THE VIEW IN WHICH THEY APPEAR. PHASING SHOWN IN DRAWINGS IS NOT INTENDED TO FULLY DESCRIBE ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION PHASING, WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES. ANY SUCH PHASES DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE GENERAL AND ONLY INTENDED TO INDICATE A BROAD ORDER FOR THE SAKE OF DESCRIBING THE PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING LINETYPES MAY BE USED ON ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, NOTE, LINE, SHAPE, ETC. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. FURNISH A CONSTRUCTION RECORD SET OF "AS -BUILT" DOCUMENTS TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER REFLECTING ANY VARIANCES OF INSTALLED PIPING LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT CONTRARY TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE ENGINEER -OF -RECORD AFTER FINAL INSPECTION OF INSTALLED PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 3. FURNISH TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS. 4. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LEGALLY CONSTITUTED CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND ALSO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 5. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 7, VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS. 9. CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS AND PIPE STRAINERS PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER. 10. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ROD AND SCOPE WASTE LINE TO LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 12. PROVIDE SIZE AND LENGTH OF HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE FROM CIRCULATED HOT WATER BRANCH OR MAIN TO TERMINATION OF HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE AT EACH FIXTURE PER 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, TABLE C404.3.1. FOR 1/2" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL LAVATORIES, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF TWO FEET. FOR 1/2" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL SINKS, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 43 FEET. FOR 3/4" HOT WATER FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE TO INDIVIDUAL SINKS, PROVIDE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 21 FEET. 0 PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: 1. CONNECT AND EXTEND NEW 1" COLD WATER PIPE REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK . FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE NEW WATER SUBMETER, REMOTE READER AND PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE. COORDINATE AND VERIFY ANY WATER METER, REMOTE READER AND PRV REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 3. CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY PIPE TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPE REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, DIRECTION OF FLOW AND INVERT ELEVATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 4. CONNECT NEW 2" VENT PIPE TO EXISTING VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING REMAINING FROM DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, 5. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ACCESS TO SHUT-OFF VALVES. REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS. 6. ROUTE WATER HEATER DRAIN AND T&P DRAIN PIPING TO DISCHARGE SEPARATELY OVER NEAREST RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP. 7. 1"HW DN IN WALL TO LAV WITHIN 24" OF LAVATORY HOT WATER STOP VALVE, AND 3/4" HW UP. EXISTING DEMOLISH NEW FUTURE DOMESTIC COLD WATER (CW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER (HW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. (HWR) TRAP PRIMER LINE (T) SOIL PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (S) SOIL PIPING - BELOW FLOOR (S) WASTE PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (W) WASTE PIPING - BELOW FLOOR (W) VENT BELOW FLOOR (VBF) CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) VENT PIPING (V) ---CW--- ---- HW ---- -----HWR----- T S _. —S-- -W —CWV- - —VBF— — —CD V REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2010 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS SkB Architects General Contractor: 0 v c c iA n > < c eL 5 Ca' ai c? ��i co CO N N N ccO an' au-V 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINSFRIEDRICHS !STATE OF WASHINGTON Date: Owner. 03/12/2018 Ben Bridge Jewelers 04/10/2018 0 a CC E z PERMIT COMMENTS O -65 w 0 N c0 0 i(J N STOCKROOM REVISION M 2/16/2018 May 1 2018 0 0 CO m 0 c 4 N ',S TO 0 TO PLUMBING, PLAN AND RISER DIAGRAMS O w V) V Z W y O O V G THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP). CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE INSULATION WITH HANGER. PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE. PROVIDE SHORT INSULATION SHIELD FOR LAPPING INSULATION JACKET OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER PROVIDE METAL 360° INSULATION SHIELD AND HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR PRE-ENGINEERED THERMAL HANGER -SHIELD INSERT OF CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION. FOR PIPES 4" AND SMALLER, PRE-ENGINEERED THERMAL HANGER -SHIELD INSERT OF FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR INSULATION MAY BE PROVIDED CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND TRAPEZE HANGER. SEAL BOTH ENDS OF EXPOSED INSULATION WITH JOINT SEALANT PROVIDE 1-518"x1-5/8" 14 GA. CHANNEL SUPPORT HOT PIPE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TYPES, INSULATION THICKNESSES, HANGER TYPES, HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS TO SRUCTURE AND HANGER SPACING. INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE SIZE AND QUANTITY OF HANGER RODS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS PROVIDE TWO-PIECE PIPE CLAMP (TYP) SUPPORT NUT (TYP) UNINSULATED STEEL OR PLASTIC PIPE PROVIDE PLASTIC GALVANIC ISOLATOR FOR COPPER PIPE (TYP) UNINSULATED COPPER PIPE COLD INSULATED PIPE PIPE INSULATION (TYP) HOT INSULATED PIPE PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPE AND CONDUIT OF ALL TRADES MAY BE COMBINED ON THE SAME SUPPORT CHANNEL. COORDINATE SUPPORT CHANNEL LENGTH WITH PIPING AND CONDUIT TO BE SUPPORTED. SUPPORT CHANNEL SPACING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY SMALLEST PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED. CHANNEL SUPPORT MAY BE USED AS A WALL BRACKET, ATTACH TO WALL WITH ANCHOR BOLTS PER SPECIFICATIONS. FOR HORIZONTAL INSULATED PIPING, ATTACH CLAMPS AS INDICATED ABOVE, FOR VERTICAL INSULATED PIPING, ATTACH CLAMPS TO THE PIPE AND SEAL INSULATION AT BOTH CLAMP ENDS. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGER NO SCALE SEAN 0. EISLER SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR HOT PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND HANGER. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION ENDS WITH JOINT SEALANT WATER HAMMER ARRESTER, PDI SIZE "A" STRAINER ADAPTER, SWEAT TO GARDEN HOSE THREAD FLOW CONTROL VALVE, SET AT 1.0 GPM RE: SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONS MAKE CONNECTIONS TO UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 11. INSTALL WATER AND WASTE HOSES FURNISHED WITH DISHWASHER. 1/2" HOT WATER SUPPLY FROM WATER HEATER 3/4" PIPE FROM COLD WATER SUPPLY TO WATER HEATER, WITH NO CHECK VALVES INTERVENING FDA -COMPLIANT BUTYL DIAPHRAGM WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING, NSF APROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE PIPE HANGER NEXT TO ELBOW PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTION FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS AIR CHARGING VALVE. FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SMALL EXPANSION TANK NO SCALE PROVIDE AIR GAP FITTING IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES OR AUTHORITIES, OR HANG WASTE HOSE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE UNDER COUNTERTOP, 38" MAXIMUM. NEARBY SINK CONNECT DISHWASHER DRAIN HOSE TO BRANCHING TAILPIECE OF SINK (REFER TO SCHEDULE AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS), OR CONNECT TO GARBAGE DISPOSER IF PROVIDED. 10" MINIMUM PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESSORIES SHOWN. IF SINK IS ADA, DO NOT ENCROACH ON ACCESSIBILITY ZONE. RESIDENTIAL DISHWASHER CONNECTION WITH INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER NO SCALE INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 6" CLEARANCE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE ABOVE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FURNISHED WITH WATER HEATER THERMOMETER PROVIDE A HARD COPPER RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE FULL SIZE OF VALVE OUTLET ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR SCHEDULE DRAIN VALVE WITH HOSE BIBB BY WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER PROVIDE 6" DEEP RUST -PROOF WATER -TIGHT PAN UNDER HEATER, WITH DRAIN PIPE SET WATER HEATER ON MEZZANINE IF CEILING EXISTS, INSTALL ABOVE IT IF THERE IS ADEQUATE SPACE AND EASY ACCESS PROVIDE AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ABOVE TOP OF HEATER CHECK VALVE (TYPICAL) -SHUT-OFF VALVE COLD WATER SUPPLY HOT WATER TO FIXTURES 3/4" BRANCH TO EXPANSION TANK PROVIDE 12"WIDE x 12"DEEP HEAT TRAP AT INLET AND OUTLET (TYPICAL) RECIRCULATION PUMP WITH UNION CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE, AQUASTAT AND STRAINER UPSTREAM, CHECK VALVE AND SHUTOFF VALVE DOWNSTREAM PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTIONS FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL) ROUTE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE AND DRAIN PAN PIPE SEPARATELY TO DISCHARGE INTO RECEPTOR SHOWN ON PLAN, WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH WATER HEATER FURNISHED, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACE WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE WATER HEATER PLATFORM ATTACHED TO WALL AND/OR SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. INSTALL BOTTOM OF PLATFORM AT MINIMUM 6'-6" ABOVE FLOOR IF ABOVE JANITOR'S SINK; OTHERWISE HIGH AS POSSIBLE. POWER WIRING AND DISCONNECT ARE SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL. INTERLOCK OF AQUASTAT WITH RECIRCULATION PUMP IS SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL. COLD WATER MAIN BRANCH PIPE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE FEEDING PLUMBING FIXTURE(S) AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH INTEGRAL AIR GAP. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER MINIMUM 12" ABOVE FLOOR FOR EVERY 20' OF PRIMER DISCHARGE PIPE. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT(S) WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS SERVED BY ONE TRAP PRIMER VALVE. IF TRAP PRIMER IS INSTALLED ABOVE HARD CEILING, PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN BODY OR P-TRAP WITH THFEADED TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. PROVIDE SWEAT TO THREADED ADAPTER. BRAZE JOINT BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE. WATER HEATER NO SCALE CONNECT 1/2" PIPE (WITHOUT SHUT-OFF VALVE IN BRANCH) TO TRAP PRIMER VALVE OFF TOP OF BRANCH PIPE. INSULATE PIPE UPSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER, BUT NOT DOWNSTREAM. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER LINE(S) DOWNSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER OR DISTRIBUTION UNIT USING 1/2" SOFT COPPER TUBING. INSTALL WITHOUT KINKS, AND SLOPE CONTINUOUSLY TOWARDS FLOOR DRAIN. CONCEAL PIPE(S) IN PARTITION OR CHASE IN FINISHED AREAS. TRAP PRIMER AND PIPES MAY BE INSTALLED EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED, NON-PUBLIC AREAS. IF PIPE IS BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE, PROVIDE 1/2" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM PRIMER CONNECTION TO 1" ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE AND DISTRIBUTION UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. TRAP PRIMER OVERHEAD NO SCALE A PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ARE PROVIDED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON EACH OF THESE ITEMS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. (DAGF) D• ISHWASHER AIR GAP FITTING: SIOUX CHIEF #249, DISHWASHER AIR GAP MEETING ASSE 1021 WITH POLYPROPYLENE BODY, CHROME -PLATED BRASS CAP, 1/2" INLET HOSE BARB, AND 3/4" OUTLET HOSE BARB. ( ) E• XPANSION TANK: AMTROL "THERM-X-TROL" # ST-5, WELDED STEEL PRESSURE TANK, POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FLEXIBLE BUTYL DIAPHRAGM, AIR CHARGING VALVE, 150 PSI MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, 2.0 GALLON CAPACITY, 0.45 MAXIMUM ACCEPTANCE FACTOR, 3/4" PIPE CONNECTION. SET THE AIR CHARGE PRESSURE TO MATCH EXISTING WATER SYSTEM PRESSURE. ( FCC)) FLOOR CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH, CAST IRON BODY, FLASHING FLANGE WITH CLAMPING COLLAR, ABS PLUG, AND ADJUSTABLE, SQUARE, SECURED, NICKEL BRONZE, TOP. # 4051 L (-F-C), SCORIATED TOP FOR EXPOSED, FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR, APPLICATION(S), # 4171 (-F-C), 1/8" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TILED FLOOR AREA(S), # 4211 (-F-C), 1/2" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TERRAZZO AND SIMILAR • • ••:': FD1) FLOOR DRAIN: JAY R. SMITH # 2110L (-8), CAST IRON BODY, 8" ROUND, LOOSE, MEDIUM DUTY, CAST IRON GRATE, SEDIMENT BUCKET, BOTTOM OUTLET, SEEPAGE PAN, AND MEMBRANE FLASHING CLAMP. USE PUSH -ON JOINT OF OUTLET SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. INSTALL "WCO" IN VENT ABOVE FIXTURE. I ) ICE MAKER BOX: GUY GRAY MODEL # BIM875, 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BOX, 18 GAUGE STEEL FACEPLATE, BOTTOM INLET WATER SUPPLY WITH 1/2" x 1/4" COMPRESSION ANGLE STOP VALVE. TRIM: LOOP 4 FEET OF 1/4" TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER TUBING. WALL -MOUNTED LAVATORY (ADA ACCESSIBLE): AMERICAN STANDARD #0124.131 "COMRADE" 20 x 18-1/4" RECTANGULAR WALL MOUNTED WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE WITH FAUCET LEDGE AND REAR OVERFLOW. FAUCET: CHICAGO FAUCET # 857-E12-665PSHABCP 4" CENTERSET, LEAD FREE SELF CLOSING METERING FAUCET, POLISHED CHROME, BRASS BODY, 4-1/2" INTEGRAL SPOUT WITH # E12 2.2 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 155A GRID DRAIN WITH TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # LF2165CCLK LEAD FREE BRASS LOOSE KEY COMPRESSION ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 8872CF 1-1/4" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP AND WASTE ARM WITH CLEANOUT PLUG AND ESCUTCHEON, CONCEALED ARM CARRIER WITH STANCHIONS TO FLOOR, AND TRUEBRO "HAND! LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. SINK: KOHLER "STRIVE", #K-5286 24" x 18-1/4" x 9-5/16" DEEP, SINGLE COMPARTMENT, UNDER MOUNT, 16 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL, FIXTURE WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE AND CUT-OUT TEMPLATE. SET IN BED OF CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. FAUCET: MOEN "ALIGN" # 5923 SINGLE HOLE, WITH SINGLE LEVER HANDLE, PRE -RINSE SPRING PULLDOWN HIGH ARC FAUCET AND 1.5 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 1LF2165CC LEAD FREE BRASS WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 151M CUP STRAINER WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # B8912CF 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, PLUMBEREX "PRO -EXTREME" # X-4222 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. SK2) SINK: KOHLER "STRIVE", #K-5287 15" x 15" x 9-5/16" DEEP, SINGLE COMPARTMENT, UNDER MOUNT, 16 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL, BAR SINK WITH INSTALLATION HARDWARE AND CUT-OUT TEMPLATE. SET IN BED OF CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. FAUCET: MOEN "ALIGN" # 5965 SINGLE HOLE, WITH SINGLE LEVER HANDLE, PULLDOWN HIGH ARC PREP/BAR FAUCET AND 1,5 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 1LF2165CC LEAD FREE BRASS WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 151M CUP STRAINER WITH 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TAILPIECE, McGUIRE # B8912CF 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE CAST CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P-TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, PLUMBEREX "PRO -EXTREME" # X-4222 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. INSTALL "WCO" UNDERNEATH WASTE CONNECTION. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE: POWERS # e480, SOLID BRASS BODY, THERMOSTATIC WAX ELEMENT, CORROSION RESISTANT INTERNAL PARTS, AND INTEGRAL CHECKS, ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT, CAPABLE OF 2.2 GPM WITH A 20 PSI DIFFERENTIAL AND A MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF 0.5 GPM. SET TEMPERATURE TO 110°F FOR DUEL TEMPERATURE LAVATORIES AND HAND SINKS, 100°F FOR SINGLE TEMPERATURE LAVATORIES AND HAND SINKS AND 120°F FOR SINKS. MOUNT BELOW THE PLUMBING FIXTURE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN(S). TP ) TRAP PRIMER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS # PR-500 "PRIME RITE", CORROSION RESISTANT BRASS BODY, "0" RING SEALS, 1/2" INLET AND OUTLET, AND INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. INSTALL THE VALVE AT A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. Cm-) T• IME SWITCH: INTERMATIC #ET1705CSPST, 7 DAY, ONE CIRCUIT -SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW, ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH OR EQUAL BY TORK. TIME SWITCH SHALL BE MOTOR RATED (1H.P. @ 120 VOLT, SINGLE PHASE), MINIMUM OF 20 SETPOINTS (14 ON/OFF CTCLES) AND BATTERY BACKUP. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 16 FOR INSTALLATION AND INTERLOCK OF TIME SWITCH IN SERIES WITH THE AQUASTAT AND RECIRCULATION PUMP. ! WALL -MOUNTED WATER CLOSET: ZURN "Z5560" TANK TYPE WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE WITH ELONGATED , DUAL FLUSH 1.6 GALLON OR 1.0 GALLON PER FLUSH, PRESSURE ASSISTED TANK, SIPHON JET ACTION AND SPEED CONNECT TANKBOWL COUPLING SYSTEM. TRIM: WHITE OPEN -FRONT CONTOURED, SOLID PLASTIC, HEAVY DUTY, SEAT LESS COVER WITH SELF-SUSTAINING CHECK HINGES AND STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. McGUIRE # LF2166CC LEAD FREE BRASS ANGLE STOP VALVE WITH RISER AND CHROME -PLATED ESCUTCHEON. INSTALL' WCO" IN VENT ABOVE FIXTURE. (WOO) WALL CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH # 4530S, CAST IRON CLEANOUT TEE, COUNTER SUNK PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW, AND IRON PLUG WITH GASKET SEAL. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. (WHA) WATER HAMMER ARRESTER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, HARD DRAWN COPPER BODY WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, PISTON TYPE WITH LUBRICATED EPDM "0" RING SEALS, MEETING ASSE 1010 OR PDI WH-201. PROVIDE PDI SIZES "A" THROUGH "F" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE SIZE "A" UNLESS SHOWN FIXTURE BRANCH CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT WATER CLOSET (FT) 1/2" - 4" 2" LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" FLOOR DRAIN - - 3" 2" HAND SINK 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" JANITOR'S SINK 3/4" 3/4" 3" 2" NOTE: PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TU"r WILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: U) 0 0 0 0 0 ce) CC a) ARCHITECTS m N U) a) cto OD n > < CO CO•11. pi0) c o ti ai __, CO CO CO CO 0 N N CV V) D_ LLO TOOT REGISTERED ARCHITECT i a) a) a3 a) clo CO N 0 PERMIT COMMENTS a) � r E Z 0 0 0 z 0 0 7 w a BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON STOCKROOM REVISION M W c �W LL J W Z LLJ a CO w 2/16/2018 May 1 2018 co 2wti� W Z rn 0. I- o w o - w U) Co J I— z ort 4� U w PLUMBING DETAILS AND SCHEDULES JASON P. WOLLUM A-10 �.- (PART) VIA LP1-19 0 i'e'1itii+i i5iieie'"5001117 ATCHMAKER STROOM. • DL6 DL6B A-14 (PART) VA LP1-2 LV9 LOYEE AREA A-14 (PART) DL6 JDL6A Lr zr' A-14 (PART) VIA LP1 2 DL8 DL8 A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-8 A-14 (PART) VIA LP1-20 A-3 (PART) A LP1-10 A-6 (PART) VIA LP1-11 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-6 =DL3. DL3 DL3 DL3 DL3 DL3 DL4 DL4 DL4 DL4 DL4 DL4 DL4 (PART) VIA LP17 A-2 (PART) VIA LP1-4 DL3- DLL DLL DL3_ DL3. DL7 DL8.,i DL8 .,1 0L8 A-2 (PART) VIA LP1-2 SALES FLOOR A-12 (PART) VIA LP1-24 A-6 '-(PART) VIA LP1-13 A-2 (PART) VIA LP1-3 DL3 ,d DL8 ,d DL8 ,d_ DL8 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0 6 (P RT) VIA _P1.12 FL3 A-2 (PART VIA LP1-1 DL1 • DL1 • DL1 A-12 (PART) DL4A DL4A DLLDLS.. DL9t.. DDL9t.. DL9t.. DL9r.. DL9r.. DL9t.. DL9r.. DL9 DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 6. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 7, REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED, DO NOT ABANDON ANY ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. 9. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR OWNER OR VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH -IN. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" CONDUIT. 11. LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING INFORMATION AND ADDITIONAL NOTES. A-4 (PART) VIA LP1-9 A-4 (PART)® VIA LP1-7 12. PROVIDE GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC FOR ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 13. ALL FIXTURES LABELED'NL' ARE NIGHT LIGHTS TO REMAIN ON CONTINUOUSLY FOR SAFETY AND/OR SECURITY REASONS. PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR. 14, PROVIDE ALL FIXTURE EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLASTS/DRIVERS WITH UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR. 15. REFER TO SHEET E3.2 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 16. NORMAL AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING OUTSIDE OF LEASE AREA PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 17. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED, ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. 18. GENERAL LIGHTING SHALL BE DIMMABLE IN THE SALES AREA. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 19. TENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQUIRED, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. 20. IF USED, ANY PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEMS MUST BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AT STOREFRONT 21. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST HAVE RECESSED BASE - NO SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES ARE ALLOWED. 22. VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING/SUPPORTING TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 1. (2) 300W TRANSFORMERS FOR TYPE FL1 FIXTURES AT ARCHITECTURAL COVE. 2. RELAY PANEL AND TIMECLOCK, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD. REFER TO DETAIL 3, SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL SWITCH. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL STATION AND PROGRAMMING CONTROL INTERFACE. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E3.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION FROM LIGHTING POWER PACK TO RECEPTACLE POWER PACK(S) IN SPACE FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL OF RECEPTACLES. REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR CONTINUATION. 6. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL CONTROL BOTH LIGHTING AND CODE REQUIRED SWITCHED RECEPTACLES IN THIS SPACE. REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES AND DETAIL 2, SHEET E3.3 FOR SCHEMATIC CONTROL DIAGRAM. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL3 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ROLEX FEATURE WALL. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT FEATURE WALL. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 8. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, LOCKABLE DISCONNECT SWITCH, AND 120V CIRCUIT AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING OR WITHIN WALL AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT FOR CONNECTION TO STOREFRONT SIGNAGE. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND ADJUST ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE CONDUIT THROUGH WALL FOR CONNECTION TO SIGN, 9. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL2 LIGHT FIXTURES AT UNDERSIDE OF CABINETS. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED UNDER WATCHMAKER WORKSTATION TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT CABINET. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITHIN ADJACENT CABINETRY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. 10. REFER TO SHEET E3.3 FOR SPECIFIC DESIGNATIONS OF LV1, LV2, LV3 CONTROL STATIONS. 11. TRANSFORMER FOR LOW VOLTAGE LED TAPE LIGHT WITHIN ARCHITECTURAL COVE. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING FIXTURE(S). MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. 12. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL2 LIGHT FIXTURE AT UNDERSIDE OF BAR COUNTER. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT BAR. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 13. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL3 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN ARCHITECTURAL COVES. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 14. (1) 100W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL2 FIXTURE AT HORSESHOE BAR. (1) 200W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL3 FIXTURES IN CIRCULAR COVES. 15. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL1 LIGHT FIXTURE AT ARCHITECTURAL COVE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 300W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR 1 CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT, ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TU WILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECTS Cl) cp V a) d C/) General Contractor L Q 0 y E Z Ben Bridge Jewelers 0 PERMIT COMMENTS V) co cc) N co �� 0 oN O Ocda N N 0..L-<J BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 0 STOCKROOM R C7 2116/2018 May 1 2018 z0 LIGHTING PLAN a ENDERSONENGINEERS.COM Project no. 1442.00 Date: 04/16/2018 0 W H '11 Z cg N 00 6 30INF 30 A EMPLOYEE AREA 1 107 1 42 40 A 38 a 1 A 28(PART) WWP 00/3/NFI3R POWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-O" LOWVOLTAGE SYSTEM CONTACTS VENDOR NAME PHONE NO. ALARM SYSTEM TYCO SECURITY CAMI MULDER 1 (800) 453-2814 ALARM SYSTEM TYCO SECURITY JOHN PENFOLD (661) 246-5996 VIDEO SYSTEM INTERFACE SECURITY MATT SMITHEMAN (240) 460-0287 VIDEO SYSTEM INTERFACE SECURITY TANYA SMITH (314) 595-0218 SAFE LIGHTING NORTH COAST LIGHTING RYAN SCHLEMMER (206) 812-3683 LIGHTING NORTH COAST LIGHTING JORDAN AKHLAGHI (206) 442-9899 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED PER LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND AMENDMENTS. VERIFY WITH LANDLORD IF SPECIFIC FIRE ALARM VENDOR IS REQUIRED. FIRE ALARM DESIGN PROVIDED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. COORDINATE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. JASON P. WOLLUM A A 28(PART) 7 A-12 (PART) VIA LP1-24 SALES FLOOR 102 f e r / \ GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANTS CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. AVOD DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURNG NEW WORK. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 4. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK ANDALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCJMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 6, SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. P REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS. 7. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DO NOT ABANDON ANY ELECTRICAL ITEMS. 8. ENSURE CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN CIRCUITING. EXTEND/REWORK EXISTING CIRCUITING AS NECESSARY. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. 9. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, OWNER AND VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, KW, ETC. FOR OWNER OR VENDOR PROVIDED EQUIPMENT, WITH OWNER OR VENDOR, BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH -IN. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. VERIFY THE TYPE OF FINAL CONNECTION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE WIRING METHOD. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS. 11. ALL GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE INDIVIDUAL AND DEDICATED NEUTRALS. 12. ALL DATA AND PHONE WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE PHONE AND DATA CONDUITS WITH PULL WIRES. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 13. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 1/2" CONDUIT, AND AT MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT IN SLAB. 14. COORDINATE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS WITH THE TENANT OR HIS AUTHORIZED AGENT. COORDINATE THE EXTENSION, MODIFICATION, FINAL CONNECTION AND TESTING OF ALL INTERFACED SYSTEMS WITH THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LOCAL UTILITY PROVIDER WHERE THE TENANT IS A DIRECT ❑ ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: A 1. PROVIDE (1) WP/WR GFCI RECEPTACLE AT ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT FOR SERVICEABILITY PER NEC AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE UP TO CEILING SPACE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. PROVIDE 3/4" X 3'W X 8'H PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR TELECOM, SECURITY, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTING. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON SHEET E3.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. ROUTE MINIMUM 1" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BENEATH SLAB FROM JUNCTION BOX TO NEAREST FULL -HEIGHT WALL SPACE OR COLUMN. ROUTE ALL CONDUITS BACK TO PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN WORKROOM. VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 5. PROVIDE (1) QUAD TELEPHONE OUTLET AT EACH PHONE BOARD. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 6. DEVICES FOR FAX MACHINE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR OWNER PROVIDED AUDIO DEVICE. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. 8. MOUNT WITHIN 72" OF NEARBY UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES AT MANAGERS DESK PER WSEC SECTION C405.10. 9. RECEPTACLE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED PER EXEMPTION TO SECTION C405.10 OF THE WSEC. REFRIGERATOR REQUIRES 24 HOUR OPERATION. 10. RECEPTACLE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED PER EXEMPTION TO SECTION C405.10 OF THE WSEC. RECEPTACLE(S) FOR CCTV/SECURITY EQUIPMENT. 11. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION FROM RECEPTACLE POWER PACK(S) TO LIGHTING POWER PACK IN SPACE FOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL OF RECEPTACLES. REFER TO SHEET E1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12. PROVIDE (4) CAT-5E CABLES TO THIS LOCATION. 13. PROVIDE (3) CAT-5E CABLES TO THIS LOCATION. 14. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN CASEWORK. RECEPTACLE AND FACEPLATE TO MATCH CASEWORK FINISH WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS, REQUIREMENTS, AND FINISH COLOR WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 15. PROVIDE TELECOM OUTLET IN CASEWORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH CASEWORK VENDOR AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 16. PROVIDE DISCONNECT FOR WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 8. R'VIE AD ) I-E ON TO T• J I.N =0 A VENDOR -PROVIDED CASEWORK. COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION TYPE AND LOCATION WITH CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE AND WIRE TO DUPLEX RECEPACLE(S) WITHIN CASEWORK AS REQUIRED BY OWNER AND CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE ALL TRENCHING WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 19. ROUTE CONDUIT AND WIRING WITHIN ADJACENT CABINETRY AND CONCEALED FROM CUSTOMER VIEW. COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING WITH CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 1 UWN1t,A MAY 02 2A18 PERMITCENTER CUSTOMER OF THE LOCAL UTILITY, 15. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PULL STATIONS, STROBES, HORN/STROBES, DUCT DETECTORS, REMOTE TEST STATIONS, FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DEVICES AND TO EXISTING LANDLORD SYSTEM. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE, LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND LANDLORD. 16. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. 17. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. 18. CODE MANDATED CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) SHOWN ON E1.1. REFER TO DETAIL 2, SHEET E3.3 FOR WIRING SCHEMATIC. LABEL SWITCHED RECEPTACLES WITH PERMANENT AND DURABLE MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATE THEM FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. 19. TENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQUIRED, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. 20. VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING/SUPPORTING TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT. ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. 21. TENANTS ON THE GROUND FLOOR REQUIRING BELOW -GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOWGRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF PATCHING OF THE SLAB -ON -GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER, AND CONCRETE. TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. eneral Contra w a7 0 a) ARCHITECTS m U) in N co s 0 tto a? 0 0• CA CDV co coc N N 0 CL LLCM 7007 1 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS•FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON '. 2w Ben Bridge Jewelers m 0 O PERMIT COMMENTS CO O z 0 cc CO N N STOCKROOM REVISION N M 2/16/2018 May 1 2018 cc 0 i N a ob o ob coto co 0 N fn� .1 g ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 0w 0 Z W 00 0 0 JASON P. WOLLUM co 20 WATCHMAKER 110 RESTROOM 10 8 A (PE VIA 9 A-8 .m (PART) VIA LP1-23 A-10 (PART) VIA LP1-18 STOCK I los A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-14 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-15 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-16 A-8 (PART) VIA LP1-17 ► A-10 �� (PART) VIA LP1-19 F LP1 (NEW) 6 8 8 FL4 i r F�4 8 4 P) FL4 EMPLOYEE AREA I 107 I FL4 A-18 (PART) VIA LP1-5 A-10 (PART) VIA LP1.18 10 W ! FL4 0 FL4 SALES FLOOR I 102 I ROLEX I 103 I CASEWORK PO SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" RL RL1 RL RL1 RL1 FL4 C - -1 El El CI El ----.. //-----,\ I �- Y I H DAB 103 ER PLAN AI 1 7�1 RL2 RL2 RL2 RL3 Y1 E .1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET E1.1 AND E2.1 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING NOTES. 2. ALL CONDUIT IN CASEWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH BASEBOARDS OF CASEWORK. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CASEWORK LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS. 4. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES MOUNTED IN CASEWORK WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH- IN. 5. OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR ALL SAW CUTTING AND CORE DRILLING OF SLAB. WHERE TENANT SPACE IS ABOVE ANOTHER SPACE, ONLY CORE DRILLING IS ALLOWED. COORDINATE ALL FLUSH FLOOR JUNCTION BOXES AND BELOW SLAB CONDUIT RUNS WITH ARCHITECT AND CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO MINIMIZE CONSTRUCTION COSTS AND ALTERATIONS TO SLAB. REPAIR SLAB TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY IS COMPLETE. Ei ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: 1. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL1 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP(S) ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP(S) BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 3. (5) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL1 FIXTURES. (6) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. 4. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL1 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 5. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL VATRINE. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIP(S) ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL VATRINE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP(S) BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 6. (5) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL1 FIXTURES. (6) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2/RL3 3000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIPS ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, 8. (1) 50W TRANSFORMER FOR 3000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. (1) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 3000K TYPE RL3 FIXTURES. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE RL2/RL3 5000K LIGHT SOURCES WITHIN VERTICAL CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (2) 50W TRANSFORMERS LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE WHIPS ABOVE CEILING AT VERTICAL CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURE WHIP BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 10. (1) 50W TRANSFORMER FOR 5000K TYPE RL2 FIXTURES. (1) 50W TRANSFORMERS FOR 5000K TYPE RL3 FIXTURES. 11. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 12. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURE AT CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED WITHIN ADJACENT CASEWORK TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURE AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. MOUNT TRANSFORMER IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING LOCATION WITH CASEWORK MANUFACTURER AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 13. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN NORTH ENTRY CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 200W TRANSFORMER LOCATED UNDER WATCHMAKER WORKSTATION TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 14. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO (1) 18W DRIVER LOCATED WITHIN CASEWORK TO POWER LOW VOLTAGE TYPE RL4 AND RL4A FIXTURES IN CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER, AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. 15. PROVIDE HARDWIRE CONNECTION TO RECESSED ROLEX CLOCK. CLOCK PROVIDED BY CASEWORK VENDOR. COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION TYPE AND LOCATION WITH CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 16. PROVIDE HARDWIRE CONNECTION TO LED LIGHTING DRIVERS WITHIN ROLEX CASEWORK. INTEGRAL ROLEX CASEWORK LIGHTING PROVIDED BY CASEWORK VENDOR. COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION TYPE AND LOCATION WITH CASEWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 17. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TYPE FL4 LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN EAST CASEWORK. EXTEND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FROM (1) 100W TRANSFORMER LOCATED ABOVE BACK OF HOUSE CEILING TO LOW VOLTAGE FIXTURES AT CASES. LIGHT FIXTURES BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER, LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND CABLING PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 18. (1)100W TRANSFORMER FOR TYPE FL4 FIXTURE(S) AT EAST CASEWORK. 2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF T L KWILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER General Contractor: L' 0 4) m d v E z ARCHITECTS U F- uJ W a 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BRIAN COLLINS-FRIEDRICHS j STATE OF WASHINGTON CO v STOCKROOM REVISION 2/16/2018 May 1 2018 Project no. 1442.00 Date: 04/16/2018 0 W CO Z C W N � Ce 00 C.) 0 CASEWORK POWER PLAN JASON P. WOLLUM TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY TENANT OCCUPANCY TYPE: M TENANT SQUARE FOOTAGE: 2,832 SERVICE DESCRIPTION: 208Y/120V, 3PH LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR Demand KVA HVAC - SUMMER 0.00 100% 0.00 HVAC - WINTER 22.10 100% 22.10 LIGHTING (PER NEC-220) 7.63 125% 9.53 RECEPTACLES 7.20100%%;50% 7.20 MOTOR LOADS 9.87 100% 9.87 LARGEST MOTOR LOAD 6.31 125% 7.88 SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEAT 3.00 100% 3.00 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 10.03 100% 10.03 DISPLAY CASEISIGNAGE 1.60 125% 1.99 TOTAL LOAD 67.73 KVA 71.61 TOTALAMPACITY 187.99 AMPS 198.76 SERVICE AMPACITY 200 AMPS 200.00 SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 1 Short -Circuit and Voltage Drop Calculations Distances are for calculation purposes only and shall not be used for co ntractor ta keoffs nor bidding - Contractor shall notify The following calculations are based on the "Point -by -Point" method where: ISC (2)=ISC(j)xM(1) M=1/(1+f) Feeder: f(30)= ISC (1) = short circuit current at fault point1 ISC )2)= short circuitcurrentat fault point2 Feeder: fool=2xLxlsc IP = Primary short circuit current Vp = Primary voltage IS= Secondary short circuit current Vs= Secondary voltage L = Length of circuit E = Line to line volts C = "G" Factor from Bussman table where "C"= 1 /impedance per linear foot Feeder Types = NM - Non Magnetic Conduit, M - Magnetic Conduit, FB - Feeder Busway, PB - Plug-in Busway, TX -Transformer Engineer of any 1.732xLxlsc field condition that results in a XFMR: fly)= XFMR: ft10j=IP(sca)xVpx%Z change of 10% or greater circuit distance IP(sca)xVp x1.73 x %Z IS( a)= VpxMxIP,s"ai VOLTAGE DROP (30): %VD= ((R xcos(arccos(pf)) + X x sin (arccos(pf)))x L/# x I x 1,73) / E VOLTAGE DROP (10): %VD= ((R x cos(arccos(pf)) + X x sin(arccos(pf)))x2xLf#xl)/E %VD CUM= Cumulative Voltage Drop from Fault Point 1 to Fault Point# R= resistance in ohms per LF X= reactances In ohms per LF System Voltage: 480Y/277V- 3 phase C xE 100,000 xKVA Vs C x E 100,000 x KVA Fault Point (F#) Bus/Feeder Description Source (Fault Point) Phase Source Isc (amps) Feeder Conductor 'C"Jalue Busway 'C' Value L-L Voltage (E) Circuit Length (L) Load Power Factor(pf) Circuit Load (Amperage) Conductor Transformer f M Fault Current (amps) Voltage Drop (%VD) Cumulative Voltage Drop (%VD) Fault Point (F#) Conduit Type/TX Material Quantity of Parallel Sets and Bus/ Phase & Neutral Size Resistance (R) Reactance (X) Arccos(pf) Type Degree Rise kVA New XfinrZ Existing XfmrZ Secondary Voltage Tap Setting (Radians) 1 UfilitySeNice Point 79,400 at the secondary of the utility transformer Source Ise +6XMotor Contribution = 79670 1 Motor Contribution 45 The connected full load motor amps ('ncludes compressors) on the system 2 Landlord Switchboard 1 3 79670 NM CU 4 Set(s)of 350 kcmil 22737 -- 480 225 0.9 9.6 0.000038 0.000040 0.451027 0.711 0.58 46557 -0,01% -0.01% 2 3 To Landlord Transformer 2 3 46557 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3 AWG 4774 -- 480 25 0.9 80 0.000250 0.000059 0A51027 0.880 0.53 24768 -0.18% -0.19% 3 4 Landlord Transformer 3 3 24768 TX 480 ETR K-4 150 75 5 208 13.727 0.07 3881 -0.19% 4 5 Main Disconnect 4 3 3881 M CU 1 Set(s) of 3/0 AWG 12844 -- 208 5 0.9 160 0.000079 0.000052 0,451027 0.013 0.99 3833 -0.06% -0.25% 5 6 To Panelboard A 5 3 3833 M CU 1 _Set(s) of 3/0 AWG 12844 -- 208 75 0,9 160 0.000079 0.000052 0.451027 0.186 0.84 3231 -0.94% -1.19% 6 7 To RTU 1 6 3 3231 M CU 1 Set(s)of 3 AWG 4774 -- 208 25 0.85 64 0.000250 0.000059 0.554811 0.141 0.88 2832 -0.32% -1.51% 7 8 To RTU 2 6 3 3231 _ M CU 1 Set(s) of 4 AWG 3306 -- 208 95 0.85 51 _ 0.000310 0.000060 0.554811 0.671 0.60 1933 -1.19% -2.38% 8 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. NOTE: UTILITY TRANSFORMER: 1000 KVA, 5%Z, SECONDARY 480Y/277V, PAD MOUNT AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT SECONDARY IS: 79,400A UTILITY COMPANY: PUGET SOUND ENERGY UTILITY CONTACT: CHENE' WITTER, 1 (888) 321-7779 ext 88-7138 CONTACTED ON 01/25/2018 FAULT CURRENT SOURCE: UTILITY CONTACT & WEBSITE CHART EXPLANATION: LANDLORD SWITCHBOARD IS FED AT 480Y/277V, UTILITY TRANSFORMER FEEDING THIS SECTION IS ASSUMED TO HAVE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 480Y/277V. ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST APPLICABLE EDITION OF THE CEC, LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED AND BEAR THE LABEL OF AN APPROVED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY. 2. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. ANY CONDUCTOR LENGTHS PROVIDED IN THESE DESIGN DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED SOLELY FOR USE IN THE DESIGN CALCULATIONS BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DOCUMENTS. THEY SHALL NOT BE USED BY CONTRACTORS IN BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTING THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MATERIAL QUANTITIES REQUIRED TO BID AND CONSTRUCT THE COMPLETE PROJECT. 5. FEEDER VOLTAGE DROP (%CVD) VALUES ARE CUMULATIVE FROM THE POINT OF SERVICE TO THE LOCATION INDICATED. 6. ITEMS SHOWN IN DASHED LINE -WEIGHT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. ITEMS SHOWN IN LIGHT LINE -WEIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN IN BOLD LINE -WEIGHT ARE NEW. Ei ONE -LINE KEYED NOTES: 1. VERIFY EXISTING CONDUCTORS AND FUSES ARE MINIMUM SIZE INDICATED. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. EXISTING UTILITY METER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING METER MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE AMPACITY REQUIRED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE 3. PROVIDE NEW PANELBOARD. EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER TO NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN ON PLANS AND PROVIDE NEW CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDUIT SIZE, AND CONDUCTOR SIZES AND QUANTITIES PRIOR TO BID. EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS MAY BE REUSED IF THEY MEET OR EXCEED THE SIZES AND QUANTITIES INDICATED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. EM LIGHTING SUMMARY FIXT. TAG WATTAGE COUNT TOTAL WATTS TYPE E1A 13 2 26 TYPE E1B 6 2 12 TYPE E2 1 2 2 TYPE EX1 1 2 2 TYPE E))2 1 1 1 TOTAL: TOTAL SQFT: EM W/SQFT: 2832 0.016 CIRCUIT SCHEDULE: ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON 75 DEG C RATED TERMINATIONS. COPPER CONDUCTORS ARE BASED ON THHN/THWN-2 INSULATION. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS (PREFIX "A") ARE BASED ON XHHW-2 INSULATION. FOR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS ALLOWED PER SPECIFICATIONS, OR FOR TERMINATIONS OR INSULATION TYPES RATED LESS THAN 75 DEG C, MODIFY SIZES ACCORDING TO NFPA 70. 204 J ETR I 200A, (4)#3/0, (1)#6G, 2" C EXISTING TO REMAIN GF GF TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER F PANELBOARD: A (NEW) FED FROM: LLSWBDMAXFMR EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS BUS AMPS: 225A AIC RATING: 25000 FULLY RATED MAIN SIZE/TYPE:200AMCB SERVES: ENTIRE STORE VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W MOUNTING: SURFACE SECTION:1 LOCATION: IT CLOSET CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE WIRE NO. BKR AMP P P BKR AMP WIRE NO. VOLTAMPS/PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A B C A B C v 1 v ' v ♦ 1,260y r .f r �r ro g ro 1 12 2' '0 '1 1 1 20 10 1,852 LTG - HORSESHOE/CENTER 2 *--3.` 1 6 1 2 1 20 12 1,418 LTG - WEST WALL, ROLEX 4 5 RCPT-TELECOM2 360 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,095 LTG - SALESCOVESBAR/PEND. 6 7 SPARE 20 1 1 20 12 1,318 LTG - VATRINES/PERIM.ICURIO 8 9 RCPT-SALES REFRIGERATOR 500 12 20 1 1 20 10 1,800 =' LTG- LED CASES, SIGNAGE 10 11 RCPT-SALES COFFEE 1,100 12 20 1 1 20 12 796 LTG - FLOOR DECOR, BOH, ITEM 12 13 RCPT-BOH REFRIGERATOR 750 12 20 1 1 20 12 502 LTG -WATCHMAKER 14 15 RCPT-BOH COFFEE 1,100 12 20 1 1 20 12 100 RELAY PANEL (LP1) 16 17 RCPT-ULTRASONIC 150 12 20 1 1 20 12 620 LTG -ROLEX WALL CASEWORK 18 19 RCPT-STEAMER 1,500 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,080 RCPT-ROLEXCASES 20 21 RCPT-GRINDER/POLISHER 1,500 12 20 1 1 20 SPARE 22 21 RCPT-MICROWAVE 800 1 1 1 20 SPARE 24 IS RR(PI MACHIN 180 A ~ 12 20 A 1 1 20 SPARE 28 27 W- 6I6-' �75 11 20 1 20 12 360 RCPT -ROOFTOP 28 29 RCPT- WATER COOLER 600 12 20 1 1 30 10 3,000 WATER HEATER 30 31 RCPT- BOHGENERAL 540 1 20 7,045 RTU-1 32 34 36 3 C T- B H E LE 1,180 2 20 1 3 80 3 7,045 7,045 • -.1' - 114 -, 1 0 37 RCPT - PERIMETER N. CASES 540 12 20 1 5,714 RTU-2 38 40 42 39 RCPT-AV/CCTV 540 12 20 3 60 4 5,714 4 C T- M N G S D S 5+ 2 20 1 1 5,714 SUBTOTAL 4,770 6,055 4,683 17,511 16,437 18,270 SUBTOTAL TOTAL PHASE A- VA 22,281 LOAD CON N. VA DF LOAD CONN. VA DF AMPS 186 COOLING 0 REFRIG 1.00 TOTALPHASEB - VA 22,492 HEATING 22,101 1.00 SIGN/DISP 1,595 1.25 AMPS 187 LIGHTING 7,626 1.25 KITCHEN 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 22,953 RECEPTACLES 7,200 1.0/.5 EXISTING 1.00 AMPS 191 MOTORS SUPP HEAT 9,871 _ 3,000 1.00 1.00 LRG MOTOR 6,305 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND TOTAL PNLBD - VA 67,726 SHOW WNDW 1.25 71,608 VA AMPS 188 MISC EQUIP 10,028 1.00 LTG TRACK 1.00 199 A PANELBOARD NOTES RP - VIA RELAY PANEL EM - EMERG LTG HANDLE -ON CLAMP IG- ISOLATEDGROUNDCIRCUIT GF- GFCITYPECIRCUITBREAKER SIGN/DISPLAY-SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE EXISTING LANDLORD SWITCHBOARD 1200A SUPPLY (SECTION 3 OF 3) - 480Y/277V 30 4W MANUFACTURER: CUTLER HAMMER MODEL: POW-R-LINE C DATE: 02/08/99 1200A 3P ETR EXISTING SERVICE GROUND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE. 1 2 200AS 200AF 3P F3 TX CA -1 75KVA 480- ,j208Y)120V (ET 200AS 3P 200AF NEMA 1 (ETR) ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE LANDLORD ELEC RM TENANT SPACE TENANT SPACE LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM (CORRIDOR) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 11 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RP RP RP RP RP 2 R P,E M KEY PLAN r RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER co 0) c m 0 if; co 0) 0 O 0 m 0 e] 0 c 0 LZ E ARCHITECTS SkB Architects 7007 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Ben Bridge Jewelers CO N PERMIT COMMENTS z 0 w CO 14) c 0) 0 cO ma) O al GO (0,m„ N N 0 D- LLO BRIANCOLLINS-FRIEDRICHS STATE OF WASHINGTON 2/16/2018 N N STOCKROOM REVISION N M May 1 2018 HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM Luce h=0 0 0 W v Z W tom-2 co 00 o ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES